Iiiifi >k'- Trondelag Sondre Trondhjem 147,525 14-7 3,535-1 Nordre Trondhjem 84,608 9-6 10,950-6j Nordland . 161,105 10-6 2,035-7) Nord Norgo Tromso . . . . 80,554 6-9 19,900-0 2,285-7, Finmark . 39,126 1-7 56 INHABITANTS Population is largely restricted to the valleys and coast districts, and is most numerous in the southern area (Trondhjem Fjord to Skagerak). The four northern divisions — Finmark, Tromso, Nordland, and northern Trondhjem — with an area three -sevenths of the area of Norway, contain little over 15 per cent, of the entire population. The following towns had more than 8,000 inhabitants in 1910 (their estimated population in 1916 is added within brackets) : Kristiania . . 241,834 (257,211) Bergen 84,330 (90,300) Trondhjem . 45,335 (51,904) Stavanger . 37,261 (44,093) Drammen . 24,895 (25,500) Fredrikstad 15,597 (16,450) Kristiansand 15,291 (16,620) Aalesund . 13,858 (16,000) Kristiansund 13,201 (14,800) Haugesund 12,987 (16,700) Fredrikshald 11,992 (12,200) Skien 11,856 (16,100) Sarpsborg 10,542 (12,700) Arendal 10,315 (10,875) Larvik 10,105 (10,500) Horten 9,817 (10,600) Tonsberg 9,769 (11,500) Moss. 8,648 (8,800) Tromso 8,145 (9,200) ViU ilStt itisti ;s The excess of births over deaths is remarkably high, but has tended to diminish. The yearly average was over 13-3 per thousand inhabitants during the decade 1901-10. In 1911 the excess was 12-6 per thousand ; in 1912, 12-3 ; in 1913, 12-15 ; in 1914, 11-7. Provisional figures for 1915 and 1916 are 10-45 and 12-7. The average yearly death-rate was 14-12 per thousand inhabitants during 1901-10 ; 13-25 during 1911-14. This death-rate is exceptionally low. At the same time the birth rate is extremely high : the average yearly birth-rate was 27-20 per thousand inhabitants during 1901-10 ; and 25-15 during 1911-14. POPULATION OF NORWAY 57 The percentage of illegitimate births was high during the third quarter of the nineteenth century, but fell during the last quarter. Of the total number of living children born in 1901-10, 6-87 per cent, were illegitimate ; in 1911-14, 6-96 per cent. In 1915, the number of births was 58,728 ; of which 4,293 (or 7-31 per cent.) were illegitimate. Since the last quarter of the nineteenth century, the number of marriages has increased in relation to the number of the population. Within the same period the number of children born dead has slightly decreased. The proportion of women in the country was extremely high in 1769 ; there were 1,098 women to 1,000 men. The ratio fell, until in 1845 there were 1,037 women to 1,000 men. Partly, no doubt, in consequence of the emigration of greater numbers of men, the proportion has risen, until in 1890 there were 1,072 women, and in 1910, 1,070 women to every 1,000 men. Characteristics, &c, of Norwegian Population The people of Norway are mostly of the North-European or Germanic type ; somewhat long-headed and blond (they are the fairest of European peoples). This North-European race brought to Norway the Aryan (Germanic) language from which modern Scandinavian languages are derived. An ancient population of Lapps {Finner in Norwegian ; see p. 83) has retained a separate existence in the north of Norway, and has given its name to the district of Finmark. Other Lapps and Finns have also settled in the north, and nomadic Lapps move over large tracts of otherwise uninhabited country. In addition to these racial types, short-headed types of uncertain origin are found, especially along the southern and south-western shores. These may belong to the Mid-European (or Alpine) race. From statistics of military recruits it appears that the Norwegians are among the tallest men of the world, and that they are proportionally well built. The average height of recruits in 1878-80 was 5 ft. 6-14 in. ; it has increased, until 58 INHABITANTS in 1907 it was 5 ft. 7-4 in. The tallest men came from the region immediately south of the polar circle (the north of northern Trondhjem, and south of Nordland) : their average height was about 5 ft. 8-9 in. The population is improving physically, notwithstanding the loss of good elements by emigration. The nature of their land forces the Norwegians to take to the sea. Their superiority in shipbuilding was the source of their strength in the viking days, when they made them selves feared by most of the sea-board peoples of Europe. The vigour and adventure of those days left a permanent result in the saga-literature, which had its chief home in Iceland, but was common also to Norway. This literature has had no small influence upon Norwegian life and character down to the present day. Verse-making was an accomplish1 ment of the Norwegians, even before the time of the sagas. Folk verses are preserved in Norway down to the present day. Certain types of decorative art are also survivals of ancient times. In this matter also old traditions are jealously guarded. The costume of peasants in various districts is derived from types of clothing worn in past times. Building probably also follows an old type ; but few mediaeval houses, with hearth in the centre and a hole in the roof, remain. The custom of having separate buildings for the various purposes of a farm probably comes from the ease with which wooden buildings could be erected. Even in small towns, houses are still mostly built of wood ; but wood is gradually giving place to brick and stone, because of frequent fires, which are disastrous in a wooden town or farm-steading. Old types of boats survive. Square-sailed boats were commonly used, down to the nine teenth century, in the districts of the fjords ; but in the south and east the sprit-sail was introduced, and it has now been adopted in the north also. Decked fishing-boats have for sea-fishing superseded the open boat, which was formerly used for all purposes. Survivals of the viking boat are in use in Nordland and Nordre Bergenhus ; but the ten-oared boat of this type, formerly characteristic of Nordland, is gradually CHARACTERISTICS OF NORW. POPULATION 59 becoming obsolete. The introduction of motors promises to alter greatly the type of boats in use. The constant struggle against conditions more or less unfavourable to existence fostered a spirit of independence and self-reliance. The independence of the Norwegian character is said to cause lack of diligence in work. Fits of activity, in fact, alternate with periods of comparative idleness in rural life. The complaint was often made, formerly at least, that the quality of industrial production in Norway was low. The rarity of large agricultural areas limited the number of manorial estates in ancient times. The land was divided into great numbers of small farm-holdings, occupied by bonder (farmers or peasant-proprietors). The authority of the feudal lord could less easily be enforced than in more level and accessible country : the small farmers had a somewhat more independent position in society in Norway than in other lands. When they were oppressed, they frequently rebelled. Their power turned the scale in civil wars. The semi -independent position of the early bonder has had its influence upon the political history of Norway. It may safely be said that Norway is one of the most democratic countries of Europe. By odal tenure, farms were secured to the possessors and to their heirs. The more valuable part of the land had nevertheless passed, at the end of the Middle Ages, into the hands of the most powerful families, and to the Church and State. During the last three centuries these large estates have to a great extent been parcelled out again by sale ; so that there is again a large element of peasant-proprietors in Norway. In the eastern region farmers with wide lands have become a powerful section of this class. Relatively to the populations, Norway consumes normally about a third as much alcohol as do the British Islands ; one quarter as much as Germany. The consumption of alcohol was very much higher in the second quarter of the nineteenth century, and there was a considerable amount of drunkenness. Restrictive legislation has reduced this evil ; and with the reduction in the use of alcohol, convictions for theft have also 60 INHABITANTS diminished in number. Nevertheless crimes of brutality have increased in number ; and there is still much drunkenness in the towns. In 1914, 78,599 persons in Norway received state-relief in some form in 1914, on the ground of poverty. Of these, 16,097 were in Kristiania ; 5,414 in Nordland ; 4,221 in Hedemark. The sum paid on poor -relief in that year was 14,050,374 kroner (about £790,000). Norwegian Language The modern literary language of Norway resembles modern Danish : the difference is merely dialectical. There was a much greater divergence between the languages of Norway and Denmark in the twelfth and thirteenth centuries than there is between the written languages of these countries from the eighteenth to the middle of the nineteenth century. Among the Scandinavian languages, Swedish and Danish form the eastern group. The inflexions of Danish have from early times been greatly broken down, in part perhaps through intercourse with England, where intercourse with Danes was one of the influences that weakened Anglo-Saxon inflexions. The West Scandinavian group included Old Norwegian and Icelandic. The old inflexions have survived with little change in Iceland, but have been lost or greatly modified in the Scandinavian countries. Norway failed to retain a standard literary language : the Norwegian speech, originally identical with Icelandic, split up into dialects. From the time' of the Reformation Norway adopted literary Danish as its standard. Down to the middle of the nineteenth century, educated people in Norway strove to write and speak Danish correctly. In Norway, however, Danish {rigsmaal) was modified by the Norwegian dialects. Norway admits many words that are foreign to Denmark ; and spells other words in accordance with her own pronunciation, which differs on certain lines from Danish pronunciation. Out of the Norwegian local dialects a literary language {landsmaal) has been composed. It has been suggested that this more or less artificial language should NORWEGIAN LANGUAGE 61 displace in Norway the Danish dialect that is domiciled there. The south-eastern region, being the nearest to Denmark, opposes this suggestion. The southern shores approach most nearly to Denmark in their speech. Landsmaal is placed by law on an equal footing with rigsmaal. In the district of Bergen, where the local dialects resemble landsmaal most closely, landsmaal was in 1915 the language used in the schools of 51 communes, and in some schools of 37 communes ; the remaining 27 communes preferred rigsmaal. The more moderate supporters of the landsmaal hope that it will influence the existing literary language of Norway, and, without sup planting it, will mould it more into accordance with the character and speech of the Norwegian people : and that uniformity may be reached by reaction of the literary language upon the popular speech. As yet, however, the most apparent result is absence of uniformity. Religion (Norway) The State religion of Norway is the Evangelical Lutheran Church. This is based upon the Apostolic, Nicene-Constanti- nopolitan, and Lutheran creeds ; the Augsburg (1530) Con fession ; and Luther's Shorter Catechism. To these standards the king and his councillors are bound to adhere ; as well as the clergy, theological professors, and religious instructors ; the principals of secondary schools and superintendents or inspectors of primary schools. Parents who belong to the State Church must bring up their children in adherence to it. The king of Norway, acting through his government depart ments, is the head of the Norwegian Church. Norway is divided into 6 dioceses (Kristiania, Hamar, Kristiansand, Bergen, Trondhjem, Tromso), and 86 archdeaconries or deaneries (provstier). The bishops are nominated by the clergy but appointed by the king, who also appoints the arch deacons (usually nominated by the parish priests of the arch deaconry), and the lower clergy. The administration is carried on by the Church Division of the Church and Education Department, served by six offices : 62 INHABITANTS (1) the Office for Church and Clergy, controlling all constitu tional matters, and the duties, rights, and remuneration of the clergy ; (2) the Rectories' Office (Prestegaardskontoret) ; (3 and 4) the First and Second Fund Offices ; (5) the Office for Poor Relief and Public Institutions ; and (6) an Office of Revision for Public Institutions. Members of other Christian communities, Unitarians, and Jews, are permitted to celebrate religious offices and to assemble in public, without closed doors. Religious houses are not banned, but Jesuits are excluded from the kingdom. There are not many dissenters in Norway (62,553 in 1910), though the number has increased. The Evangelical Lutheran Free Church is strong, but its numbers are not stated. The Methodists numbered 10,986 ; the Baptists, 7,659 ; Roman Catholics, 2,046. There are also some Adventists, Mormons (714), Quakers (143), and Jews, and a few inhabitants profess no religion. Education (Norway) Public education is under the control of the Education Division of the Church and Education Department. This division acts through three offices. The first School-Office controls the affairs of schools for abnormal children, and of reformatories ; public academies, and commercial schools ; libraries, museums, and exhibitions of art ; copyright, and literary and artistic matters, including the learned societies. This office publishes historical texts, and contributes to other publications, including state grants to periodicals ; and administers also certain funds. The second School-Office controls affairs of the University, the Meteorological Institute, secondary schools, the Technical College, and the technical schools. The third School-Office controls affairs of elementary schools, schools for the education of teachers, county schools, and gymnasia ; and schools of industry, handicraft, and house hold industries. There is also an Educational Council : a con sultative body working in association with the education division. The Educational Council inspects schools that apply for recognition by the State, and is responsible for the manage- EDUCATION (NORWAY) 63 ment of the leaving examinations. Local administration of primary public schools is carried on by the School Boards. These are composed of at least one priest ; the chairman (or one of the aldermen) of the Municipal Council ; one teacher of each sex, chosen by the teachers ; and members chosen by the Municipal Council. Of these last members, at least one-half must have children attending the public school. When the School Board controls secondary schools also, the secondary school teachers also elect one teacher of each sex. Clergymen were formerly members of the board by right of their office ; three clergymen may still be nominated as members by the bishop. The chairman was formerly a clergyman, but is now elected by the board. Each public school has its Inspection Committee of five members. Parents of children attending the school elect three members of this Committee. A fourth is a priest, appointed by the bishop ; the fifth is a member elected from the School Board and is chairman of the committee. The School Board appoints inspectors and teachers. There is also a County School Board in each county. It is composed of three members elected by the County Council. There are seven School Directors for the superintendence of primary schools : two for the diocese of Tromso, and one for each of the other dioceses. The bishop and archdeacon also superin tend, and the parish priest supervises religious instruction. A director is appointed for the schools for deaf, blind, and consumptive children. Education in Norway is compulsory and free. Books and other materials are generally obtainable without cost. In the larger towns a free meal is provided for the children of poor parents. The age of compulsory attendance is 6J to 14 years in the towns, 7 to 14 in country districts. In the country children must frequently go 2 or 3 miles to reach their district school ; in Finmark, even 6 miles or more. The ways are often difficult or dangerous, and, in winter, dark. Children must sometimes go to school in boats, and in winter frequently on ski. In many country districts pupils attend for only 15 or 12 weeks in the year. The term is, however, prolonged by the 64 INHABITANTS fact that schools meet in these places on few days of the week. The classes are usually small, so that individual training can be given. In the most remote places, teachers go from one district to another, taking successive terms in different schools. In towns the conditions are more favourable, and education is satisfactory. The educational system is carefully organized. The first year of the Middle-School is of the same initial standard as a sixth year of the primary school. Secondary education in Norway consists of 4 years in a Middle-School and 3 years in a gymnasium. The Middle-School examination must be passed before a pupil may enter a gymnasium ; and the leaving examination {Examen Artium) must be passed before a student may enter the University. These examinations are held in writing and orally. The Middle-School examination includes among its subjects religious knowledge, Norwegian {rigsmaal and landsmaal), German, English, history and geography, ele mentary zoology, botany, physiology, and mathematics. Latin may be begun in the second year of the gymnasium ; Greek is not taken up before the student reaches the university. A noteworthy feature of the Norwegian system is the recog nition and aid given by the State to those private schools that give a sufficiently high standard of training. Private secondary schools retain an important place in Norwegian education, and have in some places increased in number ; they flourish especially in Kristiania and Bergen. Individual initiative in these private schools has had important influence upon Norwegian public education. In 1914-15, 97,681 children attended the public primary schools in the towns ; 284,690 in the country districts (which are divided into 6,027 school circles). There were 39 secondary county schools and 32 private high schools and gymnasia in the country. There were in the towns 93 secondary schools {Hoiere Almenskoler) with the right of holding the Middle- School examination (including 25 private schools, 10 of them for girls only). Of these 93, 20 had the right of holding the leaving examination (including 6 private schools). There were EDUCATION (NORWAY) 65 also 101 secondary schools without the right of holding that examination : 98 of these were private schools. These 194 schools were attended by 27,245 pupils, of whom 12,613 were taught in the private schools. Grants made by the State to the higher schools permit the fees to be lowered, so that the pupils pay less than the cost of their education. When more than one child of a family attends the same school, a further reduction is made. Fees are remitted in whole or in part, to many pupils who cannot afford them. There are also : a school for the army (in Kristiania) ; a school for the navy (in Karl-Johansvaern) ; 4 higher commercial schools {Handelsgymnasier) ; 3 higher and 3 lower technical middle-schools ; and 87 other professional schools, not count ing a few schools of art. The Agricultural College of Aas had 177 students in the year 1916-17 ; the Technical College of Trondhjem, 669 students. In 1916 there were eleven institutions for the education of abnormal children (deaf, blind, and consumptive) ; and also nine reformatories, and four communal detention schools. The University of Kristiania was founded in 1811, and played a great role during the nineteenth century. It had in 1916 about 1,500 students, and 74 professional chairs. The University Funds probably exceed £140,000. Its revenues for the year 1915-16 amounted to 1,167,515 kroner (about £65,000). The principal seats of education of the clergy were formerly the episcopal centres, Trondhjem, Kristiania, and Bergen. There are in Kristiania a Training College of practical theology, and a Training College for teachers of secondary schools. Norway has six public and four private schools for the educa tion of teachers of primary schools. Population of Sweden Numbers and Distribution A decennial census is taken, and in addition a fairly close annual enumeration is made in normal times. By the census of 1910 the total population of Sweden was 5,522,403, and accord ing to the enumeration at the end of 1914 it was 5,697,607. 66 INHABITANTS The following table gives, for each of these years, the population of each Ian or administrative division, together with the average population per square mile. Inasmuch as the old provincial names are still in common use, in preference to those of the existing administrative divisions, these names are added in the last column to show the approximate relation (it is not exact in every case) between the two systems of division. The last column also shows the three old main territorial divisions, Norrland (northern), Svealand (central), and Gotaland (southern). Ldn. Pop. Pop. Pop. per sq. mile, Old Provinces. 1910. 1914. 1914. Norrland — Norrbotten . 161,132 171,759 4-2 Lapland, Norbotten Vasterbotten 161,366 168,378 7-4 Lapland, Vasterbotten Vasternorrland . 250.512 258,683 6-2 Angermanland,Medelpad Jamtland . 118,115 122,902 6-2 Jamtland, Herjedal Gafleborg 253,792 258,955 340 Helsingland, Gestrikland Svealand — Kopparberg 233,873 241,183 20-9 Dalarne (Dalecarlia) Varmland 260,135 260,327 34-9 Varmland Orebro 207,021 211,808 60-1 \ Vastmanland 155,920 161,092 62-2 Vestmanland Sodermanland . 178,568 183,450 69-8 \_ Nerike Uppsala . 128,171 131,751 67-2 " Sodermanland Stockholm, rural 229,181 225,787 75.3 TJppland Stockholm.urban 342,323 386,270 8,778.9 Gotaland — Ostergotland 294,179 299,561 70.2 \ Ostergotland Skaraborg 241,284 241,129 73-7 1 Vastergotland Alvsborg . 287,692 292.888 5S-6 [Dal Goteborg och 381,270 400,668 205 7 j Bohuslan Bohus Halland . 147,224 147,015 77-4 Halland Jonkoping 214,454 218,063 49.0 Kronoberg 157,965 156,863 410 Smaland Kalmar (with 228,129 227,529 51-1 Oland Island) Blekinge . 149,359 150,499 129-3 Blekinge Kristianstad 228,307 234,554 941 f Skane Malmohus 457.214 472,968 253-6 Gotland Island . 55,217 55,525 45-5 Gotland POPULATION OF SWEDEN 67 Density of Population. — The distribution of the population is uneven. About one-half the total area of the country has on an average less than 13 inhabitants per square mile ; the other half has more than 60. A density of 130 persons or more per square mile is found principally in urban and industrial areas — as for example in the vicinity of Stockholm and the parts around Lake Malaren, the mining areas of central Sweden and Norrland, the south-central industrial districts, and the southern coast lands of Malmohus, Blekinge, Halland, and Goteborg. It is only in these southern districts that purely agricultural districts are found to be so thickly peopled. The most thinly populated region, on the other hand, extends in a broad belt from the angle between the Norwegian and Finnish frontiers in the north, along the Norwegian frontier as far as Jamtland. Here a more densely inhabited belt extends along the Jamtland railway (which crosses the frontier to Trondhjem' in Norway), but south of that all the interior parts of Jamtland, Gafleborg, and Kopparberg are very thinly populated. Eastward towards the coast of the Gulf of Bothnia, and southward, the density of the population increases, but throughout Norrland by far the larger propor tion of the population is concentrated along the coast and in the valleys, leaving extensive upland tracts which are almost or entirely uninhabited. To the south of a line extending, roughly, from Gafle to the Norwegian frontier east of Kris tiania such sparsely inhabited uplands are much less extensive, and the average density of population south of this line, and • northward along the coast as far as Umea, is usually not less than 25 per square mile. In Vasterbotten and Norrbotten (northern Norrland) the most densely inhabited parts are in the neighbourhood of the ports of Umea, Skelleftea, Lulea, and Haparanda, and inland in the isolated communities which have collected at the iron-fields of Gallivara and Kir una vara. Urban and Rural Population The urban population of Sweden is only about 26 to 27 per cent, of the whole, leaving 73 to 74 per cent, for the rural E 2 68 INHABITANTS (agricultural and forest-working) population. This may be contrasted with the percentage of 36 which has been calculated for the urban population of Europe as a whole : the per centage rises in western Europe (excluding Scandinavia) to nearly 50. The following towns had more than 10,000 inhabitants at end ot 1914 Stockholm 386,270 Halmstad 18,527 Goteborg . 181,500 Sundsvall 16,668 MalmS . 108,004 Landskrona 16,555 Norrkoping 45,934 Kalmar . 15,917 Gafle . 35,937 Uddevalla 13,261 Halsingborg 35,235 Sodertalje 12,808 Orebro . 33,780 Falun 12,068 Eskilstuna 29,167 Ystad . 11,998 Karlskrona 28,127 Kristianstad 11,858 Jonkoping 28,069 Soderhamn 11,591 Uppsala . 27,773 Vastervik 11.007 Linkoping 24,966 Tralleborg 10,788 Vasteras 23,227 Nykoping 10,7S1 Boras 23,158 Visby 10.061 Lund 22.578 Harnosand 10,040 Karlstad 18,673 It may be observed that the only towns in the above list which lie north of the Gafle-Kristiania line previously referred to are the important timber ports of Sundsvall, Soderhamn, and Harnosand. Before the rise of modern industries the towns, apart from their importance as centres of agricultural districts, subsisted chiefly on commerce, and the greater number are therefore situated by the sea, or near thfi great lakes from which there is easy access to the sea. The Baltic coast towns (not including those along the Gulf of Bothnia) contain about 40 per cent, of* the whole urban population ; the west coast towns contain about 25 per cent. Vital Statistics The annual excess of births over deaths is high, the propor tion being as 1.73 to 1 in the period 1901-10. This proportion is surpassed in few European countries, though both Norway and Denmark are among these. The birth-rate between 1876 and 1900 was 28-51 per thousand, but the number of births POPULATION OF SWEDEN 69 declined regularly from 1909 to 1914, and the rate in 1914 fell to about 22-75 per thousand. The death-rate between 1891 and 1900, 16-36 per thousand, was lower than that of any European country over such a period : in 1901-10 the rate, 14-9, was higher than that of Norway and Denmark ; in 1914 it was about 13-76 per thousand. The percentage of illegitimacy is rather high, though it decreased during the second half of the nineteenth century ; the percentage of married persons is lower than in most European countries. A demographic division of Sweden has been made as represented in the following table, and though it has been modified of recent years and should not be interpreted too exactly, it is suggestive of the different conditions prevailing in the three main divisions of the country. (a) South Sweden : Eastern part (b) South Sweden : Western part (c) North Sweden Marriages. Numerous and early Few and late Moderately numerous Birth rate. Illegiti macy. Death- rate. Surplus of births. Emigra tion. Low High High Low Little High Very high LowLow Moderate or Low Low High Very high Large Moderate The excess of women over men is rather high : in 1914 it was as 1,045 to 1,000. The figures of emigration (below) afford a partial explanation of this. Non-Swedish Population The average annual number of immigrants in 1907-14 was 8,379, fluctuating little. According to the census of 1910 there were 21,708 foreign subjects in Sweden, including 8,438 Russian subjects, 4,537 Norwegians, 3,400 Germans, 2,900 Danes, 816 'Americans, 288 British. In addition to these foreign subjects there are in Sweden a considerable number of Finns and Lapps who are Swedish subjects. Finns. — The total number of Finns in Sweden was 25,268 in 1910. They are found mostly in Norbotten (24,755), and, 70 INHABITANTS especially, close to the Finnish frontier, where they form a well defined and compact group in the valley of the Torne (the frontier river) and the adjacent country nearly as far west as the Kalix (the next great river westward) ; here they are found principally in the coast-land division, where they numbered 17,432 in 1910, while Swedes numbered only 4,528. In the inland division of Tornea there were 3,480 Finns (7,784 Swedes), and in the Gallivara district 3,049 Finns (12,659 Swedes). Though they are called Finns and speak Finnish, their origin is in some doubt, and certain authorities maintain that it is Swedish, but that through centuries of closer intercourse with the Finnish-speakers to the east than with the Swedish- speakers to the south they adopted the language of the former. Of late years, however, with the improvement of communications between southern Sweden and Norrland, and the growth of the Swedish-speaking population in coast towns such as Lulea, and the iron-mining centres of Gallivara and Kirunavara, the Swedish language has noticeably spread in the Finnish districts, and the Government has taken special measures to foster this movement, principally by means of a liberal support of public education. It is stated that the Finnish-speaking element, as a whole, welcomes the oppor tunity of acquiring the Swedish tongue. Lapps. — See p. 83. Characteristics, &c, of Swedish Population The Swedish people is of pure Germanic origin. The leading physical characteristics are light hah-, broad high forehead, and blue or grey eyes, and the Swedes are usually well-built, and are on the average one of the tallest peoples in the world. The average height of males between the ages of 30 and 35 years is nearly 5 ft. 8 in. Military statistics are stated to prove a regular increase in average height in and since the last half of the nineteenth century ; in 1841-5 the average height of conscripts 20 years old accepted for military service was 5 ft. 5| in. ; in 1906-10 it was nearly CHARACTERISTICS OF SWEDISH POPULATION 71 5 ft. 7f in. The same returns appear to indicate improvement not only in physical development but in health ; in the decade 1841-50, 36-4 per cent, of conscripts were rejected as unfit for military service, but the figures decreased regularly to 20-1 per cent, in 1901-10. So far as it is possible to ascribe common characteristics to a civilized people, it may be said that Swedes are typically courteous and hospitable ; they are just, and markedly averse from litigiousness, courageous, and possessed (as their history proves) of soldierly qualities. At the same time they are humane, and are notoriously lovers of nature, a character istic which, it is asserted, has averted them from psychological insight and made them poor judges of character, and is said to account for the facts that Sweden has produced eminent scientific men but few great diplomatists or merchants, and that she possesses a rich lyric literature but scarcely any dramatic. The Swedes possess a keen eye for foreign interests, movements, and methods. In politics since 1866, when the method of representation was reformed, the class of peasant proprietors obtained a preponderating share of political power. This they have exercised themselves, not, as a rule, being represented by men chosen from other classes of the community. The electoral reform of 1909, however, has to some extent diminished their power. The labouring classes which till then possessed only insignificant representation in the Second Chamber of Parlia ment, have through the general franchise and the system of proportional representation obtained a full measure of representation there, and a considerable amount in the First Chamber. As the communal franchise has also been extended, the Swedish community has been largely democratized politically in recent years, and this has reacted powerfully on social conditions. The labour movement has been no less marked in Sweden than in other countries recently. The number of people condemned for serious crimes was on an annual average 55-8 per 100,000 of the population in 1866-70 ; it fell to 36-5 in 1886-90, and stood at 49-1 in 72 INHABITANTS 1906-10. It has thus decreased on the whole since the middle of last century. In this respect, and in regard to social evils generally, the low though improving standard of Sweden has had one of its chief reasons in the national intem perance. A strong temperance movement, however, set in about the middle of last century ; in 1855 restrictive liquor' laws were passed, and in 1865 the so-called Gothenburg system, providing for the municipal control of the sale of intoxicants, came into full operation. The average con sumption of beer and spirits in Sweden is considerably lower than in Europe as a whole, though the effect of intoxicants is sometimes very apparent. Of spirituous liquors, brdnnvin is by far the most consumed. The food of the people in the midlands and south is plentiful and good ; in the remoter parts of the north an unfavourable summer is followed by a winter of scarcity or even famine, and in these parts meat is little used. Rye is extensively employed, especially in the rural districts, for the making of a hard bread in flat cakes (knackebrod) . Of the whole bread consumed in the country, it is estimated that about 36 per cent, is wheaten, and 64 per cent, made of rye. The character of the climate renders it necessary that dwellings should be built so as to secure warmth ; they are usually solidly constructed, with ample heating appliances, and commonly with double windows. As- these requisites render the expense of construction relatively great, the number of rooms is generally restricted to a minimum. Apart from houses in large towns and occasional country residences of the better class, dwellings are principally of wood. Even in towns, it is only in the largest, and in those which have had to be rebuilt in recent years owing to partial or total destruction by fire, that stone or brick buildings predominate over those of wood. The number of persons in Sweden who received relief in some form from the State in 1916 was 255,558. Of these, 32,546 were in Stockholm; 10,221, in Goteborg; 11,913, in Vasternorrlands Ian ; 9,048, in Ostergotlands Ian. SWEDISH LANGUAGE 73 Swedish Language The Swedish language has developed as an individual tongue out of that which was common to Scandinavia about a thousand years ago. Its most typical characteristics, as compared with Norwegian and Danish, are the contraction of the old diphthongs, a profusion of unaccented vowel terminations, and a very peculiar accentuation. Many of the commonest words differ materially as between Swedish and Norwegian, both in pronunciation and in spelling, though the two languages are so far similar that they are as a rule mutually intelhgible. Sweden has been divided into four dialect- regions — (a) the purest Swedish with its centre in Uppland, Stockholm, and the parts about Lake Malaren, extending over Norrland (coastal districts) and including the East Swedish speech met with in Finland, &c. ; the dialects of the districts which border the Norwegian frontier more or less resemble the common speech of Norway in the north, and this is true in a modified degree in Varmland and Dalarne ; (6) the so-called Gothic speech of north and middle Gotaland, around Lakes Vanern and Vattern ; (c) South Swedish, in the greater part of Smaland, Skane, Halland, and Blekinge, with close Danish affinities ; {d) the dialect of the island of Gotland, which is strongly distinctive. Religion (Sweden) In religion the Swedes are closely homogeneous, for the only non-Protestants are about 2,600 Roman Catholics and 4,400 Jews, and more than 99 per cent, of the population belong to the Swedish Lutheran Church. The King and ministers of State must profess the ' pure evangelical doctrine '. The law does not allow the introduction of orders of monks or nuns or the establishment of monasteries within the kingdom, and it takes no cognizance of negation of faith. All Swedish citizens must contribute to the financial support of the Swedish Church, though their contribution may be reduced if they also support another Church which is legally 74 INHABITANTS recognized. The king acts as head of the church, through his Minister of Ecclesiastical Affairs. Persons under 18 years of age are not at liberty to withdraw from the established church. Sweden is divided into 13 dioceses, and 188 deaneries. In the election of a bishop, three candidates are chosen by the chapter and clergy of the diocese ; one of these three is appointed by the king. In the election of a priest, three candidates are chosen by the chapter ; one of these, or in case of disagreement a fourth, is nominated by the vote of church members ; and his appointment is referred to the government for confirmation. The Bishop of Uppsala has the title of Archbishop, and is president of the Convocation ; but he is only primus inter pares with regard to the other bishops, whose superior is the king. Ecclesiastical legislation is effected by the decision of the Government, the Convoca tion, and (except in liturgical questions) the Riksdag. The bishop's authority is divided and shared by his chapter, which is generally composed of the dean of the cathedral city (that is, the rector of its chief parish), and the professors of theology in its university, or the majority of the principal teachers in its State secondary school. There is a right of appeal from the decision of bishop and chapter to higher courts of law, and to the government. The Vestry Meeting of the parish, presided over by the rector, elects the Vestry Board, which rules local affairs of the church, and administers . its funds ; and the School Board, which controls local educa tion under the Ecclesiastical Department of the ministry. The rector of the parish is president of both boards. Clergy men are educated at the State universities of Uppsala and Lund. An old and disproportionate scheme of remuneration of the clergy was abolished in 1910, when tithes were done away with, and the State instead made an annual contribution to church funds ; minimum stipends for rectors and for perpetual curates are fixed, but these are supplemented according to the area and population of the benefice. Rural parishes in the sparsely inhabited north are sometimes of very great extent ; that of Jokkmokk in Norrbotten has an RELIGION (SWEDEN) 75 area of nearly 6,800 square miles. The parish has still an intimate connexion with certain branches of secular life, such as registration and education. A scheme of training for laymen's work has been established on a German model ; there is a training establishment for deacons at Stora Skondal near Stockholm, and there are establishments for deaconesses at Ersta in Stockholm, at Uppsala, and at Harnosand. Young Men's and Young Women's Christian Associations are active, and other important bodies are the National Evangelic Union, which maintains the largest depot for religious books and has a training institute at Johannelund, and the Swedish Missionary Association, with a training school at Lidingo. The Salvation Army has about 4,200 officers and non-commissioned officers. • Apart from the Roman Catholics and Jews, the only religious bodies which, as Protestant, have legally seceded from the Swedish Church are the Methodists and the Catholic Apostolic (Irvingite) Church, and the numbers of their adherents is very small. The Swede nborgian community, though founded by a Swede, has only about 300 members in Sweden. Education (Sweden) Education is compulsory, parents and guardians being under the obligation of sending children to school when they are from seven to fourteen years old ; if desired they may be sent at six years old. If a certain standard is not reached at the age of fourteen, obligatory education continues beyond that age ; if the standard is reached earlier, there is an option of removing the child from school. Public elementary schools, with State grants, are under the authority of the vestry meeting (each parish constituting a school district), except in certain towns where the municipal authorities control the schools. The higher authority is a central board for elementary schools. Some large parishes have travelling schools which work in different localities at different seasons. The obligatory subjects in elementary 76 INHABITANTS schools are Scripture, reading, arithmetic, and geometry, geography, history, and simple natural history, including the structure, functions, and care of the human body. Draw ing, singing, Swedish drill, gardening (where possible), sloyd (handicrafts), household economy, are among voluntary subjects, and these are carried forward in higher elementary and continuation schools. Sweden, it may be observed here, has made two contribu tions to educational methods which have acquired importance in other countries : these are the system of gymnastics initiated by Ling and known as Swedish drill, and the sloyd system of instruction in handicrafts. For the latter there is a Sloyd Training College at Naas which has received a sub stantial number of students from foreign countries, notably Great Britain, the United States of America, and Holland. " There are some fifteen State training colleges for elementary school teachers, two private training colleges for women, and about thirty State colleges for infant school teachers, of which two prepare teachers for work among the Lapps and Finnish- speaking people respectively. The general effects of the State organization of education may be gathered from the fact that of conscripts called to the colours in 1913 only 0-11 per cent, were unable to read, and 0-22 per cent, were unable to write. The State organization provides for bathing and instruction in swimming, free feeding of necessitous children, vacation colonies, and the care of deaf, dumb, blind, and mentally defective children, and has established reformatories. State secondary schools, principally for boys, under a central board, are classified into two groups, realskolor or modern schools, and hogre allmanna laroverk; comprising a realskola and a gymnasium, of which the latter is divided into two ' sides ', the realgymnasium and the latingymnasium. The system provides for pupils of ages from nine to nineteen. The aim of the realskola is to provide a general education of wider scope than that of the elementary school ; that of the gym nasium is to prepare students for university education, and EDUCATION (SWEDEN) 77 the course terminates with the student-examen, the passing of which is necessary before entering a university, or admission as a military or naval cadet. There are about 38 secondary schools for boys comprising a realskola and gymnasium, and 39 independent realskolor, of which nearly half are co-educa tional. The normal subjects in the gymnasium are religion, Swedish, Latin, German, English, French, history, geography, elements of philosophy, mathematics, biology, physics, chemistry, and drawing, Latin being excluded from the realgymnasium, and chemistry from the latingymnasium. Secondary schools for girls are organized on somewhat similar lines, and there is a higher training college for women. In order to bring about closer connexion between the State secondary and elementary schools, communal inter mediate schools have been established chiefly in large com munities (e.g. new industrial centres) which possess no State secondary schools. Advanced scientific instruction in technical subjects is given at the Royal Technical High School at Stockholm and in the advanced department of Chalmers' Polytechnic College at Goteborg. This latter institution has also a lower depart ment, similar to the State technical colleges at Malmo, Boras, Orebro, Norrkoping, and Harnosand, and the technical school of Eskilstuna. Technical instruction is also given at about 80 lower technical trade schools in smaller towns. Private schools, of whatever standard, are not numerous in Sweden. The State universities are those of Uppsala and Lund, and the Karolinska Institut at Stockholm, though consisting only of a medical faculty, holds the same rank. At Uppsala and Lund there are four faculties : theology, law, medicine, and philosophy, which is divided into the two groups of literae humaniores and mathematics and science. Every student is obliged to belong to one of the unions called nation or landskap (province) according to the part of the country from which he comes. There are private universities at Stockholm and Goteborg. 78 INHABITANTS The Press Norway. — Relatively to the small population of Norway, newspapers are numerous. In Kristiania several well-known and old-established journals are published. Morgenbladet, started in 1819, has played an important part in politics ; in the middle of last century it became the organ of the government. Aftenposten was started as a representative conservative paper ; Vordens Gang as a strong opposition journal of independent attitude. Dagbladet is a liberal organ ; Norske Intelligenssedler is an independent paper and strong supporter of political and social reforms. Social Demokraten is the principal organ of the working classes. Among other daily newspapers in the capital Morgenposten and Tidens Tegn may be mentioned. Several newspapers are published in Trondhjem, and almost every town of importance, even in the far north, as at Tromso, Vardo, and Hammerfest, has one or more small local papers ; some of these, especially in smaller places, are published only twice or thrice weekly. The magazine press, on the other hand, is not extensive, but there are some techincal journals of merit, such as the weekly Teknisk Uleblad, of Kristiania. Telegraphic press communications are received mainly through the Norsk Telegrambureau, which obtains foreign matter (normally) for the most part through Ritzau's Bureau in Copenhagen. Sweden.— In Sweden, again, the number of newspapers is large in proportion to the population, and their general standard is high. The leading moderate or conservative newspapers are Stockholms Dagblad, Svenska Dagbladet, Nya Dagligt Allehanda, all of Stockholm, and among provincial journals Norrkopings Tidningar, Ostgota Correspondenten (Linkoping), Sydsvenska Dagbladet and Skdnska Aftonbladet (Malmo), Sundsvalls-Posten, Goteborgs Aftonblad, Goteborgs Morgonpost, Holland (Halmstad), Helsingborgs Dagblad, Kalmartidningen Barometern (Kalmar), Smalandposten (Vaxjo), Boras Tidning, Uppsala, and Hernosandsposten. Afton- THE PRESS 79 bladet and Dagen, of Stockholm, are intermediate between moderate and liberal principles. Liberal organs include Dagens Nyheter and Stockholms Tidningen, of Stockholm, Goteborgs Handels- och Sjofartstidning, Goteborgsposten, Skanska Dagbladet (Malmo), Bohuslaningen (Udde valla), Vestmanlands Ldns Tidning (Vasteras), Oresunds Posten (Halsingborg), Folkets Tidning (Lund), Ostgoten (Linkoping), Sundsvalls Tidning, V ester nor rlands Allehanda (Harnosand), Norbottens Kuriren (Lulea). The Social Democratic party has an unusually large number of newspapers in its support, such as Social- Demokraten (Stockholm), and others in the chief provincial industrial centres. There are several political and general weekly and other periodicals, but, as in Norway, these are relatively less important than the daily press. The Svenska Telegrambyra. works in co-operation with European press agencies for the supply of foreign news, and the Svenska Pressbyra, is an important distributing agency, controlling the distribution of Swedish and foreign papers on railways, steamers, &c. Emigration from the Scandinavian Peninsula Emigration from Scandinavia has taken place from very early times. In the later Scandinavian settlements in the British islands, Danes were the principal settlers in England ; but Norwegians also settled in the north. Norwegians occupied the shores, and founded the towns, of Ireland, and took possession of the western and northern islands of Scot land, and of the northern Scottish counties, Caithness, Sutherland, and part of Ross. From Ireland, Norwegians settled in Westmorland, Cumberland, and Galloway, pene trating far into the south-west of Scotland ; they also entered Wales. In the east of Scotland there were Scandinavian settlements, but here probably the immigrants were partly Danish ; and the effects of the settlement resulted perhaps rather from prolonged peaceful infiltration than from warfare. In the Hebrides, Norwegian was spoken for centuries ; it was 80 INHABITANTS supplanted by Gaelic, after the Hebrides were added to the Scottish kingdom in 1263. In Orkney and Shetland, Norwegian was ultimately dis placed by English, after they had become Scottish territory. Strong traces of the Norwegian language remain in the dialect of Shetland ; the influence of Norwegian upon the Gaelic language is perceptible, from Ardnamurchan north wards ; and probably some Scandinavian dialect has affected the pronunciation of English in Aberdeenshire. There is a considerable Norwegian element in the population of Great Britain ; notably in the north and west of Scotland, where the conditions were not dissimilar to the conditions of life in the south-west of Norway, and favoured the survival of Norwegian types. Of the Norwegian settlements in the continent of Europe, the most important was their colony in Normandy (see further, Chap. V). In recent times, the Scandinavian stock has dispersed still more widely There are in the United States about 10 persons of Scandinavian birth in every 100 aliens, notwithstanding that the population of the Scandinavian countries is only about one-fortieth of the population of Europe. It is esti mated that about 750,000 people emigrated from Norway between the years 1836 and 1914. As a rule (in 1896-1909) over 60 per cent, of the emigrants were men ; over 44 per cent, were men between 15 and 30 years of age ; over 7 per cent, were women between 30 and 59 years. In 1908 there was an almost equal number of male and female emigrants. From Sweden, between 1851 and 1914, emigrants numbered 584,259 men and 424,566 women. The annual number from each country fluctuates greatly. By far the greater number (in 1896-1909, 94J per cent.) of Norwegian emigrants have gone to the United States. About one-twentieth as many have gone to Canada ; and a small number have gone to other American countries, to Africa, and to Australia. Similarly from Sweden, the United States received 80 per cent, of the emigrants during 1851-1900. Only a very small percentage (about six) returns from that EMIGRATION FROM SCANDINAVIAN PENINSULA 81 country. It is estimated that there are about 1,500,000 Swedes, or Americans born of Swedish parentage, in North America, 350,000 in Finland, and rather more than 100,000 in other European countries excluding Sweden, of whom 39,000 live in Norway and about the same number in Denmark. The majority (in 1896-1909, 67| per cent.) of Norwegian emigrants goes from rural districts. In 1910, of the foreign- born Norwegian immigrants to the United States, 57-8 per cent, lived in rural districts ; but 60-6 per cent, of the foreign Swedish population lived in towns. In 1910, there were in the United States 403,877 persons of Norwegian birth (3 per cent, of the entire foreign-born white population). Of these, 230,156 were males (nearly 4 in 7). There were at the same time 665,207 persons of Swedish birth (4-9 per cent, of the foreign-born white popu lation). Of these, 369,953 were males (over 5 in 9). In addition there were 575,241 persons one at least of whose parents was of Norwegian birth ; 699,032 persons, one at least of whose parents was of Swedish birth. They live principally in the following divisions of the States. The percentages are (1) of the whole element of foreigners, by birth, in 1910 (and, within brackets, in 1900) ; and (2) of the whole population, in the various divisions, in 1910. Norwegians by birth. Swedes by birth. New England E.North Central W.North Central Mountain Pacific . (1) 3-2 (3-8) 12-3(12-1) 3-3 (2-8) 4-7 (3-3) (2) •5 1-7 •5 •9 (1) 3-9 (4-1) 5-8 (6-5) 13-2 (13-6) 7-8 (9-5) 7-2 (5-8) (2) 1-08 ¦9 1-81-3 1-4 The Norwegians and Swedes were distributed thus among the divisions of the States, in 1910 : Of 100 Swedes. By birth. By parentage. New England Mid-Atlantic . E.North Central W.North Central MountainPacific . N. AND S. Of 100 Norwegians. By birth. By parentage. 2-1 1-4 8-1 5-1 24-6 25-1 49-2 55-5 3-7 3-3 11-2 8-5 10-6 13-2 26-8 32-1 5-3 10-3 9-3 11-7 26-8 36-1 5-4 8-9 82 INHABITANTS The following States have a Norwegian or Swedish settle ment of over 20,000 : MassachusettsNew York . PennsylvaniaIllinoisMichiganWisconsinMinnesotaIowa . NebraskaN. Dakota S. Dakota WashingtonCalifornia Norwegians. Swedes. — 39,562 — 53,705 — 23,467 32,913 115,424 — 26,374 57,000 25,739 105,303 122,428 21,924 26,743 ¦ — ¦ 23,219 45,937 — 20,918 — 28,368 32,199 — 26,212 The densest Norwegian rural settlements are in Lake Park Region, Minnesota ; in the district of La Crosse and Eau Claire in the west of Wisconsin ; and in a tract upon the boundary between Iowa and Minnesota. In Minneapolis, the largest foreign element is Swedish. Swedes number 30-8 per cent, of the foreign-born population of that city ; Norwegians number 19-1 per cent. The following cities of more than 25,000 inhabitants have over 5,000 residents born in Norway or Sweden : 1910. New York, N.Y. . Chicago, 111. . Boston, Mass San Francisco Cal. Minneapolis, Minn. Seattle, Wash. St. Paul, Minn. Denver, Colo. Portland, Oreg. Worcester, Mass. Spokane, Wash. Tacoma, Wash. Duluth, Minn. Roekford, 111. Superior, Wis. Jamestown, N.Y. Total Norwegians. Swedes. Population 22,281 34,952 4,766,883 24,186 63,035 2,185,283 1,914 7,123 670,585 3,769 6,970 416,912 16,402 26,478 301,408 7,193 8,677 237,194 4,063 11,335 214,744 617 4,537 213,381 2,726 4,801 207,214 358 8,036 145,986 1,874 3,344 104,402 3,906 3,183 83,743 5,009 7,281 78,466 295 8,918 45,401 2,488 3,056 40,384 42 6,929 31,297 EMIGRATION FROM SCANDINAVIAN PENINSULA 83 There were 107,535 Scandinavians in Canada in 1911 ; nearly 1J per cent, of the population. In 1901 there were only 31,042, little more than \ per cent. The principal areas of their settlement are : 1911. Norwegians. Swedes. Alberta 5,761 6,345 British Columbia ...... 3,732 7,118 Saskatchewan ..."... 7,625 6,209 The volume of emigration has been viewed with much concern, especially that from Sweden, where it leaves an abnormal proportion of old people and children — in 1910 the excess above the normal of persons over 65 years old was 155,000. On the other hand, there was a deficit below the normal bf 120,000 persons between the ages of 20 and 50. Exhaustive official investigations of the whole question have been made in recent years, and in 1907, with the assistance of the State, county councils, agricultural societies, and communes, a National Association against Emigration was established. This organization seeks to propagate, especially among the rural classes which have been most seriously affected by emi gration, a fuller understanding of opportunities and means of livelihood in Sweden as compared with those in America, and to counteract exaggerated ideas of the possibilities offered by emigration. This is done by means of lectures, pamphlets, articles in the press, and the issue of a quarterly magazine and other publications. Moreover, the association works informa tion bureaux and labour exchanges, and establishes or colla borates with land companies formed for the purchase of land and its division into small holdings, and it pays close attention to housing and other industrial problems. The Lapps The Lapp race was estimated in 1900 and 1914 to number about 34,000 persons, of whom about 21,000 were in Norway. The Lapps in Sweden numbered 7,114 in 1910. They form ethnologically, linguistically, and culturally a people apart. F2 84 INHABITANTS They are generally accounted to belong to the Mongol or Mongoloid race. They are rather small in stature, having an average height of about 4 ft. 11 in. in the case of men, and 4 ft. 9 in. in that of women. The height of Lapp men in Norway is given as about 4 ft. 11 in. to 5 ft. 3 in. The Norwegian Lapps are more short-headed than the Lapps of Finland. They have abundant straight hair, thin beards, and broad faces, with very prominent cheek-bones. The complexion is brownish, and the eyes are brown, and only slightly oblique. They are frequently bow-legged, and consequently of unsteady gait ; but they are enduring walkers. The muscles are well developed, and the hard life of this people is well borne. According to their standard they are intelligent and teachable ; they are good-natured, though still inclined to be suspicious of foreigners. They are temperate, though temperance is enforced, and alcoholic liquor may have an extremely bad effect on them. They are of Asiatic origin, and acquire but little of European civilization. Cloth has partly superseded skins in the material of their tents, and of their dress,- which is modelled upon a type worn in their adopted country long ago. Their art is imitative, not original ; they have no musical instru ments, and but ill-developed poetry. They are said to have no old traditions, although there is among them some recol lection of their former heathen religion. They are now Christians, and of a religious temperament, with many super stitions. They believe in the existence of trolls, and hold the bear to be a more or less sacred animal. They live in tents, and (especially in their more southerly districts, and where they have fixed habitations) in turf-huts of similar shape. Sometimes the same hut shelters both men and animals. They were originally nomadic hunters and fishers. To these occupations was added at an early date the domestica tion of reindeer. Reindeer are still essential to their nomadic life ; and their existence has been ordered by and adapted to the needs of reindeer-keeping. Formerly reindeer could THE LAPPS 85 supply all their wants, in food, clothing, and implements. The Lapps now purchase manufactured goods, including utensils that are peculiar to their use ; but everything they need for the management of reindeer is made by themselves. They have from the earliest times kept dogs of a hardy and intelligent breed. These dogs are of great value to them in keeping their herds. The language of- the Lapps belongs to the Finno-Ugrian group. It is supposed that their original tongue was, through long association with the Finns, superseded by old Finnish, from which the Lapp language and modern Finnish are derived. The Lapps are not closely related ethnologically with the Finns. They have no written literature by which uniformity of speech might be preserved. Their language is divided into dialects, of Russia, Finland, Sweden, and Norway. These main branches are again split up into sub-dialects. The position of the nomadic Lapps in respect to the inter national frontiers has caused difficulty from time to time. In their regular summer migrations, they crossed the frontiers of the various countries in which they lived ; many passed over to the west coast of northern Norway. These migrations caused international difficulties, and have been the subject of much discussion and dispute. They are now regulated by law ; and the Russian frontiers have been closed to Lapps. The establishment of Norwegian independence has created a new frontier problem. The Lapps claim a right to the desert lands between Norway and Sweden, for the feeding of reindeer. Reindeer pastures have been assigned to them by law. Provision has been made to maintain these rights in the event of war. In February 1917 Norwegian and Swedish Lapps held a three-days' congress, in order to protest against the laws that inflict penalties upon them for injuries done by trespassing, and to appeal for a reservation of their pasture privileges. On the more habitable fringes of the territory over which they roam, the Lapps tend to settle in more fixed habitation. In these places also they are less pure in race. In Norway, 86 INHABITANTS especially outside of Finmark, they are no longer an unmixed stock. The nomadic Lapps that visit the counties of Tromso and Nordland in the summer come principally from Sweden ; they return in the autumn. These visitors are frequently educated, and sometimes prosperous. The Norwegian Lapps in those counties are mostly of fixed habitation. Settlements of Lapps are found as far south as Helgeland in Nordland. Stone-age relics of these peoples have been found as far south as Samdal. Their gradual southward movement was extended in the last decade of the nineteenth century, but has again slightly receded. Now few Lapps are found south of Tele- mark. In the years of the nineteenth century's close, and the beginning of the twentieth, Lapps from Sweden migrated permanently to Norway, confusing the rights to reindeer- pastures. The Lapps of Norway are divided into two groups : the Mountain Lapps and the Sea Lapps. The latter have learned boat-craft from the Norwegians, and live principally by fishing. They are less true to the ancient type of life, and more mixed in race, than the Mountain Lapps. In Tromso amt, Lapps are now called up for military service. In Sweden, the Lapps have spread slowly southward from their principal locality in Norrbotten, where they number some 4,300 ; in Vasterbotten there are about 1,800, and in Jamt land, Harjedal, and Dalarne about 1,000. Aboiit 3,650 are nomads. They are divided into Mountain Lapps, who make regular migrations between the forest and the mountain regions, and sometimes go down to the Norwegian coast, and Forest Lapps, who keep with their herds to particular districts in Norrland. Their domestic economy depends primarily on the reindeer, which supplies them -with food, transport, and materials for clothing and other purposes. The Fisher Lapps are a poorer class, who have no reindeer, and subsist mainly on fishing. THE LAPPS 87 The Swedish Government has done much for the civiliza tion and protection of the Lapps, especially in the direction of establishing schools and churches. Taxes, for which each Lapp settlement is collectively responsible, are paid in money. The Lapps are exempt from military" service under peace conditions, although of recent years the question of conscrip tion in the form of a regular scout service has been discussed. .CHAPTER V HISTORY Early history — The Viking Age — Introduction of Christianity — Eleventh to thirteenth centuries — The Hanseatic League — The Union of Kalmar — Christian II — Gustavus Vasa — The Reformation — Subjugation of Nor way by Denmark — The Swedish trans-Baltic dominions — Gustavus Adolphus and Axel Oxenstjerna : the Thirty Years' War — Christina and Charles X— Charles XI — Charles XII : the Great Northern War — The Hats and Caps — Russia and Napoleon — Bernadotte — Modern union of Sweden and Norway — Dissolution of the union. Early History The Scandinavian peninsula is not by its physical character adapted to political unity. Its natural features, including great expanses of forest at the lower levels and uninhabitable highlands above, oppose many barriers, not wholly overcome even by modern methods of communication, to interrelation between the areas best fitted for human settlement. There fore when the inhabitants of the peninsula begin to emerge from myth into history, they are found to be divided into tribes or clans, great or small, now in some instances tem porarily united under a common leader, and again disunited, not only under the influence of the physical conditions already indicated, but also in accordance with the common practice by which early Teutonic rulers left their realms to be divided among their sons. In the face of the natural barriers of mountain and forest the importance of the waterways — the straits at the mouth of the Baltic, the great lakes of southern Sweden, and the fjords and calm channels within the islands of the Norwegian and (in a lesser degree) the Swedish coast — becomes evident at a very early date. Thus there are references from about the first to the seventh century of the Christian era to the EARLY HISTORY 89 two tribes in what is now southern Sweden, of outstanding strength among others, the Svear or Swedes and the Gotar or Goths. The Svear inhabited the region round Lake Malaren (at the eastern end of which Stockholm now stands), and the Gota, the belt across the southern peninsula which includes Lakes Vanern and Vattern. The Swedish coastlands of the Kattegat, however, were held, not by tribes whose head quarters were in the peninsula, but by the Danes, who, eon- trolling the lines of water-communication across this narrow strait, maintained their hold down to the seventeenth century on what are now the Swedish as well as the Danish shores. Norway, again, is found in the earliest historical period to be settled in quite a large number of independent districts or fylke, established wherever a small open waterside area offered the opportunity to farm, fish, and hunt ; and when first any attempt at unification between these little territories appears it does so where the natural conditions lent themselves most easily to the process — as in the comparatively open and easy country at the west side of Kristianiafjord, and on Trondhjemfjord, with their sheltered waters inviting com munication. Harald Haarfager (Fair-hair), who reigned from 864 to 934, having become a local king at the age of ten, united all the settled parts of Norway under his rule, operating from that district which is their natural administrative centre — the district about Kristianiafjord, from which there is comparatively easy land-connexion northward through the dales to Trondhjem, and a seaway, in great part sheltered all round the coast, to the western districts. Harald introduced the principles of unity without its practices : before his death he appointed his favourite son Erik Blodoks (bloody- axe) to succeed him, but only as over-king over a large number of other sons, each of whom was given a kingdom of his own. The discord resulting from this system persisted long in Norway ; there seems to be less evidence of it in Sweden, which is claimed by some writers to have been united under one king as early as a. d. 700, and therefore to be the oldest 90 HISTORY existing European state. A predisposing cause of unity was the existence of a central stronghold of the pagan gods at Uppsala, a little north of Lake Malaren, the fame of which ex tended even beyond the borders of Sweden. It is not within the scope of this notice to deal at length with the scanty history and rich tradition of Sweden and Norway in early times, as preserved in the sagas and other literature, but some reference is due to the relations of the Scandinavian peoples with Europe at large during this period. The Viking Age These relations were established by the sea-rovers, pirates, or colonists, best known under the general name of the Vikings, whose first recorded appearances are upon the coast of Dorset in 789 and at Lindisfarne in 793, though Northmen had no doubt crossed the North Sea much earlier. Danes, Norwegians, and Swedes (to use the modern terms) took part in these, and the political and social reasons which influenced them all alike are unknown in detail, but at least the geo graphical conditions favouring their movement are clear enough. They were accustomed, as has been seen, to make use of their huge system of natural waterways, whose sheltered waters gave them ample practice in navigation. The natural wealth of their own lands was not great, and after the limited activities of the winter it may be that the quick opening of the northern summer inspired them to go abroad. The movements of the Vikings have been shown to have proceeded, subject to circumstances, on a definite plan. Their first visits were usually short raids, made in summer, and having no apparent object other than pillage. Later they would winter in the strongholds they established, and in some instances spread thence far over the lands they had threatened. The ultimate phase of the Viking movement is the absorption of the Scandinavian settlers by the peoples in whose lands they settled, if they actually attained the stage of settlement, which they did not in every case. In addition to the British THE VIKING AGE 9l Isles, they penetrated continental Europe by way of the Elbe to Hamburg, by way of the Scheldt to the middle districts of the Rhine and the Somme, by way of the Seine up to Paris and into Burgundy ; the lower region of the Loire, the Garonne, northern Spain, the north-west African coast, the mouth of the Rhone, and even the Italian seaboard were visited by them. Such was the European range of the rovers who set out over the North Sea (it is not always possible to distinguish between those from Denmark and from Norway), but concurrently there was a movement from Sweden across the Baltic and far beyond.- Though the statement is disputed, there appears to be no doubt that in the ninth century the rela tions between Sweden and the trans-Baltic lands became greatly strengthened, that Swedes (known as Varangians) pushed up the great rivers of Russia, and that they established them selves in territory in the district of Lake Ladoga and Novgorod (862), and found their way to the Black and Caspian Seas, to Byzantium, and to the region of the Caucasus. The foundation of the Russian Empire is dated from the settle ment of the Novgorod territory by Rurik and the Rus (that is, the sea- warriors of the east coast of Sweden). The Viking Age is usually taken as terminating about the time when King Charles the Simple ceded to the Northman, Rollo, in 911, the territory of the lower Seine (as we have seen, a favourite goal of the raiders) which became known as Normandy, the home of the Normans. The overseas voyages, however, did not cease abruptly, and they contimied long after this date. Thus the expeditions across the northern seas to Iceland and Greenland belong mainly to the tenth century ; the famous voyage which reached the North American coast at ' Vinland ' (Nova Scotia or elsewhere) took place in the year 1000. The effects of these voyages upon the social and political history of Scandinavia were profound. In them may be found the germ of the modern eminence of Norway in the mercantile marine of the world, or, again, of the distinguished part played by Scandinavians in exploration, especially in the polar 92 HISTORY regions. But at and after the immediate period with which we have been dealing, the Northmen both taught and learned from those with whom they came in contact in their wander ings. When they settled, they sometimes showed (as in Normandy and in Russia) a capacity for government and, according to the lights of the times, for peaceful organization, which was less evident among the previous inhabitants of the settled countries. In certain methods of warfare and, above all, in shipbuilding and navigation they were the superiors of other Europeans. The activities of the Vikings, however, sapped a good deal of strength from both Norway and Sweden. If they brought wealth into the countries, they did not distribute it equally, and in Norway especially the men who enriched themselves overseas did not as a rule leave their taste for warfare there. The period of some three centuries following the close of the Viking Age leaves a general impression of civil dissension and weakness on the one hand, and yet, on the other, of striving in various directions towards nationality and ordered govern ment, including (for example) the codification of the laws of the different Swedish provinces into a single form. There also appears during this period the earliest movement towards the so-called union of kingdoms under one king, without any sort of national fusion, which, as will be seen, was subse quently attempted more than once in Scandinavia, but has never been justified by lasting success. Introduction of Christianity The external intercourse carried on by the Scandinavian peoples during and after the Viking Age hastened the intro duction of Christianity into the north. It was brought to Sweden as early as 829, but took no root ; it was not estab lished there until the reign of Olaf Skottkonung (about 993- 1021) ; in Norway its apostle was the contemporary king Olaf Tryggvesson (995-1000), but paganism struggled for many years after the death of these kings. ELEVENTH TO THIRTEENTH CENTURIES 93 Eleventh to Thirteenth Centuries In Sweden King Sverker I in 1134 effected a union between the Svear and the Gotar which at least paved the way for the firm establishment of undivided kingship in that country. Erik IX (1150-60) organized the Swedish Church, and con ducted a crusade against the pagans of Finland, while Charles VII founded the archbishopric of Uppsala. In 1248-66 the country was under the strong administration of Earl Birger, the reputed founder of Stockholm, and an able legislator. For some time in Sweden, as elsewhere, a landowning aris tocracy had been evolving itself out of the old class of wealthier peasants, but Birger arrested the consequent tendency towards serfdom, and King Magnus Ladulas about 1280 laid the foundations of a nobility based upon military service, and further regulated the relations between upper and lower classes (whence his second name, which signifies the lock of the barn, referring to his protection of the peasant against oppression) . Norway was on the whole less fortunate at this period After the death in battle of King Olaf II in 1030, Norway was united to Denmark until his son Magnus I was crowned in 1035. There followed a sad period of civil discord, and from 1066 to 1161 the country was frequently divided between more than one king. Sigurd I, who died in 1160, was the last undoubted representative of Harald Haarfager's line, and to dissension between the ruling families was added that introduced by pretenders, until Haakon IV (1217-63) was strong enough to restore order. His son Magnus VI (1263- 80), who, it may be mentioned, saw the uselessness of maintaining the Hebrides and the Isle of Man as appanages, and ceded them to Scotland, was a wise administrator, as appears from the name — Lagaboter, the law-mender — given him by the people. Hanseatic League Despite all opposing influences, the external trade of Sweden and Norway was developing at this time, and the towns were 94 HISTORY growing in numbers and importance. With this development . is correlated the extension to Scandinavia of the power of the Hanseatic League. This was a federation, in the first instance, of North German towns, formed to protect common commer cial interests at a period of general unrest and aggression in north-central Europe. A natural step was the establishment of ' factories ' or ' counters ' in foreign towns for the German traders settled in them, and a further step was the gradual acquisition of rights of citizenship and local government by such settlers. These traders were early attracted to Scandi navia by its copper, iron, forest products and fisheries, and Scandinavia itself depended upon German exports for many necessities and luxuries. Liibeck became the most important German centre of this trade. The wide range of Hanseatic activities is shown by the fact that at Visby, the capital of the island of Gotland, long the chief Baltic entrepot for trade between Russia and Sweden, German settlers possessed equal rights of citizenship with the natives as early as the beginning of the thirteenth century, while later (1343) they obtained special trading privileges in Bergen, their principal centre in Norway. These incursions were not an unmixed benefit to the Swedes and Norwegians, and they led to trouble later. The Union of Kalmar There had been intermarriage between the royal houses of Norway and Sweden, and in 1319 the infant Magnus VII, who inherited the crown of Norway from his grandfather Haakon V, was elected King of Sweden, thus nominally uniting the kingdoms. He ceded the Norwegian crown to his son Haakon VI in 1343. In Sweden his rule continued longer, but was weak ; in the course of it he attempted to buy by many favours the support of the aristocracy, and in 1359 he was compelled to call together the first Swedish Riksdag or national assembly. The lines of social history in Sweden and Norway are here diverging, for in Norway the aristocracy, through civil war, the usurpation of trade by foreigners, and the gradual extinction of serfdom, was becoming impoverished THE UNION OF KALMAR 95 and paralysed. The distinction thus drawn is important to the future history of the two countries. Norway, indeed, was now brought very low, for the Black Death hit the Scandi navian countries hard, about 1349-50, and the weaker country resisted the less strongly. The Swedish aristocracy was powerful enough to depose Magnus in 1365, and elected Albrekt of Mecklenburg king, but found him no more suitable to their requirements, and pre sently looked for a successor. In 1363 Haakon VI of Norway, son of Magnus, had married Margaret, daughter of Valdemar IV, King of Denmark. Valdemar, dying in 1375, was suc ceeded by Margaret's young son Olaf, who also received the crown of Norway on the death of Haakon in 1380. Olaf died in 1387, and Margaret, who had acted as regent, con tinued to rule, having her grand-nephew, Erik of Pomerania, declared king in 1389. She was now invited tp Sweden to dispose of King Albrekt, who had assumed the title of King of Norway and Denmark, but reckoned without the majority of his nominal subjects. He gave Margaret battle, and was defeated and deposed with ignominy. It took Margaret some years to overcome by force such opposition as she encountered in Sweden, but in 1397 she brought about a meeting of Swedish, Danish, and Norwegian representatives at Kalmar, which 'eternally' united the three kingdoms under one king. Erik was crowned ; Margaret remained regent. This so- called Union of Kalmar provided for a community of interests in regard to defence and foreign relations, but for the govern ance of each country according to its own laws, while in each country only natives were to hold high office and own land. The three kingdoms were indeed closely allied in language and customs, but their external interests lay in different directions, and their internal political tendencies were in various respects dissimilar ; moreover, the difficulties of intercommunication remained a geographical obstacle to unity. All such difficulties might conceivably have been overcome, or at least counteracted, by able and upright statesmanship, but this was wanting. Denmark, the pre- 96 HISTORY dominant partner in the union, made no attempt, to maintain the rights of the other kingdoms, and some of the provisions of Kalmar, such as that reserving high offices for natives in each country, were made only to be broken. Margaret (herself not impeccable in this respect) died in 1412, and Erik, as a ruler, showed none of her ability. The Swedish peasantry rose against him in 1434-6 under the enlightened noble Engelbrekt, and this rising is claimed as the first evidence of a general popular conception of Swedish nationahty. A period of chaos followed, during which the king set up by Sweden, Charles VIII, was alternately expelled and reinstated. In 1458 Christian I defeated the Swedes and reunited the three kingdoms, but renewed promises of free and equal government were again broken, and Sweden threw off his yoke at the battle of Brunkeberg (Stockholm) in 1471, which brought the .country the unusual phenomenon of twenty-five years' peace. From this time until 1520 Sweden had as suc cessive governors three members of the Sture family, who did much to foster the national spirit as against the priesthood and the higher nobility, who favoured the Union. Christian II Christian II, who had been Governor of Norway, ascended the throne in 1513, but his rule was not accepted by Sweden. He was an able statesman, who conceived, and to some extent put into execution, domestic reforms of high value ; he aimed at absolute monarchy in the three kingdoms, but he was obsessed by obstinacy and vengefulness, and never developed the full power required to drive through his own schemes. His oppor tunity appeared to have arrived when Sten Sture, the governor, and Gustavus Trolle, the new Archbishop of Uppsala, fell out, and the governor besieged the archbishop. Christian at tempted to carry help to Trolle, but Sture and the peasantry succeeded in fending him off until 1520, when Sture died of a battle-wound. Even then his widow, Christina Gyllensterna, rallied the opposition, and did not surrender Stockholm till she had extorted a complete amnesty from the king. Trolle, CHRISTIAN II 97 however, now restored to power, demanded the punishment of his enemies, and when Christina pointed out that the opposition to him had been sanctioned by a national assembly, which included several of the bishops, Trolle obtained Chris tian's connivance at a shameful massacre of a number of leaders in the popular movement. It is hardly necessary, therefore, to state that Christian did not leave Sweden pacified. His own domestic reforms subsequently raised the majority of his Danish subjects against him, and as ever since his period of governorship in Norway he had been an opponent of the assumption of excessive powers in local government abroad by the German traders of the Hanse, he had also that powerful league against him. In 1523 he left Denmark to seek help abroad (the Danes meanwhile setting up the Duke of Holstein as king under the title of Frederick I), and he did not reappear until 1531. In that year he landed in Norway as a champion of the church of Rome against Lutheranism (to which Frederick was a convert), but he made little impression there, and was stoutly opposed, on attempting to enter Sweden, by the peasantry under Gustavus, Vasa. In 1532 Christian was compelled to surrender to Frederick's lieutenant, Gylden- stjerne, and was conveyed to Denmark and kept a prisoner till bis death in 1559. Gustavus Vasa In 1518 Christian had carried off to Denmark certain hostages, among whom was the young Gustavus Vasa, who escaped. On returning to Sweden, Gustavus made for Dalarne or the Dales, the name given to that part of south- central Sweden which lies in the basin of the Dal river. Its peasant inhabitants were (and still are) a well-defined type, independent and strong both in body and in mind. Among them Gustavus gradually acquired predominating influence, and from their territory as a centre his influence spread. But the financial position and administrative organization of Sweden as a state were in no condition to enable her to fight unaided for her own independence, and Gustavus, forced 98 HISTORY to seek help without, looked to the powerful Hanse cities of Liibeck and Danzig, which, in return for services rendered, claimed freedom from mercantile tolls and got practically the whole of Swedish trade into their hands. Gustavus, elected King of Sweden in 1523, found the claims of the Hanse a heavy burden ; his efforts to collect money brought him into conflict with the peasantry who had set him on the throne ; yet he ably overcame these and other difficulttes during his long reign (1523-60). The end of the domination of Liibeck in Swedish commerce and affairs was brought about by the ' Count's War ' of 1534-6, wherein it was sought to establish Count Christopher of Oldenburg , as governor in Denmark for the deposed King Christian II, with the help of Liibeck. This effort was overcome by Christian III of Denmark, son of Frederick I, with the help of Gustavus. After this alliance, Gustavus, subordinating his personal distrust of Denmark to the interests of his kingdom, maintained peace with Den mark : with Russia he had a frontier dispute, resulting in a war of short duration in 1556 ; otherwise Sweden during his reign had little political relation with foreign states. The Reformation The position in regard to ecclesiastical affairs was very different. Gustavus, who had forced the Church to give up many possessions to help the national exchequer, seized the political advantage's offered by a rupture with Rome. To overcome the independence of the Church was essential to his scheme of government, and though the support of the peasantry for their Church drove Gustavus to threaten abdication, the threat alone was sufficient : he was implored not to leave his people. Thus the Reformation in Sweden was the work of one man ; the authority of Rome was thrown off from political motives, and the change of doctrine and practice was left, so far as Gustavus was concerned, as a matter of secondary importance to a process of gradual evolution. This, however, was not the end of the religious controversy in Sweden. John III (1578-92) held middle THE REFORMATION 99 views between the extremes of Roman Catholicism and ' Luthery ', and near the end of his reign, under the influence of the Catholic reaction in Europe, there was a movement towards the reunion of the Swedish Church with Rome. After his death, however, the Protestants adopted the Augs burg Confession without consulting Sigismund, the Catholic King of Poland, who now, as John's son, succeeded also to the Swedish crown. His uncle, Duke Charles of Sudermania, was the leader of the Swedish Protestants, and Sigismund took up arms against him, but was beaten at Stangabro in 1598 and left Sweden to Protestantism and to the rule of an abler monarch, Charles IX (1599-1611), under which title the duke ascended the throne. Subjugation of Norway by Denmark Norway, at this period, at once suffers and (in some respects) benefits by her geographical position. She attempted to reject Christian III of Denmark as king, on the ground that the kingship was elective and that she had not been consulted ; the attempt failed, and Christian thereupon abolished the council of regency (1537) and set up a viceroy and a chancellor (both Danes) in Norway ; Norway thus became practically, though not nominally, a province of Denmark, but there was no opposition, and the explanation suggested is simply that the people, few and scattered in remote settlements, only gradually became acquainted with the new conditions. A similar phenomenon appears in connexion with the Re formation. We have seen that Christian IPs attempt to raise Norway in his favour, as the crowned champion of Rome, failed ; on the other hand Lutheranism spread- over the country very gradually, without violent opposition, and for many years Roman practices were alternately discontinued and resumed according as the priests, perambulating their vast parishes, happened to be present or not. Norway, for a long period, now practically disappears from a summary history of the Scandinavian peninsula, G 2 100 HISTORY The Swedish Trans-Baltic Dominions Inasmuch, therefore, as Sweden becomes the predominant figure, and as the period which follows witnessed important extensions of her frontiers, it is desirable to make clear that the kingdom of Gustavus Vasa was materially smaller than that of modern Sweden. We have seen that the command of water-communication was politically more important than that of communication by land ; for this reason Sweden had no coast-line on the Kattegat, the division or shire of Bohuslan, south of Kristianiafjord, being included in Norway, and those of Halland, Skane and Blekinge belonging to Denmark, which thus possessed the extreme southern peninsula of modern Sweden, and the coastal slope from modern Goteborg south and east to a point opposite the southern extremity of Oland Island. Farther north, Harjedalen and Jamtland were reckoned to Norway, these divisions representing the territory on either side of the route now followed by the railway from Trondhjem eastward into Norway across a well- marked depression in the ' Keel '. To the north lie the rough forest country and deep valleys of Angermanland, and the remote territory of Norrland can scarcely have possessed any great political significance, though it enters for a moment into history when Charles IX of Sweden took the title of King of the Lapps of Norrland, which afforded one reason for the declaration of war upon him by Christian IV of Den mark in 1611. Sweden held the island of Gotland (which, however, was ceded to Denmark in 1570) and a considerable, though ill-defined, territory on the Finnish side of the Baltic. And it was across the Baltic that Sweden, after the period of consolidation at home under Gustavus Vasa, was first led to territorial expansion. In 1558-60 the provinces of the order of the Teutonic knights were invaded by Russians, and Sweden entered the field against them. Acting alone, she had almost suffered defeat, but in 1576 Stephen Bathony, king of Poland, entered into alliance with the Swedes, and together they defeated the Russians (1578), after which SWEDISH TRANS-BALTIC DOMINIONS 101 Sweden found herself possessed of a substantial oversea territory in Esthonia and neighbouring lands. She was committed to a militant foreign policy which, as will be seen, proved ultimately beyond her powers. An immediate result of this policy was the establishment of a Standing army, at the instigation of Charles IX. During his short reign the country was involved in war with Poland, Russia, and Denmark. From the first of these Esthonia was won. The famous Gustavus Adolphus, who became king in 1611, concluded an onerous peace with Denmark in 1613. In 1617 peace with Russia gave Sweden Kexholm and Ingria, and Russia renounced any claim upon Esthonia and Livonia. A further war with Poland followed in 1621-9 ; it was actually a struggle for the mastery of the southern Baltic coast-lands, though Gustavus Adolphus perhaps exaggerated its religious significance as a war (on his side) to protect Protestantism against Catholicism. It left Sweden, at the truce of Altmark, in 1629, with a six years' tenure of her conquests in Livonia, and the possession of the Vistula delta, Elbing, Braunsberg, Pillau, and Memel, with the right to levy lucrative tolls at other neighbouring ports. Gustavus Adolphus and Axel Oxenstjerna : the Thirty Years' War Meanwhile, in 1618, the Thirty Years' War had broken out — a war primarily religious, to a part in which, therefore, Gustavus Adolphus, and the people whom he had inspired at once with religious and with military ardour, became inevitably committed. Not that religious considerations solely influenced the king. He also feared the possibility of a Catholic power strongly established on the southern Baltic coast, and threatening Swedish trade. In 1630 Gustavus moved his army across the Baltic to Peenemiinde and Stettin. His first task was to negotiate alliances, and he succeeded, by the following year, in concluding treaties with the princes of Pomerania and Brandenburg, with France, and lastly with the shifty Elector of Saxony. He was too late to avert 102 HISTORY the siege and sack of Magdeburg, which had declared itself for Protestantism and besought his aid, but in September 1631 he met Tilly's army at Breitenfeld near Leipzig, and totally defeated it, and deciding, against the advice of his principal counsellors, to move south-west instead of dealing with Austria, he triumphantly entered Mainz at the end of the year. In 1632 he occupied and garrisoned Augsburg, Ulm, Munich, and other places ; but Wallenstein, called upon by the Emperor Ferdinand, raised a new army and faced Gustavus at Nuremberg. In the ensuing battle of Liitzen (November 6, 1632) Gustavus Adolphus fell ; the Swedes avenged him, but not to the full, for they were too much exhausted to follow up their victory. The position of Sweden might now have been far more precarious than it was, for Gustavus was succeeded by his daughter Christina a child of six. That the country main tained itself in its new position of a European Power was a personal triumph for the chancellor, Axel Oxenstjerna. Under his direction an Evangelical Union was formed in Germany in 1633, to maintain the army. A grave set-back to the Swedish arms occurred in 1634, when the Swedes under Bernhard were severely beaten by Wallenstein's successor, Gallas, at Nordlingen, and South Germany was lost. In 1636, however, a new treaty with and subsidy from France enabled Oxenstjerna to continue the struggle, and his gifted general Johan Baner, re-established Swedish power in the north, maintaining his hold on Pomerania against almost overwhelming odds. In 1641 Baner died, but bis colleague Lennart Torstensson in 1642 won an important victory at Breitenfeld (the scene of Gustavus's triumph). The pursuit of this victory in the following year, however, was arrested. Christian IV of Denmark had aroused the enmity of Sweden by denying freedom from tolls for passage through the Sound in the case of her new trans-Baltic possessions, and also by arresting the transport of munitions, which to Sweden, with her wealth in iron, formed an extremely important staple of trade at this time. War was declared on Christian in 1643 ; THE THIRTY YEARS' WAR 103 Torstensson was diverted from his victorious career in central Europe, and swept through Jutland with extraordinary rapidity. Christian maintained himself in the islands, but by 1645 he was decisively beaten on land and sea, and by the peace concluded at Bromsebro in that year Sweden acquired the island of Gotland and Osel to the east of it, the Norwegian shires of Jamtland and Harjedal, and that of Halland for thirty years. The Thirty Years' War was now dying down ; negotiations for its ending were protracted, but in 1648 the Peace of Westphalia was signed. ' By this convention Sweden obtained (1) Upper Pomerania, with the islands of Rugen and Usedom, and a strip of Lower Pomerania on the right bank of the Oder, including the towns of Stettin, Garz, Damm, and Gollnow, and the isle of Wollin, with right of succession to the rest of Lower Pomerania in case of the extinction of the house of Brandenburg ; (2) the town of Wismar with the districts of Poel and Neukloster ; (3) the secularized bishoprics of Bremen and Verden ; and (4) 5,000,000 rix-dollars. The German possessions were to be held as fiefs of the Empire ; and in respect thereof Sweden was to have a vote in the Reichstag, and to ' direct ' the Lower Saxon Circle alternately with Brandenburg. Full civil and religious liberty was, at the same time, conceded to the German Protestants. . . . France and Sweden moreover became joint guarantors of the treaty with the Emperor.' Sweden's material reward, pro portionately to her sacrifices, was scanty, although her control of the mouths of the principal North German rivers, the Oder, Elbe, and Weser, was geographically important. But ' her vigorous intervention in the Thirty Years' War had saved the cause of religious liberty in Europe ; and this remains, to all time, her greatest historical exploit.' Christina and Charles X The domestic condition and administration of Sweden was not neglected, in spite of their military preoccupations, by Gustavus Adolphus and Axel Oxenstjerna, and though the 104 HISTORY Swedish wars, both before and after this point in their history, tended towards the impoverishment of the lower classes and the enrichment of the nobility, thereby laying the foundations of discord, the people remained willing to pay the price of warfare, though often showing their dismay at its magnitude. The upper classes in particular, and the people at large, had their outlook broadened in many directions through contact with other nations, and the eccentric genius of Queen Christina, Gustavus Adolphus's successor, encouraged science, literature, and the development of trade (especially the iron industry of the Dales). But extravagance and other less material faults embittered her people against her, and after she had abdicated in favour of her cousin Charles X in 1654, Sweden was saddled with a ruler who, with all his high qualities, was too ready to commit his country to further adventures overseas. He declared war on Poland, a disrupted state, in 1655, with the ostensible object of forestalling a Russian advance to the Baltic provinces. Successful at first, he was checked before the monastic fortress of Czechstokova, and Poland rallied. Charles's generalship was extraordinarily able, but his political ill-fortune counteracted it. In 1657 Den mark, with an eye upon her lost provinces, declared war upon him, and Charles, withdrawing from Poland, hurled his forces upon Jutland as Torstennson had before him. In December 1657, an abnormal frost enabled Charles to invade the islands of Fiinen and Laaland by crossing the straits over the ice. In 1658 Denmark sued for peace. The districts of Bohuslan, Halland, Skane, Blekinge, and Trondhjem, and the island of Bornholm, were ceded to Sweden, but this was not enough, and Charles, without justification, reopened hostilities and besieged Copenhagen. But now he brought new enemies upon himself. Copenhagen was relieved by the Dutch : Poland, Brandenburg, and Russia became involved against Sweden. Trondhjem and Bornholm were lost, together with parts of the trans-Baltic dominions. The most important geographical result of these wars was that Denmark was permanently excluded from the opposite shores of the Kattegat and the Baltic, which from now remained Swedish. CHARLES XI 105 Charles XI When Charles X died in 1660, Charles XI was only four years old, and the regency had no adequate successor to Axel Oxenstjerna (who died in 1654) to guide it. The regency made peace, but was unhappy in its foreign relations. In 1672 a kind of retaining fee was accepted from France, in return for a promise of military support, and when France called on the Swedes to invade Brandenburg, the result was disastrous to their arms. It was only due to the military ability of Charles XI, when he assumed power, and to the strength of France, coupled with her determination to main tain for her own ends the strength of her northern ally, that in 1678 Sweden's continental possessions were for the most part confirmed to her. The reign of Charles XI (1660-97) was also noted for changes in internal government and administration. The people were prepared, by the brilliant position taken by their monarchs as military leaders, for the acceptance of the doctrine of royal absolution ; that doctrine also promised an offset to the oppression of the lower classes by the nobility, and in 1680 and following years the Riksdag assented to the assumption of sovereign rights by the king, although it remained as a consultative body representing the people. Moreover, in face of the opposition of the nobility, Charles occupied himself successfully with the recovery of the Crown lands which had been alienated in favour of the nobles by way of fiefs in return for services rendered. He also introduced important reforms in the army and navy, including the establishment, in a far more favourable geo graphical position than Stockholm, of a new and powerful arsenal at Karlskrona. Charles XI was succeeded by his more famous son Charles XII (1697-1718). Charles XII : the Great Northern War The forfeiture of the alienated Crown lands {reduktion, as it was called) led indirectly to the Great Northern War into 106 HISTORY which Sweden was plunged in 1699-1720. A noble, Johan Patkul, who fled into exile to escape the consequences of a too vigorous protest against the reduktion, set in train the coalition between Poland, Denmark and Russia, with which were associated later England, Hanover, Prussia, and Saxony, which kept Charles XII out of his kingdom till 1714, and brought it, during that time, to a condition of much suffering and unrest. Charles is blamed for aiming at avenging him himself upon his enemies rather than taking the opportunities which offered for an honouiable settlement in the course of his brilliant campaigns ; thus, in 1699 he invaded Denmark and forced terms upon her, but turned to attack Russia through Livonia ; victorious there, he turned again to attack Poland, and occupied both Warsaw and Cracow ; but by 1708 his opponents were too many for him, and in the hard winter of that year his army suffered almost beyond endurance. In 1709 he was heavily defeated near Pultova, and fled to Turkish territory ; his diplomatic effort to obtain Turkish help against Russia met with no lasting suc'cess, and in 1714 he returned to Sweden almost alone. In 1716 he was de fending, his own shores, and in 1717 and 1718 he invaded Norway in order to conquer territory on the basis of which he might negotiate with his enemies : on the second of these expeditions he was killed. Peace followed in 1719-21, and Sweden was left with only a shadow of her trans-Baltic empire. The Hats and Caps When the sovereign powers of the king were such that he could at will involve the country in wars such as Sweden had endured for nearly a quarter of a century, it was not unnatural that these powers should be viewed with alarm, and the pendulum swung back to the extreme limitation of the mon archy under the new constitution of 1720. But by this means the conflicting interests of the four states in the Riksdag — the nobles, priests, burgesses, and peasants — were thrown into stronger relief. Moreover, during the peace which THE HATS AND CAPS 107 followed the Great Northern War Sweden rapidly recovered, and presently there emerged a strong body of opinion which scorned the pacific tendencies of the older statesmen, who were nicknamed the ' night-caps ' or Caps. The party which held the more aggressive views were called the Hats from the common headdress of the officers and others of the upper classes who belonged to it. The Hats, being gifted with the greater political adroitness, maintained themselves in power until 1765 in spite of their faults. Aiming at the restoration of the country to the position of a first-class power, they adhered to the French alliance on the ground that it assured their objects ; they entered upon a war with Russia and were within an ace of losing Finland ; they also joined in the Seven Years' War with lamentable results. Their financial methods were extravagant, and when the Caps ousted them there was plenty of work to do in the direction of internal reform. The Caps were anti-French and pro-Russian, and Sweden had fallen by no means so low that her friendship had ceased to be sought for, but Russia was a dangerous ally for her, having an eye always to her extinction as a rival in the Baltic arena. The Caps carried with them popular sentiment among the lower classes, and the controversy with the Hats was rapidly turning in the direction of class-warfare, when King Gustavus III entered the lists with the coup d'etat of 1772, which imposed upon the estates, by a show of force which wholly overawed them, a new constitution which converted a disunited state, with a figure-head king, into a strong, though still limited, monarchy. But Gustavus took a step too far when by another coup in 1789 he seized the absolute control of foreign affairs and of the army, and the irreconcilable anger of the nobility against him on account of this measure led to his assassination in 1792. Russia and Napoleon The policy of Gustavus III towards Russia was at first that of the soft answer, but the tone of the Empress Catherine II towards him was such that war could not be avoided. Com- 108 HISTORY pelling the Swedish aristocracy to promise him assistance, Gustavus declared war, and must have conquered, had not his officers engineered a mutiny in his army, claiming (not without reason) that the king acted unconstitutionally in making war. At Russia's instigation, however, the Danes now invaded Sweden, which gave Gustavus the opportunity to return thither, rally the Dalesmen to his standard, and relieve Goteborg, on which the Danish blow had fallen. Gustavus had behind him the powerful moral support of Britain and Prussia, and the Danes quickly evacuated Sweden. After the coup d'etat of 1789, already mentioned, Gustavus carried out another campaign against Russia, this time suc cessful, which resulted (1790) in the confirmation of Swedish dominion in Finland, according to the terms of previous treaties. These favourable conditions were thrown away during a short but disastrous period of regency after the assassination of Gustavus III, and the equally disastrous period of rule by his successor. Many of the ablest supporters of the Gustavian regime were driven out of power by the duke- regent and his satellite, G. A. Reuterholm, a strong anti- Gustavian and ally of revolutionary France. Gustavus IV, on taking up power, passed to the other extreme ; he was a rabid hater of France and of Napoleon, against whom he threw forces into the field without possessing any ideas as to how they might be successfully employed, and finally, under his arch-enemy's instigation, he found himself faced by both Russia and Denmark. He was forced to abdicate in 1809, and the duke-regent became king as Charles XIII. But it was too late : Russian forces had penetrated deeply into northern Sweden, and peace was only secured by the cession of Finland and the Aland Islands. Peace was con cluded in the same year with Denmark, and in 1810 with France. Pomerania was returned to Sweden in consideration of her closing her ports against British goods. BERNADOTTE 109 Bernadotte Charles XIII was infirm and childless, and the question of his successor raised grave issues. Charles Augustus of Augustenburg was elected Crown Prince against violent Gustavian opposition. Shortly after his arrival in Sweden he died suddenly. The suggestion of foul play, false as it might be, was obvious. The earl-marshal, Count Fersen, a leading Gustavian, fell a victim to mob violence. But by degrees, as public feeling quietened, it settled in favour of a soldier heir to the throne, and in 1810 Bernadotte, prince of Ponte Corro, one of Napoleon's marshals, was offered and accepted the position of Crown Prince under the name of Charles John. He at once became king in all but title, for Charles XIII was too ill to wield much power. Charles John made no effort to regain Finland ; on the other hand he con ceived the project of conquering Norway. Not without diffi culty he obtained the countenance of Britain and Russia, Denmark (rather of necessity than of will) still holding to France. In 1814, by the peace of Kiel, Denmark surrendered Norway in return for Swedish Pomerania and Riigen, and an indemnity. The kingdom of Sweden was now at last defined within the limits of the peninsula, and its oversea dominion, which had never possessed any geographical or ethnological unity, ceased to exist. In 181 8 Charles XIII died, and Charles John ascended the throne of the two kingdoms of Sweden and Norway. Scandi navia now ceases to take any important place in European political history at large. Its principal events during the succeeding century are concerned with the disputes which arose out of the union between the two kingdoms. - Modern Union of Sweden and Norway The Norwegians not unnaturally objected to their trans ference, in 1814, from Danish to Swedish domination, as to which they had not been consulted. A meeting at Eidsvold 110 HISTORY drew up an independent constitution, and elected the Danish Governor, Prince Charles Frederick, as king. Charles John invaded Norway, but after little more than a demonstration of hostilities a convention was signed. Charles John promised recognition of the Eidsvold constitution subject to an amend ment necessitated by the union of the kingdoms, Charles Frederick abdicated, and Norway was declared ' a free, inde pendent, indivisible, and inalienable kingdom, united with Sweden under one king ', under the Act of Union {Rigsakt) of August 6, 1815. The union thus consummated, which was maintained from 1815 to 1905, was purely personal in the sense that the king was the sole link in the chain. His rights and powers were defined by separate constitutions, one for each state, which materially differed. The two states had separate, and again materially different, systems of government, separate military forces, financial systems and tariffs (there was, indeed, a tariff- boundary between th^e two), coinages, codes of law, &c. The economic interests and political outlooks of the two countries were widely diverse, and in some respects antagonistic. ' In Sweden the tone of the political system, until far in the nine teenth century, was distinctly autocratic, and that of the social system aristocratic ; in Norway the principle that prepon derated was rather that of democracy.' Not even the exact nature of the union was agreed upon. Norway considered that the two states, as such, were intended to be on a footing of complete equality ; Sweden denied this, claiming that Norway was, at the outset, no more than a ceded territory, to which autonomy was granted as an act of grace ; she was, moreover, the less wealthy and less populous member of the union. And though, when the history of the union came to be reviewed about the time of its dissolution, Sweden was able to claim that she had always been willing to treat the disputes between the kingdoms in a spirit of concession, the Norwegian reply was simply that Sweden was in no position to make concessions : that the term was inapplicable in respect of transactions between two states of equal standing, MODERN UNION OF SWEDEN AND NORWAY 111 and further, that the majority of the disputes concerned matters which properly were at issue only between Norway and the King of Norway, not between Norway and the King of Sweden and his subjects. Such an argument goes to show the inherent impracticabihty of the union. The fact that the union provided only for one foreign minister was the earliest source of dissension, for in 1821 Charles John aroused strong feeling by inquiring through the foreign ministry how the Powers would view his use of force against Norway to compel a revision of the constitution. Nothing came of this : indeed, it is a feature of the whole period of the union that revolutionary changes proposed from the Swedish side came habitually to nothing. Thus in 1860, following upon a Norwegian proposal to abrogate the king's right to appoint a viceroy (an office which was actually abolished in 1873), Sweden took up the question warmly, and a complete revision of the union was brought forward, in which Swedish supremacy would have been definitely recog nized. Even a common parliament was contemplated in which Swedish membership was to preponderate on a population basis. None of these proposals was given effect. After the accession of Oscar II (1872-1907), who proved to be a skilful keeper of the peace, the situation was for a while less strained. Frederick Stang, for many years leader of the Conservative party in Norway, had also done much to rectify relations between the two states. But in 1880 he resigned, and the Liberals became increasingly powerful. In 1883 the king gave way over a controversy, into which a powerful body of adverse Swedish opinion had thrust itself, over the Norwegian desire that the minister and councillors of state should have the right of access to the Storting (the Norwegian parliament) and of participation in its debates ; this practice connoted the establishment of the principle of ministerial responsibility in Norway. As the economic position of Norway grew stronger, and her foreign relations more extensive, on the basis of her important and increasing mercantile marine, new points of dissension 112 HISTORY emerged and old points were revived. The creation of a ' pure ; Norwegian flag, excluding the symbol of the union, was disputed for more than twenty years before the king allowed it in 1899. The participation of Norway in the management of diplomatic and consular affairs again became an acute question. More than one honest attempt was made to settle it, but all came to a deadlock, Norway claiming as a right what Sweden would only concede under guarantees. The position stood (since 1835) that the Norwegian minister in attendance at Stockholm should be present when the (Swedish) foreign minister was doing business with the king. There was no Norwegian foreign minister. In 1885 Sweden made changes in the administration of foreign affairs which appeared to the Norwegians to place their representative in a weaker position : Sweden offered to rectify this, but de manded in return such guarantees as a common budget for foreign affairs and the maintenance of the Norwegian army and navy at a certain standard. As for the consular service, its control had been vested in the foreign ministry in 1858. Norway claimed that whereas she had formerly employed as consuls the persons who represented Sweden, as a matter of convenience, the divergent economic policies of the two states, and the condition of competition between them in certain branches of trade, demanded that separate services should be set up. In 1892, and again in 1898, these questions brought the two states to the verge of war. In 1902, however, a joint com mission laid down the practicability of two entirely separate consular systems, and in 1903 an official communique an nounced an agreement under which two essentially identical codes of administration were to be worked out for the two systems. But disagreement supervened, and negotiations finally broke down upon the demand by Sweden that the Swedish foreign minister should be able to dismiss a Norwegian consul. DISSOLUTION OF THE UNION 113 Dissolution of the Union In May 1905 a new measure for the creation of an inde pendent Norwegian consular service was passed by the Storting and vetoed by the king. The ministry resigned ; the king refused to accept their resignation and form another govern ment. The Storting now claimed that the Crown had failed to exercise its constitutional function, that Oscar II thereupon ceased to be King of Norway, and that the union with Sweden was thus dissolved (June 1905). Sweden demanded an ex plicit popular expression of desire for the dissolution. She got that for which she asked, for the Norwegians, by a referendum, confirmed the action of the Storting by 368,211 votes to 184. A treaty concluded at Karlstad (September 1905) defined the terms of the separation, and included the following provisions. Any future disputes between the two states which cannot be settled by direct diplomatic negotiation are to be referred to the permanent court of arbitration at The Hague, provided that they do not affect the vital interests of either. A ' neutral ' zone was established on either side of the frontier from the point where it reaches the coast of the Skagerrak as far north as lat. 61° N. It is about 8 to 10 miles wide, as a rule, on either side of the frontier (see p. 9). No military or naval works of any description may be maintained or established therein, save in the event of joint action against a common enemy. In virtue of this convention Fredrikssten and other Norwegian fortifications were dismantled. Those at Kongs- vinger and within a radius of 6 kilometres were not to be in any way augmented. Regulations as to the migration and rights of the Lapps in the northern territories of each state were laid down. The transit trade of either of the states in passage through the territory of the other was safeguarded against delays, increase of tariffs, and other disabilities. Provisions were also made concerning the regulation and use for navi gation, power-works, &c, of lakes and waterways common to the two kingdoms. In Norway, after the dissolution of the union, there was N. AND s. H 114 HISTORY a measure of opinion (represented by some 33,000 votes, or roughly one -tenth of the total vote on a referendum) in favour of setting up a republic. But the Norwegian peasantry, in the absence of any aristocracy to stand between it and the Government, had developed a certain intimacy with and fidelity to the Crown ; moreover, it was felt that European opinion generally would view the continuation of the monarchy with more favour than the establishment of a republic. The Storting selected the second son of the then Crown Prince Frederick of Denmark as a candidate for the throne ; he was elected by referendum, and was crowned in June 1906 under the title of Haakon VII, assuming a name famous in mediaeval Norwegian history. The Swedish objection, from the point of view of foreign relations, to the dissolution of the union, and incidentally to the previous proposals for a dual foreign ministry, is very frankly stated by a Swedish writer as follows : ' The great value of the late union to Sweden was that it gave her not only the opportunity to direct all her defensive forces against an attack from Russia, but that Norway, in the event of her defeat, could have been converted into a fortress of the finest possible kind. The difficulty for an enemy to bring forward large masses of troops and provisions would be almost insur mountable on account of the geographical nature of Norway and western Sweden, but now everything is altered ; for Sweden's back is again bared to attack as it was before the union.' As to the feeling which was left between Norwegians and Swedes after the union was dissolved, it is hardly possible to generalize. It was broadly and simply stated, shortly before the event, that the Norwegians always appeared to dislike the Swedes, and the Swedes to like the Norwegians ; on the other hand, a very eminent Norwegian was able to write that ' we cannot think of the possibility of Sweden being attacked without instantly hastening to its help with all our might.' After the dissolution, the Storting offered an olive branch to King Oscar in proposing to elect as king a member of the DISSOLUTION OF THE UNION 115 Swedish royal family, but the king, who felt that Norway had dethroned him under a false pretext, refused it. And with whatever affection, or tolerance, the Swedes may pre viously have regarded the Norwegians, such sentiments was replaced, according to an official Swedish publication, by a ' deep feeling of animosity ', which was subsequently ' con verted into a powerful national movement ' directed towards the strengthening of the kingdom in whatever directions it might have suffered by the dissolution of the union. H 2 CHAPTER VI GOVERNMENT, ADMINISTRATION, AND FINANCE Systems of Government — Justice and police — Sanitary conditions and services — Norwegian finance — Swedish finance — Currency. Systems of Government Norway Constitution. — The fundamental law of Norway is the Eidsvold Constitution of 1814, as modified after the failure in that year to set up a separate kingdom (see p. 109), and on subsequent occasions. For many years down to 1814 Norway had been a dependency of Denmark, and therefore the framers of the Constitution had little in the way of native institutions on which to work. So they borrowed largely from foreign con stitutions of strong democratic tendency, and the practices which they laid down have in great measure survived, firstly, the subsequent union with Sweden in 1814, and secondly, the dissolution of that union in 1905. It is specifically provided that amendments to the Constitution must not be in opposition to its spirit and principles : even so, they can only be presented in the Storting (parliament) during the first regular session following a general election, and adopted only by a two-thirds vote at a regular session following the next subsequent general election. The Crown and Council of State. — The government is a limited hereditary monarchy, with a stronger popular element than in Sweden. The King (who must be a member of the Lutheran Church) is the supreme executive authority, but for the most part he exercises his executive powers in conjunction with a Council of State. This is the responsible ministry, com posed of a minister of State and not less than seven other councillors, appointed by the Crown, and usually, although in SYSTEMS OF GOVERNMENT 117 special circumstances not necessarily, members of the Storting, where they may attend and speak, but not vote. The council lors must be Norwegian citizens not less than thirty years old, and Lutherans. Women are eligible (since 1915). The heir to the throne, on attaining the age of eighteen, may attend the Council of State, but does not share its responsibility, and has no vote. The minister of State countersigns all orders issued by the King, except military commands. The King is com mander-in-chief of the army and navy, though he may not alter the numbers of the forces or place them at the service of another Power without the authority of the Storting. Storting. — The Storting is a body of salaried members not less than thirty years old, resident ten years in Norway, and qualified to vote in the individual districts they represent, save in the case of an ex-councillor of State, who (if otherwise qualified) may represent any district. Women are eligible to membership since 1907. The Storting consists of 123 members, representing 41 urban and 82 rural electoral districts. The electoral franchise is extended to all Norwegian men and women not less than 25 years old residing and resident for five years in the country, unless disqualified for such a reason as the receipt, at the time of the election, of parish relief. Election is direct, and electors who for any valid reason cannot poll their votes in person are allowed to transmit them in writing. It is worth remark that the democratic modifications suggested by the above provisions have all taken place since 1898, when a Liberal government abolished the previously existing fran chise on a property qualification. Women's suffrage was con ceded in stages — they received a restricted municipal franchise in 1901, a restricted parliamentary franchise in 1907, municipal franchise on the same terms as men in 1910, and parliamentary franchise on the same terms in 1913. Elections take place every third year. . The Storting meets annually of right, without summons from the Crown, though the King may convoke an extra ordinary session. There is a peculiar provision by which, at the first regular session after a general election, the Storting 118 GOVERNMENT, ADMINISTRATION, AND FINANCE divides itself (i. e. without reference to the electors) into two chambers. One-fourth of the members form a body called the Lagting ; the remainder form the Odelsting. Bills are presented first in the Odelsting, and if passed there are presented to the Lagting, which thus acts as a check on the larger body. The Lagting, on consideration of a bill, has power to approve or reject, but not to amend it. If it rejects a bill twice, the two chambers sit together, and the bill requires a two-thirds majority of the whole Storting, thus united, to pass. On receipt of the King's approval a measure becomes law ; if he does not approve it the Odelsting is entitled to a statement of his reasons, but the same Storting may not resubmit the measure to him. On the other hand, a measure passed without change by three Stortings after three successive general elections becomes law despite the royal veto. Political Parties. — After the union with Sweden in 1814 it took the peasant population of Norway some years to assert itself in its new parliament, but about 1830 it began to do'so. From about 1870 till 1905 party questions were very largely concerned with matters of dispute arising out of the union (see p. 111). A liberal or national party was formed by the fusion of the peasants' representatives and the so-called 'lawyers' party ', with a policy of aggression against Sweden : this party remained in opposition till 1884, the Conservatives (who, broadly speaking, represented the upper and official classes) maintaining themselves in power till that year, and adopting in general a conciliatory attitude towards Sweden. After 1884 the two parties alternated in power ; events moved towards a consolidation of opinion on the question of the Swedish con nexion, and the Government which actually brought about the separation was a coalition, though predominantly Conserva tive. As this event obliterated the majority of the old party questions, others, mainly social and economic, took their place after 1905, and a noteworthy development was the increase in the number of social democratic members from 11 in 1906 and 1910 to. 23 in 1912. Local Government. — The chief units of local administration SYSTEMS OF GOVERNMENT 119 are the cities of Kristiania and Bergen and the eighteen amter or coimties. The principal officer in each of these divisions is the amtmand, appointed by the Crown. Under his presidency a county council {amsting) meets annually ; it is composed of the chairmen of rural communes within the amt. The com munes {herred) are usually governed by 12 to 48 representa tives elected by universal suffrage, and by a council {formaend) elected by and from the representatives, and comprising one- fourth of their number. Sweden Constitution. — The revolution of 1809, which brought about the abdication of Gustavus IV (see p. 108) and the extinction of his line in the succession to the Swedish throne, was accom panied by the framing of a new constitution. This funda mental law {regeringsformen), now the oldest written consti tution in force in Europe, was supplemented shortly after its adoption by an act of settlement or law of royal succession, an organic law for the Riksdag or parliament (superceded by the reorganization of the legislative chambers in 1866 and 1909) and a law on the liberty of the press. These laws, which make up one of the most elaborate written constitutions in existence, may be amended without serious restriction as regards pro cedure : either the Crown or the legislative houses may initiate amendment which (subject to agreement between them) is legalized if approved by the parliament succeeding that in which it was proposed. The constitution, therefore, has been frequently modified in matters of detail. The Crown and Council of State. — The government is an hereditary monarchy. The king must belong to the Lutheran Church. He governs in conjunction with a Council of State {Statsrdd) of eleven members, who must be native-born Swedes and Lutherans. One of them is minister of State or prime minister. The king presides at the Council, and must hear its opinions, but in theory is not bound by them. He acts inde pendently as chief of the army and navy, and as regards foreign affairs generally in consultation with the minister of 120 GOVERNMENT, ADMINISTRATION, AND FINANCE State, the minister of foreign affairs, and one other councillor ; but on a question of war or peace he must consult the whole council. The king possesses the right of absolute veto in legislative affairs, but this is very seldom exercised. He also has powers in the direction of ' administrative and economic legislation ', covering not only regulations for public offices but also ordinances referring, within certain limits defined by common practice, to public economy and to industries. On these subjects the Riksdag in theory can only express its desires to the king, though its opinion is usually invited even if its legislative co-operation be not actually invoked. The council lors of State have seats in the Riksdag, and in theory are responsible to it, ' but their responsibility lies so much more directly to the king than to the legislature that what is commonly known as the parliamentary system can hardly be said to exist in the kingdom '. Riksdag. — The Riksdag or parliament consists of a first and a second chamber. The first chamber consists of 150 salaried members, who must be not less than 35 years old, and for not less than three years before election must have owned real estate of a rateable value of not less than 50,000 kronor (about £2,780) and have paid taxes upon an income of at least 3,000 kronor (about £170) a year. The members of the first chamber are elected, not directly by the people, but by the county councils {landsting : see below, p. 122) and by the municipal councils of Stockholm, Goteborg, Malmo, Norrkoping, and Gafle. Representation is in proportion to the population of these various divisions, which are arranged in six groups, one of which has an election every year, the members being elected for six years. There is thus never a general election to the first chamber, even if it be dissolved by the Government. The second chamber consists of 230 salaried members, who must be resident in the constituency for which they stand, and must possess the franchise. This is possessed by every male Swede not less than 24 years old who is not under any legal disability. The second chamber is elected en bloc for three SYSTEMS OF GOVERNMENT 121 years ; if it be dissolved in a shorter time, the succeeding parliament is elected only for the remainder of the term. The king is required to summon both chambers annually in ordinary session. The two chambers of the Riksdag have equal competence and authority, and a bill must receive the assent of both chambers — with this exception, that if the chambers are at issue over a financial question they vote again upon it jointly, so that if the second chamber has a strong majority its larger number of members may give it preponderance over the first chamber. Committees play an important part in the work of the Riksdag. There are six regular committees, namely, those of the constitution, budget (the most important, as the majority of financial questions come within its view), tax, bank (which deals with the management of the Riksbank, the national debt board, pensions, &c), law, and agriculture. If the chambers disagree on any question, other than financial, which lies within the scope of one of these committees, the committee endeavours to find a compromise. Members of both chambers work together in the committees. Select committees may also be appointed by either chamber, and special committees on particular subjects requiring exhaustive examination are often set up. Proportional Representation. — A system of proportional representation is in force in Sweden. It is a free method as distinct from a list method : the elector has a right to vote for whatever candidate he pleases, and no official lists of candidates are issued. The elector may also place on his voting-paper a party-indication, and all voting-papers bearing the same party -indication, whether they include the same candidates or not, are treated as belonging to one party-group. All papers without party-indication are classified under the free group. The number of seats is divided among the groups, and the seats that each group has thus received are distributed within that group according to proportional principles, in which process consideration is given to the order of names in the voting-papers. 122 GOVERNMENT, ADMINISTRATION, AND FINANCE Political Parties. — After the reorganization of the Riksdag in 1866 the agricultural party, consisting mainly of peasant representatives, was for many years the strongest. The Centre, or opponents of the agricultural party, were never so closely organized or united. The agricultural party split on the question of protection or free trade in 1888-95, but subse quently it reunited ; in 1912 it absorbed the so-called National Progressives, and now, as the Agricultural and Civic Party (Lantmanna- och borgarpartiet) it forms the organized Right in the second chamber . The non-socialist Left, the United Liberal party {Liberala samlingspartiet) , developed out of liberal elements in the Centre and among the old free-trade agri- culturals. The Social Democrats have formed a definite group since 1903. The liberal and social democratic organizations cover their respective groups in both chambers, but the Right in the first chamber has its own organization under the name of the National Party, having its origin in a powerful body of protectionists and Conservatives which for many years after 1888 completely dominated the chamber. Local Government. — Each Ian or county (see p. 66) has a landsting or county council, excepting Kalmar Lan, which is divided between two such councils. They exercise juris diction over both rural and urban districts, excepting such towns as contain more than a hundred-and-fiftieth part of the total population of Sweden (in 1914, Stockholm, Goteborg, Malmo, Norrkoping), and excepting also Gafle, under an earlier privilege — the town councils of these places exercise the ordinary functions of county councils also. The landsting is directly elected under the proportional system already de scribed, in the ratio of one councillor for every 3,000 inhabitants in the towns, and for every 5,000 in the rural districts. The councils deal with all matters of administration affecting the lan ; the care of the sick is a specially important function of theirs, and, as has been seen, they have particular political function in the election of members of the first chamber of the Riksdag. At the head of each lan is a governor (overstat- hallare in Stockholm ; landshovding elsewhere) as representa- SYSTEMS OF GOVERNMENT 123 tive of the Crown. Each lan is divided for administrative purposes into bailiwicks {fogderier), and these into smaller divisions, each under a constable {lansman). Every town, and as a rule every county parish, forms a commune {kommuner), of which in 1914 there were 2,510 — 100 urban and 2,410 rural, the latter figure including a certain number of smaller country towns or large villages which have an intermediate form of local government — and also 164 settlements of modern growth around factories or railway stations, which possess a restricted form of municipal adminis tration. Determinative authority is exercised in theory (and on occasion, at any rate partially, in practice) by the whole body of voters in rural communes and small towns — a survival of the ancient folk-meeting. The rural meetings are called kommunalstdmma ; the urban, allmann radstuga. Towns with a population under 3,000 may, and larger towns must, elect a town council {stadsfullmaktige) in place of the general meeting. The communal franchise is peculiar : each qualified voter (man or woman) may possess any number of votes up to 40 in a town, or one-tenth of the total number of votes in a rural district, according to the amount of the income on which he is liable to pay communal rates. The kommunalstdmma is under a presi dent, elected by the meeting for four years ; the town meeting or council is under a mayor {borgmdstare : in Goteborg there are two mayors). The mayoralty is a permanent salaried post, to which the Government appoints from among three candi dates popularly elected. Justice and Police Norway Civil justice is administered in Norway by a court of first instance in each of 105 districts, composed of two justices elected by the people. There are three higher tribunals, with a chief justice and two associates, and a supreme court {hoie- steret) with a chief justice and six associates, from whose decision there is no appeal. The Lagting (p. 118) and the 124 GOVERNMENT, ADMINISTRATION, AND FINANCE supreme court together form a court of impeachment {rigsret) to deal with charges of misconduct in office brought by the Odelsting against members of the Council of State, the Supreme Court, or the Storting. For criminal cases there are the lagmandsret, consisting of a president and ten jurors, which deals with the more serious cases, and the meddomsret, con sisting of a judge and two assistants. In each of 49 districts (the chief towns being centres of some of these) there are police departments in which the chief official is the politimester. His assistants vary in number and rank according to the requirements of the districts ; thus in Kristiania and Bergen there are a politiinspektor , a politiadju- tant, and a number of officers called politifuldmaetiger ; in other important districts the politifuldmaetig is the officer next in rank below the politimester. The largest prisons {landsfaengslerne) are those of Akershus at Kristiania and Trondhjem for men, and one for women at Kristiania, where there is also a penitentiary. There are district prisons {kredsfaengslerne) at Kristiania and Skedsmo, Eker, Trondhjem, Hamar, Drammen, Skien, Kristiansand, Stavanger, Bergen, Molde, Bodo, Tromso, and Vadso, which, with the exception of the first three, are under the administra tion of the local politimester, and there are some 50 other smaller prisons {hjaelpefaengslerne), mostly also under the local chief of police. Sweden The rural parts of Sweden are divided into 121 judicial districts, each under a district judge (hdradshovding), and some districts are subdivided, so that in 1914 there were 216 district courts. The judge is assisted by a board of assessors {namndeman) chosen by public election to form a species of jury. In towns the borough court of first instance {rddstuvu- ratt) consists of the mayor and two aldermen {radmon). These are paid officials and almost always professional lawyers ; the mayor, as has been seen, is appointed by the Government from an elected list, and so are the aldermen in Stockholm ; else where the aldermen are directly elected. There are certain JUSTICE AND POLICE 125 suits, more especially those relating to maritime affairs, bills of exchange, and the liberty of the press, in which the borough courts have the sole right of decision. There are courts of appeal (hovratter) in Stockholm, Jonkoping, and Kristianstad. The highest judicial tribunal is the high court of justice {hogsta domstolen) with a membership of 24 chief justices {justitierad). Special tribunals include, among others, a court of impeach. ment, audit court, ecclesiastical court, and a supreme adminis trative court forming a court of appeal from the decisions of ad ministrative boards, which deal in the first instance with cases arising out of the discharge of their functions by public servants. In the towns of Stockholm, Malmo, and Goteborg there are separate police departments under a chief officer called polis- mdstare ; elsewhere the police are under the municipal or county authorities. There are central prisons {centralfdngelser) at Langholmen (Stockholm), Malmo, Harlanda near Goteborg, Harnosand, and Vaxjo, so-called penal prisons {straffdngelser) at Stockholm, Uppsala, Linkoping, Jonkoping, Kalmar, Karlskrona, Kristianstad, Vanersborg, Mariestad, Karlstad, Orebro, Vasteras, Falun, and Gafle, and smaller gaols at 18 other principal towns, and several more in other localities. They are under governors or superintendents, and are adminis tered by a special board. Sanitary Conditions and Services General health conditions in the Scandinavian peninsula differ little from those of adjacent parts of Europe and the British Isles ; sanitary conditions are on the whole satisfac tory, and the climate (allowing for its rigour in most parts in winter) is favourable to health. Severe epidemic diseases are rare ; an acute bronchial catarrh is mentioned as one of the most serious. In Norway, in 1911-15, there were from 68,000 to 88,000 cases of this complaint annually, the mortality from it being a little over 1,000 in each year. Among chronic diseases tuberculosis is the worst, and measures against it have received close attention both in Norway and in Sweden. Leprosy still appears, though to an extent much less than 126 GOVERNMENT, ADMINISTRATION, AND FINANCE formerly. Among diseases unfamiliar in Britain mention may be made of scurvy, which is rare except in the northern districts where (at any rate on the Norwegian seaboard) a few cases are recorded annually, and the so-called 'lemming fever' which is traced to the pollution of water by dead lemmings when these animals make their periodical migrations. Norway. — In Norway there is a civil medical board under the department of justice. Apart from physicians in private practice, the country is divided into urban and rural health districts with superintendent medical officers. These officers are called stadsfysikus in Kristiania, Fredrikstad, Drammen, Kristiansand, Stavanger, Bergen, and Trondhjem ; and stad- slaeger in Fredrikshald, Moss, Hamar, Kongsberg, Horten, Tonsberg, Larvik, Arendal, Risor, Mandal, Egersund, Bodo, Narvik, and Tromso. County medical officers (amtslaeger) are stationed at Bodo for Nordlands amt and at Vardo for Fin- markens amt, and in every amt, in varying numbers from 35 downward according to its size and population, there are district medical officers {distriktlaeger). There are also a limited number of qualified advisers in matters of health {ordforere i helseraad) in certain rural centres and small towns. The sole right of selling drugs is in the hands of licensed chemists, established mostly in the towns, and comparatively few in number (about 200). The State maintains at Kris tiania a hospital {rikshospitalet, with an average daily number of patients of about 400) and a women's clinic, and at Bergen a lying-in-hospital and a school of midwifery. It also maintains tuberculosis sanatoria at Reknes (Molde), Landeskogen (Saetersdal), and Vensmoen (Saltdal), a hospital for scrofulous complaints at Vadso, lepers' institutions at Bergen and Trond hjem, and lunatic asylums at Gaustad near Kristiania, Eg near Kristiansand, Rotvold near Trondhjem, and Ronvik near Bodo. There are 16 communal and private lunatic asylums, and an inspector of lunacy for each amt. In most of the amter (counties) there are one or more infirmaries erected and main tained, directly or indirectly, out of county funds, and there are municipal infirmaries in a number of towns. Private SANITARY CONDITIONS AND SERVICES 127 sanatoria and bathing establishments are numerous in many parts of the country. Many sanatoria are open only in summer. Among larger bathing-places may be named Sandefjord, Larvik, Modum, and Eidsvold. At the two first sulphurous springs and mud baths supply the principal remedies ; at the two last, iron springs and baths. A primitive form of Turkish baths, called badstuer, is to be found in a number of towns, especially in the north. Quarantine stations are maintained at Kristiansand and Tromso, and provisionally (1917) at RisSen near Lyngor. Sweden. — In Sweden the civil medical service is under the control of a Royal Medical Board, at the head of which is a Director-General. The universities of Uppsala and Lund, and the Karolinska Institute at Stockholm, train medical students. There are somewhat more than 400 medical men in private practice only ; apart from these, there are approximately 1,000 official medical appointments (as urban and rural district medical officers, hospital and asylum surgeons and doctors, prison and railway doctors), of which, in some instances, more than one are held by the same individual. Of these, about 340 are provisional medical officers {provinsial- lakare), paid either by the State alone or by the State and communes together, or by the communes only, or, in some instances, by private contributions. The forste (first) provin- siallakare in each lan except Stockholm, Goteborg, and Malmo towns is inspector of the whole civil medical service in the lan. In all the principal towns there are similarly appointed medical officers {stadslakare) . As in Norway, drugs and medi cines may be sold only at the establishments of chemists licensed by the State, of whom there are somewhat less than 400. The oldest and most important general hospital is the Serafimerlasarett at Stockholm, and every county council and town outside county jurisdiction is bound to establish and maintain hospitals. The care of the feeble-minded is incum bent on the State, which maintains 17 hospitals and asylums for them. For tuberculosis and other diseases of the lungs there are four sanatoria (Halahult, Osteras, Hassleby near 128 GOVERNMENT, ADMINISTRATION, AND FINANCE Mariannelund, Spenshult near Johansfors) established and maintained by the King Oscar II Jubilee Fund, and of sana toria and tuberculosis hospitals maintained by Idns and towns there are 25. There are many such sanatoria and other institu tions under private maintenance, and the total number of hospitals, asylums, homes, &c, in Sweden is over 500. There are about 1,000 trained sick-nurses in such institutions, and over 500 appointed to service in provincial medical districts, &c. Vaccination is supervised with especial care in Sweden. Watering- and bathing-places and general sanatoria are numerous. Mineral springs are mostly chalybeate, such as those at Ronneby, Porla, Lundsbrunn, Ramlosa, &c. ; that of Sofia (Halsingborg) is chlorine. ' Water cures ' are much in favour, such as those of Soderkoping, Bie, Sodertalje, Mosse- berg, Hjo, Ulricehamn, and Saltsjobaden, and there are several well-known seaside sanatoria, such as Stromstad, Marstrand, Lysekil, and Varberg on the west coast, and Borgholm, Visby (Gotland), Nynas, Norrtalje, &c, on the Baltic. The Swedish mud-bath (as at Loka) is a characteristic and peculiar institu tion. At many health resorts there are ' bath hospitals ' for cheap or free treatment. A quarantine station is maintained at Kanso near Goteborg. Norwegian Finance Revenue and Expenditure The revenue and expenditure of Norway for the financial year 1913-14 (the latest full year under normal conditions) and for that of 1917-18 (budget estimates) are given in the following tables : Rever ue 1913-14. 1917-18. Ordinary : Kroner. Kroner. Income tax 12,400,000 58,600,000 Customs 54,000,000 58,000,000 Excise, spirits 2,550,000 660,000 „ beer . 4,000,000 2,000,000 „ tobacco . — 3,020,000 „ matches — 1,500,000 Succession duties 1,250,000 2,000,000 Stamps . 2,185,000 12,100,000 NORWEGIAN FINANCE 129 Judicial fees . Luxuries tax . Mines .... Post office Telegraphs and telephones State property Railways Miscellaneous Extraordinary : Loans for railway construction Local subscriptions for railway construction Earlier surpluses for railway construction Other earlier surpluses Excess profits tax Tonnage tax . Loans . Miscellaneous Total Expenditure Ordinary : Civil list Storting Ministries Church, arts, and education Justice .... Interior Posts, telegraphs, &c. State railways (traffic) Roads, canals, ports, &c. Finance and customs Mines .... Redemption of national debt Interest on debt Army . Navy . Foreign affairs Miscellaneous Extraordinary : Railway construction Telegraph and telephone construction Other public works Defence (special expenditure) Special funds Scarcity measures . Scarcity allowances to public officials, &c. Miscellaneous Total 1913-14. Kroner. 1,250,000 880,400 10,000,000 8,050,000 5,650,400 26,570,400 13,234,200 9,281,100 1,779,2001,161,800 5,460,000 159,702,100(£8,872,339) 751,800 796,700 2,055,200 17,356,200 5,097,900 12,735,60018,874,400 25,275,900 6,872,600 6,208,800 886,500 5,358,200 12,372,700 16,597,400 9,124,900 1,051,900 603,300 12,222,100 2,900,000 405,000 2,155,000 159,702,100 (£8,872,339) 1917-18. Kroner. 1,400,0001,000,0001,207,700 14,650,000 15,000,000 9,420,800 51,061,600 17,839,900 4,775,000 114,175,000 18,000,000 54,497,500 404,500 441,252,000 (£24,514,000) 776,800 1,092,800 3,631,000 27,731,400 7,789,200 25,108,400 36,337,000 53,900,500 10,983,600 9,469,300 1,181,400 6,031,100 17,382,400 30,829,800 14,029,300 1,455,800 1,070,200 20,377,900 6,719,1005,267,500 25,912,500 1,000,000 105,450,000 26,725,000 400,000 441,252,000 (£24,514,000) 130 GOVERNMENT, ADMINISTRATION, AND FINANCE In the expenditure for 1917-18, under the heading of defence (special expenditure) it is noted that neutrality expenditure, estimated at about 2,000,000 kroner per month, is not included. The income and property tax is on a gradu ated scale in respect of income, and is not levied (normally) on incomes below 1,000 kroner. The revenue from productive funds of the State is proportionately less considerable than that of Sweden (see below), as none of the national properties (railways, posts and telegraphs, forests, the Kongsberg silver mines, &c.) is very lucrative ; the railways in particular being very costly to construct and maintain, have been little remunerative ; and it will be noticed that in 1917-18 the working expenses of the railways substantially exceeded the receipts. National Debt The national debt in 1890 amounted to 115,357,500 kroner, and at the end of 1916 to 422,975,441 kroner or nearly £23,500,000. During this period it has increased in much the same proportion as that of Sweden (see below), but it is about 15 kroner per head of the population higher than Sweden's debt. The earliest public loans were chiefly con nected with the settlement of the debt inherited from the union with Denmark, but since the middle of the nineteenth century the loans raised have been applied almost wholly to productive public works, especially railway construction ; another special object, on several occasions, has been the increasing of the working capital of the Norges Hypothekbank (mortgage bank). Banks The State bank of Norway, Norges Bank, is a joint-stock bank in which the State has a large interest ; it is governed by special laws enacted by the State for that purpose, and its directors are elected by the Storting, excepting the president and vice-president who are nominated by the Crown. The bank is obliged, without compensation, to take charge of the money transactions of the State, and its net income is divided between the stock-holders, the treasury, and a reserve fund. The capital is 25,000,000 kroner. The bank is the only one in Norway authorized to issue notes, which are for 5, 10, 50, NORWEGIAN FINANCE 131 100, 500, and 1,000 kroner. The head office of the bank is in Kristiania, and there are twenty branches in other important towns. Kongeriget Norges Hypothekbank is a mortgage bank, the capital of which (28,000,000 kroner) is mostly furnished by the State ; it serves the purpose of granting loans on real estate. Its head-quarters are in Kristiania, and there are branches in Bergen, Trondhjem, and Tromso. Under the same management an employment and building bank {Den Norske Arbeiderbruk og Beligbank) is maintained. There are a large number of private joint-stock banks, and also of savings banks, which must be chartered by royal licence, and are controlled by the ministry of finance. Swedish Finance Revenue and Expenditure The revenue and expenditure for the years 1913 (the latest full year under normal conditions) and 1918 (budget estimates) are given in the following tables : Revenue 1913. 1918. (a) Taxes and dues (' State revenue proper '.) : Kronor. Kronor. Capitation tax 853,809 850,000 Tax on incomes, property, &c. . . 41,837,913 104,450,000 Succession and other stamp duties . 18,653,021 27,400,000 Tax on war profits .... — 40,000,000 Tonnage duty — 5,000,000 Customs 69,718,043 70,000,000 Excise on spirits, malt, sugar, and tobacco 50,376,771 56,255,000 Miscellaneous 7,724,367 9,291,600 (b) Net revenue from productive funds : State railways 21,825^903 21,500,000 Posts and telegraphs . . . 10,523,403 18,715,500 Waterfall works .... 1,531,693 5,150,000 Crown lands (land-leases and forests) . 10,316,344 15,000,000 Interest on shares in Luossavara-Ki- runavara iron mines . . . 2,468,291 1,437,000 Interest on shares in Swedish Tobacco Monopoly Co — 4,500,000 Interest on outstanding loans . . — 4,416,000 Fund from liquor revenue ... ¦ — ¦ 200,000 Share in profit of National Bank. . 6,311,000 — (c) Capital assets taken into use ... — 58,151,400 (d) Loans — 232,985,800 Total 242,140,558 675,002,300 (£13,333,731) (£37,169,730 J I 2 132 GOVERNMENT, ADMINISTRATION, AND FINANCE Expenditure 1913. 1918. (a) Expenses : Kronor. Kronor. Defence (army and navy) . 82,769,453 279,471,887 Education, church, &c. 31,464,888 53,253,600 Other departments of State, Civil List, &c. ..... 58,061,687 155,704,100 Pensions (old age, insurance, &c.) 8,620,272 13,704,513 Interest on national debt . 23,981,000 57,118,000 (b) Improvement of State property, reduction of debt, dkc. : State business undertakings 51,774,900 83,188,600 Loans to private railways, &c. . — 11,680,000 Amortization of national debt . 6,355,000 5,351,600 Grain storehouses, to Brosterud or Gjeilo. From Kongsberg, 488 ft., road runs generally NW. up the Numedal, the upper valley of the Laagen river. (3 m.) Bol kesjo and Hardanger road (Route 6) branches W. (10£ m.) Svennesund. (19£ m.) Flesberg. (29J m.) Alfstad. (39| m.) Helle. Road ascends and descends to E. bank of a lake, Ytre Norefjord or Kravikfjord, 868 ft., and beyond this another, Ovre Norefjord. Beyond the head of this lake is (56 m.) Skjonne, 947 ft. Leaving the Laagen, road enters the Opdal WESTERN NORWAY 219 and ascends steeply to Lake Fennebufjord ; (63 m.) Liverud, 1,568 ft., at its W. end. (76 m.) Brosterud, 2,625 ft After a further ascent road winds down the Saeterdal to (86£m.) Kjonaas, 2,838 ft. Further ascent over the Halvardsho and descent into the Skurdal ; ascent thence to (102 J- m.) Gjeilo, 2,604 ft., station on Kristiania-Bergen railway (Appendix II, Route 92). Route viii. — Bergen to Hardangerfjord The shortest land route between Bergen and the Hardanger fjord is provided by the Kristiania railway (Appendix II, Route 92) as far as Trengereid (25 m.), and thence a main road to Norheimsund, as follows. Road winds up to a high plateau, which it crosses, and then descends to (7 m.) Aadland on an arm of Samnangerfjord. Thence it passes near (12 m.) Tysse, beyond which it ascends a gorge in long curves to (19£ m.) Ekeland, 1,296 ft. Crossing a marshy plateau, at m. 25| road dips suddenly into ravine of Tokagjelet, being finely engineered down a precipitous rock-face and through two tunnels. (40 m.) Norheimsund or Sandven, on the Nor heimsund inlet of Hardangerfjord, 65 m. in all from Bergen. Route ix. — Hardangerfjord to Sognefjord From Eide on Gravensf jord, an arm of Hardangerfjord, road ascends rocky ravine of the Gravenselv past Gravensvand to (5 m.) Ovre Vasenden or Seim, 96 ft. Here a road from eastward joins from Ulvik, on Ulvikf jord near the head of Hardangerfjord, 13f m. Between Ulvik and Ovre Vasenden this road ascends to an elevation of 1,125 ft. From Ovre Vasenden the winding road steeply ascends ravine of Skjervet, and then more gradually to (11£ m. from Eide) an elevation of 860 ft., thence descending easily t6 (18| m.) Voss or Vossevangen, 187 ft., on the Kristiania-Bergen railway (Appendix II, Route 92). Gradual ascent through woods and grassland to (26| m.) Tvinde or Tvinne, 312 ft. ; then steeper to (32| m.) Vinje i Vossestrand, 738 ft. Thence upward through a ravine and across watershed to the Naerodal- 220 ROADS selv and (41| m.) Stalheim hotel, 1,122 ft., at the head of Stalheimsklev (cliff), down which road proceeds in 16 steep zigzags to the deep Naerodal. (48| m.) Gudvangen, in Naerodal, at head of Naerofjord, a branch of Aurlandsfjord, which is itself a branch of Sognefjord. Route x. — Sognefjord {Laerdalsoren) to Gol, &c. A motor service has been maintained in summer on this road between Laerdalsoren and Maristuen (Route xi) and between Maristuen and Gol. From Laerdalsoren road runs to (7 m.) Blaaflaten, and then ascends through rocky ravine to (16 m.) Husum, 1,070 ft. Further ascent through gorges of Grimsoigel and Svartegjel. (18 \ m.) Borgund stavekirke (ancient timber church). Valley is more open and nearly level. (24 m.) Hegg, 1,483 ft. (26J m.) Road to Maristuen and Fagernes (Route 11) branches E. here. Gol road runs SE. (31J m.) Breistolen. Between this and the following station road reaches an extreme elevation of 3,789 ft. in a bleak, barren district. (40| m.) Bjoberg, 3,323 ft. The descent towards Gol is steep in parts, and the road generally is rather hilly. (69| m.) Loftegaard, 1,440 ft. (78J m.) Gol, 679 ft. Station on Kristiania-Bergen railway (Appendix II, Route 92). The road continues along the railway, following it more or less closely to Honefos, and ultimately to Kristiania, &c. ; since the construction of the railway the road has lost its importance for through communications. Route xi. — Sognefjord {Laerdalsoren) to Fagernes {Valdres), Honefos, &c. A motor service has been maintained in summer on this road between Laerdalsoren and Fagernes : time, ll^hrs. An old road follows in several parts a course divergent from that of the modern road, and the telegraph line sometimes follows the old road. From Laerdalsoren the route coincides with Route x as far as m. 26£, where the Gol road diverges SE. Thence a rapid WESTERN NORWAY 221 ascent to (31 m.) Maristuen, 2,635 ft. Road ascends past limit of trees to (41 £ m.) summit, 3,296 ft., on the open, barren Fille- f jeld. (42J m.) Nystuen, 3,255 ft. Beyond this there is a generally steady descent. The tree-line is reached (birch woods) above (49£ m.) Skogstad, 1,883 ft. ; beyond this there is a somewhat steeper descent. (60 m.) Grindaheim, 1,529 ft. The road along Lake Vangsmjosen is partly hewn out of rock, and falling stones are dangerous in spring and autumn ; at one point road is roofed on this account. (66J m.) Oilo, 1,477 ft. (75J m.) Loken, 1,280 ft. (84J m.) Fosheim, 1,214 ft. (93J m.) Fagernes, 1,188 ft. From this point road runs alongside rail way (Appendix II, Route 93), which it follows closely, except in the vicinity of Lake Randsf jord, all the way to Kristiania. Near (105| m.) Bjorgo station, 1,673 ft., a road diverges SE. along the Baegna valley via (112J m.) Fjeldheim and (134 m.) Sorum to (142 m.) Granum at the head of Lake Spirillen, 495 ft. ; (160 m.) Bergsund ; (169 m.) Hen railway station (Appendix II, Route 95) ; and (173J m.) Honefos, railway station (Appendix II, Routes 92, 95). Summer motor service between Fagernes and Sorum (or Granum) ; steamer service between Sorum (or Granum in low water) and Hen (or Berg sund in low water). From Honefos there is road as well as rail connexion with Kristiania, Drammen, &c. Route xii. — Sognefjord { Vadheim) to Nordfjord {Sandene and Utviken) A motor car service has been worked on this road. From Vadheim, on Vadheimsfjord, a hilly road runs up Vadheimsdal. (10 m.) Sande. Branch road W. and NW. down Holmedal to Eidevik, a ' slow ' skydsstatian, and Sveen at the head of Dalsfjord. Main road continues to (17^ m.) Lange- land. Another branch road W. to Sveen. About m. 19J main road reaches its highest point, 1,119 ft., and then winds down a valley to (26Jm.) Forde (sea-level), on Fordefjord. Sond- fjord district, of which Forde is the principal village, is noted for its horses. Road now ascends valley of the Jolsterelv, fertile and wooded. (39 m.)Nedre Vasenden, (56m.)Klagegg, 222 ROADS 741 ft. Road turns into the narrow Vaatedal. (64| m.) Egge i Vaatedalen, 558 ft. (70 m.) A poor road branches N., ascending to 2,074 ft., and descending thence by zigzags very steeply, to (82£ m.) Utviken on Indvikfjord, the upper part of Nordf jord. Main road continues to (72J m.) Red (Bredheim), on Bred- heimsvand, along which it runs hewn in the rocky shore and in parts buttressed with masonry. Slight ascent beyond lake, followed by descent to (81 m.) Sandene or Gloppen on Gloppen- fjord, a southern arm of Nordf jord. Route xiii. — Nordf jord to Jorundfjord and Sunelvsfjord The main road from the Nordfjord to the Jorundfjord and Sunelvsfjord starts from Faleide on the north shore towards the head, but there is a road along the fjord from Oldoren, Loen, &c, at the head. Road is hilly and difficult almost throughout. From Faleide road after 1£ m. rises in steep windings to 800 ft., and continues hilly to (7J m.) Kjos and (11J m.) Grodaas on Hornindalsvand. Thence a very steep ascent of the Hornindal to (16| m.) Indre Haugen and (20£ m.) Kjel- stadli, 1,391 ft. Descent by Sundal valley. (26J m.) Road forks, NE. to (28£ m.) Hellesylt on Sunelvsfjord ; NW. to (30| m.) Fibelstad-Haugen, 1,214 ft., whence road descends the wild Norangdal to (39J m.) Oie at the head of Norangf jord, an arm of Jorundfjord. Route xiv. — Nordfjord and Sunelvs (Geiranger) fjord to Otta There is no through main road from Nordfjord to the interior. A road from Visnaes, on the north shore between Faleide and Loen, runs up Stryndal to (7 m.) Mindre Sunde at the lower end of Strynsvand, along which communication is by boat (motor boats). From Hjelle, 69 ft., at the head of the lake, a road ascends for the most part very steeply to (9| m.) Videsaeter, and about m. 13 reaches a height of 3,800 ft. (27 m.) Grotlid, 2,888 ft. (see below). WESTERN NORWAY 223 From Marok at the head of Geirangerfjord, an arm of Sunelvsfjord, road ascends abruptly in curves and zigzags to (10^ m.) Djupvashytte, which is only about 3£ m. from Marok in a direct line, but the ascent is from sea-level to 3,405 ft. Road proceeds over bleak f jeld to (25£ m.) Grotlid, 2,888 ft. (see above). Thence a general descent for the rest of the way, down Billingsdal and Ottadal to Otta. The descent is steepest between Polfossen and Flaekoi. There are several stations along the road in addition to those named. (38 m.) Polfossen, 1,930 ft. (51 m.) Flaekoi. (64| m.) Fossheim (Lorn), 1,295 ft. (87 m.) Sorum, 1,135 ft. (105 m.) Otta, 994 ft. Thence there is road and rail connexion with Lillehammer, Hamar, Kris tiania, &c. : for the railway see Appendix II, Route 90 ; for a note on the road, Route xviii A. Route xv. — Romsdalsfjord to Dombaas {Romsdal route) Although there is no through road from either Aalesund or Molde, the two chief ports nearest to Romsdalsfjord, good roads run from both to fjord-side points not far from Veblungs- nes and Aandalsnes at the mouth of Romsdal. A motor service has been worked in summer on this route. From Aandalsnes (or Nes) on Romsdalsfjord a road runs up the Romsdal, the valley of the Rauma river, uniting at m. 1£ with a road from Veblungsnes (2 m.) on the same fjord. Open wooded valley, at first fairly level, but flanked by high steep mountains ; road subject to avalanches at some points in winter. (16Jm.) Flatmark. Rapid ascent. (23 m.) Ormeim. Winding ascent of Bjorneklev (cliff), high above the Rauma. (29|m.) Stueflaaten, 2,051ft. (37£ m.) Molmen, 2,005 ft. (44f m.) Lesjeverk, 2,090 ft., on Lesjekogensvand, from which the Rauma river drains north-westward to Romsdalsfjord and the Lougen south-eastward, its waters ultimately reaching the Glommen and the Skagerak. (60|- m.) Holaaker, 1,720 ft. (67|m.) Dombaas, 2,110 ft., above the Lougen. Junction of road from the north : see Route 16. Thence there is road and 224 ROADS rail connexion with Otta, Lillehammer, Hamar, Kristiania, &c. For the railway see Appendix II, Route 90 : for a note on the road, Route xviii A. Route xvi. — Sundalsfjord {Sundalsoren) to Dombaas, Lille Elvedal, Tbnset, and Storen This road, and branches, may be conveniently dealt with in sections. (A) A motor service is worked between Sundalsoren and Aune in 4 hrs. From Sundalsoren, at the head of Sundalsfjord and the mouth of the Sundalselv, road ascends the valley. There is danger of avalanches at some points beneath steep slopes. Ascent is steep in parts. (12 m.) Storfale. (22£m.) Gjora. A little farther on is a very steep rough ascent above gorge of the river. (28f m.) Sliper, 1,804 ft. (38 m.) Aalbu, 1,740 ft. (45 m.) Aune, 1,775 ft. This is on the main road across the Dovrefjeld, which used to be the principal route between Kristiania and Trondhjem. This road will be described south ward from Aune to Dombaas, and northward from Aune to Storen, with branches. (B) From Aune, 1,775 ft., southward : (13£ m.) Drivstuen, 2,231 ft. Ascent of narrow ravine of Driva river to the high plateau of Dovrefjeld, which is followed beyond Fogstuen (below). (22fm.) Kongsvold, 2,982 ft. Sanatorium and winter sports station. A short distance farther the summit level of the road is reached at 3,353 ft. (29 m.) Jerkin, 3,091 ft. Sanatorium. The Foldal road branches off here : see (C) below. (42 m.) Fogstuen, 3,222 ft. Sanatorium. Steep descent over boggy moorland and through stunted pines. (48£m.) Dombaas, 2,110 ft. See Route 15. Total distance from Sundalsoren, 93J m. (C) From Jerkin, 3,091 ft., the Foldal road runs east down that valley, descending fairly steadily all the way. (19 m.) Foldal. Copper mines. A motor service is worked between this point and Lille Elvedal, in 2 hrs. (46 m.) Lille Elvedal, 1,660 ft., station on Kristiania-Trondhjem railway (Appendix WESTERN NORWAY 225 II, Route 88). Total distance from Aune, 75 m. ; from Sundalsoren, 120 m. (D) From Aune, 1,775ft., northward: road leaves Driva valley and crosses a low divide into that of the Orkla. (8| m.) Stuen or Nystuen, 1,759 ft. Descent to Orkla river, which is followed ; then ascent to (15| m.) Austbjerg or Ulsbjerg, 1,372 ft. Branch road to Tonset : see (E) below. Road ascends, skirting deep ravine of the Orkla. (23J m.) Bjerkaker or Birkaaker, 1,401 ft. Road to Lokken, Stangvik, &c, branches off here : see Route xvii. Storen road leads through the marshy Soknedal., (30f m.) Garli, 1,145 ft. Road follows narrow valley of the Sokna past (37 m.) Praesthus, 702 ft., to the Gula valley and (45f m.) Storen, 210 ft., station on Kris- tiania-Trondhjem railway (Appendix II, Route 88). Total distance from Sundalsoren, 90| m. (E) From Austbjerg, 1,372 ft., road to Tonset runs SE. It ascends at first, rather steeply in parts, as far as (23J m.) Stoen i Kvikne, where a low watershed is crossed, and the valley of a tributary to the Glommen is descended to (47 m.) Tonset, 1,620 ft., station on Kristiania-Trondhjem railway (Appendix II, Route 88). Total distance from Aune, 62| m. ; from Sundalsoren, 107| m. Route xvii. — Halsefjord {Stangvik and Surendalsoren) to Bjerkaker and to Trondhjem A road connects Stangvik with (10J m.) Surendalsoren, both stations on inner arms of the Halsefjord, which opens behind the port of Kristiansund. Goodroad up the Surendal. (15J m.) Honstad, 74 ft. (28 m.) Rindalen, 469 ft. Low watershed is crossed to Orkla valley at (-32 \ m.) Garberg ; «in the valley at (36| m.) Storaas the road divides— (A) South-eastward up the Orkla valley to (42|m.) Kalstad, 463 ft., whence a road leads N. to Lokken (5J m.), copper mines, terminus of railway to Thamshavn (Appendix II, Route 86). Main road continues to (58£ m.) Haarstad, 722 ft., and, with a final curving ascent of 620 ft. from the valley, to (67| m.) Bjerkaker, 1,401 ft. See Route xvi (D). 226 ROADS (B) Northward (from Storaas, above) down to Orkla valley to (44f m.) Svorkmo on the Thamshavn railway (Appendix II, Route 86), whence road continues parallel to railway to (56Jm.) Orkedalsoren, and thence along shores of Orkedalsfjord and Gulosen, inlets of Trondhjemfjord, to (82 m.) Trondhjem. Route xviii (A, B). — Kristiania to Trondhjem There are two main roads between Kristiania and Trond hjem. They will not be dealt with in detail here, as they have been in great part superseded for through communica tions by railways, though at an earlier period they were two of the most important roads in the kingdom. (A) The western or Gudbrandsdal route runs from Kris tiania north to Lake Mjosen. There are branches along both the east and the west shores of this lake, the former passing Hamar and Lillehammer, and the latter Gjovik. Thence the road runs up Gudbrandsdal to Otta, where Route xiv joins from the west, and Dombaas, where the railway (Appendix II, Route 90) stops, and the Romsdal route (xv) joins from the west. Beyond Dombaas the road runs by Jerkin, Aune, Austbjerg, and Storen, and has been already described (Route xvi B, reversed, and D). At Storen it joins Route B, below, and follows the railway (Appendix II, Route 88) into Trondhjem. (B) The eastern route follows the river Glommen and the railway (Appendix II, Routes 65, 89, 88). Beyond Kongs- vinger there are parallel roads, one on each side of the valley, as far as Elverum. At Koppang the road leaves the railway, crossing from the Glommen valleyto the Rendal, and following that valley northward. At Tonset the railway is rejoined, and one branch continues NE. along its route via Roros and Storen (Appendix II, Route 88) to Trondhjem. Another runs NW., as described in Route xvi E (reversed) to Austbjerg, where it joins Route A, above. From this road there branch off eastward the successive roads across the frontier described in Routes xxv-xxix. WESTERN NORWAY 227 Route xix. — Trondhjem and Stenkjaer to Rodhammer {for Namsos) and Formofos There is a main road east from Trondhjem following the railway to Hell, and thence (i) the main line to Meraker (but not across the frontier), and also (ii) the branch line north ward yia Levanger and Vaerdal (see Route 30) to the head of Trondhjemsfjord at Stenkjaer. For these railways, see Appendix II, Routes 82, 87. (A) From Stenkjaer a road runs N. for 3 m., and then branches left and NW. from the Formofos road (B, below), and reaching by easy gradients an elevation of 300 ft. descends to the head of Lyngsfjord, an arm of Namsenfjord, at (30 m.) Rodhammer, whence usual route is by steamer to Namsos. Motor service between Stenkjaer and Rodhammer in 2| hrs. Road continues along shore of fjord to Spillum, opposite Namsos. (B) From Stenkjaer road runs N. for 3 m. as stated above, and then branches right and NE. from the Rodhammer road, to (6 m.) Sunnan, railway terminus. Thence along N. bank of Snaasenvand (steamers) to a point near (33 m.) Sem at the head of the lake. Thence road runs N. to (47£ m.) Formofos, near which the road from Namsos to the frontier (Route xxxi) is joined. C. — South-Eastern Norway and Western Sweden : Main Roads across Frontier The main roads across the frontier will be described in the direction from Norway to Sweden, and, in general, from the point where they leave a railway in Norway to that at which they reach one in Sweden. Route xx A road from Sarpsborg (Kristiania, &c.) follows the Fredrikshald railway (Appendix II, Route 64) closely as far as Berg, the station before Fredrikshald, and there diverges SW. to (2| m.) the frontier and Svinesund, Swedish customs P 2 228 ROADS post, running thence S. to (14 m.) Stromstad port. Thence it follows pretty closely the railway from Stromstad south ward (Appendix II, Route 62). Route xxi The railway southward from Fredrikshald (Appendix II, Route 64) is followed closely by a main road to and across the frontier at Kornsjo. Route xxii From Fredrikshald a road runs eastward by (2 J m.) Tiste- dalen, 270 ft., to (11 m.) Holmegaard, (13 m.) the frontier and Stommen, Swedish customs post, (15J m.) Nossemark, 340 ft., on Lake Stora Le, across which there is a ferry to Sund, and thence a main road to (18 m.) Bengtsfors, 305 ft., railway station (Appendix II, Route 63) and the district westward of Lake Vanern. Another road runs S. along W. shore of Stora Le to (33 m.) Ed, 360 ft., railway station (Appendix II, Route 64). Route xxiii A road from Kristiania, &c. branches away from the Ski- Sarpsborg railway (Appendix II, Route 64) at Mysen, 400 ft., and runs E. Distances from Mysen : (10J m.) Kallak, (15£ m.) Boen, (19 m.) frontier, (21 m.) Han, Swedish customs post, (24 m.) Tocksmark, 330 ft. on Lake Foxen. Beyond this roads lead in various directions through district westward of Lake Vanern. Route xxiv A main road runs along or near the railway from Kristiania to Kongsvinger, 483 ft. (Route 18 B), and thence southward to Charlottenberg and beyond. For the railway see Appen dix II, Route 65. From this road, at Skotterud station, 5J m. from the frontier on the Norwegian side, a main road branches SW. via Vestmarken to (10 m.) the frontier and Hogsater, 410 ft., Swedish customs post; Thence it runs S. via (17 m.) Skillingmark, 397 ft., and communicates by MAIN ROADS ACROSS FRONTIER 229 various branches southward with Tocksmark (Route 23) and places E. thereof, and eastward with the railway S. of Char- lottenberg. Route xxv From Roverud, 500 ft., on the Elverum railway N. of Kongsvinger (Appendix II, Route 89) and the road which follows it (Route xviii B), a road runs E. to (9 m.) Lunder- saeter. Here it forks : (A) a branch SE. runs to (19 m.) the frontier, (22 m.) Vittjarn, 650 ft., Swedish customs post, and (27 m.) Lekvattnet. The nearest railway reached by this route is at (42 m.) Tors"by (Appendix II, Route 61). (B) A branch NE. from Lundersaeter runs via (19 m.) Raevholt and thence generally SE. to (26 m.) the frontier, (28| m.) Rojdafors, 915 ft., Swedish customs post, (41 m.) Ostmark, 290 ft., and (55 m.) Torsby, 204 ft., railway station (Appen dix TI, Route 61). Route xxvi From Flisen on the Kongsvinger-Elverum railway (Appen dix TI, Route 89) and the roads which follow it (Route xviii B) a road runs NE. and E. up the Flisa valley and thence to (19 m.) Finskogen, 607 ft., (21 m.) the frontier, (22 m.) Medskogen, Swedish customs post, (27 m.) Sodra Finnskoga, 1,020 ft. Thence a road turns S. and runs roughly parallel to the frontier, via (47 m.) Nyskoga and (59 m.) Vitsand to (73 m.) Torsby, 204 ft. (see Route xxv) ; railway station (Appendix II, Route 61). From Sodra Finnskoga another road runs E. to (36 m.) Sandbackheden, 518 ft., on Route xxvii. Route xxvii * From Elverum, 617 ft., junction of the Kristiania-Trond- hjem and Kongsvinger-Elverum railways (Appendix II Routes 88, 89), and the roads which follow them (Route xviii), a road, on which a motor service has been worked (in summer?) runs NE. through the populous district of Nederberg to (21 m.) Tjernmoen, 1,480 ft., and (38£ m.) Nybergsund. Here it joins the road which runs NW. and SE. along the 230 ROADS valley of the Tryssilelv, which becomes the Klaralf in Sweden This road, south-eastward, crosses the frontier at (56| m.) Langflon, 985 ft., Swedish customs post, and then runs roughly parallel to the frontier. (70 m.) Norra Finnskoga, 725 ft. (84 m.) Sandbackheden, 518 ft. : ,see Route xxvi (95 m.) Dalby. (113 m.) Varnas, 460 ft. This is the first point after the crossing of the frontier at which a main road leads to the eastward out of the valley ; this road runs NE., and reaching at 125 m. an extreme elevation of 1,693 ft., descends to (141 m.) Malung, 985 ft., in the valley of the Vasterdalalf , on the railway (Appendix II, Route 67) and road between Limedsforsen and Mora. The road down the Klaralf valley meets a branch from the Filipstad-Deje railway (Appendix II, Route 66) at (141 m.) Edeback, 430 ft. Route xxviii From the southern end of Lake Faemundsjon a main road runs E. across the frontier. There is no direct road from westward in Norway to this point. There are routes — (a) by a road from Rena, 738 ft., on the Kristiania-Trondhjem railway, north-eastward to (19 m.) Nord Osen, 1,440 ft., at the head of Osensjon ; thence across a low watershed to (34 m.) Tryssil valley (upper Klaralf) and northward along it and the Engerdal, passing Lake Engeren, 1,535 ft., to (71 m.) Drevsjo : see below, {b) By a road from Roros, 2,060 ft., on the Kristiania-Trondhjem railway, south-eastward past (10 m.) Saetern i Roros and (20£ m.) Langen to (23J m.) Sonderviken at the northern end of Faemundsjon. This lake (alt. 2,175 ft.) is about 35 m. long, and along it the route lies by steamer to the southern end, Sydend or Faemundsend. From Sydend the road runs E. to (5 m.) Drevsjo (see above) ; (10 m.) the frontier ; (11J m.) Flotningen, Swedish customs post, and (31£ m.) Idre, 1,555 ft., on the upper part of Oster Dalalf. This river is followed down to (52 m.) Sarna, 1,450 ft. ; then the road ascends, leaving the valley, and leads through sparsely inhabited country till at 88 m. MAIN ROADS ACROSS FRONTIER 231 it descends to the river again. (91f m.) Asen. (103 m.) Alfdalen, 788 ft., terminus of a railway to Mora on Lake Siljan, &c. (Appendix II, Route 67). Route xxix From Roros, 2,060 ft., on the Kristiania-Trondhjem railway (Appendix II, Route 88) and the road which follows it (Route xviii B), a road runs generally eastward via (10£ m.) Jensvold and (21| m.) Skotgaarden or Brekken on Aursunds- vand, 2,284 ft., to (28 m.) the frontier. (34f m.) Fjallnas sanatorium (Malmagen), 2,580 ft. (48J m.) Funasdalen, Swedish customs post, 1,913 ft. From here the Ljusna valley is followed practically all the way down to Ljusdal. (86 m.) Hede. (93 m.) Vikarsjon, 1,355 ft. Here a road branches NE. via (98^ m.) Vemdalen and (117 m.) Klovsjo, beyond which it joins and approximately follows the line of the railway under construction to (167 m.) Brunflo on the Braeke-Storlien line near Ostersund (Appendix II, Route 82). Main road continues : (113| m.) Linsiill, 1,315 ft. (131 m.) Sveg, 1,142 ft. ; railway from Orsa, see Appendix II, Route 68. (141 m.) Alvros, 1,109 ft. (166 m.) Karbole, 722 ft. (203 m.) Ljusdal, 430 ft., on the main northern railway (Appendix II, Route 72, mile 235), junction of a line to the port of Hudiks- vall. The road continues to this port also, and there is a road southward (but not northward) along the main line. Route xxx From Vaerdalen (Vaerdalsoren) on the east shore of the inner part of Trondhjemsfjord, 1\ m. beyond Levanger along the railway from Trondhjem to Sunnan (Appendix II, Route 87) and the road between those places (Route 19), a road runs E. up the Vaerdal. (23 m.) Sulstuen. A short distance beyond this point, road forks. (A) The right branch, a hilly road, reaches the frontier, 2,372 ft., at 30J m., and (44| m.) Skalstugan, 1,900 ft., 232 ROADS Swedish customs post. Thence road continues, generally descending, through forest, to (71 m.) Dufed, 1,263 ft., on the Bracke-Storlien railway (Appendix II, Route 82), which the road follows to Ostersund, &c. (B) The left branch leads to (32£ m.) Sandviken, 1,375 ft., crosses (35| m.) the frontier, 1,700 ft., about 6 m. NE. of the right branch, and reaches (45J m.) Melen, 1,378 ft., Swedish customs post. There is no through road from here, but a regular boat route along Lake Anjan and across Lake Kallsjon leads to a road along the E. shore of the latter lake, running to the railway (Appendix II, Route 82) at Hjarpen, a distance of about 56 m. in all from Melen. Route xxxi From Namsos, a considerable port on Namsenfjord, a road runs generally E. up the valley of Namsen river. Motor service, Namsos-Fiskum ; time, 3 hrs. (94 m.) Hun. (16J m-) Haugum. (27 m.) Vie. (30 m.) Grong (Medjaa). From Grong a road branches NE. to (33 m.) Fossland, 197 ft., and (39J m.) Fiskum, beyond which it continues up the Namsen valley to Trones, whence there is a track to the head of the valley, across a low divide to Majavand, and down the Svenningdal. From the foot of Svenningvand there is a cart-road down the valley to the main road in the Vefsna valley at Fellingfors (Route 32), by which Mosjoen on Vefsenfjord is reached. This south-to-north route reaches no greater height than 1,135 ft. at Majavand, and a railway has been projected. From Grong, main road continues : (354 m.) Formofos. Near this the road from Stenkjaer (Route 19 B) comes in, and road continues E. via (554 m.) Mortenslund and (764 m.) Storviken or Nordli, 1,486 ft., to (904 m.) the frontier, 1,011 ft Beyond this is (97 m.) the Swedish customs post of Gaddede, near Frostviken church. Road continues to (116 m.) Bagede and (121 m.) Torsfjarden, but there is only a rough track beyond, and the usual route in summer is by steamer from Gaddede down the chain of lakes called Stromsvattudal via MAIN ROADS ACROSS FRONTIER 233 Bagede to Stromsund on the railway from Ostersund (Appen dix II, Route 83), a distance by water of about 70 m. Stromsund is a centre of roads — to Krokum and Ostersund south-westward ; to Dorothea north-eastward, and to Ramsele (205 m. from Namsos) and thence to Langsele (242 m. from Namsos) on the Bracke-Boden railway (Appen dix II, Route 72, mile 399£). There are steamers on the Faxe river from Ramsele downward, but navigation is interrupted at Nordanaker. D. — Northern Norway and Sweden Northward of the Namsos-Stromsund route (Route xxxi, above) there are no main roads which cross the frontier between Norway and Sweden, and the few roads in the Norwegian strip of territory are of little more than local importance, and will not be detailed here. On the Swedish side there are a number of fair roads leading up-country from the railway between Ostersund, Bracke, and Boden, but they generally terminate at the villages situated at or near the foot of the great lakes. In summer the lakes themselves provide boat communication farther on ; from one lake to another there are merely footpaths, which sometimes cross marshy stretches on planks {spdngningar). There are skjutsstationer and rowing-boats on the large lakes ; the usual type has a high pointed bow and stern, is often very low amidships (so that no great load can be carried and the boat is not too safe in the considerable sea which sometimes gets up on these lakes), and is propelled by very short, broad-bladed oars, and also steered with one or sometimes a pair of them, the coxswain performing his share of propulsion with a forward (pushing) stroke. On a few of the lakes there are small steamers or motor launches. Between the head of the valley-roads in Norway and the head of the great lakes in Sweden there are only mountain tracks, which are difficult and very little used in summer ; but some of them, having regard to the sparse population 234 ROADS of the country, carry a considerable traffic by sledge and ski in winter. The chief of these routes are as follows. Route xxxii From Mosjoen on Vefsenfjord a road leads via (27 m.) Fellingfors (Route 31) to (50 m.) Hatfjelddalen, 728 ft. Thence bridle path S. and E. up Susnadal, just passable for wheels to (77 m.) Kroken ; thence to (86 m.) Harvasstuen, 2,106 ft., on frontier. Track used as winter road to Fatmo- makke (about 110 m.) and Vilhelmina (about 175 m. ; railway, see Appendix II, Route 83). Another bridle path NE. from Hatfjelddalen, just passable for wheels to (61 m.) Krutaaen ; thence track, used as winter road, to (71 m.) Krutaadal fjeldstuer or refuge-hut, Krut- vattna, a small lake on frontier, 1,942 ft., and (97 m.) Tarnaby (see Route xxxiii). Route xxxiii From Mo near the head of Ranenf jord, a fair road leads up the right bank of the Tveraa to (154 m-) Rodvatn, .1,601 ft., and thence, reaching an extreme elevation of 2,054 ft., to (25 m.) Umbugten, 1,742 ft. This station is close to the frontier, and at the head of the Ofver Uman Lake, which the frontier crosses. From here there is no more than a track along the banks of the lakes and intervening stretches of river past (75 m.) Tarnaby and (105 m.) Umnas to (152 m.) Stensele at the foot of Stor Uman Lake. The valley is sparsely inhabited, like all these upland valleys in Sweden, and summer traffic is carried on by rowing-boat on the lakes. There is (or used to be) a small steamer on Stor Uman. From Stensele there is a road, rough in parts, down the valley to Lycksele (213 m. from Mo ; the junction of roads to the neighbouring valleys of the Angerman and Vindel to the west and east respectively) and 10 m. beyond this point the road forks, one branch continuing down the Ume to Tvaralund on the Bracke-Boden railway (258 m.) and the NORTHERN NORWAY AND SWEDEN 235 other keeping farther to the NE., and reaching Hallnas station on the same railway (244 m. from Mo). For the railway see Appendix II, Route 72, miles 541 § and 557f. Route xxxiv From Ytteren near Mo there is a road up the Dunder- landsdal, together with a light railway as far as (124 m-) the Dunderland iron mines, to (15 m.) Naevernes and (34 m.) Bjellaanes. Winter routes from Naevernes and Bjellaanes eastward into Sweden. Track northward to Russaanes in the valley of the Saltelv. Along this valley there is a road from Rognan (Saltdalen) at the head of Skjaerstadfjord, which is the inland continuation of Saltf jord, at the mouth of which is the port of Bodo. Up the valley (Junkerdal, or Graddis in its upper part) a bridle-path, much frequented in winter, crosses the frontier to the head of the Skellefte valley in Sweden. There are many Lapps in this district, and along the track are a number of refuge-huts (Norway fjeldstuer ; Sweden fjdllstugar), such as are provided on several of these northern winter routes. The track leads to the station of Jackvik on the lake of Hornafvan, and on this lake, and the lower lakes of Uddjaur and Storafvan, there are steamers. From Arjepluog at the foot of Hornafvan, and frpm Af vaviken at the foot of Storafvan, there are roads which unite at Arvidsjaur, from which there is a good road to Jorn on the Bracke-Boden railway (Appendix II, Route 72, mile 6204). The distance from Arvidsjaur to Jorn is 33 m., and the total distance from the Junkerdal to Jorn about 220 m. Route xxxv # On Skjaerstadfjord (above) is Fineidet, the port for the Sulitelma copper mines. Above it is a lake (Nedre Vand), on which there are small steamers, and at the head of this lake is Furulund, the head-quarters of the Sulitelma mines. Railway. There is a rough track, reckoned as three days' walk, with a number of rivers and streams to ford, and in summer not feasible before July owing to snow, from Furulund 236 ROADS through the Lairodal and by the Varvek hut to the Tarra hut and Njunjes to. Kvikkjokk on the lake of Saggatjaur (Lilla Lule river). From here on the chain of lakes down to Junkar hallan there are motor boats or steamers ; there is also a track along the valley. From Junkarhallan there is a good road to Jockmock, the principal village in the district, and Vuollerim, where roads branch {a) to Murjek on the Narvik- Boden line, Appendix II, Route 85, and {b) to Boden down the Lule valley. From Kvikkjokk to Junkarhallan is about 68 m. ; Junkarhallan to Jockmock, 8 m. ; Jokkmokk to Vuollerim, 28 m. (Vuollerim to Murjek, 12 m.) ; Vuollerim to Boden, about 60 m. Total distance from Kvikkjokk to Boden, about 164 m. There are small steamers on the Lule between Hednoret (a station on the Bracke railway close to Boden, see Appendix II, Route 72, mile 702|) and Storbacken (near Vuollerim), but navigation is interrupted by the great rapids of Edefors. All the above routes are south of the Narvik-Gallivara railway, which crosses the frontier at Riksgransen. E. — Northern Lapland The Lapland routes are mainly winter tracks for reindeer sledges. Many are difficult to traverse in summer on account of marshes. In summer travel is on horseback or by boats along the river. Reindeer are not used for riding. They can be used as beasts of burden but can only carry light loads and when laden must rest frequently. About 60 lb. is the load for a reindeer in summer, but 200 lb. or more can be drawn by a single reindeer harnessed to a sledge in winter when the surface is good. Lapp guides are necessary on most routes, since it is frequently difficult to find the route. On high ground above the tree line sledges can go in any direction in deep snow. March is the best season for travel since the snow is still in good condition and the lakes frozen, while the days are beginning to lengthen. Four reindeer and three sledges are usually required for a journey, one for the traveller, one for LAPLAND 237 the guide, and one for the baggage ; one reindeer is held in reserve. Boats for summer travelling are flat-bottomed and narrow. Each carries one or two travellers in addition to the crew. Oars are used in deep, and punt-poles in shallow, water. Mosquitoes are a great nuisance in summer. Route xxxvi From Skibotten on Lygenfjord a fairly good track leads into Finland. Skibotten has good anchorage which rarely if ever freezes in winter. The route ascends Skibottendal on the north side of the river » keeping well above the foot of the valley which is marshy in summer. The valley is wooded about as far as the frontier of Finland ; it narrows 10 m. above its mouth. (16 m.)Helligskokenfjeldstue. Road then becomes steeper but nowhere has a gradient of more than 1 in 8 ; average width of road 64 ft. (25 m.) Finnish frontier. A track continues on Swedish side of Swedo-Finnish frontier. (52 m.) Karesuando, where road from Alten joins, Route xxxvii. (87 m.) Palojoensuu, whence fairly good road to (284 m.) Tornea or to Rovaniemi 262 m. (see Handbook of Finland). The journey from Karasuando to Tornea may be made by boat, about 300 m. Route xxxvii From Bossekop, a small port and Lapp settlement at the head of Altenf jord, a well marked track leads to Kautokeino and across the Enontekio region of Finland to Karasuando in Sweden. Leaving Bossekop the road is about 12 ft. wide. It goes E. to (4 m.) Alten on Altenf jord, crossing the Elve- bakken by an iron bridge 84 ft. wide. It then leads through woods up the valley of the Altenelv to (10 m.) Vina and rises rapidly over the flat Baeskadas mountains past (20 m.) Gargia. This part of the road is difficult and an elevation of about 1,750 ft. is reached on barren ground ; five lakes and the River Macijok (Matse) are crossed. At (86 m.) Mieronjarre the track descends steeply to the River Kauto keino which it follows to (100 m.) Kautokeino, 867 ft., a tele- 238 ROADS graph and telephone station. The old route used to ascend the Eibyelv valley from Alten and keep farther west till it joined the above route at the River Macijok. It was fre quently blocked by heavy snowdrifts and for this reason was abandoned. From Kautokeino a track branches to the left (see below). The main road is marked and good to (127 m.) Aiddejarre on the Norwegian frontier. Thence across the Enontekio district of Finland it is fair. At (160 m.) it' crosses the Swedish frontier at Karasuando, 1,037 ft:, telegraph ; crosses Skibotten-Tornea, road (Route xxxvi). Thence a fair track over hilly country to (300 m.). Kiruna on the Lapland Railway (Route 85). The stage from Karasuando to Kiruna is generally taken by horses and not reindeer. The track which leaves the main road to the left at Kauto keino leads through Enontekis (Helta) in Finland to (65 m.) Muonioniska (Muonio) on the River Muonio, whence a good road follows the Rivers Muonio and Tornea to Tornea (see Handbook of Finland). This is a good winter route and is considered to be the most direct way from Alten to the Gulf of Bothnia. Route xxxviii From Alten a track ascends the steep Tverelv valley and branches. The main branch to the right goes over high undulating ground to (32 m.) Bjobeske, 1,399 ft. Here the road ends and a path continues across Lake Jesjarve, 1,590 ft., and descends to Mollesjok. It then rises again before descending gradually to (82 m.) Karasjok, 440 ft., the chief town in the interior of Lapland ; telegraph and telephone connexions. From Karasjok a little used and unmarked track turns SE. to Kautokeino, a distance of 80 m. The only fjeldstue is at Sjuosjarre at the head of the River Jesjoki which the track follows from Karasjok. It joins the Alten-Kautokeino track (Route xxxvii) at Mieronjarre. The branch from this track which leaves it near Alten goes LAPLAND 239 to (45 m.) Skoganvarre where it meets the Laxelven-Karasjok track (Route xxxix). It rises over high flat country and crosses two rivers. Telegraph wires mark its course. Route xxxix From Porsangerfjord a route leads south to Karasjok. It is marked by telephone wires and is fairly good. It is now the winter mail route. Most of it is a lowland track. From Kistrand on the west side of Porsangerfjord boat can be taken to Kolvik where the route begins. At (20 m.) Laxelv the route leaves the fjord ; it is 12 ft. wide here. At (30 m.) Skoganvarre branches lead west to Alten (Route xxxviii) and south-east to the River Tana (Route xl). 90 m. Karasjok (see Route xxxviii). Route xl The summer route to Karasjok is from Tana on Varanger fjord. It is mainly by boat along the Tanaelv on which navi gation is not difficult (see p. 33), but there is also a track along the Norwegian bank of the river. Track ascends left bank of Tanaelv to (18 m.) Seida, and (25 m.) Skippigorre where a good carriage road leads east to Vadso (Route xlii). After 35 m. Polmak the right bank is Finnish territory. The only settlement of any size on the Finnish side is Utsjoki, whence a route leads S. into Finland. On the Norwegian side there are .a few small villages. At 143 m. the track turns west up the River Karasjoki to (150 m.) Karasjok (see Route xxxviii). Boats can continue the ascent of the Tanaelv and its tribu taries the Anarjokka and Skjetsamjokka on the Norwegian- Finnish frontier. There they must be carried a few hundred yards to Lake Hielmajarvi whence they can pass to the River Ounasjoki, River Kemi, and the Gulf of Bothnia. The total distance from Tana to the Gulf of Bothnia is about 500 miles. 240 ROADS Route xli A winter route goes from Karasjok east into Finland. It follows the Karasjoki to (7 m.) its confluence with the Tanaelv and the Anarjokka (Marijoki). There it turns S. along the left bank of the Anarjokka as far as (45 m.) Vuopionsu on the Finnish side. It then turns E. along the Vaskajoki, passes the south end of Muddusjarvi and reaches (80 m.) Inari on Lake Inari. From Inari there are winter routes to Neiden on Biigofjord (100 m.), to Utsjoki on the Tanaelv (85 m.), to Kyro and Pechenga, and south to Kongas and Sodankyla, for Rovaniemi and Kemi. For these and other routes from Varangerfjord into Finland, see Handbook of Finland. Route xlii There are several fair roads on the shores of Varangerfjord. The chief one leaves the Tana-Karasjok road (Route xl) at Skippigorre and runs E. As far as Vadso (40 m.), it has a general width of 12 ft., and where it is narrower passing-places are provided. Beyond Vadso the road continues near the sea to (90 m.) Vardo : this part varies in width from 8 to 17 ft., and the surface is indifferent. Route xliii From Neiden on Biigofjord a good road goes by Langfjord, and Svanvik on the Pasvikelv into Russian territory, ending at Pechenga (50 m.). There is a branch to Boris Gleb. From Pechenga a good road, excellent in winter, has been built to Kyro in Finland. For this road and connexions see Handbook of Finland. CHAPTER XIII WATERWAYS, RAILWAYS, AND TELEGRAPHS Coasting steamers — Rivers and lakes of Norway — Canals of Norway — Bivers and lakes of Sweden — Canals of Sweden — Bailways — Telegraphs, cables, and wireless stations. Coasting Steamers The coasting traffic in Norway and Sweden is most impor tant. In Norway in particular coasting services afford the only means of communication to many places. The services are frequent and the main-line boats are large and well equipped. Express services call at the chief ports where they connect with small local steamers. There is also a frequent service of cargo boats. Steamers run daily from Kristiania to Stavanger, Bergen, and Trondhjem, and daily from Bergen to Trondhjem, Bodo, Tromso, Hammerfest, and Vardo. Express boats take about 2| days from Kristiania to Bergen, and about 7 days from Bergen to Kirkenes. Ports in Kristianiafjord have frequently more than one steamer daily. There are frequent services to Goteborg, and from Tromso and Hammerfest to the Murman Coast and Arkhangel. This last service is the only one which is suspended in winter. Swedish coasting traffic is less important on account of the excellent railway system. Many coasting services including all in the Gulf of Bothnia are suspended in winter. In summer passenger and cargo boats serve all ports at frequent intervals. On the Gota canal there is a daily service of passenger boats between Goteborg and Stockholm. Rivers and Lakes of Norway Few of the rivers of Norway are navigable on account of the high gradients and the many rapids and waterfalls. Even the lowest reaches seldom afford routes for sea-going vessels. 242 WATERWAYS, RAILWAYS, AND TELEGRAPHS The Skienelv, which is navigable for 7 miles to Skien for vessels drawing up to 23 ft., is the largest river route for sea going vessels in Norway. The Glommen is navigable for 6 miles up to Sandesund, and in 1911 a steamer of 1,684 tons reached Sarpsborg, 14 miles farther up. On the other hand the fjords give numerous routes, for practically all are navigable by large vessels. Most of the commerce and communication in Norway is carried on by these channels, generally by small steamers built for the purpose which ply locally in one or other fjord, and connect at certain points with larger steamers serving long stretches of the coast and having their terminus in one or other big port. The difficulties of making the rivers navigable are so great that little has been attempted in this way beyond building a few locks on short rivers between long navigable lakes. It would be impracticable to link adjacent Valleys by canals owing to the general high altitude of the country. Lake navigation is of some importance and several railways bring long lakes into connexion with seaports. While the waterways serve for trade with the scattered population in the valleys their principal use is for tourist traffic in summer, and most of the lake steamers have been constructed with this end in view. Many of the rivers are navigable locally by boats, and all the large streams are used for floating timber (see p. 150). The chief lakes on which there are steamers are the following, with their connecting railway, river, and canal routes : Aardalsfjord (in Saeterdal) : see Railway Route 100, and Byglandsfjord waterway. Aremarksjon : see Fredrikshald canal. Bandaksvand : see Bandak or Telemarken canal. Flaavand : see Bandak or Telemarken canal. Hitterdalsvand : see Skien canal and Railway Route 94. Hornindalsvand (Nordfjord). Hvidesjon (Kviteseivand) : see Bandak or Telemarken canal. Kroderen : see Railway Routes 92 and 95. Langvand and Ofvrevand in Nordland linked by narrow- gauge Sulitjalma railway, 4 miles long. RIVERS AND LAKES OF NORWAY 243 Mjosen with navigation up the Laagen to Lillehammer and down the Vormen to Eidsvold. See Railway Routes 88, 90, and 93. Nisservand : see Vraa canal and Railway Route 98. Nordsjon; see Skien and Bandak canals and Railway Route 94. Odemarksjon : see Fredrikshald canal. Oieren : see Railway Routes 65 and 88. Oresjon : see Fredrikshald canal and Railway Route 91. Randsfjord : see Railway Routes 92 and 93. Selbusjon (Trondhjem). Siljordsvand.Snaasenvand : see Railway Route 87. Spirillen with navigation down the Baegna or Aadalsalf to Hen : see Railway Routes 92 and 95. Stora Le : see Fredrikshald canal and Railway Route 64. Tinsjon : see Railway Route 94. Tyrifjord : see Railway Routes 92, 94, and 95. Vraavand : see Vraa canal. Among less important lakes the following have motor boats or steam launches for tourist traffic : Bydinsjon, Gjende, Loenvand, Oldenvand, Strynsvand, Sundalsvand, and Tyinsjon. Canals and Canalized Rivers of Norway The Bandak or Telemarken canal was constructed in 1889-92 to connect Nordsjon with the Bandak lakes, and before the construction of the Kristiania-Bergen railway was an important link on the easiest overland route between Kristiania and Bergen. The canal begins at Ulef os on Nordsj on. For naviga tion to Ulefos from Skien see Skien canal and Railway Route 94. At Ulefos three locks raise vessels a total of 36 ft. ; at the second of these three locks the river F^idelv is crossed by an arched timber, bridge. The route follows the Eidelv to the two Holene locks (2 miles from Ulefos), lift 32 ft., and the six Vrangfos locks (3 miles), lift 75 ft. At the top of the Q 2 244 WATERWAYS, RAILWAYS, AND TELEGRAPHS Vrangfos locks is a granite dam, 105 ft. high and 69 ft. thick to raise the level of the river. The next locks are at Grotevje (74 miles from Ulefos), 1 lock, lift 10 ft.; Kjeldal (9 miles), Hock, lift 10 ft.; andHogga(104miles),21ocks,lift23ft. Then navigable river of 3 miles to Strengen on Flaavand, alt. 236 ft., the easternmost of the Bandak lakes. There is navigation through Flaavand (9 miles long) and Hvidesjon (6 miles long), and thence the artificial channel of Skaperudstrommen (34 miles long), and Bandaksvand (16 miles long) to Dalen. From Skien to Dalen, a total distance of about 69 miles, the steamer takes about 8 hours, including stops and delays in the locks. The passage of the 6 locks at Vrangfos takes 25 minutes. The dimensions of the locks are 1234 ft. long and 22 ft. wide. The depth of the water in the locks is 84 ft. Most of the locks have been cut out of solid granite. From Dalen there is a good but mountainous road to Odda or Sorfjord (see Chap. XII, Route vi). In Saetersdal there is steamer navigation on Byglandsfjord, the southern and northern parts of which, called respectively Aardalsfjord and Aaraksf jord, are connected by a lock. There is railway connexion from the south end of Byglandsfjord to Kristiansand (see Route 100). The Fredrikshald canal, completed in 1877, allows vessels of 5 ft. 6 in. draught to pass from the Norwegian seaport of Fredrikshald to the long lakes to the north-east. Most of the route is by lake : the canal stretches are short. The most northerly point that can be reached by this route is Skullerud (railway) at the north end of Oresjon. The approximate distance from Fredrikshald to Skullerud by canal, river, and lake is 50 miles. This route is used mainly for floating timber and a few tourist steamers. The Oresjon navigation is linked by a short, little-used canal, with that of the Swedish lakes to the east, the Dalsland canal, and Lake Vanern. The route is as follows : CANALS OF NORWAY 245 Fredrikshald : seaport, railway. Vessels ascend Tistedalselv. Femsjon. Railway at Tistadalen (Route 64). Vessels enter Stenselv. Broekke lock. Krappeto lock. Aspernsjon, which vessels cross. Vessels turn N. up Skotsbergelv. Aremarksjon, which vessels cross. Stromsfos locks,. Vessels ascend Stromselv. Odemarksjbn, which vessels cross. Vessels turn E. Route to Skullerud continues via Orjeelv and lock (374 miles) an(i Oresjon to Skullerud, 50 miles. Ottej timber canal (f mile), little used. Route turns SE. Stora Le lake. Railway at Ed at S. end (Appendix II, Route 64). Swedish frontier. Vessels turn NW. Vessels turn SE. down Stora Le. For routes to N. see Dalsland canal. Lennartsfors. Short canal to Lelangen lake. Bengtsfors (Appendix II, Route 63). Short canal the first part of the Dalsland canal. Route passes by lakes and short canals alongside railway. Billingsfors (Appendix II, Route 63), then across Laxsjon to Short canal. Follows small lakes and canal, f mile to Langed. Down Ravarpen Sound and across Ravarpen. Arklangen lake, which vessels cross. Hafverud canal (£ mile). Canal carried over water fall by iron viaduct 105 ft. long and 15 ft. wide. Route through lakes to Eopmanebro on Lake Vanern : railway (Appendix II, Route 61). 246 WATERWAYS, RAILWAYS, AND TELEGRAPHS The Skien canal is a short canalized channel of the Skienelv. The Skienelv is navigable from the sea by vessels not drawing over 23 ft., and the channel has been widened to a minimum of 33 ft., but above Porsgrund the speed of the current necessitates the use of steam or warp.. In the town of Skien a fall in the river is overcome by two locks. Above Skien the river is called the Hjellevand. After 24 miles a vessel enters Meyeralf channel to the right of several islands and reaches the four Loveid locks, thence passes by a narrow channel cut in the rock to Nords j on. For communication to Hitterdalsvand and beyond see Appendix II, Route 94, and Chap. XII, Route iii. The length of the locks is 1234 ft., the width 22 ft., and the depth of water in the locks is 8J ft. The canal is constructed for vessels drawing not over 8 ft. The Vraa canal connects the lakes of Vraavand and Nisser- vand lying south of Bandaksvand. The difference in level of the two lakes is about 9 ft. and the distance 2 miles. This stream has been partly canalized and one lock 87 ft. long constructed. The depth of water at the entrance of the lock is 5 ft. 34 in., but it often falls to 4 ft. 74 ins. The lock is old and in bad repair (1900), but is still in use. At the south end of Nisservand there is a railway from Tveitsund to Arendal and Grimstad (see Appendix II, Route 98). Rivers and Lakes of Sweden The length of waterways in Sweden suitable for small boats is considerable, and in the early days of Sweden the rivers were practically the only highways except when snow made sledge traffic possible. In the less developed northern part of the country the rivers are still the chief lines of com munication. Few rivers in Sweden, however, are fit for naviga tion by large vessels. They are too full of rapids or too empty of water. Practically no rivers except the lower part of the Gotaalf and the Dalalf from Insjon to Leksand form natural waterways for steamers, but the lowest few miles of several rivers are by nature deep enough or have been dredged RIVERS AND LAKES OF SWEDEN 247 to a sufficient depth to afford access to seaports a few miles above their mouths. Lakes, on the other hand, afford valuable deep waterways. The great lakes Vanern, Vattern, and Malaren are navigated in all directions by steamers. Few of the lakes in the more populated parts of the centre and south of the country are without steamers. Many of the northern lakes also have steamers, including Runnsjon, Siljan, Orsasjon, Storsjon in Jamtland, the Stromsvattudal lakes (which are the upper course of the Faxalf and include Nedrosjon, Ofresjon or Fagelsjon, and Hetogeln), Storafvan, Uddjaure, and Hornafvan ; but this list is not exhaustive. Short canals or canalized natural channels link some of the lakes together and form long inland routes. The most im portant canals are the Trollhattan canal linking Vanern to the Gotaalf and the Gota canal linking Vanern to Vattern and Vattern to the Baltic. Practically all the canals are in central Sweden. Most of the canals and other waterways have been eclipsed to some extent by railways, but there are signs that they are again attracting more attention, and several schemes of improvement are under consideration or actually in progress. The improved Trollhattan canal is now open to ocean-going vessels. All the canals and waterways are under state control. The passenger steamers on the Swedish inland waterways, as well as the many coasting steamers.are remarkably capacious and well appointed despite their necessarily small size. Canals and Canalized Rivers of Sweden The chief canals and waterways are as follqws : The Aker canal, finished in 1886, links Tralhafvet, an arm of the sea, to the north-east of Stockholm, to Garnsviken. The total length of the waterway is 64 miles, of which a little over 2 are artificial. The depth of the canal is 6f ft., and its bottom width is 294 ft- The one lock is 90 ft- long> 24i ft- wide, and 6f ft. deep. The chief use of this canal is for traffic to and from the state powder factory at Aker. A light railway ¦ 248 WATERWAYS, RAILWAYS, AND TELEGRAPHS from Stockholm to Osterskar crosses it near its mouth, see Railway Route 70. The Dalsland canal, completed in 1869, links Lake Vanern with Lake Lelangen, Sillen, and Stora Le lying on the Nor wegian frontier. The newly completed Stora Le or Tocksfors canal links Stora Le with Osten to the north, and the short Snacke canal leads to Lake Animen to the east. The canalized portions of the Dalsland waterway are at Hafverud, where the canal crosses a stream by a viaduct 105 ft. long and 15 ft. wide and enters Lake Arklangen, at Langed, Langbron and between Billingsf ors and Bengtsf ors . At Krokf ors between Vastra Sillen and Ostra Sillen a short canal, called the Silarna canal, carries vessels across a narrow isthmus. The artificial cuts of the Stora Le canal are at the north and south ends of Lake Tocken, The length of artificial waterways in these systems is 6| miles. There are 31 locks, each 684 ft- l°ng (73 ft. in the Stora Le canal), 13| ft. wide, and 6 ft. deep. The total length of the navigable waterways in the Dalsland system is about 185 miles and extends as far north as Ostervallskog on Lake Osten, north of Stora Le, Silbodal, at the north end of Vastra Sillen, Sillerud at the north end of Ostra Sillen, and Sil at its north-east end. To the west the Dalsland waterways lead via Stora Le into Norway (see Fredrikshald canal). To the east the Snacke canal (100 yds., 1 lock, same dimensions) leads to Animskog. Railways meet the Dalsland waterways as follows : at Kopmannebro, the entrance on Lake Vanern, the main line from Goteborg to Falun and the north crosses (Appendix II, Route 61) ; at Bengtsf ors and Billingsf ors a light railway from Uddevalla (Route 63), and at Ed, a branch from the main line from o Kristiania to Goteborg (Route 64). This line also passes Animskog on Lake Animen (Route 61). The Enkopinga has been canalized since 1836 from Enkoping to Svingarnsviken, a gulf of Lake Malaren. The channel is 2J miles long and is fit only for small vessels. Its depth is 7| ft. and its bottom width is 9f ft. There are no locks. The Eskilstunaa is navigable from Lake Malaren to Thorshalla falls and from above Thorshalla falls to Eskilstuna. In I860 CANALS OF SWEDEN 249 a short canal about one mile long was completed which avoids the falls and allows small steamers to pass direct to Eskilstuna from Lake Malaren and Stockholm. The canal has 2 locks, each 1174 ft. long, 23 ft. wide, and 8 ft. deep. The Filipstad-Sjoandan canal is the name given to the water way between Filipstad and Lake Bergsjon on the railway 6 miles north-east of Kristinehamn on Lake Vanern (Appendix II, Route 67). It is 25 miles long and includes Lakes Daglosen, Stora Lungen, and Ojevattern. Only 2f miles are artificial. They have a minimum depth of 44 ft. and a bottom width of 12 ft. There are 5 locks about which no details are available. The three long Fryken lakes in Varmland are connected by narrow channels that have been slightly canalized in places. The total length of this waterway is 47 miles, and is navigated by small steamers the draught of which cannot exceed 4| ft. on account of the shallow connecting channels. There are no locks. The Hjalmare canal was the earliest canal in Sweden, but was reconstructed in 1830. It runs from Lake Hjalmaren, north to the navigable Arbogaa which flows into Lake Malaren. Small steamers can thus pass from Stockholm to Lake Hjalmaren. The canal is 10 miles long including lakes : half of this length is artificial. There are 9 locks, each of which is 105 ft. long, 23 ft. wide, and 64 ft. deep. The depth of the canal is 64 ft. and its bottom width 334 ft- Between the northern end of the canal and Kungsor on Lake Galten are 7 miles of the Arbogaa, with no locks. Lakes Galten and Malaren are connected by the strait of Kvicksund which the railway crosses (Appendix II, Route 35). A branch of this line also crosses the Arbogaa at Kungsor. The Horken canal is the canalized river between Lakes Norra and Sodra Horken in Vastmanland. The waterway is 11 miles long of which 4 mile is artificial. The minimum depth is 4 ft., and the bottom width is 134 ft- There is one lock. The waterway is crossed by the railways from Frovi to Ludvika (Appendix II, Route 39) and from Kil to Falun (Route 61). The Gota canal is the longest canal in Sweden. Its length 250 WATERWAYS, RAILWAYS, AND TELEGRAPHS from Lake Vanern to the Baltic is 117 miles, of which 534 are artificial. It was completed in 1832 and has not yet been rebuilt, but the improvements recently completed in the Trollhattan canal (see p. 254) have emphasized the necessity of widening and deepening the Gota canal. The depth of the canal is 9f ft. and its bottom width 39J ft. There are 58 locks, each 105 ft. long, 23 ft. wide, and 9 ft. deep. Over 20 road and railway swing bridges cross the canal. At Lake Viken the waterway attains its greatest height of 300 ft. aboVe sea-level. Steamers, both passenger and cargo, up to the dimensions of the locks, navigate the waterway, but as the passage of the lakes is long and sometimes stormy the vessels must be sea worthy. The speed of vessels in the canal is limited to 4 to 5 knots. The Trollhattan and Gota canals afford a waterway across southern Sweden via the great lakes. The total distance from Goteborg to the Baltic is 242 miles, and the time of journey about 24 days. From the Baltic to Stockholm there is a short cut via the Sodertalje canal (p. 253). CANAL ROUTE FROM GOTEBORG TO THE BALTIC This itinerary follows the old Trollhattan canal, from which the new canal deviates little. miles Goteborg. Route lies N. up the Gotaalf under railway swing bridge (184 ft. long) on line to Strom stad. Main line to N. ascends by 1. bank of river as far as Alfhem.Lilla Edet. Two locks of the Stroms canal. Railway from Alfhem, 9 miles (Appendix II, Route 61). Akerstrom. Lock. Akervass. Trollhatte canal, past Trollhatte falls and power station, begins on r. Eleven locks, built in 1836-44, distributed over 1,000 yds. with a total lift of 110 ft. Immediately to the north and alongside are the old locks, built 0 2232 424 43| GOTEBORG TO THE BALTIC 251 in 1800 and still used for smaller vessels. The recon structed canal (see below) will leave the Gotaalf S. of the present entrance and ascend by a new set of locks. Akersjon, which vessels cross to Bergs canal, a lockless stretch of the Trollhattan canal. Mills and factories on 1. Vessels re-enter the Gotaalf and pass railway bridge (Route 61). Karlsgraf canal on 1. by which vessels avoid Rannum falls ; 2 locks. Vassbotten, which vessels cross to Vanersborg, alt. 145 ft., railway, on Lake Vanern, which vessels cross. Sjotorp. West Gota canal begins. 8 locks before Lyrestad. Lyrestad : light railway Goteborg and Lidkoping to Gardsjo crosses (Appendix II, Route 59). Nordflvarn, after 2 locks. 9 locks more before Hajstorp. Toreboda. Goteborg-Stockholm line crosses (Ap pendix II, Route 58). Viken lake, alt. 300 ft., after 1 lock. Vessels pass along lake to Narrow channel across a peninsula to Forsvik, 1 lock, leading to Bottensjon which vessels cross. Narrow strait to Karlsberg on Lake Vattern, alt. 289 ft. ; railway from Skofde (Appendix II, Route 58). Vessels cross Vattern and enter East Gota canal at Motala, on Varviken ; engineering works ; 1 lock. Main railway Malmo to N. crosses (Appendix II, Route 37). Borenshult, 5 locks. Vessels descend to Lake Boren, alt. 240 ft., which they cross to 252 WATERWAYS, RAILWAYS, AND TELEGRAPHS miles 194f Borensberg, 1 lock ; light railway from Linkoping and Klockrike (Appendix II, Route 36). 208| Berg, 15 locks in 4 pairs and then 7 ; light railway at Vretakloster, \ mile to S. ; descent to Lake Roxen, alt. 108 ft. Vessels cross Roxen to 224f Norsholm ; important railway connexions; on main line (Appendix II, Route 1). Canal begins again. 227 Brottom, lock. 228| Hulta,lock. Vessels cross Asplangensjon, alt.' 89 ft., and 231| Enter canal. 233 Klammen, lock. Canal at high level before 2354 Karlsberg, 9 locks, spread over 14 miles. 238 Soderkoping, one lock ; light railway Valdemarsvik to Norrkoping crosses (Appendix II, Route 32). 242 Mem, last lock. Vessels enter Slatbacken, a long arm of the Baltic. For route to Stockholm by Soder talje canal, see p. 253. The Karlstad to Forshaga waterway is the Klaralf, which has been dredged in places. There are 2 locks each 3£ ft. deep and with a bottom width of 25 ft. The distance is 23 miles, of which 14 miles are artificial. The Kinda canal, completed in 1871, connects Lake Roxen and the Gota canal with Lake Asunden. The total length of the waterway is 50 miles, of which 17 are artificial, and the rest is lakes and the Stanga. The minimum depth is 5 ft., and the bottom width 17 ft. There are 15 locks, each 84 ft. long, 16 ft. wide, and 5 ft. deep. Small steamers run from Linkoping (railway) to Horn on Asunden. The line from Oskarshamn to Linkoping crosses the waterway twice (Ap pendix II, Routes 28 and 30). Koping is connected with Lake Galten, which is linked to Lake Malaren by the canalized Kopingsa, 2 miles long with a depth of 9| ft., a bottom width of 38| ft., and no locks. The Orebro canal is a short stretch of the Svarta which GOTEBORG TO THE BALTIC 253 connects the town of Orebro with Lake Hjalmaren. Its length is about 2 miles. The minimum depth is 6f ft. and the bottom width 28 ft. The one lock is 105 ft. long, 23 ft. wide, and 6f ft. deep. For navigation from Lake Hjalmaren to Lake Malaren, see Hjalmaren canal. Orebro is on the main line from Malmo to the north (Appendix II, Route 37). The Saffle canal, which was reconstructed in 1866-9, together with the Byalf connects Glafsfjord in Varmland with Lake Vanern. It provides a waterway about 56 miles long, of which only 8 miles are artificial, the rest being lakes on the Byalf. The minimum depth is 64 ft. and the bottom width 234 ft. There is only 1 lock with a length of 105 ft., a width of 234 ft-. an(l a depth of 10 ft. The main railway line from Goteborg to the north crosses the canal at Saffle (Ap- .pendix II, Route 61), and a railway line passes Arvika at the north end of Glafsfjord (Appendix II, Route 65). The Sodertalje canal, opened in 1819, links Lake Malaren with Hallsfjord, an arm of the Baltic, and is part of the route of canal steamers between Goteborg and Stockholm. It is 3 miles long, of which a little over 1 mile is artificial. The depth is 114 ft., and the bottom width 39 ft. There is one lock at the north end, 1264 ft- l°ng; 28 ft. wide, and 114 ft. deep. Improvements are now in progress to deepen the whole canal to 18 ft. and to enlarge the lock. The main line from Malmo to Stockholm crosses the Sodertalje canal at Saltskog and sends a branch to Sodertalje (Appendix II, Route 1). The railway bridge is 50f ft. above the water-level. South of Staden, the island on which Stockholm was origi nally founded, is the entrance to Lake Malaren. Stockholm lock, which lies in the narrow channel called Sodrastrom, is 148 ft. long, 31 ft. wide, and 13 ft. deep. The lock can be lengthened by the use of a pontoon in front of the lock- chamber to 189 ft., or by two pontoons, one at each end, to 229 ft. The northern passage (Norstrom) between Lake Malaren and the Baltic is blocked by embankments carrying roads and railways. The Stromsholm canal, including river and lake stretches, 254 WATERWAYS, RAILWAYS, AND TELEGRAPHS affords a waterway from Lake Malaren northward to the mining districts of Vastmanland and Dalarne, 62 miles long, of which 9 are artificial. There are 31 locks, and the length of each is 65| ft., width 17 ft., and depth 4| ft. The canal depth is 4f ft. and its minimum bottom width 17 ft. The total rise is 328 ft. The southern end of the canal is at Stromsholm, where a channel a mile long leads into the Kolbacksa. The route follows the Kolbacksa with occasional short canals and through a few small lakes and Lakes Amaningen, Aspen, and Barken to Smedjebacken. The last locks are at Sembla at the southern end of Sodra Barkensjon. A railway line runs near one side or other of the canal the whole way (Appendix II, Routes 35 and 40). Tisken-Runn lock connects Lake Tisken on which Falun stands with the large Lake Runn and the Dalalf. No dimen sions are available. The Tisnare canal is the name given to the canalized water way from near Andebol halt, near Simonstorp, on Railway Route 1 through Lakes Fjalleren, Starrs j on, Visk, Brosjon, and Tisnaren. There are no locks. Small steamers go as far as the north-west end of Tisnaren, where from Byle there is a good road to Vingaker station on the Goteborg-Stockholm line. This is chiefly a tourist route. The Trollhattan canal was first opened in 1800, was rebuilt and enlarged from 1836 to 1844, and has now undergone a second reconstruction. In its new form it was reopened to traffic in October 1916. The Trollhattan canal links Goteborg with Lake Vanern, a distance of 54 miles, of which only 5 are entirely artificial ; the greater part of the route being along the Gotaalf, which is canalized in places. The Trollhattan canal has 6 locks, which now have the following dfmensions : 295 ft. long, 45 ft. wide, and 18 ft. deep. Sea-going vessels of 16 ft. 5 in. draught, 41 ft. in breadth, and 285 ft. long can reach Lake Vanern. All the locks are cut in rock and lined with concrete : they are worked by electric power. A special type of vessel is now being built for this traffic. Two, of 915 tons each, have been constructed at the shipyards at Uddeholm WW GOTEBORG TO THE BALTIC 255 and Karlstad. They have a length of 1804 ft-> a breadth of 29 ft., and a draught of llf ft., and are designed to combine the greatest possible cargo capacity with seaworthiness and moderate draught. Larger vessels are under construction. The lake ports of Kristinehamn, Karlstad, and Amal are being improved for this new traffic. In all these ports there is now a depth of at least 13 ft. At Kristinehamn a new harbour has been built, and at Karlstad new quays have been constructed. All three ports have important railway con nexions. For itinerary of Trollhattan canal see Gota canal, above. The Vaddo canal lies between Vaddo and the mainland, and affords a sheltered passage past the Aland Sea from the Stockholm skargfird to the Oregrund skargard. It was reconstructed in 1904. The total length of the channel from the head of Bjorkofjord to Singofjord is about 13 miles, or including Bjorkofjord 24 miles. Of this length 44 miles are artificial. There are no locks. The mean depth of the channel is lOJft. at low and 12 ft. at mean tide. The bottom width is 33 ft., but the opening of the swing bridge which crosses the north part of the canal restricts its use to vessels of under 31 ft. beam. A speed of 4 knots must not be exceeded in the artificial parts of the channel. The Uppsala waterway is the name given to the water route by various channels from Lake Malaren and the Fyrisa to Uppsala. Five miles of the Fyrisa have been improved for navigation. There are no locks. This waterway is not always available for navigation on account of the variations in depths of the water. But the greatest impediment is the bridge at the narrow channel of Almare-ataket where the current often runs swift. The depth there does not exceed 9 ft. and the width of the channel 40 ft. The bridge at Flottsund is also very narrow. 256 WATERWAYS, RAILWAYS, AND TELEGRAPHS traffic on chief canals and waterways of sweden in 1915 Steamers and motor Sailing vessels vessels over over Smaller Timber Canal. 10 tons. 10 tons. vessels. Barges. Floats. Total. Aker 436 43 44 34 306 863 Dalsland 4,757 693 1,088 1,377 3,187 11,102 Eskilstuna . 448 8 559 249 — 1,264 Gota . 2,345 899 429 910 35 4,618 Hjalmare . 616 12 55 507 274 1,464 Karlsberg . 113 161 3,650 388 — 4,312 Karlstad -Forshag a 39 — — 163 225 427 Kinda 1,106 38 745 1,031 250 3,170 Orebo 1,238 62 632 218 — 2,150 Saffle 1,171 444 — 197 90 1,902 Snacke 196 32 170 10 48 456 Stora Le 100 — 274 194 ¦ — 1,806 Stromsholm 493 0 — 1,825 168 2,486 Sodertalje . 2,941 1,373 83 1,946 317 6,660 Tisnare — — 30 168 — 198 Trollhatte . 7,827 655 9 1,268 77 9,836 Vaddo 825 344 896 631 23 2,719 (These figures are the total of vessels up and down each canal.) The use to which the Swedish waterways are put is indicated by the following figures for the total traffic in 1915, including all steamers, motor and sailing vessels, and barges over 10 tons. total traffic on canals and waterways of sweden in 1915 Waterways of Vanern and Vattern Waterways of Malaren and Hjalmaren . Small waterways communicating with the sea . Small waterways not communicating with the sea In addition to this traffic 45,526 timber floats traversed the waterways. These were specially numerous on the smaller waterways. This figure does not include the timber floats on the rivers unnavigable for other craft. Total Net ivssels. tonnage. 29,051 1,624,023 38,181 1,777,864 15,071 3,439,654 1 .220 13,868 RAILWAYS 257 Railways Swedish Railways The railways of Sweden at the end of 1916 totalled 9,297 miles, which in proportion to the population is more than any other country in Europe. In relation to area, however, it is a comparatively small figure, owing to the vast untraversed areas in northern Sweden. The central feature of the Swedish railway system is a trunk line running the whole length of the country from Haparanda on the Finnish frontier to Malmo on the Sound, a total distance of 1,087 miles. This trunk line runs at some distance from the coast, but has branches to all the chief ports on the Baltic, Kattegat, and Sound. There is no railway bridge over the Tornealf to the Finnish railways, and transit is by ferry between Haparanda and Tornea station, but in July 1916 the Russian Government sanctioned a railway bridge which is now under construction by the Swedish Government. By this route all the main traffic between western Europe and Russia passed during the first three years of the war. Railway connexions with Denmark and Germany are made by train ferries. These run from Halsingborg to Helsingor, Malmo to Copenhagen, and Tralleborg to Sassnitz. Train ferries are proposed between Goteborg and Frederikshavn in Denmark. There is no train ferry across the Gulf of Bothnia to Finland, but it is proposed to start one to Abo from Kapellskar which is to be connected with rail to Stockholm. Ferries from Goteborg to Frederikshavn and Goteborg to Immingham or Grimsby are also projected. The main trunk line has three branches* to Norwegian ports. In the north the difficult Lapland railway runs from Boden to Narvik (271 miles), the greater part of its length being north of the Arctic Circle. It rises to a height of 1,828 ft. Farther south is a line from Bracke to Trondhjem (211 miles), and in central Sweden there is a line from Orebro direct to Kristiania (231 miles). This last route is the easiest of the three. A fourth route, in the south, links Goteborg 258 WATERWAYS, RAILWAYS, AND TELEGRAPHS by a comparatively easy line via Mellerud to Kristiania (220 miles). While the northern half of Sweden has few railways except the trunk line and its branches to various ports, the central and southern parts have a profusion of lines in all directions. This applies particularly to Skane in the extreme south. Railways following the coast are few except in the south. The deep indentations force the lines to follow a more inland course. The chief exception is the line from Halsingborg to Goteborg which for most of its course runs near the coast, and the line from Tralleborg to Ystad. The line from Mellerud to Kristiania runs very near the coast in Norway. No purely strategical lines have been built in Sweden, but the plans of every projected line must be submitted to the general staff before being passed. It should be noted that a line runs parallel to the Swedo-Finnish frontier for a distance of 44 miles. Ownership. — At the end of 1916 there were 3,076 miles of state lines and 6,221 miles of private lines. For most private lines the state provided loans on favourable terms to help the construction, and from time to time the state has pur chased lines built by private enterprise. A commission ap pointed in 1918 to investigate the proposal that the State should take over all the private lines, reported in favour of the project. Construction.— The gauge of the Swedish trunk line is 1-435 metre (4 ft. 84 in.), the same as the Norwegian and Danish gauge. The Finnish gauge is 5 ft. All the state railways and 65 per cent, of the private lines have standard gauge. The remainder of the private lines have narrow gauges. The most usual is 0-891 metre (2 ft. lOfin.), but some have a gauge of 1-067 metre (3 ft. 6 in.), and a few have gauges of different widths down to 0-6 metre (2 ft.). A common gauge is 0-891 metre (2 ft. 11 in.). The Swedish railways are single tracked, with the following exceptions : Stockholm to Uppsala, 41 miles ; Stockholm to Ronninge, 18|miles ; Malmo to Hassleholm, 51 miles ; Gote- RAILWAYS 259 borg to Jonsered, 9 miles ; and a few short stretches of the private lines amounting to a total of 16 miles. Double tracks will probably be laid on many of the chief lines in Sweden. The weight of rails on the state railways varies from 18 to 27 lb. per foot, the latter being found on all the chief lines. On the standard gauge private lines the weight is 114 to 30 lb. per foot, and on the narrow-gauge lines 64 to 22 lb. Steel rails are used on the state lines and both steel and iron rails on the private lines. The rails are usually of British, German, or Belgian manufacture. Sleepers are made of home grown wood, and so low is their price that until lately it was not considered worth while to impregnate them with pitch. On the chief standard gauge lines the highest gradient is as a rule 1 per cent., but on the northern lines to Norway it is more. The smallest radius of curvature on the main lines is 1,000 ft. Bridges and Tunnels. — The numerous rivers of Sweden running across the country and heavily swollen at certain seasons necessitate a great number of bridges on the railways, which are a source of weakness from a military point of view. Many of the bridges are high above the water-level. They are most numerous north of Stockholm on the main line. There are not many tunnels except on the Lapland railway, where the largest one is the Nuolja tunnel, 963 yds. long. A tunnel, 474 yds. long, carries the main line into Stockholm from the south under a southern suburb of the city, and on the Stockholm-Saltsjobaden line is a tunnel 700 yds. long. Rolling-stock. — At the end of 1917 the approximate returns for the rolling-stock were as follows : Gauge (metre). Locomotives. Carriages. Wagons. 1-435 2,062 3,778 46,600 1-093 10 19 351 1-067 fil 114 1,420 0-891 211 506 6,665 0-802 10 12 270 0-600 16 22 216 1-435 (electric) 32 — — Total 2,402 4,451 55,522 R 2 260 WATERWAYS, RAILWAYS, AND TELEGRAPHS Of these totals 1,032 steam locomotives, 30 electric locomotives, 2,472 carriages, and 26,020 wagons, all of standard gauge, belonged to the State. During the last few years a number of locomotives have been made with super-heating arrangements for the steam, on Schmidt's system. Specially powerful locomotives are built for the ore traffic on the Lapland railway. All the long-distance trains have bogie corridor carriages, and automatic vacuum brakes. The ore-traffic demands specially constructed wagons. Six- wheeled ore wagons, built of iron, have a carrying capacity of 35 tons each, and eight-wheeled bogie wagons of a newer type have a carrying capacity of 36 tons. The heavy ore trains on the Lapland railway are all fitted with the Westinghouse brake. There are special treble-walled refrigerator wagons for butter and other perishable produce. Railway Workshops.— The rolling-stock is manufactured in Sweden. Works at Trollhattan have an average output of 50 locomotives a year, and works at Motala an average of 30. There are also railway works at Stockholm, Goteborg, Karlstad, Kristianstad, Falun, Sodertalje, Arlof, Halsing borg, and Linkoping. Most of the large railway bridges are made at Stockholm. The chief repairing workshop of the state railways is at Orebro, but there are several others in different parts of the country. Coal and Electric Power. — Coal is used for fuel on most of the railways. The greater part of it is imported British coal, but on some of the lines Swedish coal from Skane is used to a small extent. In 1918 the State railways placed a large contract for Spitsbergen coal, but little could be delivered. On a few of the private lines experiments have been made in the use of peat for fuel. The lack of fuel in Sweden and the abundance of water- power has raised the question of the electrification of the railways. Several lines are now fitted with overhead electric wires, and their length is being added to year by year. The Lapland railway from Kiruna to Riksgransen, on the Nor- RAILWAYS 261 wegian frontier, has been electrified. The power is supplied from the Porjus waterfall on the Lulealf. Turbines of 50,000 h.p. have been installed, made for a tension of about 4,000 volts, in a chamber blasted out of a hill-side and lying 160 ft. below the surface of the ground. The feed tunnel for the water is 650 yds. long, and the discharge tunnel about 1,300 yds. long, both of them blasted out of the rock. In four transformer stations, at different places along the line, the tension for the contact wires is reduced to about 16,000 volts from 80,000 volts. The transmission wires are sup ported on three-legged iron pillars about 65 ft. high and at 220 yds. span. The contact wires, which are also suspended on iron posts, are at about 60 yds. span. Part of this electri fication was done by a German firm. Other lines using electric power are : Stockholm-Stock sund-Djursholm with the power-station at Stocksund ; Halsingborg-Raa-Ramlosa tramway, Stockholm-Saltsjo- baden, and the Klockrike-Borensberg section of the Oster gotland railway with its power-station at Naas. Speed. — The average speed of trains is slow in Sweden. On the chief lines it is 30 miles an hour for expresses, 22 miles an hour for ordinary passenger trains, and 11 miles an hour for goods trains. On the electrified section of the Lapland railway the express locomotives can attain a speed of 60 miles, but actually make 25-26 miles an hour. Traffic— In 1915 the Swedish railways carried 70,000,000 passengers and 47,000,000 tons of goods. Their total receipts were 219,614,000 kr. Norwegian Railways Norway has few railways, since the distribution of the population does not demand many, nor does the nature of the country favour their construction. At the end of 1917 there were 2,007 miles of railway in Norway, which is a small number in comparison with the area of the country. Most of the lines are short ones along various valleys to ports at their mouths. Only two lines run through the country from 262 WATERWAYS, RAILWAYS, AND TELEGRAPHS sea to sea. The Bergen railway opened in 1909 from Bergen to Kristiania was one of the most difficult lines in Europe to construct, and cost £3,330,000. It rises to a summit of 4,270 ft. and has many bridges and 184 tunnels. The longest tunnel is the Gravehals tunnel (3J miles). The total length of tunnels is 234 miles. The second trunk line is from Trondhjem to Kristiania. This was easier to construct, as it follows the deep valley of the Glommen most of the way, but through traffic is hindered by a break of gauge at Hamar. Four lines connect Norway with Sweden — the Lapland railway from Narvik, with steep gradients ; the line from Trondhjem ; and the lines from Kristiania to Stockholm and Kristiania to Goteborg. The last line and the line from Kristiania to Drammen and Skien are the only important lines which run near the coast, but in both cases there are alternative routes completed or under construction. There are no train ferries connecting Norway with foreign ports, but there are proposals in Norway to run a train ferry between Larvik or Kristiania and Frederikshavn in Jutland, and another between Kristiansand and Hirshals in Jutland. Ownership. — Most of the lines originated in private enter prise with or without state aid, but the greater number have since been bought by the government. New lines under construction or projected are nearly all government projects. Of the total mileage of 2,007 miles only 288 are private-owned. The private lines include several mineral lines. The Dunder- landsdal railway, 12 miles long, joins the port of Mo on Ranen- fjord to the iron mines at Storfoshei. The Sulitjalma railway (narrow gauge) runs from Fagerli, by the copper mines at Furuland to Hellarmo and Skjonstaa, on Ovre Vand at the head of Skjerstadfjord, a distance of about 20 miles. The Roros mineral line is more important and in 1918 was bought by the State (see Appendix II, Route 88, mile 99J). Construction. — The standard gauge in Norway is 4 ft. 84 in., which is the gauge of 1,240 miles. Of the remaining lines 699 miles have a gauge of 3 ft. 6 in., 16 miles have a gauge of 3 ft. 34 in., and 52 miles have a gauge of 2 ft. 6 in, RAILWAYS 263 A light electric railway connects Majorstuen in Kristiania with Holmenkollen, alt. 1,040 ft. The route winds much and has steep gradients. Another light electric railway opened in 1918 is the Lilleakerbane from Skoien near Kristiania on the main line to Drammen (Route 94) to Lysaker village about 1 mile north of the main line. It serves a residential district. Rolling-stock. — A number of locomotives are now made at the Hamar works. Others are imported from Glasgow. The Hamar works builds eight-coupled engines for the Narvik line. These locomotives have a weight of 714 tons, and the tender weighs 354 tons. Still heavier ones were on order in 1915. The locomotives on the Bergen railway, which are built in Norway, weigh 98 tons each with tender. There are at least three American rotary snow-ploughs on the Bergen line. At the beginning of 1918 the total rolling-stock was as follows : Carriages. Wagons. 929 7,345 533 3,154 22 60 7 230 6 64 483 1,497 10,853 Power. — Proposals are on foot for the electrification of the State railways. At present the Thamshavnbaner and the Rjukanbaner are worked by overhead electric traction. Projected Lines. — Among the projected lines in Norway the following schemes will probably be started as soon as money is available. The line from Hamar along Gudbrandsdal to Dombaas will be extended to Veblungnas or Aandalsnas on Isfjord, a branch of Moldef jord, thus offering a third route between Kristiania and the west coast. Another proposal is to build a branch line from Dombaas by the valleys of the Driva, the Orkla and Soknedal to Storen on the Trondhjem railway. But this line would entail heavy gradients. A Go ;uge. Locomotives. ft. in. 4 8i 300 3 6 162 2 6 7 4 3 31 i electric 11 3 264 WATERWAYS, RAILWAYS, AND TELEGRAPHS branch of the Bergen line [from Voss by Gravensvand to Eide on Hardangerfjord is projected for tourist traffic. The Sorland railway from Skien to Kristiansand is under construction, and it is proposed to convert the Kristiania- Drammen line to standard gauge. An important scheme is to join Kongsberg (Route 95) to Notodden (Route 94) via Hjuksebo, and Hjuksebo to Skien and Porsgrund. This is to be standard gauge, and so would link Skien to Kristiania by a standard gauge line. It is further proposed to build a line northward from Kragero to the Eidelv and Nordsjon. Minor projects include the construction of a funicular railway for tourists up the hill of Floien at Bergen. Traffic. — In 1915-16 the total number of travellers on the Norwegian railways was 19,087,218, and the total weight of goods carried was 6,413,481 tons. The total receipts were 46,112,706 kr. Telegraphs, Cables, and Wireless Stations Norway In 1916 the length of the Norwegian telegraph wires and inter-urban telephone wires was 61,707 miles or 14,070 miles of line. There were 1,608 state telegraph offices. Figures are not available for the mileage of railway telegraphs and the number of railway telegraph offices. The trunk line of the Norwegian telegraph system follows the coast to the extreme north and the Russian frontier sending branches to all impor tant places. These branches generally cross the fjords in sub marine cables. The Norwegian line ends at Grenze on the Jakobselv or Voriema : telegrams for Russia have to be carried across the river by boat to Finmanskoe, the Russian station on the other side. Submarine cables from Norway run as follows : Egersund to Peterhead .(Scotland), Arendal to Newbiggin (England), Arendal to Cuxhaven (Germany), Arendal to Hojor (Schles- wig), Arendal to Hirshals (Jutland), Arendal to Marstrand (Sweden). TELEGRAPHS 265 Norwegian wireless telegraph stations, all on the Telefunkeh system except Stavanger which is on the Marconi system, are as follows : Station. Range. Owner. Call letters. Bergen .... j 270 miles • \ 800 miles day night J State IGN Flekkero near Kristiansand. 160 „ ;l LDF Tjomo, Kristianiafjord 160 „ , LET Stavanger .... — , — Rost Sorvaag ¦ Lofotens 35 ., • 35 „ ' LFRLEN Vaero , 35 „ LEN Ingo. . 480 „ LEI Spitsberg en (Green Harbour) 480 ,. , LFG The Spitsbergen station is owned and staffed by the Nor wegian Government. It was erected in 1911 at the same time as the Ingo station by which it communicates with Norway. The Stavanger station is of high power, for long distance communication. It is suggested that a chain of low-power stations along the coast of Norway would be of great service to shipping. The Government is considering this proposal as well as the increase in range of one of the Lofoten stations to 200 miles. Another proposal is to erect a high-power station in eastern Finmark to link the Ingo and Spitsbergen stations with the Murmansk station and others on the north coast of Russia. A station is also proposed at Udsire Island near Skudesnes. Sweden The Swedish State telegraph system in 1913 had 21,270 miles of wires, in addition to which there were 2,905 miles of wire used both for telegraph and telephone purposes. Added to this mileage were 18,430 miles of wires owned by the railways which, besides serving railway purposes, were used for general messages. In the same year the number of telegraph offices in Sweden was 2,986, a total which included 514 offices on the state railways, 1,266 offices on private railways, and 1,029 offices which received and dispatched telegrams by telephone to the nearest telegraph office. 266 WATERWAYS, RAILWAYS, AND TELEGRAPHS The Swedish and Norwegian systems are connected along the railways which link the two countries. The Swedish and Finnish systems meet at Haparanda. Submarine telegraph cables from Sweden are as follows : Malmo to Copenhagen, Marstand to Newbiggin (England), Marstrand to Arendal (Norway), Marstrand to Skagen (Den mark), Tralleborg to Cape Arkona (Germany), Grisslehamn to Nystad (Finland), Grisslehamn to the Aland Islands. A cable from Stockholm goes to Gotland, Oland, and Kalmar. The following are the wireless stations in Sweden : Station. Range. Owner. Call letters 350 miles State SAB Harnosand — S AH Karlskrona 420 „ SAA Fredriksberg near Stockholm 50 „ >( SAD Tingstade (Gotland) . 420 „ ,, SAE Vaxholm . 350 „ — SAF Tralleborg. 250 „ State railways SAC APPENDIX I GAZETTEER OF TOWNS Most towns in Norway are seaports ; inland towns are small and few in number. All towns were originally built of timber and many remain so to the present day, but frequent disastrous fires have led to several being rebuilt in stone and stucco. In the larger towns wooden buildings are no longer allowed. All towns have telegraph and telephone con nexions. In Sweden there are a number of large inland towns, many of which are prosperous industrial centres, but with few exceptions the most important towns are seaports. Timber buildings are less common than in Norway except in the northern towns. Telegraphs and telephones link all the towns. The figures for population are from the latest official statistics, generally 1915 in Sweden and 1916 in Norway. Coasting steamers serve all the seaports in Norway and Sweden. In the case of most Norwegian towns they are the only means of communication. In Sweden they are less important. Details of the opening and closing of Scandinavian seaports are given in Chapter III. Norway Aalesund, port in Romsdal district, pop. 16,927. Lies on islands of Norvo and Aspo on outer fringe of skjaergaard. Founded 1824, destroyed by fire in 1904 and since rebuilt in stone. Centre of cod fishing and of steamship lines. Exports, chiefly dried cod to Mediterranean, and cod-liver oil. Harbour 300 yds. long with depth of 6-7 fms. ; narrow entrance in 4 fms. Quay with 16 to 18 ft. water. Also quay in deeper 268 GAZETTEER OF TOWNS water along S. front of town in Aspevaag. British vice- consul. Three patent slips, respectively 198 ft., 150 ft., and 80 ft., long with lifting capacity of 700 tons, 350 tons, and 150 tons. Small repair shops. No railway. Extensive local steamer connexions. Arendal, port on Skagerak, pop. 10,310. An old timber- built town on hill at mouth of the Nidelv within the islands of Hiso and Tromo. Important shipping centre. Ship building and timber trade. Hospital. Large safe harbour with 8 to 20 fmg. water. Several quays in 18 to 22 ft. water. One 15-ton crane. Patent slip, 200 ft. long. Repair shops. Narrow gauge railway to Grimstad and Tvetsund (Route 98). Submarine cables to Newbiggin (England), Hirshals (Den mark), Marstrand (Sweden), and Hojor (Schleswig). British vice-consul. Bergen, port in Sondre Bergenhus amt, the second town of Norway, pop. 90,499. Founded 1075, important town of Hanseatic League. Lies on peninsula at head of Byfjord ; commercial port and harbour around bay called Vaagen. Built mainly of stone. Public buildings include town hall, exchange, theatre, museums, fish-market, and large hospital. Tramways. Industries,* fishing and shipbuilding, also grain mills, iron foundry, brewing, rope works. Exports fish, salted and canned, and fish oil. Imports, chiefly cereals, coal, tallow and oils, metals and textiles. Roomy anchorage for vessels of all sizes. Extensive wharves in 15 to 22 ft. water, with fifteen fixed cranes (1 to 10 tons), and six travelling cranes (1 to 2 tons), 30-ton electric crane. Three dry docks, 365 ft., 269 ft., and 250 ft. long, 55 ft., 39 ft., and 42 ft., broad respectively ; largest capable of taking vessel of 8,000 tons. Three patent slips, 284 ft., 220 ft., and 190 ft. long respectively with lifting power of 2,000 tons, 1,400 tons, and 350 tons. Large repair shops. Has largest steamship fleet in Norway. Railway to Kristiania (Appendix II, Route 92). Wireless station on Rundemanden. British consul and vice-consul. Bodo, port in Nordland, pop. 5,137. A centre for Lofoten herring fishery. Small quay with 12 ft. water alongside. NORWAY 269 Exports chiefly fish. Imports coal, salt, &c. No railway. Hospital. British vice-consul. Brevik, port on Eidangerfjord, Skagerak, pop. 2,100. Stathelle, pop. 2,066, adjoins across Friersfjord. Exports timber and ice. Imports coal. Good harbour for largest vessels. Small pier for local steamers. Repairs for wooden vessels. Narrow gauge railway to Skien, Kristiania, &c. (Appendix II, Route 94). Drammen, port at head of Drammensfjord, on west of Kristianiafjord, pop. 25,842, fifth town in Norway. Lies on both sides of Drammenselv, Bragernes on N., Stromso and Tangen on S. Greater part of town rebuilt after fires in 1866 and 1870. Industries, saw mills, iron works, wood pulp, shipyards. Timber and stone bridges across river. Electric tramways. Two hospitals. Anchorage in mouth of river in 11. to 16 fms. Selvikstrom, a narrow channel lower down the fjord has depth of 20 ft., to be dredged to 26 ft. Vessels of over 19 ft. draught lie south of Selvikstrom. Several wharves with 18-20 ft. alongside. Harbour kept open by1 ice-breakers. Repair facilities, cranes. Exports, wood, pulp, paper, granite, ice, zinc, and nickel ore. Imports, coal, grain, metal work, &c. Narrow gauge railway to Kristiania and Skien (Appendix II, Route 94) ; standard gauge line Honefos and Kongsberg (Route 95). Steamers to Hamburg, Antwerp, London, Grimsby, &c. British vice-consul. Drobak, port on E. side of Kristianiafjord, pop. 2,100. Modern watering place. Export of timber and ice. Poor anchorage in 7-12 fms. Small quay in 15 ft. water. Generally head of ice-free navigation of Kristianiafjord. No railway. Egersund, port on SW. coast, behind Egero Island, pop. 3,270. Earthenware factories, head-quarters of. mackerel fishery. Roomy anchorage in sound for largest vessels. Town anchorage fit only for vessels drawing under 14 ft. Quays with 13-14 ft. water alongside. Exports, fish and hardware. Imports, coal and china clay. On narrow gauge line from Stavanger to Flekkefjord (Appendix II, Route 101). Cable to Peterhead, Scotland. 270 GAZETTEER OF TOWNS Flekkefjord, port on Flekkefjord on SW. coast, pop. 2,520. Tanneries. Hospital. Exports, leather, fish, and barrel staves. Imports, coal, salt, and hides. Good anchorage in 9-17 fms. near town. Wharf in 17 ft. water. Repairs. Narrow gauge railway to Stavanger (Appendix II, Route 101). British vice-consul. Fredrikshald, river port on both banks of Tistedalselv at its entrance to Idefjord, pop. 12,331. Ancient frontier town ; on SE. is obsolete fortress of Fredrikssten, alt. 400 ft. Prin cipal buildings, town house, market, fish market, and hospital. Industries, saw mills, pulp mills, quarrying, shipbuilding. Exports, timber, wood pulp, granite. Imports, coal, grain, &c. Outer harbour with depth of 7-8 fms., inner harbour 4r-5 fms., both well sheltered. Svinesund, the channel of approach, boundary between Norway and Sweden, difficult to navigate. Wharves in 17-18 ft. water. Repair shops. Railway to Kristiania and Goteborg (Appendix II, Route 64). Steamers by Fredrikshald canal (p. 244) to Orje, &c. British vice-consul. Fredrikstad, port at mouth of River Glommen on Kris tianiafjord, pop. 16,434. Town in two parts, connected by steam ferry ; Forstad on right bank, busiest part, Vaterland on left bank. Principal Norwegian timber port. Ship building yards. Anchorage restricted near town in Vestreelv and Ostreelv on two sides of Kragero in 6-10 fms. Better anchorage at Leret 5 miles S. of town in Vestreelv in 12- 16 fms. Wharves in 13 ft. water. Floating dock 212 ft. long, 564 f*- wide, with lifting capacity of 1,850 tons. Crane to lift 100 tons. Repair shops. Two hospitals, one of which for cholera. Exports, timber, wood pulp, granite, and fish. Imports, eoal, &c. Railway to Kristiania, Sarpsborg, and Goteborg (Appendix II, Route 64). Steamers up Glommen to Sarpsborg ; also to London, Rotterdam, Hamburg, &c. British vice-consul. Gjovik, town on Mjosen in Kristian amt, alt. 415 ft., pop. 4,312. Railway to Roa and Kristiania (Appendix II, Routes 93 and 92). Steamers to Hamar and Lillehammer. NORWAY 271 Grimstad, port on Skagerak, pop. 2,193. Industries, boat and shipbuilding, export of timber. Good anchorage in 6-10 fms. Small jetty. Narrow gauge railway to Arendal and Tvetsund (Appendix II, Route 98). Hamar, town on Mjosen in Hedemarken amt, alt. 415 ft., pop. 6,168. Railways to Kristiania and narrow gauge to Trondhjem (Appendix II, Route 88), to Dombaas (Route 90). Steamers to Gjovik. Hammerfest, port in Finmark, most northerly town in the world, pop. 3,210. Timber-built. Cod-liver oil and train oil factories. Wharf in 16 ft. water. Slip for vessels under 200 tons. Two hospitals. Port for Arctic produce. Exports, fish and furs. Trade with Arctic Russia. British vice- consul. Haugesund, port on Karmsund, W. coast, pop. 16,594. Shipbuilding. Herring fishery. Exports chiefly herrings, mackerel, and lobsters. Imports, coal, salt, &c. Anchorage restricted and unsuitable for large vessels. Small repairs. Patent slips of 260 ft., 110 ft., and 104 ft., length and lifting power of 3,000, 350, and 350 tons respectively. No railway. British vice-consul. Holmestrand, town on Kristianiafjord, pop. 2,244. Water ing-place. Trade in timber. Wooden mole north of which is anchorage in 6 fms. Narrow gauge railway to Skien and Kristiania (Appendix II, Route 94) and Eidsfos and Vittingfos (Route 96). Honefos, town on Baegna in Buskerud amt, alt. 315 ft., pop. 2,788. Saw mills and paper mills. Bridge across river. Railways to Bergen and Kristiania (Appendix II, Route 92), to Tyrifjord and Drammen (Route 95). Horten (with Karl-Johansvaern), naval port on Kristiania fjord, pop. 10,392. Head-quarters of Norwegian navy. Modern town, watering-place, no industries except naval arsenal. Little trade except import of coal. Hospital, observatory, naval establishment. Large repairs at dock yard. Quay for vessels of 20 ft. draught. Good anchorage in 4 to 16 fms Government dry dock 346 ft. long, 604 ft. 272 GAZETTEER OF TOWNS wide. Narrow gauge railway to Skoppum, Skien, and Kristiania (Appendix II, Route 94). Kongsberg, town on Laagenelv in Buskerud amt, alt. 488 ft., pop. 6,978. Owes its rise to silver mines now almost exhausted. On both banks of river which is crossed by two bridges. Timber-built. Smelting works. Railway to Dram men (Appendix II, Route 95). Kongsvinger, town in Hedemarken amt, alt. 483 ft., pop. 1,821. Timber-built, on r. bank of Glommen. Fortress abandoned in accordance with convention of Karlstad 1905. Station across river. Railways, Kristiania to Mellerud (Appendix II, Route 65), to Elverum (Route 89). Kragero, port at entrance to Kilefjord on the Skagerak, pop. 4,121. Old timber-built town. Industries, shipbuilding, artificial manure from apatite ; iron mines at Lango. Exports, timber, ice, wood pulp, manure. Imports, coal, &c. Hos pital. Harbour good but small ; freezes in winter. Quay for vessels drawing less than 12 ft. Small repair shops. No railway. British vioe-consul. Kristiania, capital of Norway, at head of Kristianiafjord and on Akerselv, pop. 259,227. Founded in 1624 by Chris tian IV to N. of old fortress of Akershus to replace ancient capital of Oslo (founded 1058) on E. bank of river, destroyed by fire that year. Town suffered much from fires and now built largely in stone and brick. Streets wide, regular, well paved, and clean ; main street, Karl-Johans Gade from railway station to palace, Principal buildings, Stortings- Bygning, university (founded 1811 ; 1,500 students), mus eums, royal palace, Akershus fortress (now partly prison ; obsolete as fortress), banks, &c. General and cholera hospitals. Electric tramways. Industries, ship-building, cotton and paper mills, engine works, nail factories, &c. Port available for largest vessels. Ample wharfage in 20- 27 ft. water. Electric cranes with lifting capacity up to 20 tons. Grain elevator. Two dry docks, respectively 281 and 574 ft. long, 46| and 764 ft- wide. Four floating docks from 150 to 320 ft. long, 39 to 61 ft. wide and lifting NORWAY 273 capacity from 1,000 to 4,500 tons. Ample repair facilities. Ice-breakers keep port open all winter. Exports, timber, pulp, butter, fish, &c. Imports, coal, cereals, fats, metals, and manufactured goods. Railways to Bergen (Appendix II, Route 92), Trondhjem (Route 88), Goteborg (Route 64), narrow gauge to Drammen (Route 94), and suburban rail ways. Steamers to coast ports and Frederikshavn, Hull, Newcastle, London, Hamburg, &c. British consul and vice- consul. Kristiansand, port on Skagerak, pop. 17,037. On plain at mouth of the Otteraa ; rebuilt in 1892 after repeated fires. Streets wide and regular. Buildings low and largely of stone. Civil and military hospitals ; quarantine station for south of Norway on Oddero. Industries, shipbuilding, fishing, nickel-ore refining and wood-pulp mills. Exports, timber, pulp, fish, nickel, &c. Imports, coal, grain, nickel- ore, &c. Harbour divided by Oddero into Vastrehavn and Ostrehavn. Vastrehavn large, well sheltered, and easily acces sible ; depth up to 25 fms. Ostrehavn is a poor harbour for large vessels. Ample quay space for large vessels. Govern ment dry dock, 330 ft. long and 52 ft. broad. Repair shops. Small naval establishment in Topdalsfjord to E. Railway (narrow gauge) inland to Byglandsfjord (Appendix II, Route 100). Wireless station on Outer Flekkero. British consul and vice-consul. Kristiansund, port in Romsdal, pop. 17,490. Built on three islands, which enclose harbour, in outer skjaergaard. Islands linked by service of steam launches. Buildings of wood, town irregular, and streets steep. Industries, cod- fishing and shipbuilding. Exports, dried cod, cod roe and oil, fresh and salt herrings, and butter. Imports chiefly salt and coal. Restricted anchorage in 10-20 fms. Quays with 14 ft. water alongside. Cranes to lift 1 to 4 tons. Patent slip 200 ft. long with lifting power of 1,600 tons ; four other small patent slips 60-150 ft. long for small vessels. Two small repair shops. No railway. British vice-consul. Larvik (Laurvik), port at mouth of Laagen on Larviksfjord, $¦ ANp S, g 274 GAZETTEER OF TOWNS Skagerak, pop. 9,853. Trading and manufacturing centre. Industries, saw mills, shipbuilding, quarrying, and whaling. Limited anchorage for vessels of all sizes. Vessels of 24 ft. draught can lie alongside wharf. Also wharf for vessels under 12 ft. draught. Two piers with 16-23 ft. water along side connected to railway, 15-ton crane. Poor facilities for repair. Exports, timber, wood pulp, granite, ice. Imports, coal, grain, &c. Narrow gauge railway to Skien and Kris tiania (Appendix II, Route 94). British vice-consul. Levanger, port on Trondhjemfjord, pop. 1,808. Frequently burnt down, last time in 1897. Good sheltered anchorage in 6-13 fms. Fairs in December and March frequented by Lapps and Swedes. Railway to Hell for Trondhjem (Appendix II, Route 87). Lillehammer, town at north of Mjosen in Kristian amt, alt. 588 ft., pop. 4,835. Railway from Kristiania to Dombaas (Appendix II, Routes 88 and 90). Steamers to Gjovik. Lillesand, port on Skagerak, pop. 1,134. Losing its importance in favour of Kristiansand and Arendal. Timber export, tannery. Good roomy harbour with 6-20 fms. depth. Short pier for small vessels. light railway inland to Flakks- vand (Appendix II, Route 99). Mandal, southernmost port in Norway, pop. 3,023. Con sists of Mandal, Malmo, and Kleven and lies partly on rocky islets and partly at mouth of Mandalelv. Built of wood. Large saw mills and rope factory. Exports, timber and fish. Imports, coal, grain, &c. Only very small vessels can reach town ; larger vessels lie at Kleven in 9-10 fms. Small quay at Kleven in 22 ft. water. Hospital. No railway. British vice-consul. Molde, port on Moldefjord in Romsdal, pop. 3,459. Built of wood, destroyed by fire in 1917 and partly reconstructed. Now principally tourist resort. Anchorage in 8 to 19 fms. Quay for coasting vessels. No railway. British vice-consul. Moss, port on E. of Kristianiafjord behind Hjello, pop. 8,724. Old timber -built town. Watering-place. Industries, shipbuilding and saw mills. Hospital. Bridge to Hjello NORWAY 275 across Moss canal. Anchorage in Verle Bay S. of Moss in 6-8 fms. exposed to SW. ; anchorage N. of Moss in 11-16 fms. Depth in Moss canal 17 ft.. Wharves 6,000 ft. long in 18-23 .ft. water. Two floating docks 142 ft. and 108 ft. long, each 44 ft. wide and with lifting capacities of 860 and 600 tons ; two can be used together. Three small patent slips, longest 180 ft. in length. Repair shops. Float ing 30-ton and 60-ton cranes ; fixed 60-ton crane. Exports, timber, wood pulp, and ice. Imports, coal, grain, &c. Rail way to Kristiania, Fredrikstad, and Goteborg (Appendix II, Route 64). British vice-consul. Namsos, port in Nordre Trondhjem, pop. 2,395. Built of wood, partly destroyed by fire 1872 and 1897 and rebuilt. Saw mills and pulp mills. Exports chiefly timber and pulp. Nearest port to Grong copper mines. Small shipbuilding yard. Accessible to large vessels ; small quays with 20 ft. water alongside. No railway. Hospital. British vice- consul. Narvik (Victoriahavn), port in Nordland, pop. 6,179. Founded in 1902 as ice-free port for terminus of Lapland railway. Built of wood on rising ground. Harbour 14 sq. mile; depth 9-14 fms. Extensive quays for ore shipment in 28 ft. water. Electric haulage, cranes, ore-shoots. Repairs. Slip for small vessels. Railway to Sweden (Appendix II, Route 85). British vice-consul. Porsgrund, port on Skienelv, Skagerak, pop. 4,765. Manu factures porcelain. Exports timber and ice. Imports coal, &c. Anchorage in 4 to 8 fms. Harbour kept open by icebreakers in winter. Quay 300 ft. long in 22 ft. water. Cranes and shearlegs. Floating dock 241 ft, long, 504 ft* wide, with lifting capacity of 1,600 tons. Narrow gauge railway to Skien, Brevik, Kristiania, &c. (Appendix II, Route 94). British vice-consul. Risor, port on Skagerak, pop. 2,995. Town on peninsula between Sandnesfjord and Sondeledfjord. Outer harbour good but depth ; inner harbour small, depth 5-7 fms. Small wharf in 15 ft. Repairs to wooden ships. Shipbuilding. S 2 276 GAZETTEER OF TOWNS Harbour occasionally freezes in winter. Exports timber, wood pulp, ice. Imports coal. No railway. British vice- consul. Sandefjord, port at head of Sandefjord on Kristianiafjord, pop. 5,381. Shipbuilding town and watering-place ; medicinal springs. Good anchorage in 3 to 7 fms. Quay for small vessels. Three floating docks respectively 237, 150, and 359 ft. long and 44, 44, and 65 ft. wide with lifting capacities of 1,600, 900, and 5,550 tons. Large repair shops with 15-ton and 30-ton cranes. .Exports, pit-props, &c. Imports, coal, &c. Narrow gauge railway to Skien and Kristiania (Appendix II, Route 94). Sarpsborg, river port on the Glommen, 1\ m. above Fredrik stad, pop. 12,968. Founded 1840 on site of town destroyed by Swedes in 1567. Great trade in timber which is floated down river. Industries, saw mills, pulp and paper factories, electric power station for all factories to Fredrikstad. Power from Sarpsfos fall to SE. of town, 80 ft. high, 164 ft. wide, 50,000 h.p. of which 1,200-3,000 used in turbines. Combined railway and road suspension bridge over falls. Port with quay at Sandesund, 14 m. down Glommen, accessible to vessels drawing under 21 ft. ; electric cranes. Railways to Fredrikstad, Kristiania, and Goteborg (Appendix II, Route 64) Steamers to Fredrikstad. British vice-consul. Skien, river port on Skienelv about 7 miles above Pors grund, pop. 16,319. One of the oldest towns in Norway ; often burnt down but rebuilt in timber. Hospital. Exports timber, wood pulp, copper and iron ore, and ice. Imports coal, grain, textiles', &c. Vessels of 20 ft. draught can reach Skien. Quays in 18 ft. water. Narrow gauge line to Kris tiania, &c. (Appendix II, Route 94). British vice-consul. Stavanger, port in Stavanger amt, pop. 43,870. One of the oldest towns in Norway, now built largely of stone. Industries shipbuilding, fishing, and fish-canning. Imports chiefly coal, grain, tin and iron plate. Exports salted and canned fish. Somewhat restricted anchorage in 11-14 fms. Over 1,000 ft. of wharves with 9 to 17 ft. water alongside. Two dry docks, NORWAY 277 295 and 224 ft. long respectively and 43 ft. broad. Patent slip, 145 ft. long, 1,000 tons lifting power. Extensive repair shops. Two hospitals. Narrow gauge railway to Flekke fjord (Appendix II, Route 101). High power wireless station. British vice-consul. Stenkjaer, port on Beitstadfjord at head of Trondhjemfjord, pop. 2,568. Rebuilt after fire in 1900. Large timber trade. Railway to Levanger and Hell (Appendix II, Route 87). Svolvaer, capital and chief port of Lofoten Islands, pop. fluctuates, small in summer and increased by many thousand during cod and herring fisheries. Built of wood. Small quay. Exports, fish and fish guano. British vice-consul. Tonsberg, port on Kristianiafjord, pop. 11,147. Oldest town in Norway but lost importance since middle ages. Now head-quarters of Norwegian whaling industry and growing rapidly. Built of wood. Ample sheltered anchorage for large vessels. Wharf in 16 ft. water. Harbour frozen in winter but channel kept open. Small repairs. Patent slip for vessels of 1,000 tons. 15-ton crane. Exports, whale oil, pitch, butter. Imports, coal, petroleum, iron, &c. Narrow gauge railway to Skien and Kristiania (Appendix II, Route 94). British vice-consul. Tromso, port in Finmark, pop. 9,317. Thriving town built of wood and stone. Tanneries, fish-oil factories, boat building. Extensive anchorage for largest vessels. Quays in 23 ft. water. Patent slip, 200 ft. long, 38 ft. broad, and depth 94 ft. forward and 174 ft- ait \ lifting power 500 tons. Eight smaller slips. Hospital. Trade in fish, furs, and Arctic produce. Chief port for Spitsbergen. British vice-consul. Trondhjem (Drontheim), port in S. Tronslhjem amt, pop. 53,225. One of oldest towns in Norway, capital of country till 1380, and still place of coronation of Norwegian sovereigns ; third city of country in number of population. Built round mouth of Nidelv on south of Trondhjemfjord. Streets wide and regular. Buildings chiefly of wood. Public buildings include cathedral (Domkirke), exchange, theatre, museum, nautical school, large scientific library, hospital, leper infirmary, 278 GAZETTEER OF TOWNS lunatic asylum, deaf and dumb asylum. Tramways. Dock yard and arsensal S. of cathedral on Nidelv. Industries, shipbuilding, foundry, machine shops, saw mills, tannery, distillery, &c. Exports chiefly sulphur pyrites, salted herrings, timber, and wood pulp. Imports chiefly coal, machinery, and grain. Harbour includes Elvehavn (river harbour), Ydrehavn (outer basin), and Kanalhavn (inner basin) all connected with each other ; total area about 120 acres ; depths 16-23 ft. Wharfage about 4,000 yds. in 15-19 ft. water. Ample cranes. Railway siding on wharves. Two dry docks 310 ft. and 280 ft. long, 44 and 43 ft. broad ; 30-ton electric crane and steam cranes of 12, 8, and 4 tons. Three patent slips, 140 ft., 130 ft., and 112 ft. long respectively with lifting power of 500 tons, 400 tons, and 400 tons. Repair shops. Railways to Kristiania (narrow gauge) and to Sweden (Appendix II, Routes 88, 82). British vice-consul. Vadso, port on N. of Varangerfjord, pop. 2,067, half Finnish. Called Cacce-Suollo by Lapps and Vesi-Saari by Finns. Timber built. Small hospital. Trade in fish, oil, and guano. Much frequented by Russian schooners. Open all winter. British vice-consul. Vardo, port on island off eastern end of Finmark, pop. 3,488. Timber built. Small hospital. Anchorage in 3 to 14 fms. : quays with 20 ft. water alongside, and tramway. Trade chiefly in fish and oil, largely with Arctic Russia. Open all winter. British vice-consul. Sweden Ahus, port in E. of Skane, pop. 3,800. Lies on N. bank of Helgea, 1 m. from mouth. Seaport of Kristianstad. Exports, granite, paper, cement, pitprops, &c. Imports, coal, grain, manure, oil cake. Port in river mouth, entrance between two moles. Anchorage in 19 ft. Ample wharves in 10-17 ft. water, with railway lines. Cranes up to 12 tons. Obstructed for sailing vessels December to February. Rail way to Efverod and Eslof (Appendix II, Route 14), to SWEDEN 279 Kristianstad (Route 15). British vice-consul (Ystad and Ahus). Angelholm or Engelholm, port on Kattegat, pop. 4,000. Town lies on Ronnea 2 m. from sea. Fishing and agricul tural centre ; tanneries. Harbour formed by two piers off river mouth, 148 ft. apart ; 6| ft. depth. Off town 3 ft. depth. Railways to Goteborg and Halsingborg (Appendix II, Route 45), to Ljungby (Route 46), and to Astrop (Route 2). Boras, town in Alfsborgs lan, pop. 23,577, on Viska. Woollen and cotton manufactures, foundries. Railways to Goteborg and Varnamo (Appendix II, Route 57), to Varberg (Route 53), to Vanersborg (Route 58). Borgholm, port and capital of Oland, pop. 1,120. Watering- place. Small artificial harbour accessible to vessels of 11 ft. draught. Quay in 16 ft. water. Obstructed by ice December to April. Exports, grain. Centre of Oland narrow gauge railways (Appendix II, Route 80). British consular agent. Eskilstuna, town in Sodermanland, pop. 29,616. Seat of Swedish steel industry, gun factories. Canalized river to Lake Malaren (see p. 248). Railways to Sodertalje and to Kolback (Appendix H, Route 35). Falkenberg, port on Kattegat, pop. 4,300. Salmon fishing. Obsolete fortress. Small artificial harbour ; depth 13 ft. Small repairs. Railways to Goteborg and Halsingborg (Appendix II, Route 45), narrow gauge to Limmared (Route 51 ). Falun, capital of Kopparbergslan, pop. 12,000. Lies on both banks of Falua near Tisken, a gulf of Runnsjon. Centre of copper works, also carriage and machine factories. Railways to Gafle, Goteborg, Mora, and Bjorbo (Appendix II, Route 61). Gafle or Gefle, port on Gulf of Bothnia, pop. 36,494. Capital of Gafleborgs lan lies at head of bay at mouth of Gaflea, rebuilt since fire in 1869. Industries, shipbuilding, tanning, pottery, cloth mills. Hospital. Tramways. Anchorage in outer roads, in 7-9 fms. ; inner harbour 13-18 ft. now being deepened. Quay at Fredriksskans at entrance to inner harbour in 23 ft. water ; railway. At town about 24 miles 280 GAZETTEER OF TOWNS of quays in 13-18 ft. Also quays in deeper water at Korsnas and other places outside harbour ; railways. Patent slip 218 ft. long, 57 ft. wide, lifting power 1,250 tons. Large cranes. Extensive repair shops and foundries. Generally closed by ice January to April. Exports, iron ore, timber, and wood pulp. Imports, coal, oil, machinery, manure, &c. Railways to Stockholm (Appendix II, Routes 74 and 72), to Enkoping (Route 75), to Ockelbo (Route 76). British vice- consul. Goteborg or Gothenburg, port on the Kattegat, pop. 186,365. Second town in Sweden, lies on 1. bank of Gotaalf, on broad plain, 4 miles from mouth. Founded 1619, capital of Goteborg och Bohus lan. Canals and .moats of old town mostly filled up and only Storahamn Canal now navigable. Many large buildings including schools, museums, and churches ; cathedral; four railway stations ; electric tram ways. Indus tries, iron and steel works, engine works, shipbuilding yards, Wood pulp and sugar refineries, cotton factories, &c. Harbour in river, depths 17-244 ft- '¦> depth of channel of approach 244 ft- Extensive quays on both sides of river with railway connexions ; vessels up to 20 ft. draught can lie alongside. Works in progress for construction of new quays in deep water. Dry dock, 410 ft. long, 58 ft. broad, and 194 ft- deep. Floating dock for vessels up to 12,000 tons. Four patent slips 195-225 ft. long with lifting power of 600-1,500 tons. Cranes up to 60 tons. Repair shops. Harbour kept open by ice-breakers all winter. Exports, machinery, timber, wood pulp, paper, iron and iron goods, zinc-ore, agricultural produce, fish, &c. Imports, coal, oil, machinery, grain, oil cake, manure, salt, &c. Railways, to Varberg and Halsingborg (Appendix II, Route 45), to Boras and Varnamo (Route 57), to Stockholm (Route 58), to Mellerud for Kristiania (Route 61), to Stromstad (Route 62), and narrow gauge to Skara and Lidkoping (Route 59). Land route to Stockholm by Gota Canal (see p. 250). Steamers to Leith, Hull, Harwich, Kristiania, Copenhagen, Frederikshavn and Liibeck, also to Australia, South Africa, South America, &c Wireless SWEDEN 281 station near Carnegieska factory, 24 m. downstream from town. British consul-general, consul, and vice-consul. Grisslehamn, port on Vaddo, Aland Sea. Lies on con struction of Vaddo and has two harbours, one on Aland Sea which is exposed, and one on Ornef jord with depth of 104 ft. ; small pier. Small shipbuilding yard. Cables to Nystad (Finland) and Aland Islands. Halmstad, port on Kattegat, pop. 18,783. Capital of Hallands lan. Wool and cloth factories, flour mills, steam and turbine engines, and dairy machinery. Two piers each 164 ft. apart in line with mouth of Nissaa. from entrance to inner harbour. Depth in inner harbour 14 ft. East pier turning at angle forms outer harbour ; depth, 14 ft. Long coal wharf in 154 ft- water. Small repairs, 10- and 4-ton cranes. Exports, granite, wood pulp, and rafters. Imports, coal, grain, iron. Railways to Goteborg and Halsingborg (Appendix II, Route 45), to Varnamo (Route 49), and narrow gauge to Karlshamn (Route 48). Steamers to Hamburg, Liibeck, Newcastle, &c. British vice-consul. Halsingborg or Helsingborg, port on the narrowest part of the Sound, pop. 35,407. Lies at foot of low range of hills. Old town around Karnan, an old castle ; newer port, more open to north and south ; factories in southern part. Three railway stations ; electric tramways. Important agricultural centre. Industries, flour mills, margarine, locomotives, railway carriages, and superphosphate works, shipbuilding, breweries, rubber factories, jute mills. Harbour artificial, formed by two overlapping breakwaters ; entrance 154 ft. wide ; total area of basins about 5 acres ; depth 18-22 ft. Quays 3,000 yds. in length, in depths up to 22 ft. Dry dook 275 ft. long, 44 ft. wide, and 16 ft. deep. Electric and steam cranes up to 30-tons. Large repair shops. Harbour kept open by ice breakers in winter. Exports, timber, live stock, fire clay goods, fish, paper, &c. Imports, coal, machinery, manure, oil cake, grain, &c. Railways, to Angelholm and Goteborg (Appendix II, Route 45), to Eslof (Route 43), to Astorp (Route 44). Train ferry to Helsingor (Denmark). British vice-consul. 282 GAZETTEER OF TOWNS Haparanda, frontier town opposite Tornea, Finland, pop. 1,500 (1914), growing rapidly during the war. Lies 1J m. above mouth of Tornealf. Timber built. Depth in river 3 ft. Small quay. Exports tar and reindeer skins. Chief importance for railway traffic between Russia and west. End of Swedish railways (Appendix II, Route 72). Railway bridge under construction to Finland. Timber foot bridge to Tornea on island in Tornealf. Tornea accessible to vessels drawing 4 ft. Large vessels lie in exposed Roytta roadstead at mouth of river. British vice-consul. Harnosand or Hernosand, port on Gulf of Bothnia, pop. 9,908. Capital of Vasternorrlands lan ; lies on Herno and mainland opposite. Industries, saw mills, and shipbuildings ; linen mills. Two harbours, N. and S. of town, connected by canal open to vessels of 74 ft. draught. S. harbour has depth of 9 fms. and short quay in 15 ft. N. harbour has depth of 4-14 fms. and long quay in 1-17 ft., with railway sidings. Patent slip 80 ft. long with 350 tons lifting capacity. Large repair shops. 22-ton crane. Harbour closed by ice December to May. Exports timber and wood pulp. Imports coal, grain, &c. Railway to Langsele on main line (Appendix II, Route 84). Steamers to Nikolaistad (Finland). Hudiksvall, port on Gulf of Bothnia, pop. 6,000. Lies at head of fjord, one of oldest towns in Sweden, largely rebuilt after fire in 1906. Industries, shipbuilding, wood pulp, saw mills. Safe anchorage in 44-9 fms. Large quays in 17-19 ft. water with railway lines. Small patent slip. Closed by ice December to April. Exports, timber, wood pulp, and steel. Imports, coal, iron ore, flour, machinery. Railway to main line at Ljusdal (Appendix II, Route 78), narrow gauge to Bergsjo (Route 79). British vice-consul. Jonkoping, port on Lake Vattern, pop. 28,390. Capital of Jonkopings lan, one of oldest towns in Sweden. Manu factures steam engines, turbines, factory machinery. Large match factories. Woollen mills. Railways to Nassjo and to Falkoping (Appendix II, Route 1) and narrow gauge to Vireda (Route 55). Steamers to Stockholm. SWEDEN 283 Kalmar, port and capital of Kalmars lan on Kalmar Sund, pop. 16,136. One of oldest towns in Sweden, partly on Kvarnholmen Island, partly on mainland ; two parts connected by bridges. Cathedral, town-hall, castle. Industries, saw mills, flour mills, shipbuilding. Artificial port, depths 8-21 ft. 4,000 yds. of wharves in 3-19| ft. water. 12-ton crane. Port generally kept open by ice-breaker all winter. Patent slip, 195 ft. long, 60 ft. wide, with lifting power of 400 tons. Repair shops. Railway to Nassjo (Appendix II, Route 25), narrow gauge railways to Oskarshamn (Route 27) and to Karlskrona (Route 24). Steamers to Liibeck, Copenhagen, &c. British vice-consul. Karlshamn or Carlshamn, port in Blekinge lan, pop. 7,300. Large distilleries. Small sheltered harbour with depth of 18-26 ft. Ample quays in 15-23 ft. water, with railway lines. Large repair shops. Cranes up to 20 tons. Patent slip, 200-ton lifting power. Harbour always open. Narrow gauge railways to Kristianstad and Karlskrona (Appendix II, Route 19), to Vislanda (Route 21). Karlskrona, port and capital of Blekinge lan, pop. 28,536. Lies on several islands connected by bridges. Chief naval dockyard of Sweden. Industries, shipbuilding, foundries, mechanical works, saw and flour mills. Three channels between outer islands into basin where Karlskrona lies ; deepest available for largest vessels. Inside are outer roads, extensive anchorage in 4f— 114 fms. Merchant anchorage NE. of town, 11 fms. and less. Extensive quays in 10-20 ft. water. Seven dry docks, largest 300 ft. long and 68 ft. wide. Repair shops in addition to dockyard. Harbour never closed to steamers. Exports, granite, wood, &c. Imports, coal, oil, machinery, &c. Railways to Vaxjo (Appendix II, Route 23), narrow gauge to Kalmar (Route 24). Wireless telegraph. Steamers to Liibeck, Copenhagen, &c. British vice-consul. Karlstad, port on Lake Vanern, pop. 18,722. Capital of Varmlands lan, lies at mouth of Klaralf, old town rebuilt with wide regular streets. Manufactures : steam launches, 284 GAZETTEER OF TOWNS factory machinery, railway rolling stock, turbines. Saw mills. Trade in timber. Harbour to be improved for large sea-going vessels which can now reach lake. Railways to Kristiania and Laxa (Appendix II, Route 65), narrow gauge to Edeback and Filipstad (Route 66). Steamers to Vanersborg and Lidkoping. Kristianstad or Christianstad, town on Helgesjon, in Skane, pop. 11,777. Capital of lan. Agricultural centre. Indus tries, flour and wool mills, hardware, locomotive works, foundries. Port at Ahus distant 27 m. by rail. Boats of 2 ft. draught can reach Kristianstad from Ahus. Railways to Ahus (Appendix II, Route 15), to Hassleholm (Route 16), to Almhult (Route 18), and narrow gauge to Karlskrona (Route 19). Landskrona, port on Sound, pop. 16,711. Saw mills, wool mills, sugar refinery, barrel and match factories, foundries, large shipbuilding works. Small artificial harbour to be deepened and enlarged ; depth 23-26 ft. Quays in 18 ft. water. 18-ton crane. Dry dock for vessels of 15,000 tons. Railway to Astorp (Appendix II, Route 42 and 2), to Eslof (Route 43), to Kaflinge (Route 10). Steamers daily to Copenhagen. British vice-consul. Linkoping, capital of Ostergotlands lan, pop. 25,093. Lies on Stanga and Kinda canal (see p. 252). Old Gothic cathedral. Railways to Stockholm and Goteborg (Appendix II, Route 1), to Vimmerby and Oskarshamn (Routes 30 and 28), narrow gauge to Vastervik (Route 31), and narrow gauge to Motala and Vadstena (Route 36). Lulea, port on Gulf of Bothnia, pop. 9,000. Old town rebuilt after fire of 1887, capital of Norrbottens lan, lies near entrance to Lulefjord. Industries, shipbuilding, saw mills. Depth in outer harbour, S. of town, 3f to 10 fms. ; in inner harbour N. of town 3| to 44 fms., well sheltered. Quays 3,200 yds. long in 9 to 24 ft. water ; railway sidings. Also coal wharves in 19 to 25 ft. of water. 20-ton crane. 100- ton hydraulic lift. Patent slip 104 ft. long with lifting power of 260 tons. Port open June to November. Small repairs. SWEDEN 285 Trade principally in export of iron-ore and timber. Railway to main line at Boden (Appendix II, Route 72). British vice-consul. Lund, town in Skane, 11 m. from Malmo, pop. 22,884. One of oldest towns in Sweden, seat of bishop, and of univer sity (1,070 students), founded 1668. Agricultural centre. Industries, flour, saw, sugar, and wool mills ; foundries and tinplate factories. Chief buildings are university, museums, and cathedral. Two railway stations. Railways to Malmo, Bjerred, Eslof, and Harlosa (Appendix II, Route 1), to Tralle borg (Route 9). Lysekil, port on Skagerak, pop. 4,110. Bathing resort. Trade in anchovies. Fair anchorage in 10 fms. Small wharf. Patent slip 140 ft. long with lifting capacity of 300 tons. Branch railway from Stromstad and Goteborg line (Appendix II, Route 62). Malmo, port on Sound, pop. 109,571. Capital of Malmohus lan, third city of Sweden. Chief buildings, governor's resi dence, town-hall, obsolete citadel, banks, three railway stations. Electric tramways. Industries, cotton, flour, and wood mills ; soap, shoe, tobacco, and rubber factories ; cement and mechanical works ; tanneries and shipbuilding. Exports, cement, live-stock, agricultural produce, &c. Imports, coal, machinery, manure, grain, &c. Harbour artificial ; four basins, depth 20-21 ft. Entrance channel being dredged to 24 ft. Wharfage of 4,300 yds. ; railway sidings. Floating breakwater 140 ft. long to protect outer harbour. Generally open all winter. Two dry docks, respectively 243 ft. and 526 ft. long, 34 ft. and 78 ft. wide. Patent slip, 230 ft. long with lifting power, of 1,300 tons. Cranes up to 40 tons. Ample repair facilities. Harbour kept open in winter by ice-breakers. Railways to Stockholm (Appendix II, Route 1), to Angelholm (Route 2), to Simrishamn (Route 3), to Ystad (Route 5), to Tralleborg (Routes 4 and 6), and to Limhamn (Route 8). Steamers daily to Copenhagen and Liibeck. Cable to Copenhagen. British consul and vice- consul. 286 GAZETTEER OF TOWNS Marstrand, port on Skagerak, pop. 1,860. Fishing port and bathing resort. Good but small harbour with depths of 5-7 fms., occasionally frozen in winter. Wharves in 5-15 ft. water. Steamers to Goteborg. Cables to Arendal, and Skagen. Norrkoping, port on Bravik, Ostergotland, pop. 45,768. Fourth town in Sweden, 5 m. from mouth of Motalastrom, mainly on r. bank. Several bridges. Industries, paper, wool and cotton mills, iron-foundry, shipbuilding. Four hospitals. Tramways. Anchorage at Pampus roads at mouth of river 5 m. from town in 3f-8 fms. Channel to town available for vessels of 18| ft. draught. Ample quays in 15-22 ft. water. Large cranes. Dry dock, 227 ft. long, 354 ft. wide ; can take vessel of 1,000 tons. A patent slip for 6,000-ton vessels under construction. Repair shops. Exports, timber, wood pulp, matches, &c. Imports, coal, raw materials, and manufactured goods. Railways to Stockholm and Malmo (Appendix II, Route 1), narrow gauge to Orebro (Route 33), narrow gauge to Valdemarsvik (Route 32). Steamer to Stettin, Liibeck, Copenhagen, Hamburg, and British ports. British vice-consul. Nykoping, port and capital of Sodermanland lan, pop. 10,793. Situated at head of fjord 4 m. from mouth of river. Flour, cotton, and wool mills ; foundries. Anchorage in river in 17 ft. Railway quay in 16 ft. water. Small repair shops. Generally closed by ice December to March. Exports, wood and oats. Imports, coal, grain, oil cake, &c. Railways to Norrkoping and Stockholm (Appendix II, Route 1), to Eskilstuna and Oxelosund (Route 34). British vice- consul. Orebro, capital of Orebro lan, on Svarta, near Lake Hjal maren, pop. 33,792. Agricultural centre, rebuilt since fire of 1854. Industries, paper mills, machine shops. Railwavs to Frovi and Mjolby (Appendix II, Route 37), to Karlstad (Route 65), narrow gauge to Norrkoping (Route 33). Steamer to Stockholm by Orebro canal, (see p. 252). Ornskoldsvik, port on Gulf of Bothnia, pop. 3,500. Lies at SWEDEN 287 head of deep inlet. Industries, saw mills, wood-pulp factories. Harbour with depths of 3f-14 fms. Ample quays, in 13-23 ft. water, with railway lines. 20-ton crane. Small repair shops. Exports, timber. Imports, coal, salt, &c. Railway to main line at Mellansel (Appendix II, Route 72). Steamers to Nikolaistad (Finland) and Copenhagen. British vice-consul. Oskarshamn, port on Kalmar Sund, pp. 7,930. Ship building, tile works. Trade in timber, grain, cattle. Harbour accessible to vessels of 23 ft. draught ; depth at anchorage 18-29 ft. Wharves in 9-21 ft. water. Two dry docks, largest 344| ft. long, 49 ft. wide, other smaller. Large repair shops. 40-ton crane. Seldom closed by ice. Exports, timber and granite. Imports, coal, oil, grain, &c. Railways to Nassjo (Appendix II, Route 28), narrow gauge to Kalmar (Route 27). Pitea, port on Gulf of Bothnia, pop. 2,700. Timber -built town partly on island of Pitholmen, partly on mainland. Approached by Pitsund with depth of 19 ft. Harbour has depth of 15-194 ft. Quays in 5-164 ft. water. Other loading places and quays in deeper water further down Sound. Closed by ice December to May. Small repairs. Exports timber and tar. Nearest railway at Alf sby, 33 m. (Appendix II, Route 72). Simrishamn or Cimbrishamn, port in E. of Skane, pop. 2,130. Tanneries. Port artificial, divided into outer and inner harbours ; depth in both 144 ft- Also basin for fishing boats ; depth 9-10 ft. Loading pier in outer harbour 65 yds. long with railway lines. Harbour never closed by ice. Steamers to Bornholm. Railway to Tomelilla (Appendix II, Route 3). Soderhamn, port on the Gulf of Bothnia, pop. 11,563. Shipbuilding, iron foundries and saw mills. Good anchorage in 14 ft. Larger vessels lie at Stugsund, 1 m. down sound, in 19 ft. Quay at Soderhamn in 14 ft., at Stugsund in 19 ft. Patent slip 200 ft. long with lifting power of 1,000 tons. 20-ton crane. Harbour closed by ice January to April. 288 GAZETTEER OF TOWNS Exports, timber, wood pulp, and iron. Imports, coal, grain, manure, &c. Railway to main line at Kilafors (Appendix II, Route 72). Steamers to Stettin, Lubeck, Copenhagen. British vice-consul. Sodertalje, port at S. end of Lake Malaren, pop. 13,366. Jute mills. Vessels from south approach by Sodertalje canal from Hallsfjord (see p. 253). At S. end of canal is a quay, with railway line, in 19 ft. water. Railway to Saltskog for Norrkoping and Stockholm (Appendix II, Route 1). Canal steamers to Stockholm and Goteborg. Solvesborg, port in Blekinge lan, pop. 2,900. Tanneries. Anchorage in outer roads, 2 m. from town in 20 ft. ; in inner roads, 1 m. from town, in 17 ft. ; in town harbour in 17 ft. Quays in outer roads and town harbour in 13-16 ft. water. Cranes up to 15-ton. Harbour kept open by ice-breakers. Dry dock 285 ft. long, 45 ft. wide. Repair shops. Narrow gauge railway to Kristianstad and Karlshamn (Appendix II, Route 19). Stockholm, capital and principal port of Sweden, pop. 392,427, Or with suburbs 440,000. Originated about 1255 on islands in narrow channel leading from sea to Lake Malaren; now spread over adjoining mainland and other islands. Many times devastated by fire, now built of stone and brick. Streets, except on Staden and Riddarholmen, wide ; many open quays along channels. Chief buildings, Riksdagshus, Royal Palace, Riddarhus, opera house, Hogskola (university), Academy of Sciences, Royal Library, museums, &c. Bridges linking various parts of town. Electric tramways. Service of ihterurban steamers. Industries, telephone apparatus, machine shops, shipbuilding, chemicals, sugar refinery, printing, royal dockyard. Harbour large and well sheltered ; depths 5 to 22 fms. ; several approaches from sea most of which available for vessels of 24 ft. draught. Also approach by Sodertalje canal and Lake Malaren (see p. 253), and through Stockholm lock (see p. 253). Several miles of quays in 10 to 26 ft. water. Admiralty dry dock 411 ft. long, and two other dry docks 330 and 340 ft, long. Five patent slips, SWEDEN 289 100 to 225 ft. long. Two pontoon docks of which one has lifting capacity of 2,150 tons. Many electric and steam cranes. Extensive repair shops. Harbour always kept open by ice-breakers. Exports, iron, machinery, iron-ore, zinc-ore, timber, hides, paper, &c. Imports, coal, grain, oil, &c. Chief railways, to Malmo (Appendix II, Route 1), to Uppsala and Boden (Route 72), to Kolback andFrovi (Route 40), and narrow gauge to Haverosund (Route 70). Steamers to Abo, Helsing- fors, Petrograd, Stettin, Lubeck, &c. British consul and vice-consul. Stromstad, northernmost Swedish port on Skagerak, pop. 3,000. Watering-place. Industries, shipbuilding and fishing, especially oysters and lobsters. Small hospital. Exports, granite, fish, and; live-stock. Imports, coal, salt, grain. Good anchorage in 5-7 fms. Ample wharfage in 10-20 ft. water. Patent slip 165 ft. long with lifting power of 400 tons, takes vessels up to 200 ft. Railway to Goteborg (Appendix II, Route 62). Sundsvall, port on Gulf of Bothnia, pop. 16,744. Rebuilt in stone after destructive fire in 1888. Industries, ship building, saw mills, fishing. Trade in live-stock and butter from Finland. Outer harbour with depth of 4-14 fms. ; inner harbour, 15-26 ft. Ample quays in 15-23 ft. water. Patent slip 146 ft. long with lifting capacity of 100 tons. Large repair shops. Closed by ice December to May. Rail way to main line at Ange (Appendix II, Route 72). Steamers to Nikolaistad in Finland, Stettin, and Liibeck. British vice- consul. Tralleborg or Trelleborg, port in S. of Skane, pop. 10,939. Old town with flour and sugar mills, shoe and rubber factories, brick, cement, lime works, &c. Harbour artificial, bounded by two curved piers each 640 yds. long ; entrance 68 yds. wide ; depths 21-23 ft. Ample wharfage with railway lines. Grain elevator ; 5-ton electric crane. Small repair shops. Never closed by ice. Exports, grain, sugar, bricks, &c. Imports, coal, grain, oil cakes, &c. Railways to Malmo (Appendix II, Routes 4 and 6), to Lund (Route 9), to Ystad 280 GAZETTEER OF TOWNS (Route 4). Daily mail boats to Sassnitz, Germany. Cable to C. Arkona, Germany. Wireless station. Trollhattan, manufacturing town on Gotaalf, pop. 8,000. Lies beside Trollhattan falls which provide power for factories. Practically all foundries and machine works ; locomotives, -turbines, &c. Steamers to Goteborg and Stockholm by Trollhattan canal, see p. 254. Railways to Goteborg and Mellerud (Appendix II, Route 61), and narrow gauge to Tumleberg, &c. (Route 59). Uddevalla, port of Byfjord on west coast, pop. 13,456. Built of wood. Cotton mill, pulp mills, foundries, &c. Accessible to vessels drawing 25 ft. Wharfs with 20 ft. water alongside. Harbour kept open by ice-breakers. Repair shops. •Exports, wood, pulp,- paper. Imports, coal, salt, manure, grain, &c. Railways, to Stromstad and Goteborg (Appendix II, Route 62), to Vanersberg, &c. (Route 58), narrow gauge to Bengtsfors (Route 63). British vice-consul. Umea, port on Gulf of Bothnia, pop. 6,000. Capital of Vasterbotten lan, rebuilt since fire in 1888, lies 12 m. from mouth of Umea. All large vessels anchor in Umeafjord in '6-9 fms., where there are various quays in deep water at Storsandskar. In town harbour less than 10 ft. water ; quay in same depth with railway lines. Small repairs. Closed by ice November to May. Exports timber, wood pulp, and tar. Railway to main line at Vannas (Appendix II, Route 72). Uppsala or Upsala, capital of Uppsala lan, pop. 27,916. Old town, seat of archbishop of Sweden ; university (founded 1477 : 2,000 students). Chief buildings, university, library, cathedral, museums, observatory, hospital. Gamla Uppsala, 24 m. north, was early site of town. Railways to Stockholm, •Enkoping, and Sala (Appendix II, Route 72), to Gafle Route 74), narrow gauge to Norrtalje (Route 71). Water communication possible to Lake Malaren (see p. 255). Varberg, port on the Kattegat, pop. 7,100. Sea-bathing resort ; granite quarries. Small artificial harbour, depth 13 ft. Wharves 1,000 yds. long in 13 ft. water. Small SWEDEN 291 repair shops. 6-ton crane. Exports, granite and timber Imports, coal, grain, &c. Railways to Goteborg and Halsing borg (Appendix II, Route 45), to Boras (Route 53), to Kinnared (Route 52). British vice-consul. Vasterag, port on Lake Malaren, pop. 24,403. Lies at mouth of Svarta at head of a gulf. Manufactures electrical appliances and machinery, aluminium goods. Railway to Stockholm and Frovi (Appendix II, Route 40). Vastervik or Vestervik, port in Kalmar lan, pop. 11,184. Industries, shipbuilding and joinery. Anchorage in 5-7 fms. Long quays with railway lines in 64— 7\ ft. water. Patent slip 150 ft. long, 30 ft. wide, with lifting capacity of 500 tons. Generally open all winter. Repair shops. Narrow gauge railways to Linkoping and Hultsfred (Appendix II, Route 31). British vice-consul. Vaxjo or Vexio, capital of Kronobergs lan. Lies on Vax- josjon, founded 1342, rebuilt 1843. Iron foundries and match factories. Railways to Alfresta and Karlskrona (Appendix II, Route 23), to Ronneby (Route 19), and narrow gauge to Aseda and Viserum (Route 26). Visby, port and capital of Gotland, pop. 10,000. Ancient walled city with cathedral and other old churches ; centre of Hanseatic League in middle ages. Now an agricultural centre with small shipbuilding yards and mechanical works. Anchorage in open roads in 24-27 fms. Small artificial harbour. 15-18 ft. water in outer harbour, 14f ft. in inner harbour. Old harbour filled up and laid out as gardens. Quays in 14-16 ft. water. 15-ton crane. Small patent slip for barges. Exports, grain, limestone, &c. Imports, coal, &c. Gotland railways (Appendix II, Route 81). Steamers to Stockholm, Nynashamn, and Vastervik ; and in summer to other Swedish ports. British vice-consul. Ystad, port in S. of Skane, pop. 12,077. Closely built town with flour, sugar and saw mills, foundries, shipbuilding, lime works, &c. Harbour artificial, with depths of 13-22 ft. Wharfage 1,300 yds. in 11-21 ft. water; railway sidings. Harbour being extended and new quays added. Sometimes tc 2 292 GAZETTEER OF TOWNS obstructed by ice in February. Patent slip, 175 ft. long, 27 ft. wide, with lifting power of 400 tons. Repair shops. Exports, fish, grain, five-stock. Imports, coal, grain, salt, &c. Railways to Tralleborg (Appendix II, Route 4), to Kopingebro (Route 11). Steamers to Lubeck, Bornholm, Copenhagen, &c. British vice-consul. APPENDIX II RAILWAY ITINERARIES SUMMARY Swedish Railways (Including lines from Kristiania into Sweden , Routes 64, 65. For connexions between Sweden and Norway see also Eoutes 82 and 85.) EOTJTE NO. PAGE 1. Malrao-NaSsjb^LinkoTjing-Stoekholm ..... 297 Branches : Lund-Bja-rred ; Lund-Harlosa ; Nassjo- Falkoping; Mjolby-Hastholmen; Aby-Katrineholm; Alfsj 6-Nynashamn. 2. Malmo-Billesholm- Angelholm . . . . . 302 Brandies : Kaflinge-Barsebackhamn ; Astorp-Molle. 3. Malmb-StafEanstorp-Veberod-Simrishamn .... 303 Branches : Dalby-Bjarsjbiagir-d. 4. Malmb-Traileborg- Ystad 303 Branch : Vallinge-Falsterbo. 5. Malmb-Rydsgard-Ystad ....... 306 Branch : Borringe-Ostratorp. 6. Malmo-Tralleborg 306 7. Malmb-KIagerup — Genarp . .... 307 8. Malmo-Limhamn ........ 307 9. Tralleborg-Lund . ........ 308 10. Landskrona-Sjobo ........ 308 Branch : Kaflinge-IiUnd. 11. Ystad-TomeliUa-Eslof 309 12. Tomelilla-Langebro 310 13. Yatad-Garsnas-St. Olof 310 14. Ahus-Eslof ... 311 Branches : Tollarp-Kristianstad ; H6rby-H5f. 15. Ahus- Kristianstad ........ 312 16. Kristianstad-Haasleholm 312 17. Kristianstad-Hastveda 312 18. Kristianstad-Almhult 313 294 RAILWAY ITINERARIES ROUTE SO. PAOE 19. Karlskrona-Kristianstad (narrow) . . . . . .313 Branches : Bredakra-Vaxjb ; Sandback-OIofstrbm ; Sol- vesborg-Listershufvud (all narrow). 20. Sblvesborg-Almhult . ...... 315 21. Karlshamn-Vislanda (narrow) ...... 316 Branch : Norraryd-Kvarnamala (narrow). 22. Nattrabyhamn-Ingelstad (narrow) ¦' . • 316 23. Karlskrona-Alfvesta ........ 317 Branch : Lessebo-Maleras (narrow). 24. Karlskrona-Kalmar (narrow) ...... 318 25. Kalmar-Nassjo ... ... 319 Branch : Nybro-Emmaboda. 26. Vaxjo-rVirserum (narrow) . . . ... . 320 27. Kalmar-Berga (narrow) ....... 321 Branches : Sandbackshult-Fagerliult ; Ruda-Oskarshamn ,, (both narrow). 28. Oskarshamn-Nassjo ........ 322 29. Malilla-Safsjo (narrow)" 323 30. Hultsfred-Linkoping 323 31. Vastervik-Norsholm (narrow) ...... 324 Branches : Jenny-Hultsfred ; Ringstorp-Iinkoping (both narrow). 32. Valdemarsvik-Norrkoping (narrow) ..... 326 Branch : Kummelby-Arkosund (narrow). 33. Norrkoping-Orebro (narrow) ....... 327 34. Oxelosund-EsMlstuna . . . , . . . . 327 3,5. Sodertalje-Eskilstuna-Kolback 328 Branches : Akers Styckebruck-Strangnas ; Hallby Brunn- Malarbaden ; Rekarne-Valskog. 36. Linkoping-Odeshog (narrow) ...... 329 Branch : Skanninge-Vaderstad (narrow). 37. Mjolby-HaUsberg-Krylbo 330 38. Ervalla-Otterbacken 332 Branches : Gyttorp-Bredsjb ; Kortfors-Grythyttehed. 39. Frovi-Ludvika . . 334 40. Stookholm-Tillberga-Frovi 335 Branches : Kolback-Ramnas ; Koping-Riddarhyttan (narrow). 41. Tillberga-Ludvikan-Vansbro ....... 337 Branch :. Angelsberg-Krylbo, 42. Landskrona-Billesholm ....... 339 43. Halsingborg-Eslof 339 Branch : Billeberga-Lahdskrbna. 44. Halsingborg-Hassleholm . ...... 340 SWEDISH RAILWAYS 295 ROUTE NO. PAGE 45. Halsingborg-Goteborg.. . . .... 341 46 Angelholm-Eslbf 343 47. Veinge-Hassleholm ........ 343 48. Halmstad- Vislanda (narrow) ...... 344 49. Halmstad-Varnamo ........ 345 50. Landeryd-Falkbping ....... 345 Branch : Asarp-Tidaholm. 51. Falkenberg-Limmared, (narrow) .... 346 52. Varberg-Kinnared ...... 347 53. Varberg-Herrljunga ..... , . 348 54. Astorp-Jonkoping ... ..... 348 Branch : Vaggeryd-Nassjo. 55. Jonkoping- Vireda (narrow) ....... 350 56. Goteborg-Saro 350 57 Goteborg-Boras-Alfvesta ....... 351 Branch : Hillared-Axelfors. 58. Goteborg-Laxa-Hallsberg-Katrineholm-Jarna, for Stockholm .352 Branches : Herrljunga-Uddevalla ; Skbfde-Karlsborg ; Skebokvarn-St^lboga. 59 Goteborg-Lidkoprng-Mariestad-Gardsj 6 (narrow) .. . . 356 Branches : Nossebro-Trollhattan ; Iidkoping-Tun ; Mario- stad-Moholm (all narrow). 60. Turnleborg-Skara-Skofde (narrow) ..... 357 Branches : Skara-Lidkbping ; Skara-Forshem ; Skara- Timmersdala ; Axvall-Hjo (all narrow). 6l. Goteborg-Falun-Storvik .359 Branches : Alfhem-Lilla Edet ; Kil-Torsby ; Horken-Neva . (narrow) ; Falun-Bjorbo ; Falun-Mora. 02. Stromstad-Goteborg 364 63. Uddevalla-Bengtsfors (narrow) ...... 365 64. Kristiania-Fredrikskald-Mellerud . . ... 366 Branch : Ski-Sarpsborg. 65. Kristiania-Karlstad-Laxa . ...... 368 Branch : Svarta-Orebro. 66. Karlstad-Filipstad (narrow). 371 67. Kristinehamn-Mora ... .... 372 Branches : Nyhyttan-Finshyttan ; Brintbodarne-Limeds- ¦ forsen ; Mora-Alfdalen. 68 Mora-Bollnas . . . , 374 Branches : Orsa-Sveg ; Voxna-Loboniis 69. Stockholm-Saltsjbbaden ;. 375 70. Stockholm-Hallstavik (narrow) 376 Branches : Osby-Djursholm ; Nasby-Osterskar (both narrow). ....... 296 RAILWAY ITINERARIES ROUTE NO. PAGE 71. Norrtalge-TJppsala (narrow) ....... 377 72. Stockholm-Haparanda ....... 378 Branches : TJppsala-Enkoping ; Fors-Grufgarden ; By- valla-Langshyttan ; Kilafors-Stugsund ; Ange-Sunds- vall ; Mellandsel-Ornskbldsvik ; Vannas-TJmea ; Bastu- trask-Skelleftea-Kallholmen ; Alfsby-Pitea ; Boden- Lulea ; Karungi-Ofver Tornea. 73. Krylbo-Rattvik 386 74. Gafle-TJppsala 387 Branch : Dannemora— Hargshamn (narrow). 75. Gafle-Sala-Tillberga 388 Branches : Hagastrom-Storvik ; Runhallen-Enkbping. 76. Gafle-Ockelbo 390 77. Norrsundet-Linghed (narrow) ...... 390 Branch : Vintjarn-Hinsen (narrow). 78. Hudiksvall-Ljusdal . . . . . . . .391 79. Hudiksvall-Bergsjb (narrow) . . . . . .391 80. Oland Railways . ........ 392 81. Gotland Railways ....... 393 Nobwegian Railways (For lines from Kristiania into Sweden see Routes 64, 65 ) 82. Trondhjem-Bracke (Sweden) . ... 394 83. Ostersund-Dorotea (Swedish) ...... 396 84. Harnosand-Langsele (Swedish) ...... 397 85. Narvik-Boden (Sweden) . ..... 398 Branch : Gallivara-Porjus (Swedish) 86. Thamshavii-Lokken (narrow) ..... 400 87. Hell-Sunnan ........ 400 88. Trondhjem-Kristiania (partly narrow) ..... 402 89. Elverum-Kongsvinger ...... 405 90 Hamar-Dombaas ...... 406 91. Sorumsand-Skullerud (narrow) 407 92. Bergen-Kristiania 408 Branch : Nestum-Os. 93. Roa-Gjovik , .,, Branches : Eina-Fagernes ; Reinsvold-Skreia. 94 Kristiania-Drammen-Skien (narrow) .... 413 Branch : Eidanger-Brevik (narrow) 95 Drammen-Hougsund-Randsfjord .... 416 Brandies : Hougsund-Kongsberg ; Vikesund-Kroderen 96. Holmestrand- Vittingfos (narrow) ... 41- 97. Tonsberg-Eidsfos (narrow) 417 NORWEGIAN RAILWAYS 297 KOUTE NO. 98 Arendal-Tveitsund (narrow) Branch : Rise-Grimstad (narrow). 99. Lillesand-Flakksvand (narrow) 100. Kristiansand-Byglandsfjord (narrow) 101. Stavanger-Flekkefjord (narrow) . PARE 418 . 419 419 420 Note All lines are standard gauge unless otherwise stated. 51 n 10i ROUTE 1 Malmo — Nassjo — Linkoping — Stockholm, 373 miles Double line to Hassleholm, whence single to Ronninge, and thence double to Stockholm. miles , 0 Malmo. Line skirts the Sound for 2 miles and then turns NE. Arlof. Sugar refinery. Line to Angelholm branches ; see Route 2. Akarp. Uppakra. Lund. For line from Tralleborg, see Route 9 ; for line from Landskrona and Kaflinge, see Route 10. Branch W. to Bjarred : — 3| m. Fjalie. 5 m. Lerdkra. 5J m- Fladie. (Line from Malmo to Angelholm crosses ; see Route 2.) 6 J m. Bjarred, sea-bathing resort on the Sound. Branch E. to Harlosa : — J m. Lund, South station. 4fm. Hardeberga. 7 m. Sandby. 12 m. Refvinge. 13J m. Ref- vingehe. Leaving station, line crosses the Kaflingea, 14] m. Harlosa. (For line from Landskrona to Sjobo, see Route 10, and from Malmo, see Route 3.) Stangby. Leaving station, line crosses the Ka flingea. Ortofta, at confluence of the Braa with the Ka flingea. For line from Landskrona to Sjobo, see Route 10. 13J 15f 298 RAILWAYS— ROUTE 1 Line crosses the Braa. Eslof. Important railway junction. For line from Halsingborg and Landskrona, see Route 43 ; for line from Angelholm and Klippan, see Route 46 ; for line from Ystad, see Route 11 ; for line from Ahus, see Route 14. Stehag, alt. 192 ft. Line passing N. end of Ringsjon. Hor, alt. 232 ft. Quarries. For branch SE. from Horby, see Route 14, under mile 29J. Tjornarp. Sosdala.Hassleholm, alt. 150 ft. Double line ends. For line from Kristianstad and Ahus, see Route 16; for line from Halsingborg, see Route 44 ; and for line from Veinge and Markaryd, see Route 47., Line crosses the Almaa. Balingslof. Many small lakes from here onwards. Hastveda, alt. 197 ft. For line from Kristianstad, see Route 17. Osby, at end of Osbysjon. Kiileberg. Line from Kristianstad (see Route 18) joins. Almhult, alt. 489 ft. For line from Solvesborg, see Route 20. Mbckeln, on Mockelnsjon, which the line skirts. Dio, on Mockelnsjon. Liatorp. Vislanda, alt. 506 ft. For line from Karlshamn, see Route 21 ; and for line from Halmstad, see Route 48. Alfvesta, alt. 498 ft., at N. end of Lake Salen. For line from Karlskrona, see Route 23. For line from Goteborg, see Route 57. Gafoetorp, alt. 504 ft., on Dansjon. Moheda.Lidnas, on Lake Straken. Line rises. RAILWAYS— ROUTE 1 299 Line crosses vast peat bogs. For line from Malilla, see Lamhult, alt. 687 ft. Line continues among many lakes. Stockaryd, alt. 749 ft. Safsjo, alt. 754 ft. Route 29. Sandsjo, alt. 944 ft. Line skirts Storsjon. Grimstorp. Nassjo, alt. 961 ft., highest point on railway. For line from Astorp and Varnamo, see Route 54. For line from Oskarshamn, see Route 28. For line from Kalmar, see Route miles 0 1016| 26| 33J38J46|53i57i62J68| 69J Nassjo. Line rises. Forserum. Tenhult, alt. 728 ft. ; summit after skirting Ten- hurts j on. Line descends steeply. JonkopiD g, alt. 299 ft., at south end of Lake Vattern. Station by wharfs. Barracks. For line from Astorp and Varnamo, see Route 54, and for narrow gauge line to Vireda, see Route 55. Line skirts high bank of Lake Vattern and leaVe3 lake to Bankeryd, alt. 387 ft. Habo.Mullsjo, alt. 755 ft. Line crosses Lake Striken. Sandhem. Kdttilstorp. Vartofta, alt. 945 ft. For line from Limmared Landeryd to Tidaholm, see Route 50. Falkoping-Stad, alt. 722 ft. For line to Asarp, see Route 50. Falkoping-Rariten ; junction for Gbteborg- Stockholm line, see Route 58. Solberga. Line descending through wooded country. Flisby. Aneby, alt. 692 ft. line passes north end of Lake Ralangen. Frinnaryd, one mile after crossing the Svarta. Line ascends valley. 300 RAILWAYS— ROUTE 1 miles 192*198| 206£211f 214f 221J 660%227|234J237£2411 248£252J256i 261|264|2661270£ Gripenberg. Line crosses the Svarta, and north end of Sabysjon. Tranas, alt. 515 ft., on the Svarta. Line runs near Lake Sommen to — Sommen, alt. 480 ft., at north end of lake. Boxholm, alt. 466 ft., after crossing the Svarta. Iron works. Strdlsnas. Line follows the Svarta valley. Mjolby, alt. 381 ft. ; flour mills. For line to Hallsberg and Krylbo, see Route 37. Branch W. to Hastholmen : — 4J m. Hogstad, alt. 367 ft. 81 m. Vaderstad. alt. 360 ft. (For narrow-gauge line from Skanninge, see Route 36.) llfm. Svanhals. 13£ m. Rok, alt. 360 ft. 16j m. Hedaslatt, alt. 360 ft. 19 m. Hastholmen, alt 282 ft. 19 j m. Hdstholmenhamn. (For narrow-gauge line from Lin koping and Vadstena to Odeshog, see Route 36.) Sya. Line leaves the Svarta valley and descends. Mankop. Bankeberg. Malmsldtt. Linkoping, alt. 131 ft. For line from Hultsfred, see Route 30 ; to Lake Vattern, see Route 36. Leaving Linkoping line crosses the Stanga. Linghem, alt. 180 ft. Gistad. Norsholm, alt. 118 ft., just after crossing the Gota Canal (p. 249), on the Motalastrom. For narrow- gauge lines from Vaster vik, see Route 31. Kimstad, on the Motalastrom. Narrow-gauge line from Norrkoping to Orebro crosses, see Route 33. Okna, alt. 69 ft., near Lake Glan. Eksund, on the Motalastrom, which line crosses to Fiskeby. Line sweeps round to Norrkoping. Line turns N. five miles from mouth of the Motalastrom : seaport. For narrow-gauge line W. to Orebro, see Route 33. For narrow- RAILWAYS— ROUTE 1 301 gauge lines from Arkosund and Valdemarsvik, see Route 32. Aby. Line turns E. miles Branch N. to Katrineholm : — 0 Aby. Line runs N. and traverses wooded hills of Kolmarden, and ascends. If Grafversfors, after short tunnel. Line runs along narrow Lake Nacken, crossing it in places on embank ments. 9J Simonstorp, after another tunnel. Line passes Flatensjbn, alt. 204 ft., to 17 1 Strangsjb. Country much diversified by lakes. 24| Katrineholm. For line from Goteborg, see Route 58- Krokek. Line leaves sea- Lofbraten. Narrow-gauge line crosses from Vira (marble quarries) to Kolmarden (Sandviken), 91 miles. Jimdker. Enstaberga. Nykoping. Station NW. of town. For line from Oxelosund to Nykoping and Eskilstuna, see Route 34. Sjosa. Tystberga. Lastringe. Vdsterljung.Vagnhdrad. Hold. Line from Goteborg and Katrineholm joins ; see Route 58. Jdrna, alt. 119 ft. Tunnel. Line crosses Lake Lanaren and then traverses a tunnel. Line to Eskilstuna branches to W. ; see Route 35. Saltskog. Leaving station, line crosses Sodertalje (Gota) canal by high swing-bridge. Branch N. to Sodertalje, on a gulf of Lake Malaren, \ mile. 302 RAILWAYS— ROUTES 1, 2 Ronninge. Double line to Stockholm. Tumba. Paper mill of Bank of Sweden. Line passes end of Tullingesjon. Huddinge. Alfsjo. Branch S. to Nynashamn :—4£ m. Sodertorn. 10i m. Handen. 14i m. Vdsterhaninge. 16i m. Tungelsta. 19| m. Hemfosa. 23.} m. Sorunda. 26£ m. Osmo. 29} m. Valsjo. 32 m. Kullsta. Line curves back N. to 33| m. Nynashamn, sea bathing resort. Liljeholmen, after tunnel 300 yds. long. Railway workshops. Line crosses Arstaviken on embankment 240 yds. long. Stockholm, South station. Then tunnel 800 yds. long, and line crosses an arm of Lake Malaren on a long bridge, traverses Riddarholmen and crosses a second arm of Malaren on an embankment. Stockholm, Central station. ROUTE 2 Malmo — Billesholm — Angelholm, 51 miles Malmo. Line skirts coast. 3 m. Arlof. Line for Lund and Stockholm branches, see Route 1. 5| m. Lomma. Line near coast. S\ m. Onnerup. Line leaving coast. 91 m. Flddie. Line from Lund to Bjarred passes over ; loop line joins. 12 m. Slafvie. 13J- m. Furulund. Kaflinge. For line from Landskrona to Lund and to Sjobo see Route 10. Branch E. to Barsebackhamn : — 1 J m. Tungan. 2 J m. Hojs- molla. Line runs near the Loddea. 4j m. Vdstanhog. 6 m. Loddekopinge on the Loddea. Line leaves river. 7J m. Bar- sebdcksby. 8£ m. Sjobobadet. 9| m. Barsebackhamn on coast ; no harbour. RAILWAYS— ROUTES 2, 3 303 miles 17 m. Sodervidinge. 18J m. Norrvidinge. Teckomatorp. For line from Halsingborg to Eslof, see Route 43. 231 m- Svalof. 26 m. Kdllstorp. 27f m. Axel- void. 30 m. Kdgerod. 32£ m. Boketofta. 36J Billesholm. For line from Landskrona, see Route 42. Branch NW. to Bjuf and Hylinge : — 3 m. Bjuf (for Halsingborg- Astorp line, see Route 44). 6| m. Hylinge, alt. 39 ft. af Billesholms Grufva. 381 Norra Vrdm. 42J Astorp, alt. 91 ft. For Halsingborg-Hassleholm line, see Route 44. For hne to Markaryd and Jonkoping, see Route 54. Branch W. to Hoganas and Miille : — 4J m. Crosses the Vegea. 5f m. Hasslarp. 7 m. Kattarp. (For Halsingborg-Goteborg line, see Route 45.) 8 J m. Vdstraby. 9J m. Stureholm. ll|m. Mjohult. 13-m. Ingelstrodt. 16 m. Hoganas Ofvre. , 171 m. Hoganas Nedre, pop. 5,200 ; seaport. Coal mines. Line continues N. along coast. 19 m. Strandbaden. 20J m. Nyhamnsldge. 21f m. Krapperup. 24 m. Molle, fishing port ; bathing resort. 461 Spannarp. 51 Angelholm. For line from Halsingborg to Goteborg, see Route 45 ; for line to Klippan and Eslof, see Route 46 '. ROUTE 3 Malmo — Stafeanstobp — Vebebod — Simrishamn, 591 miles 0 Malmo. 11 Ostervarn. For line to Genarp and Ystad, see Route 7. For line to Tralleborg, see Route 6. 304 RAILWAYS— ROUTE 3 4 m. Sege. 51 m. Nordana. Line runs near the Segea to 7J m. Djurslof. Staffanstorp. For line from Tralleborg to Lund, see Route 9. Kyrkheddinge. In 1 mile line crosses the Hojea,. Dalby, alt. 512 ft. miles 035* 1114| Branch NE. to Harlosa and Bjarsjolagard : — Dalby. Line ascends. Hattestad. Line descends. Silfdkra, alt. 95 ft. Leaving station, line passes Krankesjon. Harlosa, alt. 103 ft. For line from Landskrona to Sjobo, see Route 10 ; and for line from Lund, see Route 1. Skartofta. Bjarsjolagard, alt. 352 ft. Junction of line from Ystad to Eslof, see Route 11. 22£ m. Veberod, alt. 574 ft. 38f 181 m- Bjornstorp 26J m. Klostersagen. Sjobo.For line from Landskrona, see Route 10. 331 m- Sofdeborg. 35| m. Eriksdal. Hogestad. Tomelilla.For line from Ystad to Eslof, see Route 11. For line to Langebro, see Route 12. Lunnarp. 491 m- Smedstorp. Garsnas. For line from Ystad to St. Olof, see Route 13 Tommarp. 561 m. Jarrestad. Simrishamn, small seaport. RAILWAYS— ROUTE 4 305 ROUTE 4 Malmo — Tballeboeg — Ystad, 501 miles Malmo. Sodervdrn. Alternative route branches to SE., see Route 6. Kulladal. 5| m. Vintrie. 7 m. Klagstorp. Tygelsjo, alt. 88 ft. Branch W. to Klagshamn on coast (pier), 3 miles. Hokopinge. Vallinge. Branch SW. to Falsterbo : — \\ m. Akeshog. 2J m. Kwngstorp. 4 m. Fotevik. 6£ m. Ljunghusen, on Hollviken, which line skirts. 9£ m. Skanor. 11 m. Falsterbo, both sea-bathing resorts. Haslof. 16| m. Skegrie, alt. 16 ft. 17f m. Skytts- Tommarp . Tralleborg. Junction of direct line from Malmo, see Route 6. For line from Tralleborg to Lund, see Route 9. Gislof. Line leaves sea. 251 m- Simlinge. 27 m. Aby. 28 m. Vallby. Klagstorp, alt. 92 ft. Junction of line from Borringe to Ostratorp, see Route 5. Bedinge. 351 m. Tofthog, alt. 52 ft. Skifvarp. Junction of line from Rydsgard, see Route 5. Leaving line crosses the Skifvarpsa. Nobbelof. 411 m- Sjorup. 43 m. 'Snarestad. Charlottenlund. Junction of direct line from Malmo, see Route 5. Ystad.For lines to Eslof, see Route 11, and to St. Olof, see Routes 11 and 13. $. AND S. 306 RAILWAYS— ROUTES 5, 6 ROUTE 5 Malmo— Rydsgabd — Ystad, 39 miles Malmo. Sodervdrn. Alternative route branches to S., see Route 4. Line from Malmo to Tralleborg crosses, see Route 6. Hindby. ¦ Oxie, alt. 131 ft. Branch SE. to Bonnarp, 4 miles. Skabersjo. Svedala, alt. 155 ft. Lin from Tralleborg to Lund crosses, see Route 9. Borringe, alt. 168 ft., after crossing end of B6r- ringesjon. Branches to Ostratorp : — 1J m. Hafgard. 3J m. Stdfvesj ">, alt. 138 ft. 4J m. Anderslof. 6 J m. Honsinge. 8 J m. Jord- borga. 10 m. Klagstorp, alt. 97 ft. Line from Tralleborg to Ystad crosses, see Route 4. 11J m. Aspo,alt. 54 ft. 13 J m. Ostratorp, fishing port. Ndsbyholm, alt. 146 ft. 24 m. Skurup, alt. 165 ft. Rydsgard. Leaving line crosses the Skifvarpsa. Branch S. to Skifvarp : — If m. Tanebro. 4J m. Skifvarp For line from Tralleborg to Ystad, see Route 4. 30J m. Rynge. 31 J m. Marsvinsholm. Charlottenlund. Line from Tralleborg joins, see Route 4. Ystad.For lines to Eslof, see Route 11. ROUTE 6 Malmo — Trallebobq, 19 miles (Express route) i Malmo. Ostervdrn. For line to Staffanstorp and Simris- hamn, see Route 3. miles 41 19 0 si- 111 14 171 0 2| RAILWAYS— ROUTES 6, 7, 8 -307 For line to Genarp, see Route 7. Line from Malmo to Ystad crosses, see Route 5. Fosieby. 6J m. Lockarp. 8 m. Arrie. 10 m. Jordholmen. 12 m. Ostra Grefvie. 131 m- Slagarp. 16 m. Vemme: lof. Line takes a sweep and from the east reaches , Iralleborg. For alternative line from Malmo and line to Ystad, see Route 4 ; for line to Lund, see Route 9. ROUTE 7 Malmo — Klagebup — Genaep, 171 miles Malmo. Ostervdm. For line to Staff anstorp see Route 3, and to Tralleborg, see Route 6. 3J m. Hohbg. 41 m. Kvarnby, alt. 180 ft. 7 m. Bjares og after crossing the Segea. 8| m. Bara. Branch S. to Bokskogen Ofvre, \ mile. Kligerup, alt. 172 ft. For line from Tralleborg to Lund, see Route 9. Kongsmarken, alt. 166 ft. 161 m- Toppeladugard, alt. 394 ft. Genarp. Line under construction to Ystad. ROUTE 8 Malmo — Limhamn, 2| miles Malmo, station on W. of harbour. Limhamn, on coast ; limestone quarries and fac tories. U2 308 RAILWAYS— ROUTES 9, 10 ROUTE 9 Teaxlebobg — Ltjnd, 26 miles Tralleborg. Fjardingslbf, alt. 90 ft. 6f m. Alstad, alt. 158 ft. 8£ m. Marieberg. Svedala, alt. 155 ft. Junction for Malmo-Ystad line, see Route 5. Bokebergssldtt, halt. Line skirts Lake Yddingen. 151 m- Holmeja. Klagerup. For line from Malmo to Genarp, see Route 7. Staffanstorp. For line from Malmo to Harlosa and Sjobo, see Route 3. Lund. For Malmo-Stockholm line and lines to Harlosa and Bjarred, see Route 1 ; for line from Landskrona, see Route 10. ROUTE 10 Landskrona — Sjobo, 41 miles Landskrona. Hdljarp. Line follows the Saxa. 6 m. Saxtorp. 7J m. Annelof. 9 m. Dosjobro, after crossing the Saxa. 101 m- Dagstorp. Kaflinge. Line follows the Loddea. For Malmo, Angelholm, and line to Barsebackhamn, see Route 2. Branch SE. to Lund : — Kaflinge. Line crosses the Loddea with Malmo line. If m. Lackaldnga. 4 m. VaUkarra. 7i m. Lund. (For Malmo-Stockholm line and lines to Harlosa and Bjarred, see Route 1. For line from Tralleborg, see Route 9.) Rinneback. 15J m. Krutmollan. 17 m. Harrie. Line cr sses the Loddea to Ortofta. For Malmo-Stockholm line, see Route 1. RAILWAYS— ROUTES 10, 11 309 201 m. Hviderup. Line ascends Kaflingea valley. 23f m. Gardstanga, alt. 70 ft. 24£ m. Flyinge 261 m- Holmby. 291 m- Hunneberga. Harlosa, alt. 103 ft. For line from Lund, see Route 1, and line from Malmo, Route 3. Tapperod, alt. 73 ft., on Vombsjon, which line skirts. Oved. Branch to E., 21 miles. Sjobo.For line from Malmo to Simrishamn, see Route 3. ROUTE 11 Ystad — Tomelilla — Esloe, 471 miles Ystad. Kopingebro.Line crosses the Nylroa and branches. For line to Garsnas and St. Olof, see Route 13. Svenstorp, alt. 37 ft. Line crosses the Nylroa several times to Tomelilla. For Malmo-Simrishamn line, see Route 3. For line to Langebro, see Route 12. Asperod. 21 m. Lofvestad, alt. 248 ft. 24 m. Klasarod. 261 m. Vollsjo, alt. 266 ft. Leaving line crosses river. Bjarsjolagard, alt. 350 ft. For line from Malmo and Dalby, see Route 3. Askerod. 38J m. Lbberod, alt. 438 ft. 41J m. Hurfva, alt. 360 ft. 44J m. Line crosses the Braa. 45 m. Skarhult, alt. 170 ft. Eslof. For line Malmo to Stockholm, see Route I ; for line from Angelholm and Klippan, see Route 46 ; for line from Ahus, see Route 14 ; for line from . Landskrona and Halsingborg, see Route 43. 310 Railways— routes 12, 13 route 12 • • Tomelilla — Langebeo, 42 miles Tomelilla. 4 m. Spjutstorp, alt. 277 ft. 5| m. Onslunda. St. Olof, alt. 438 ft. For line from Ystad and Garsnas, see Route 13. 13| m. Hvitaby, alt. 259 ft. 16| m. Raflundabrc, alt. 164 ft. 18| m. Brosarp after crossing the Varkea. 201 m- Crosses river. 211 m- Maglehem, 23J m. Olserod. 28J m. Degeberga, alt. 95 ft. Line descends. 291 m. Vittskofie. Efverod, alt. 58 ft., after crossing the Lyngbya. For line from Ahus, see Route 14. 351m. Gringelstad. 36f m. Gards Kopinge, after crossing the Kopingea. 39| m. Asumtorp. Line skirts Helgesjon to Langebro, opposite Kristianstad. Road bridge oVer the Helgea. ROUTE 13 Ystad — Garsnas — -St. Olae, 31 miles Ystad. Kopingebro.Line crosses the Nybroa and branches. For line N. to Tomelilla and Eslof, see Route 11. 9 J m. Glemmingebro, alt. 58 ft. 91 m. Line crosses the Kabusaa. 11m. Hedvigsdal. 12f m. Loderup. 15| m. Borrby. 19J m. Hammenhog, alt. 172 ft. Garsnas. For line from Malmo and Tomelilla to Simrishamn, see Route 3. Gyllebo, alt. 222 ft. St. Olof, alt. 438 ft. Junction with line Tomelilla to Langebro, see Route 12. RAILWAYS— ROUTE 14 311 ROUTE 14 Ahus — Eslof, 44 miles Ahus. 3 m. Ripa, alt. 18 ft. 4J m. Line crosses the Helgea. 51m. Mjo. 81m. Lyngby. Efverod, alt. 58 ft. For line from Tomelilla to Langebro, see Route 12. llf m. Lyngsjo. 12J m. Ofra Vram, alt. 107 ft. Tollarp, alt. 126 ft. Branch N. to Kristianstad : — 5 m. Ovesholm. 7£ m. Skeppars lof, alt. 50 ft. From Skepparslof, branch E. to Langebro : — 1 m. Skep parslof Nedre (branch NW. to Ollsjon, 1 m.). 3 J m. Lan gebro. (For line from Efverod, see Route 12. ) 8J m. Ollsjon (branch SE. to Skepparslof Nedre, 1 m.). 10 in. Karpalund. (For line to Hassleholm, see Route 16 ; to HSstveda, see Route 17.) 12£ m. Kristianstad. 17 m.Sdtarod. 20f m. Linderod, alt. 153 ft. 241 m. Satserup. 27 m. Aspinge, alt. 121 ft. Horby, alt. 252 ft. Branch NW. to Hor : — 1| m. Fulltofta. 4J m. Ludvigsborg. 8 m. Hor. (For Malmo-Stockholm line, see Route 1.) 31|- m. Osbyholm. Line runs near Ringsjon. 34£ m. Line continues near the same lake to 36J m. Snogerod. 39 m. Kungshult. 411 m- Kastberga. Eslof. For Malmo-Stockholm line, see Route 1 ; for line from Ystad and Tomelilla, see Route 11; from Klippan and Angelholm, Route 46 ; from Halsingborg and Landskrona, Route 43. 312 RAILWAYS— ROUTES 15, 16, 17 ROUTE 15 Ahtjs — Kristianstad, 101 miles Ahus. 21 m. Horna. 4 m. Rinkaby. Line approaches Helgesjon. 6| m. Viby, alt. 38 ft. Line skirts Helgesjon. 8 m. Hammar. Kristianstad. For line from Karlskrona and Solvesborg, see Route 19 ; to Almhult, Route 18 ; and from Tollarp and Karpalund, Route 14. ROUTE 16 Kristianstad — Hassleholm, 181 miles Kristianstad. Line crosses two branches of the Helgea near their exit from Aralslofsjon. Karpalund. For line to Hastveda, see Route 17. 5| m. Onnestad. 8 m. Fridhem. 11 m. Vinslof. 13£ m. Ignaberga. 15 m. Attarp. Hassleholm, alt. 150 ft. For Malmo-Stockholm line, see Route 1 ; for line from Halsingborg and Klippan, see Route 44 ; for line from Veinge and Markaryd, see Route 47. ROUTE 17 Kristianstad — Hastveda, 26 miles Kristianstad. Line crosses two branches of the Helgea. Karpalund. For line to Hassleholm, see Route 16. 4 m. Vinnb. 5f m. Fdrlof. Branch NW. to Stro, 3 miles. 8 m Bjarlof. 12 m. Hanaskog, alt. 72 ft. 13 m. Line crosses the Almaa and ascends valley of the Helgea. 14f m. Vanas. 19 m. Brody. 22 m. Glimminge on Helgea, alt. 133 ft. Hastveda, alt. 197 ft. For Malmo-Stockholm line, see Route 1. miles 0 li 41 RAILWAYS— ROUTES 18, 19 313 ROUTE 18 Keistianstad — Almhult, 41 miles Kristianstad. Line ascends. Line from Solvesborg joins, see Route 19. 2 m. Rodaled. 3J m. Balsby, on Rabelofsjon which line skirts. 6 J m. Osterslof. 8 m. Flackarp halt, alt. 41 ft. 81 m. Ekestad. Line leaves lake. 9f m. Garro. llf m. Arkelstorp. 13 m. Kaffatorp. Line takes great curves to 15 m. Immeln at south end of Immelensjon. 18f m. Hylta, alt. 219 ft. Line approaches the Bifvarodsa. 21J m. Sibbhult. 21f m. Line crosses the Bifvarodsa. 24| m. Glimakra, alt. 198 ft. Line rises. 27f m. Ostarod. 30| m. Boalt. 32| m. Krabbleboda. 36| m. Hultaberg, alt. 501 ft. 381 m. Loshult. 39 m. Line joins Malmo- Stockholm line, see Route 1. Almhult, alt. 489 ft. For line from Solvesborg, see Route 20. ROUTE 19 Karlskrona — Kristianstad (narrow gauge : 1-067 metre), 82 miles 0 21 4*n Karlskrona. Line runs alongside Karlskrona- Alf vesta line. Gullberna.For line to Kalmar see Route 24. Rosenholm halt at head of Dannemarksfjord. Line crosses the Sillea before Nattraby. On leaving line crosses the Nattrabya. Branch S. to Ndttrabyhamn, li m. For line to Vaxjd, see Route 22. 314 RAILWAYS— ROUTE 19 miles 121 m. Johannishus. On leaving line crosses the Listerbya. 14f m. Edestad. Ronneby, alt. 46 ft., on the Ronnebya. Branch to port at mouth of river (narrow gauge : 1-067 metre) 1J m. Ronneby Brunn. 2£ m. Ronneby Redd. Line crosses the Ronnebya on leaving town. Djupadal, alt. 48 ft. Branch E. to Kallinge on the Ronnebya 1 mile. Bredakra, alt. 165 ft. Branch NW. to Vaxj o (narrow gauge: 1 -067 metre) : — 3| m. Ettebro. 8 m. Backaryd, alt. 212 ft. 1 If m. HaUabro. 18-J - m. Konga. 21£ m. Hensmala on Hensjon. 25J m. Tingsryd on Lake Tiken, alt. 438 ft. 30£ m. Kvarnamdla, alt. 448 ft., on Fiske- stadsjon, which line skirts. (For line from Norraryd, see Route 21.) 34 m. Vdckelsang, alt. 530 ft. 36£ m. Snappa- hem. 37| m. Urasa. 42J m. Ingelstad (Ofvcr Torsos) on Torsjon, alt. 516 ft. (For line from Nattraby, see Route 22.) 47f m. Tegnaby, alt. 537 ft. 51 J m. Line from Emmaboda and Karlskrona (standard gauge) joins, see Route 23. 52f m. Vaxjd, alt 535 ft. (For line to Alfvesta, see Route 23 ; for line from Aseda, see Route 26.) Harsjon. 26J m. Line skirts Harsjon for 1 mile. 29 m. Hoby, alt. 88 ft. 30 m. Crosses the Bracknea. 311 m. Kullakra. 34 m. Mdrserum. 391 m- Trensum. Karlshamn, at mouth of the Misa. For line to Vislanda (gauge 1-067 metre), see Route 21. 46| m. Vekerum. 49 m. Morrum, after crossing the Morrumsa. 51f m. Gustafstorp. Sandback. Branch NW. to Olofstrom (narrow gauge : 1-067 metre) : — 3f m. Granum. 6J m. Jamshog. 9J m. Holje. 10J m. Olof strom, after crossing the Holgea. (For line from Solvesborg to Almhult, see Route 20.) Gammalstorp. miles 63 J 69 82J 18f 44i RAILWAYS— ROUTES 19, 20 315 Solvesborg. For standard-gauge line to Almhult, see Route 20. Branch E. to Listershuf vud (narrow gauge : 1 -067 metre) : — 1 J m. Solve. 3£ m. Norremark. 5 m. Listershufvud. Bromblla after crossing the Skraboa ; branch N. to Ifosjbn .'1 mile. 71J m. Gualbf on Ifosjon which line skirts to 74J m. Bdckaskog. 761 m. Fjdlkinge. 80J m. Nosaby. Kristianstad on Helgesjon. For line to Almhult see Route 18 ; for line to Hassleholm, see Route 16 ; for line from Ahus, see Route 15. ROUTE 20 Solvesboro — Almhult, 441 miles Solvesborg. Line skirts Ifosjon. 8f m. Axeltorp. Ill m. Naswm. Line ascends the Holjea valley. 14 m. Qstafors. 15f m. Jams- hbgsby. Olofstrom. Line ascends the Lanaa, valley. For narrow-gauge line from Sandback, see Route 19. 23| m. Vilshult. Line leaves valley. 28 m. Esse- boda halt. 29J m. Gylsboda. 31| m. Lonsboda. 33 m. Duvhult. 35 m. Kdrraboda. .38£ m. Hbkbn. Almhult, alt. 489 ft. For Malmo-Stockholm line see Route 1 ; for line from Kristianstad, see Route 18. 316 RAILWAYS— ROUTES 21, 22 ROUTE 21 Kablshamn — Vislanda (narrow gauge : 1-067 metre), 48 miles miles 0 23i 48 Karlshamn. 21 m. Asarum. 4J m. Gungvala. 6f m. Svdng- sta, after crossing the Morrumsa. 9J m. Akeholm. Line ascends the Morrumsa valley. 12£ m. Hemsjo. Leaving line recrosses the Morrumsa. 15 \ m. Hov- mansbygd. 18J m. Fridafors. 22 m. Ryd. Line skirts Honshyltefjord to Norraryd on Honshyltefjord. Branch NE. to Kvarnamala (narrow gauge : 1-067 metre) : — 5J m. Urshult at south end of Lake Asnen. 9 m. Rosmala. 13 m. Kvarnamala. (For Ronneby, Bredakra, Vaxjo line, see Route 19.) o - 27 m. Alshult at south end of Lake Asnen. Line runs by islands, and natural embankment, and bridges to 32 m. Ulvb on Lake Asnen which line skirts to 391 m- Torne and 43£ m. Grimslov. Line leaves lake. Vislanda, alt. 506 ft. For line from Halmstad, see Route 48 ; for Malmo-Stockholm line, see Route 1. ROUTE 22 Nattbabyhamn — Ingelstad (narrow gauge : 0-6 metre), 52 miles 0 Nattrabyhamn. Line ascends the Nattraby valley. Nattraby. For narrow-gauge line from Karlskrona to Kristianstad, see Route 19. 4im- Bjbrkeryd, alt. 88 ft., after crossing the Nattrabya. 51m. Line recrosses the Nattrabya. 81 m. Tving, alt. 122 ft. 10J m. Alnaryd, alt. 130 ft. RAILWAYS— ROUTES 22, 23 317 From here onwards are many lakes. 13f m. Blaningsmala. Line leaves the Nattrabya. 151 m- Svarthovden. 181 m- Eringsboda, alt. 384 ft. 231 m- Yxnands. 27J m. Rdvemala. 29f m. Almeboda, alt. 487 ft. 361 m- Linneryd, alt. 454 ft. 451 m- Nbbbele. 47J m. Orraryd. Ingelstad (Ofver Torsas), alt. 516 ft., on Torsjon. Joins line from Bredakra (see Route 19). ROUTE 23 Karlskrona — Alevesta, 82 miles Karlskrona. Line crosses long bridge to Vammo Island and short bridge to mainland. Gullberna. Line so far alongside Kalmar and Kristianstad lines. For narrow-gauge line W. to Karlstad, Solvesborg, and Kristianstad, see Route 19. For narrow-gauge line E. to Kalmar, see Route 24. Torskors. On leaving, line approaches the Sillea and ascends valley. Line crosses the Sillea- Line recrosses the Sillea, and later again crosses river. Rbdeby, alt. 180 ft. On leaving crosses the Sillea and continues up valley. Spjutsbygd, after skirting two small lakes. Ndvragbl, alt. 292 ft. On leaving line skirts Navrasjon and Sillhofden before Holms jo, alt. 321 ft. Line leaves the Sillea valley. 24J m. Saleboda. 28£ m. Vissefjdrda. On leaving Lake Torn to left. Emmaboda, alt. 369 ft. Line turns NW. For line from Kalmar, see Route 25. 39£ m. Moshult. 42J m. Skruf, alt. 445 ft. Lessebo, alt. 490 ft. Paper mill : near Lake Oijen. 318 RAILWAYS— ROUTES 23, 24 miles 54| 62J 68J /a* 76f 82 Branch NE. to Maleras (narrow gauge 0-6 metre) : — Lessebo. Line ascends. 4 m. Ekeberga. 8J m. Kosta (branch N. to Visjon, 1£ m.). 12f m. Ideholm. 17 m. Maleras Sodra. Junction with line from Kalmar to Hvetlanda and Nassjo. See Route 25. Hofmantorp, alt. 504 ft., at north end of Lake Rottnen. Forest continues to Alfvesta. Aryd, alt. 545 ft., on Arydsjon. Junction of line from Ronneby to Vaxjo, see Route 19. Vaxjo, alt. 537 ft., at north end of Lake Bergun- dasjon, pop. 8,000. For narrow-gauge line to Aseda, see Route 26. Rdppe after crossing the broad Helgea. Gemla after recrossing the Helgea twice. Alfvesta, alt. 497 ft. For Malmo-Stockholm line, see Route 1. For line from Varnamo, see Route 57. ROUTE 24 Karlskrona 0 21 281 Kalmar (narrow gauge : 0-891 metre), 54 miles Karlskrona. Line runs beside Alfvesta line to Gullberna. Line turns E. near coast all the way. Line to Kristianstad branches to W., see Route 19. 3f m. Lyckeby. On leaving line crosses the Lyckebya. 51 m. Lbsen. 81 m. Ramdala, alt. 49 ft. 11 m. Jamjbsldtt, alt. 71 ft. 15 m. Torn- dkra. 171m. Fagelmara, alt. 25 ft. 201 m- Brom sebro, alt. 29 ft. 24|m. Norra Tang. 26| m. Dynekdrr. Torsas, alt. 58 ft. Branch SE. to Bergkvara, port for Oland, 4 miles (gauge 1-067 metre). 32J m. Sbderakra. 36£ m. Halltorp, alt. 53 ft. 39J m. Grdsgarde. 39f m. Line crosses the Hagbya. 41 m. Kvamlychan. 43 m. Vassmolbsa. RAILWAYS— ROUTES 24, 25 319 Branch W. to Paryd (gauge 0-891 metre) : — 2 J m. Olvingstorp. Line ascends. 6£ m. Tvdrskog. 8J m. Runtorp. Leaving, crosses the Hagbya. lljin. Paryd. 45f m. Ljungbyholm, after crossing the Ljungbya. 48Jm. Hossmo. 521m. Line crosses Kalmar- Emmabodar-Hvetlanda line, see Route 25. . . Kalmar, port for Oland. For narrow-gauge line to Berga, see Route 27. ROUTE 25 Kat.mah — Nassjo, 103 miles Kalmar. , Narrow-gauge line from Karlskrona crosses, see Route 24. 4J m. Smedby. 81 m. Crosses the Ljungbya. 91 m. Trekanten. 12 m. V dstrakulla. Nybro, alt. 267 ft. Branch SW. to Emmaboda : — 6Jm. Orsjo, alt. 369 ft., on Orsjon. ¦10J m. Eskilsbryd. • Leaving, line skirts Skarsjon. 16 m. Lindas. 17£ m. Emmaboda, alt. 369 ft. (For line from Karls krona to Alfvesta, see Route 23.) 22 m. Branahult, alt. 419 ft. <. 27 m. Orrefors. 30| m. Gullaskrof, alt. 584 ft. Maleras. For narrow-gauge line from Lessebo, see Route 23. 441 m- Sdfsjbstrbm, alt. 711 ft., on Lake Alstern. 50| m. Varshult. 53| m. Ekhorfva, alt. 740 ft. Aseda, alt. 779 ft. For narrow-gauge line from Vaxjo to Virserum, see Route 26. 61| m. Osjbbol, alt. 906 ft. ,. 66 m. MMetorp. 71 m. Osterkorsberga, alt. 813 ft. Leaving line skirts Hjertasjon. 76 m. Sndrle. 78f m. Backseda. Hvetlanda, alt. 604 ft. For line from Manila to Safsjo, see Route 29. 320 RAILWAYS— ROUTES 25, 26 miles 103 86 m. Ekendsjbn, alt. 760 ft. on Ekenasjon. 90£m. Bjbrkbby, alt. 725 ft. 92|m. Rbdjends. Line skirts Lake Nommen. 95J m. Stensjon, alt. 730 ft. 98f m. Gissebdck, alt. 959 ft., after skirting Gisshultsjon. Nassjo, alt. 961 ft. For Malmo-Stockholm line and line to Falkoping, see Route 1 ; for line from Varnamo, see Route 54 ; and for line from Oskars hamn, see Route 28. ROUTE 26 Vaxjo — Vieseeum (narrow gauge : 0-891 metre), 54 miles 0 37 54 Vaxjo, alt. 536 ft. 3f m. Evedal. Line skirts Helgasjon. 10 m. Norrgarda, alt. 633 ft. 13 m. Rottne, alt. 594 ft., after skirting Lake Innaren. 151 m- Brittatorp, on Lake Innaren. 201 m- Brads. 24| m. Sandreda, alt. 643 ft. ; on Lake Madkroken. 27J m. Klafre- strbm, alt. 681 ft., ironworks ; Anghultsjon to N. and Norrsjon to S. 29 m. Norrhuli, after sharp turn. 32| m. Flybo. Aseda, alt. 779 ft. For standard-gauge line Kalmar to Nassjo, see Route 25. 42fm. Hultands, alt. 808 ft. 461m. Triabo. 51 m. Mosstorp. Virserum, alt. 438 ft., on Virserumsjon. Line being continued to Malilla on Oskarshamn-Nassjo line, Route 28. RAILWAYS— ROUTE 27 321 ROUTE 27 Kalmar — Beega (narrow gauge : 0-891 metre), 461 miles miles Kalmar. 4£ m. Kldckeberga. 6 m. Fbrlbsa, alt. 54 ft. 9 m. Ldckeby. Ill m. Rockneby. 121m. Line crosses the Snarjback. 15 m. Kdremo, alt. 72 ft. 18 m. Haraldsmala, alt. 49 ft. 22 m. Alem. Leaving line crosses the Alstera and turns NW. 25 m. Blomstermdla. Sandbackshult, alt. 132 ft., on the Alstera. Junction of line from Mbnsteras, small seaport, 7 miles (gauge 0-891 metre). BranchSW. to Gronskara and Aseda(narrow gauge: 0-891 metre): — 0 m. Sandbackshult. Line crosses the Alstera and ascends slowly. 1\ m. Abbetorp, alt. 935 ft. after crossing stream. llf m. Vachersldtt. 13J m. Knifvingaryd. Line turns NW. 16£ m. Alsterbro, alt. 355 ft., on Stora Hinsjon, after crossing the Alstera. I9-J m. Skoghult, on Hinsjon. 20| m. Froskelas. 23£m. Krdksmala, alt. 480 ft. 27 m. Flatehult. 29-J m. Gronskara. 36J m. Fagerhult. Line under construction to Aseda about 12 miles farther. 29Jm. Hornsb. 32Jm. Verlebo, alt. 183 ft. 34| m. Langemdla, alt. 196 ft. Ruda, alt. 272 ft. Branch NE. to Oskarshamn (narrow gauge: 0-891 metre): — 3 m. Ekhult, after crossing the Kvilla. 6 m. FinsjS. 7J m. Fli- seryd, after crossing the Emma. 12 m. Gronskog. 15 m. Skorpetorp. 20 m. Oskarshamn, seaport. 391 m- Crosses the Emma. 421 m- H°9sby, alt. 225 ft. Berga, on Kalfvenasjon, alt. 324 ft. For Oskars- hamn-Nassjo line, see Route 28. N. AND s. 322 RAILWAYS— ROUTE 28 ROUTE 28 Oskarshamn — Nassjo, 92 miles Oskarshamn. 5 m. Forshult. 13 m. Bohult. Berga, alt. 324 ft. Junction for narrow-gauge line from Kalmar, see Route 27. 19| m. Lillsjbdal. Line skirts Lake Ryningen to 24 m. Ryningsnds. Line ascends valley of Emma. 27|m. Mbrlunda, alt. 294 ft. 31J m. Rosenfors. Malilla, alt. 305 ft. For narrow-gauge line to Safsjo, see Route 29. Hultsfred, alt. 419 ft., after skirting Hulingen Lake. For narrow-gauge line from Vastervik, see Route 31. For line to Linkoping, see Route 30. 47| m. Lbnneberga. Line ascends Emma valley. 52 m. Emarp, alt. 384 ft. 53J m. Crosses the Emma.. 54J m. Mariannelund after passing Fagersjon. 56f m. Recrosses the Emma. 59 m. Vallnds. 611 m. Ingatorp, alt. 531 ft. 641 m. Hjdltevad. Line skirts Lake Hjelten to 67 m. Brusaholm, alt. 585 ft. 73 m. Hult, alt. 700 ft. 79| m. Eksjb, alt. 695 ft. Branch NE. to Osterbymo, 21 miles (narrow gauge, 0-891 metre). 85 m. Ormaryd, alt. 823 ft. Branch N. to Smdlands Anneberg, 4 miles (gauge 0-6 metre). Line winds much and ascends. Nassjo, alt. 961 ft. For Malmo-Stockholm line, see Route 1 ; for line to Falkoping, see Route 1 ; for line from Halsingborg and Astorp, see Routes 44 and 54. RAILWAYS— ROUTES 29, 30 323 ROUTE 29 ¦ MaTiTT.TiA — Safsjo (narrow gauge : 0-891 metre), 51 miles Malilla, alt. 305 ft. Line crosses the Emma, ascends valley and runs W. 3 m. Gdrdveda. 8£ m. Jdrnforsen, alt. 341 ft. 13J m. Kvillsfors. 17 m. Tdlldng. 20| m. A delfors. 23J m. Alsheda. 27 m. Holsby Brunn. 30 m. Flugeby halt. Leaving line crosses river. Hvetlanda, alt. 604 ft. For Kalmar-Nassjo line, see Route 25. 36J m. Hallinge, after passing between Flogen (N.) and Norrasjon (S.). 39 m. Myresjb, alt. 672 ft. 411 m- Landsbrb. 43£ m. Lannaskede. 45| m. Hultagard. 48J m. Gavan. Safsjo, alt. 754 ft. For Malmo-Stockholm line, see Route 1. ROUTE 30 Hultsfred — Linkoping, 76 miles Hultsfred, alt. 419 ft. Storebro, alt. 350 ft. Vimmerby on the Stanga, alt. 407 ft. For narrow- gauge line from Vastervik and Spangenas, see Route 31. 14J m. Line crosses the Stanga and skirts Lake Kron to 181 m- Sodra Vi. 24 m. Gullringen. 271 m- Bjorkhult. Line skirts Lake Verfveln to 31J m. Verfveln, alt. 456 ft. 311 m. Crosses arm of lake and descends the Kisaa, valley. 34 m. Korpklef halt on Lake Filten. 38 m. Kisa, alt. 322 ft., near exit of Kisaa into Kisasjon which line skirts. 44J m. Sldtmon. 49| m. Rimforsa. 50f m. Alt. 300 ft. X2 324 RAILWAYS— ROUTES 30, 31 miles 63| 76 Line passes between Lake Jarnlunden toN. and Asun den to S. 52£m. Opphem. 57|m. Brokind, alt. 297 ft., on northern arm of Lake Jarnlunden. 60| m. Bestorp on Lake Stora Rengen which line skirts. Bjarka-Saby. Line follows the Stanga. Branch SE. to Atvidaberg : — 3| m. Banketorp. 1\ m. Mor- morsgruvan. Copper mines. 11| m. Atvidaberg. (For narrow- gauge line from Vastervik to Norsholm, see Route 31.) 65 m. Hovetorp. 66f m. Line crosses the Stanga, alt. 224 ft. 67|m. Sturefors. 69J m. Slattefors. 691 m. Line crosses the Stanga and continues near it. 701 m. Hjulsbro. 741 m. Tannefors, alt. 156 ft. 751 m. Junction of Malmo-Stockholm line, see Route 1. Linkoping, alt. 131 ft. For narrow-gauge line from Ringstorp, see Route 31. For narrow-gauge line to Lake Vattern, see Route 36. ROUTE 31 Vasteevtk — Nobsholm — (narrow gauge : 0-891 metre), 73 miles 021 Vastervik, seaport. Jenny, after line has skirted Lake Krenarn. miles 04 BranchSW.toHultsfred(narrowgauge:0-891metre): — Jenny. Line ascending, runs SW. .to Varkebacks- viken, which it skirts. Varkebdck at head of Varbebacksviken on Lake Maren. Branch to bay, 1 mile. Valstad. Leaving line skirts Lake Kvarngol. Farhult. Leaving line skirts Farhultssjon. Ankarsrum, alt. 180 ft., at north end of Hallesjon. Ironworks. Branch to Ankarsrnmsbruk on Hallesjon, 4 mile RAILWAYS— ROUTE 31 325 miles 10 15 221 29£ 32371 411 47 miles 12J13*15J 17 20-i 23 24i Branoh to Hallesjon, i mile. Line crosses Langsjon. Bresfall, alt. 212 ft. Line skirts Skimasjon and crosses an arm. Hjorthed, alt. 225 ft. Line skirts Lakes Tyreln and Vamgol. Totebo. Blagda. Branch N. to Yxern on Lake Yxern, 1J miles. .as, alt. 388 ft. Branch to Vimmerby (narrow gauge : 0-891 metre) : — 0 m. Spangends. Line passes end of Gransjon. 3 m. Hdllerum. 4-| m. Line passes end of Gryssjon. H m. Slattfall. 11m. Vimmerby, alt. 407 ft. (For Hultsfred-Linkoping line, see Route 30.) :'., Tuna. 29 m. Vaderum. 33i m. Vena. 36£ m. Line reaches Lake Gnotlen and skirts it. 39£ Hultsfred, on Lake Hulingen. (For line from Os karshamn to Nassjo, see Route 28 ; for line to Linkoping, see Route 30.) Leaving Jenny, line skirts Lake Hjorten on way to Almvik on Gamlebyviken, which line skirts to Gamleby, seaport. Station S. of town. Line ascends. Ofverum. Station S. of town near Lake Ryfren ; iron foundry. Line passes town and east end of Lake Sadduggen and continues to ascend. Storsjb on Storsjon. Line ascends valley of the Stora. Nelhammar, alt. 49 ft. Line skirts Akervristen. Falerum. Line continues up Stora valley and skirts Bats j on. Forsastrbm, at north end of Batsjon. Line ascends tributary valley, passes Lake Alsen and takes a great curve to Atvidaberg, alt. 262 ft. Hence line winds con siderably among lakes. For standard gauge line from Bjarka, see Route 30. 521 m- Bersbo, alt. 295 ft., on Grufsjon. 56 \ m. 326 RAILWAYS— ROUTES 31, 32 miles 56 73 58| m. Bjbrsater, 621 m- Hofversby, Lakvik, alt. 229 ft., on Ristensjon. on Lake Teden which line skirts. on Lake Hofvern. Ringstorp, alt. 220 ft. Branch W. to Linkoping (narrow gauge : 0-891 metre) : — 2J m. ' Ringas. 5 m. Askeby. 8| m. Vardsberg halt, alt. 218 ft. 12J m. Crosses Mjolby-Stockholm line, see Route 37. 13 J m. Linkoping, alt. 131 ft., after crossing the Stanga. For Malmo -Stockholm line, see Route 1 ; for narrow gauge line to Lake Vattern, see Route 36 ; for line from Hultsfred, see Route 30. 67Jm. Halleby. 70 m. Skdrkind. Norsholm, alt. 118 ft., after crossing Gota canal. For Malmo-Stockholm line, see Route 1 ; for narrow- gauge line from Skarblacka, see Route 33. ROUTE 32 Valdemabsvik — Norrkoping (narrow gauge : 0-891 metre), 34 miles 34 Valdemarsvik. 6f m. Gusum, after crossing stream. 81 Passes N. end of gulf of Lake Yxningen. 121 m- Ringarum, alt. 416 ft. Soderkoping on Gota canal. Tingstad halt. Line to Arkosund branches (narrow gauge: 0-891 metre) :— 7J m. Kuddby. 124 m. Ofver Husby. 20J m. Kattinge. 23 m. Jonsberg. 27J m. Arkosund, sea-bathing resort. 30J m. Kummelby. 33£ m. Line from Norrkoping to Orebro crosses (narrow gauge), see Route 33. Norrkoping, Ostra station. Branch to river, 1 mile. No railway bridge. For Mjolby-Stockholm line, see Route 1. RAILWAYS— ROUTES 33, 34 327 ROUTE 33 Norbkoping — Obebeo (narrow gauge : 0-891 metre), 80 miles miles 0 Norrkoping, Ostra station, S. of Motalastrom. 1 Line crosses Valdemarsvik-Norrkoping narrow- gauge line, see Route 32. 21 m. Kneipbaden. Line runs SW. 51 m. Klinga. 7 J m. Lillie. 11 Kimstad, alt. 502 ft. Line crosses Malmo-Stockholm line, see Route 1, and ascends valley of Motalastrom to NW. 14| m. Slcdrblacka. Line continues up valley, skirts Lake Glan. (Branch S. to Norsholm (narrow- gauge : 0-891 metre), 6 m.) 16 m. Ljusfors. 25J m. Finspdng, after skirting Lake Dofvern. Ironworks. (Branch E. to Lotorp, alt. 505 ft., 4 miles.) Line turns more W. 311 m. Sonstorp, alt. 751 ft. 33J m. Hallestad, alt. 587 ft. Line turns NW. 36J m. Prdstkbp, alt. 745 ft. Line skirts several small lakes. 401 m- Skbnnarbo, alt. 905 ft., on Ansjon. 481 m- Hjortkvarn. 57 m. Svennevad, at E. end of Lake Sottern, after crossing the Svennevada. Palsboda. Line from Goteborg to Katrineholm crosses, see Route 58. 65 m. Tarsta. 66f m. Skbllersta. 69J m. Kvis- maren. Leaving line crosses the Taljeda. 71| m. Hidingsta. Orebro, alt. 295 ft. Station on S. of the Svarta. For Mjolby-Hallsberg-Krylbo line, see Route 37. ROUTE 34 Oxelosund — Nyokping — Eskilstuna, 621 miles Oxelosund, seaport. 3 m. Stjamholm, alt. 31 ft. Kilaa. 6 m. Crosses the 328 RAILWAYS— ROUTES 34, 35 miles 71 371 621 For Malmo-Stockholm line, Nykoping, seaport. see Route 1. 13£ m. Larslund. 16| m. Stigtomta. From here onwards among many lakes. 21Jm. Vrena, alt. Crosses 96 ft. 251 m- Bettna, alt. 112 ft. 281 m. narrow strait across Lake Langhalsen. 29| m. Vadsbro, alt. 98 ft. 32J m. Crosses Hedenlundasjon 331 m- Silinge. Flen. For Katrineholm-Stockholm line, see Route 58. 42 m. Mellbsa, alt. 97 ft., after passing several lakes. 461m. Halleforsnds, alt. 224 ft. 53| m. Bdlgviken. 56J m. Hdllsta. 59J m. Skogstorp, after crossing the Hyndevadsa on bridge of six arches. Line follows river to Eskilstuna, alt. 43 ft., steel manufactures. For line from Stockholm to Kolback, see Route 35. 21 3f 22| 231 25 ROUTE 35 SODEETALJE — ESKILSTUNA — KOLBACK, 681 miles Sodertalje. Branch SE. crossing Malmo-Stock holm line to Sbdertdljehamn on Hallsfjord, 2 miles. Saltskog, on Malmo-Stockholm line, see Route 1 . Line turns W., leaving main line to S. Tvetaberg, alt. 138 ft. Line skirts Lake Masnaren on N. 71 m. Almnds. 11 \ m. Nykvarn. 18 m. Taxinge- Ndsby. Line skirts Gripsholmsviken, a gulf of Malaren. Ldggesta, after crossing Bondkroken. Branch NE. to Mariefred, 2i miles, pop. 1,300. Recrosses Bondkroken. Akers Styckebruk, gun foundry. Leaving line crosses the Bergaa. RAILWAYS— ROUTES 35, 36 329 Branch NNW. to Strangnas : — If m. Valsberga. 6 m. Malmby, alt. 26 ft. 9 m. Strangnas, alt. 22 ft., on gulf of Malaren. Byringe, alt. 138 ft. Stalboga, on Lake Eklangen. For line from Skebokvarn, see Route 58. 38 m. Eklangen, alt. 105 ft. 41| m. Arila, 46 m. Hallberga, alt. 119 ft. 50£ m. Eskilstuna sodra. Eskilstuna, alt. 43 ft., after crossing the, Hynde vadsa. For line from Flen, see Route 34. Hallby Brunn. Branch N. to Malarbaden : — 2 J m. Nyby Bruk. 4 \ m. Mdlar- baden on Vasbyviken, a gulf of Malar. 5J m. Malarbaden- hamn, on Blacken, a gulf of Malar. Folkesta. Rekarne, alt. 60 ft. Branch W. to Valskog : — 3 J m. Ostertibble, alt. 61 ft. 5 J m. Torpaslatt. Line skirts Galten. 9J m. Kungsor. Leaving line crosses the Arbogaa. 14£ m. Valskog, alt. 46 ft. (For line from Tillberga to Frovi, see Route 40* 59J m. Kvicksund, alt. 26 ft. Leaving line crosses Kvicksund between Lake Malaren (E). and Galten (W.) and skirts Galten. 62 m. Crosses Mellan- sundet. 631 m- Stromsholm. Leaving line crosses Bergasund, which leads from Malaren N. to Fredensjon and to Stromsholm and runs near Stromsholm Canal. Kolback, alt. 39 ft. For line from Tillberga to Frovi, see Route 40. ROUTE 36 Linkoping — Vadstena — Odeshog (narrow gauge . 0-891 metre), 50 miles Linkoping. Line turns WNW. Branninge. 330 RAILWAYS— ROUTES 36, 37 Branch W. to Skanninge and Vaderstad (narrow gauge: 0-891 metre) :— 2f m. Ledbergskulle. 5 m. Bjorkeberg. 7£ m. Vasterlosa. 11£ m. Normlosa. 14 m. Lindsdter, after crossing the Svartaa twice. 16f m. Skanninge. (Line from Mjolby to Hallsberg crosses, see Route. 37.) 21| m. BjaCbo. 24J m. Appuna. i"i\ m. Vaderstad. (For line from Mjolby to Hastholmen, see Route 1.) h\ m. Crosses the Svartaa. 6J m. Vretakloster, near Gota canal. 8 m. Gullberg. 9£ m. Maspelbsa. Klockrike. Branch N. to Borensberg, on Gota Canal, 5 miles, worked by overhead electric power. Alfvan. Fornasa. Branch NW. to Motala, on Gota Canal and Lake Vattern, 8 miles. Varf. 24J m. Fdgelsta. (Line from 26| m. 20Jm. Mjolby to Hallsberg crosses, see Route 37.) Aska. Vadstena, on Lake Vattern ; harbour. 33 j m. Arneberga. 35 m. Herrestad. 36f m. Rogslbsa. 39 m. Borghamn, on Lake Vattern. 411 m- Vdfversunda, alt. 328 ft., on Lake Takeren. 43 J m. Omberg. 45 m. Alvastra. Hastholmen, alt. 282 ft. ; lake port, line to harbour. For standard-gauge line from Mjolby, see Route 1. Odeshog, alt. 459 ft. ROUTE 37 Mjolby — Hallsbeeg — Kbylbo, 157 miles Mjolby, alt. 381 ft. Line crosses the Svarta. Skanninge, alt. 289 ft. For narrow-gauge line from Linkoping to Vaderstad, see Route 36. Fagelsta. Narrow-gauge line from Linkoping to Vadstena and Odeshog crosses, see Route 36. RAILWAYS— ROUTE 37 331 Motala, alt. 290 ft., after crossing the Motalastrom and Gota canal, on Varviken, a bay of Lake Vattern. Station at east end of town. For narrow-gauge line from Linkoping, see Route 36. Branch line to Motala Verkstad ; engine factory ; 1 mile. Line reaches Lake Salster after skirting Lake Bjorken. Karlsby, alt. 351 ft., on Lake Salster. Line passes small lakes. Degeron, alt. 364 ft. Godegdrd, alt. 373 ft. Mariedam, after passing Skeppsjon. Line descends. Ronneshytta, alt. 113 ft. Branch W. to Kristineberg on Lake Multen, J- mile. Lerback. Branch NW. to Ljungds, 1£ mile. Branch SW. to Askersund (narrow gauge : 0-891 m.) : — 1J m. Branch line NW. to Karborg, \\ miles. 2| m. Skyllberg. 4 m. Inglesby. 8| m. Askersund, alt. 328 ft., on Lake Alsen, connected with Lake Vattern. o Asbro, on Lake Tisaren. Hallsberg, alt. 174 ft. For Goteborg-Stockholm line, see Route 58. Kumla. Branch E. to Yxhulte, 4 miles. Mosas, after passing Mosjon. Orebro, after crossing the Svarta, alt. 87 ft. For narrow-gauge line from Palsboda and Norrkoping, see Route 33. For line from Svarta, see Route 65. Branch to Skeback near mouth of the Svarta, 1 mile. Crosses the Lilla. Hovsta. Dylta Bruk, alt. 126 ft. Ervalla. Leaving, line turns NE., crosses the 332 RAILWAYS— ROUTES 37, 38 miles 89 89f 92f95f 100£ 113 121 1261 134* 143i 147 157 Dyltaa, and branches. For line to Stromtorp and Otterbacken, see Route 38. Crosses the Frovia. Frovi, alt. 141 ft., on Lake Varingen. Line turns N. For line from Stockholm and Tillberga, see Route 40. For line to Ludvika, see Route 39. Branch NW. to Frovi village, 2 miles. Blixterboda. Sallinge. Branch NW. to Rockhammar, 2 miles. Spannarboda.Krampen. Narrow-gauge line from Koping to Riddarhyttan crosses, see Route 40. Skinnskatteberg, between Ofvre Vattern (N.) and Nedre Vattern (S.). Dagarn, on Lake Dagarn. Branch SW. to Hultebo, 4 miles. Vastanfors, on Lake Aspen, after crossing the Stromsholm canal. Line turns E. For line from Tillberga to Ludvika and Vansbro, see Route 41. Snyten, on Lake Snyten, which line skirts. For line from Tillberga to Krylbo, see Route 41. Karbenning. Krylbo, alt. 263 ft. For line from Stockholm to Ockelbo and the north and branch to Borlange, see Route 72. ROUTE 38 Eevalla — Otterbacken, 731 miles Ervalla. Line runs NW. 5 m. Jdrle, alt. 143 ft. Leaving, line crosses the Jarlea. 11 m. Nora, on Noras j on,, alt. 94 ft. Line RAILWAYS— ROUTE 38 333 turns SW. 13Jm. Branch S. to Gamla Perlyttan, 1 mile. Gyttorp. Branch NNW. to Bredsjo : — 4J m. Striberg, after skirting Lake Vikern. 8J m. Klacka-Lerberg, after passing Belgsjon. 11 J m. Timansberg, alt. 459 ft. 14 m. Jdrnboas, alt. 384 ft., after crossing the Rastalf. 19 m. Branch W. to Rossberg, 2 miles, 20J m. Grangen. (Branch E. to Slotteberg, 2 miles.) 25 m. Hjulsjo, alt. 535 ft., after skirting Grangen lakes. 29 J m. Bredsjo, alt. 600 ft. (For GSteborg-Falun line, see Route 61.) Bengtstorp, after skirting Lake Vikern. Vikersvik. Narrow-gauge line under construction N. to Striberg. Kortfors, alt. 522 ft., after crossing the Svartalf. Branch N. to Grythyttehed : — If m. Karlsdalsbruk, alt. 535 ft. (Branch to Karlsdal, J mile.) 9£ m. Rockesholm, alt. 534 ft. Leaving, line skirts Lake Halvars Noran. 17£ m. Alvestorp, alt. 544 ft., after crossing the Svartalf. 23i m. Grythyttehed, alt. 604 ft., after skirting Torrvarpensjon. (For Goteborg- Falun line, see Route 61.) Granbergsdal. Bofors, on Lake Mockeln. Steel and dynamite works. Branch to ValSsen, 2£ miles, along N. end of Mockelnsjon. Leaving Bofors, line crosses the Timsalf. 38 J m. Karlskoga. Stromtorp, alt. 377 ft. For Kristiania-Stockholm line, see Route 65. Branch from Degerfors, 11 miles, on Kristiania- Katrineholm line, see Route 65. 51J m. Hdkanbol, alt. 364 ft. 58 m. Konsterud, alt. 338 ft. 62 m. Varmlands Saby, alt. 190 ft. Line skirts Kolstrandsviken. 70 m. Gullspang, alt. 154 ft., after crossing river. Otterbacken, alt, 115 ft., on Lake Vanern. 334 RAILWAYS— ROUTE 39 ROUTE 39 Frovi — Ludvika, 62£ miles Frovi. Line ascends. Vanneboda on line from Stockholm and Tillberga, see Route 40. Vedevag, after skirting Hogstabosjon, Vedevagsjon, and the Borsa. Lindesberg (Linde), on Lindesjon, alt. 204 ft., pop. 2,550, mining town ; after crossing the Lindea. Gusselby, near Lake Rossvalen, after ascending valley. Stora, alt. 213 ft., after skirting Lake Rossvalen. Line ascends Stora valley. Branch SW. to Guldsmedshyttan, 2 miles. Silver and lead mines. Branch SE. to N. to Strassa, 5 miles. Line crosses the Stora. Vasselhyttan, alt. 282 ft. Line leaves Stora, valley. Branch E. to Storihyttan, 1 mile. 281 m. Rallsd, alt. 328 ft., on Rallsjon. Line con tinues to ascend. 29 m. Line crosses stream. 33J m. Bdngbro. Branch E. to ironworks, J mile. Line ascends valley. Banghammar. Branch E. to Kloten : — 0 m. Banghammar. Line ascends and winds. 6J m. Kolsjon. Line passes several lakes. 13i m. Kloten, between Lake Kloten to S. and Lang Vattnet to N. Kopparsberg, alt. 490 ft. Ljusnarsberg across river. Line crosses stream and skirts Olof sj on, alt. 503 ft. Line crosses strait between Bjorken and Olof sj on. Line meets Goteborg-Falun line (see Route 61) and runs parallel to it. Stdlldalen, alt. 571 ft. on Lake Bjorken. Stdllborg. Line parts from Goteborg line. RAILWAYS— ROUTES 39, 40 335 Branch SE. to Hbgfors, 3 miles. Silferhbjden (Hork). Branch to S. Horken Lake, J mile. Leaving line crosses stream. Line passes under Goteborg-Falun line, see Route 61. 51 m. Grdngesberg, alt. 902 ft. 561 m- Btbtberget. Gonds halt. Line skirts S. end of Lake Vasman. Line joins Goteborg-Falun line, see Route 61. Ludvika, alt. 505 ft., on Lake Vasman. For line from Goteborg and Kil to Falun, see Route 61. For line from Angelsberg to Vansbro, see Route 41. ROUTE 40 Stockholm — Tillberga — Frovi, 1181 miles Stockholm, central station. Karlberg. Branch to Vdrten, 4 miles. Tomteboda. Line to Uppsala, Boden, and Hapa randa leaves to N., see Route 72. 3 m. Hafvudsta halt. 31 m. Sundbyberg. Branch S. to Ranhammar, 1 mile. Spanga. Branch W. to Riddersvik and Lofsta : — 3|- m. Riddersvik, and 4 J m. Lofsta, both on Lofstafjarden, » gulf of Lake Malaren. 10J m. Jakobsberg. 141 m- Staket. Leaving, line crosses Staket Strait to Stakeso Island and passing through tunnel crosses bridge to 17 m. Kungsdngen, alt. 25 ft. 22 m. Bro. 26 m. Pass.es end of Kal- marvik, a gulf of Malaren. 281 m- Balsta, alt. 16 ft. 32J m. Krdgga. 34 m. Ekolsund, after crossing Ekolsundsvik, a gulf of Malaren. 361 m- Crosses stream. 39 m. Grittby. Enkoping, station N. of town ; line to town. For line from Uppsala, see Route 72 ; and for line from Gene and Runhallen, see Route 75, 336 RAILWAYS— ROUTE 40 miles 50| m. Lundby. 53£ m. Crosses the Saga. 54 m. Orresta. 58£ m. Tortuna. Tillberga. Line turns SSE. For line from Gafle, see Route 75 ; for line to Ramnas, Krylbo, and Vansbro, see Route 41. Vasteras, alt. 28 ft. on Lake Malaren, industrial town. Leaving, line crosses the Svarta. Dingtuna. Branch N. along Stromsholm Canal to Ramnas : — 3 m. Hallstahammar. 10 m. Surahammar, alt. 224 ft. (Branch W. to Lisjon, 6J miles.) 15 m. Line from Tillberga joins, see Route 41. 16£ m. Ramnas, alt. 253 ft. (For line to Ludvika and Vansbro, see Route 41.) Kolback, alt. 39 ft., after crossing the Stromsholm Canal. For line from Eskilstuna, see Route 35. Munktorp, alt. 66 ft. Koping, alt. 44 ft., after crossing the Kopingsa. miles Branch NW. to Riddarhyttan (narrow gauge 1-093 metre) :— 4 J Asby, alt. Ill ft. Line ascends Hedstrom valley. 8J Kolsva, alt. 190 ft. 11 Gisslarbo. Leaving crosses the Svana. 12i Branch N. to Svansbo, on Lake Lillesvan, 1J miles. 14 Bernshammar, alt. 275 ft. 15} Karmansbo, alt. 252 ft. 18J Crosses the Heditrom. 19| Branch NNW. to Ostanfors, 1J miles, across Hed strom. 21 Uttersberg, alt. 297 ft. 24 Krampen. Line from Mjolby to Krylbo crosses, see Route 37. 25} Forshammar. 28J Riddarhyttan. Branch NW. to Haraldsjon, 2J miles. Branch N. to Skarsjon, 3 miles. Crosses the Hedstrom. Line running S. by E. Valskog, alt. 46 ft. For line from Eskilstuna, see Route 35. Crosses the Lilla, RAILWAYS— ROUTES 40, 41 337 miles 1001 117*1181 Arboga, alt. 29 ft. on Arbogaa.1 Line turns W. 103| m. Jadersbruk, alt. 50 ft. 105f m. Alsdng. 110 m. Fellingsbro, alt. 82 ft. 1101m. Crosses the Essingsa. 1141 m- Crosses the Sverkestaa. 1151 m- Ullersdter. Vanneboda. For line to Ludvika, see Route 39. FrSvi, alt. 141 ft., on Lake Varingen. For line from Mjolby to Krylbo, see Route 37. 18m 32| Leaving, line crosses the Svarta. ROUTE 41 Tillbebga — Ludvika — Vansbro, 123| miles Tillberga. 81 m. Skultuna. 12f m. Svand. Line from Kolback joins, see Route 40. Ramnas. Line turns NNW. up Kolbacksa valley along Stromsholm Canal. 22Jm. Seglingsberg. 26 m. Virsbo, alt. 243 ft., after skirting Virsbosjon. Angelsberg, alt. 253 ft., after skirting Lake Aman- ingen. Line turns W- miles Branch N. to Krylbo : — 0 Angelsberg. Line skirts Lake Snyten. 2\ Snyten ; iron mines. For Hallsberg-Krylbo line, see Route 37. Hogfors. Leaving crosses river. Norberg, alt. 442 ft. ; iron mines. Branch NW. to Klacksberg round N. of Lake Norett, 3 miles ; iron mines. 11 Karrgrufvan, alt. 577 ft. ; iron mines. 13 J Kallmora halt. Line turns ENE. 16J Andersbenning halt. 18£ Bjurfors, alt. 406 ft. 2\\ Joins line from Krylbo to Borlange, see Route 73. 22 J Krylbo, alt. 263 ft. For line from Mjolby and Halls berg, see Route 37. For Stockholm-Boden line, see Route 72. 338 RAILWAYS^ROUTE 41 Leaving Angelsberg line crosses stream. Vdstanfors, after skirting Lake Aspen. Fagersta, on Stromsholm Canal. Vad, after skirting Lake Barken. Crosses narrow strait in Lake Barken. Sbderbdrke, alt. 400 ft. where road crosses Barken. Smedjebacken, alt. 338 ft., after skirting S. side of Barken. Alt. 360 ft. Line runs near Lake Leran. Hagge (Sandsta). Leaving, crosses stream and skirts N. side of Nedre Hillan. Crosses narrow strait between Nedre and Ofra Hillen. Ludvika, alt. 505 ft. on Lake Vasman. For line from Goteborg to Falun and Storvik, see Route 61. For line from Frovi, see Route 39. After Ludvika line skirts Lake Vasman. 74J m. Sbrvik halt. 80f m. Stensbo. Grangarde. Line leaves lake. Lake Saxen to N. Nyhammar, alt. 607 ft. Line ascends the Norrboa valley. Branches to town, each J mile. 94| m. Saldn halt, alt. 787 ft. 961 m- A1*- 882 ft. Line descends. Bjorbo, alt. 679 ft., on the Vasterdalalf. For line from Falun, see Route 61. 106 m. Crosses the Vasterdalalf. 109 m. Nds, alt. 754 ft. Crosses the Snoa and continues along Vasterdal. Dala-Jdrna. Vansbro, alt. 788 ft., after crossing the Vana. For line from Kristinehamn to Mora, see Route 67. RAILWAYS— ROUTES 42, 43 339 ROUTE 42 Landskrona — Billesholm, 16 miles Landskrona. Line to Eslof branches, see Route 43. Sdby. Branch to Sabyholm, 1 mile. Vadensjb, after great curves. Line from Halsingborg to Eslof crosses, see Route 43. Kingelstad. Ekeby. Branch SE. to Skromberga, li miles. Billesholm. For Malmo-Angelholm line, see Route 2. ROUTE 43 Halsingborg — Esloe, 291 miles Halsingborg. Line to Astorp branches to right, see Route 44. 2 m. Ramlbsa. Line to Astorp crosses to left. 3f m. Raus. Line ascends valley of Kvistaftaa. 6£ m. Gantofta. 9 m. Vallakra. Ill ni. Line from Landskrona to Billesholm crosses, see Route 42. 13£ m. Tdgarp, alt. 91 ft. Billeberga, alt. 57 ft. Branch W. to Landskrona : — 1} m. Asmundtorp. 5\ m. Line N. to Billesholm and Angelholm, see Route 2. 6 m. Landskrona. Teckomatorp. For Malmo-Angelholm line, see Route 2. 23J m. Marieholm. 25f m. Crosses the Saxa. >! m. Trollends. y 2 340 RAILWAYS— ROUTES 43, 44 miles 291 0 1 Hi 12i14 17 j 201 471 Eslof. For Malmo-Stockholm line, see Route 1 ; for line from Ystad, see Route 11 ; for line from Ahus, see Route 14 ; for line from Angelholm, see Route 46. ROUTE 44 Halsingborg — Hassleholm, 471 miles Halsingborg. Line to Eslof branches to SE., see Route 43. Line turns E. Branch S. along coast to Ra, 2 miles. 11 m. Ramlbsa. 2J m. Ramlbsabrunn. 5| m, Pdarp. Line turns NE. 8| m. Morarp, alt. 147 ft. Bjuf. For line from Billesholm to Hylinge, see Route 2. Crosses the Vegea. Gunnarstorp. _ Astorp, alt. 91 ft. Line runs E. For Malmo, Angelholm line, see Route 2 ; for branch W. to Hoganas and Molle, see Route 2. Karreberga. Line to Jonkoping branches to NE., see Route 54. Kvidinge, alt. 100 ft. On leaving, line crosses the Ronnea. Klippan ; paper mill. Junction of Angelholm- Eslof line, see Route 46. 27 m. Hyllstofta, alt. 195 ft. 31J m. Perstorp, alt. 292 ft. Line skirts Hendrikstorpsjon. 36J m. Vast Torup. 40J m. Tyringe, alt. 253 ft. 441 m- Finja, alt. 151 ft. 45 m. Crosses the Almaa. Hassleholm, alt. 146 ft. For Malmo-Stockholm line, see Route 1 ; for line from Veinge and Mar- karyd, see Route 47 ; for line from Kristianstad, see Route 16. RAILWAYS— ROUTE 45 341 ROUTE 45 Halsingborg — Goteborg, 149 miles Halsingborg. Steam train-ferry from Helsingor in Denmark, 21 miles. Oddkra.Kattarp. For line from Astorp to Hoganas and Molle, see Route 2. Rbgle. Vegeholm, after crossing the Vegea. Sandy waste to Angelholm, on the Ronnea, seaport. For line from Malmo, see Route 2 ; for line to Klippan and Eslof, see Route 46. Skdlderviken, after crossing the Ronnea. Line leaves coast. 21| m. Barkdkra. 24J m. Fbrslbf, alt. 175 ft. Grefvie, alt. 243 ft., near sea. Line descends. Bdstad, after embankment 79 ft. high. Bathing resort. Line leaves coast. Skottorp, after crossing the Stensa. Vallberga, alt. 34 ft. Laholm, on the Lagaa. Veinge, alt. 172 ft. For line to Hassleholm, see Route 47. Genevad.Eldsberga. Line approaches coast. T ronninge. Crosses the Fyllea. Halmstad, after crossing the Nissaa, seaport. For line to Ljungby and Vislanda, see Route 48 ; for line to Varnamo, see Route 49. Halmstad norra. Gullbrandstorp, alt. 94 ft. Harplinge, alt. 112 ft. Brdnnarp, alt. 78 ft. 342 RAILWAYS— ROUTE 45 Getinge, alt. 87 ft. Line follows the Stora. Slbinge, after crossing the Stora. 761 m. Heberg. 79 m. Skrea. Falkenberg, alt. 20 ft., after crossing the Atra; seaport. For narrow-gauge line to Limmared, see Route 51. 85| m. Lis, alt. 56 ft. 88J m. Langds. Tvdaker, alt. 55 ft. Leaving, crosses the Tvaaker canal. Himle. Varberg, seaport, granite quarries. For Hne to UUared and Kinnared, see Route 52 ; for line to Herrljunga, see Route 53. Askloster, at head of Klosterfjord. Leaving, line crosses the Viskea. 1121 m- Backa. 1171 m. Frillesas, after crossing the Loftea. 1201 m- Asa, on Kungsbackfjord. 127J m. Fjdrnds, alt. 18 ft. 129 m. Crosses the Rolfsa. Kungsbacka, alt. 14 ft., at head of Kungsbackfjord. Anneberg. Line ascends the Kungsbacka vaUey. 138 m. Lindome. 1401 m- Kallered. Fdssberg. Line from Goteborg to Boras runs parallel. Almedal. For line from Goteborg to Boras and Alfvesta, see Route 57. Line from Goteborg to Laxa crosses, see Route 58. Goteborg, Bergslagsbanans station. For line from Stromstad, see Route 62 ; for Hne to Falun and Storvik, see Route 61 ; for narrow-gauge Hne to Lidkoping and Mariestad, see Route 59. RAILWAYS— ROUTES 46, 47 343 ROUTE 46 Angelholm — Klippan — Eslof, 41 1 miles Angelholm. 1 J m. Angelholm Yarn, after crossing the Ronnea. Line runs E. 3f m. Munkadgdrd. 51 m. Munkal- jungby. 7 m. Skdlderhus. Line turns SE. 8| m. Asbo-Ossjo. 10| m. Kallna. Ostra-Ljungby, alt. 135 ft. For Astorp-Jonkoping line, see Route 54. Grdmanstorp. Leaving, line crosses the Veelbya. Klippan. For Halsingborg-Hassleholm line, see Route 44. Line crosses the Ronnea, alt. 113 ft. 23 m. Ljungbyhed. 251 m- Skaralid. 281 m. Rbstdnga. 311 m. Billinge. 35J m. Trolleholm. 391 m. Stabbarp. Eslof. For Malmo-Stockholm line, see Route 1 ; for line from Landskrona, see Route 43 ; from Ystad, see Route 11 ; for line from Ahus, see Route 14. - ROUTE 47 Veinge — Hassleholm, 44 miles Veinge. Line runs E. 4J m. Skogaby, alt. 155 ft. Line ascends the Lagaa, valley. 8J m. Crosses the Lagaa. 91 m. \Knared, alt. 155 ft. 15| m. Majenfors. 181 m- Rdstorp. Markaryd, alt. 321 ft., near Lokasjon. For line from Astorp to Jonkoping, see Route 54. 26f m. Emmaljunga. Line ascends. 301 m- Vitt- sjb, on Lake Vittsjon. 34f m. Bjdrnum (Akarp), alt. 288 ft. Line descends. 37| m. Mala. 40| to. Van- kifva. 421 m- Crosses the Almaa. 344 RAILWAYS— ROUTES 47, -48 miles 44 Hassleholm. For Malmo-Stockholm Hne, see Route 1 ; for line from Kristianstad line, see Route 16; for line from Halsingborg and Astorp line, see Route 44. ROUTE 48 Halmstad — Vislanda (narrow gauge : 1-067 metre), 701 miles 30J 33J 36i 481 52|57J61701 Halmstad. Line ascends the Fyllea, vaUey. 3 m. Skedalahed. 4J m. Skedala, alt. 170 ft. 6|m. Marbdck. 11 m. Simldngsdalen halt, on Lake Sim- langen. 161 m- Ryaberg, alt. 243 ft. 20J m. Byg- get, alt. 428 ft. Line leaves river. 241 m- Bbkb, at north of Transjon. 27 m. Lidhult, alt. 553 ft. Asen. Branch N. to Vnnen on Lake Bolmen, 2 miles. Byholma. Branch to lake, 1|- miles. 36 J m. Piksborg, alt. 487 ft., after crossing the wide Bolma at exit from lake. 39 m. Bolmen, on lake. 41| m. Angelstad, alt. 448 ft., at north end of Lake Kosen. Ljungby, alt. 482 ft. Leaving, line crosses the Lagaa. For Halsingborg-Markaryd-Jonkoping line, see Route 54. Tutaryd. Ryssby, alt. 473 ft., at N. end of Ryssbysjon. Mdlaskog. Line starts south end of Lake Tjurken. Vislanda, alt. 507 ft. For narrow-gauge line from Karlshamn, see Route 21 ; for Malm6-Nassj6- Stockholm line, see Route 1. RAILWAYS— ROUTES 49, 50 345 ROUTE 49 Halmstad — Varnamo, 71 miles Halmstad. Line ascends the Nassea vaUey on left bank. 3 m. Sperlingsholm. 81 m. Aled. 9J m. Sennan. Line crosses the Nassea and ascends by right bank. llf m. Oskarsstrbm : jute factory. 141 m- Johans fors. 181 m- Frbslida. Torup, on the Kilaa, ; alt. 292 ft. ; paper miU. Line leaves the Nassea. Branch E. up the Nassea valley to Hyltebruk : — 7 m. Rydo- bruck. 5 m. Hyltebruck. Kinnared, alt. 292 ft. Line leaves by Ostera, valley. For Hne from Varberg, see Route 52. Landeryd, alt. 419 ft. Line ascending. For line N. to Limmared and Falkoping, see Route 50. 411 m- Skeppshult. 45J m. Smdlandsstenur. Leav ing, line crosses the Nassea. Reftele, alt. 512 ft. Branch N. to Gislaved : — 8 m. Anderstorp. 12 m. Gislaved, after crossing the Nissea. 571 m- Bredaryd, alt. 555 ft. 61J m. Forsheda. 65 m. Karda, alt. 574 ft. Line joins Astorp-Jonkoping line, see Route 54. Varnamo, alt. 478 ft., after crossing the Lagaa. For Goteborg-Alfvesta line, see Route 57. ROUTE 50 Landeryd — Falkoping, 81 miles Landeryd. 3 m. Broaryd. 9£ m. Burseryd, alt. 448 ft. 13 m. Hdllabdck. 18J m. Ekefors. 20| m. Sjbtofta, alt. 516 ft. 25 m. Ambjbrnarp, alt. 584 ft. 346 RAILWAYS— ROUTES 50, 51 miles 30 33f 521 81 Ostra Tranemo. Line runs parallel to Falkenberg- Limmared narrow-gauge line. Limmared, alt. 525 ft. Line ascends Manstada vaHey. For Goteborg- Vamamo-Alfvesta Hne, see Route 57 ; for narrow-gauge line from Falkenberg, see Route 51. 38f m. Mdnstadskulle. Line skirts Samsjon. 43| m. Vegby. Line skirts Lake Asunden. 48f m. Asunden. Ulricehamn, alt. 600 ft. Line ascends vaHey. Branch SW. to Boras-Hillared line, 22 miles, under construction. 571 m- Lena, alt. 590 ft. 601 m- Datum, alt. 596 ft. 62| m. Blidsberg. 67 m. Trddet, after crossing the Atra. Asarp, alt. 728 ft. Branch NE. to Tidaholm :— 5 m. Vartofta, alt. 945 ft. (Line from Nassjo to Falkoping crosses, see Route 1. ) 8 m. Kal- vene, alt. 791 ft. 11} m. Folkabo, alt. 725 ft. 14£ m. Suntak, alt. 548 ft. 16} m. Maddngsholm. 20 m. Tidaholm, alt. 476 ft. ; match factories. For narrow-gauge line from Skara. see Route 60. 731 m- Kinnarp. 74f m. Slutarp. 801 m- Fal- kbpings Stad. For line from Jonkoping and Nassjo, see Route 1. Falkopings-Ranten, alt. 706 ft. For line from Goteborg to Laxa, see Route 58. ROUTE 51 Falkenbeeg — Limmabed (narrow gauge : 0-891 metre), 621 miles 0 Falkenberg. 4£m. Vinberg. 9£m. Vessigebro. Line ascends the Atra, valley. 13 m. Atrafors. 151 m- Kbinge, alt. 165 ft. 16f m. Svartvahed, alt. 169 ft. miles 21f 49| 621 m 411 RAILWAYS— ROUTES 51, 52 347 UUared, alt. 272 ft. Standard-gauge line from Var- berg to Kinnared crosses, see Route 52. 24Jm. Fridhemsberg. 28 m. Lia. 31| m. Alf- sered, alt. 360 ft. 36| m. Mjbback, alt. 448 ft. Line passes among several lakes. 39J m. Ofverlida. 44| m. Holsljunga, alt. 487 ft., after skirting Holtsjon. Axelfors. For standard-gauge line from HiUared, see Route 57. Line crosses the Atra, and ascends the Lilla vaUey to ENE. 541 m- Strbmsfors. 55| m. Uddebo. 591 m- Tranemo. Line runs paraUel to Landeryd-Limmared Hne. Limmared, alt. 525 ft., in valley of the Manstada. For Goteborg- Varnamo-Alfvesta line, see Route 57 ; for line from Landeryd to Falkoping, see Route 50. ROUTE 52 Vaebeeg — Kinnared, 41 § miles Varberg. 6J m. Grimeton. 8f m. Rolfstorp. 16J m. Skin- narlyngen. UUared, alt. 272 ft. For narrow-gauge line from Falkenberg to Alexfors, see Route 51. 251 m- Gallared, alt. 321 ft. 301 m- Atran, alt. 360 ft., after crossing the Atra. 34£ m. Fegen, at south end of lake. Kinnared, alt. 292 ft. For Halmstad- Varnamo Hne, see Route 49. 348 RAILWAYS— ROUTES 53, 54 miles 0 ROUTE 53 Varberg — Herrljtjnga, 78 miles Varberg. Line leaves town along coast beside Goteborg line for 1 mile. 5 m. Tofta. 8| m. Derome. Leaving, line crosses the Viskea and ascends vaHey. llf m. Veddige, alt. 50 ft. 19im. Horred, alt. 51ft. 21f m. Sund- holmen. 25J m. Bjbrketorp, alt. 80 ft. 311 m. Skene, alt. 201 ft. 34 m. Kinna, alt. 205 ft. 39 m. Fristla, alt. 214 ft. Cotton mills. 441 m- Viskafors, alt. 409 ft. Cotton mills. 47 m. Rydboholm. Cotton mills. Boras nedre, alt. 466 ft., on the Viskea. For Gote- borg-Varnamo line, see Route 57. 53 m. Borasbvre. 61 m. Fristad, alt. 488 ft., after skirting Oresjon. Line ascends the Munka vaUey. 64f m. Borgstena, alt. 564 ft. 67J m. Line skirts MoUasjon and leaves the Munka, vaUey. 72 \ m. Ljung, alt. 545 ft. Herrljunga, alt. 381 ft. For Hne to Oxnered and Uddevalla, see Route 58 ; for line from Goteborg to Laxa, see Route 58. ROUTE 54 Astorp — Jonkoping, 139 miles Astorp, alt. 91 ft. Karreberga. For line to Hassleholm see Route 44. Line crosses the Ronnea. Ostra Ljungby, alt. 135 ft. Junction for Hne Angelholm-Klippan-Eslof, see Route 46. Line ascends vaUey of the Orkelljungaa. 8 J m. Crosses the Orkelljungaa and ascends vaUey. RAILWAYS— ROUTE 54 349 91 m. Stidsvig. 13| m. Eket. 17J m. Orkelljunga, alt. 224 ft. Line passes N. of Hjalmsjon. 211m. Asljunga, on Asljungasjon. 25 m. Varsjb, on lake. 27f m. Asbo-Fagerhult, alt. 360 ft. Leaving, line skirts Fedingssjon. 31 \ m. Yxenhult. Markaryd, alt. 321 ft., on the Lagaa. Junction of Hne from Veinge to Hassleholm, see Route 47. 381 m. Timsfors. Line ascending the Lagaa, vaUey. 411 m- Axhult. Stromsnasbruk. Branch E. to Delaryd on the Helgea, 8J miles. 48 m. Traryd, alt. 419 ft. 53 m. Hornsborg. 57£ m. Hamneda, alt. 423 ft. 60£ m. Back. 63J m. Kanna, alt. 438 ft. 64£ m. Line crosses the Lagaa and continues to ascend valley. Ljungby, alt. 482 ft. For line from Halmstad to Vislanda see Route 48. 731 m- Lagan, alt. 497 ft. 77| m. Hvittaryd, alt. 525 ft. 80f m. Vidbstern, on Lake Vidostern. 85f m. Hanger, alt. 526 ft. Line skirts lake. 89| m. Aminne. 921 m- Line from Halmstad joins, see Route 49. Varnamo, at head of lake, on the Lagaa. For Hne from Goteborg and Boras to Alfvesta see Route 57. 991 m- Hbrle, alt. 507 ft. Line ascending the Lagaa vaUey. 1051m. Klefshult, alt. 572 ft. 1111m. Skillingaryd, alt. 606 ft. Vaggeryd, alt. 643 ft., on Hjortsjon. Branch NE. to Nassjo : Vaggeryd. Line crosses the Lagaa and ascends valley. Hok, after crossing the Hara. Malmbdck. Fredriksdal, alt. 1,040 ft. Nassjo, alt. 961 ft. For Malmo-Stockholm line and Nassjo-Falkoping branch see Route 1 ; for line from Oskarshamn and Hultsfred see Route 28 ; for line from Kalmar see Route 25. 0 51 15} 21i26} 350 RAILWAYS— ROUTES 54, 55, 56 miles 1391 119| m. Byarum, alt. 691 ft. 122f m. Bratteborg. 125 m. Ekeryd. 129 m. Mdnsarp, alt. 708 ft. 131J m. Smalands Taberg, alt. 630 ft. Line descends the Tabergsa valley. 1331m. Norrahammar. 135fm. Hofsldtt, alt. 361 ft. 130£ m. Ljungarum, on Lake Vattern. Jonkoping, alt. 299 ft., after skirting Munksjon. For line from Nassjo to Falkoping see Route 1. For narrow-gauge line to Vireda see Route 55. ROUTE 55 Jonkoping — Vireda (narrow gauge : 0-6 metre), 251 miles 0 Jonkoping, east station. Line skirts Rocksjon and crosses line from Nassjo and skirts Vattern. 3 m. Rosendala, after crossing the Huskvarnaa. 3£ m. Branch SE. to Huskvarna, \ mile. 6J m. Gisebo, on Vattern. 7f m. Vistakulle, alt. 473 ft. Line turns E. and skirts Landsjon. 10J m. Drattinge, alt. 489 ft., on Landsjon. 111m. Lyckdsgard, alt. 495 ft., on Landsjon. Line running NE. 14J m. Siringe. 16 m. Brotjemark. 19 m. Bunn, alt. 656 ft. on Lake Bunn. 20J m. Fbrnas. 25 m. Hultrum, at S. end of Lake Oren. Line turns SE. 251 Vireda, alt. 800 ft. 141 ROUTE 56 Goteborg — Sa.ro, 14| miles Goteborg, Saro station on S. of town. 21 m. Jarnbrott. Line skirts coast. 5 m. Hofas. 8 m. Billdal. llf m. Kullavik. 14| m. Slap. Saro, after crossing bridge from mainland. SmaU harbour. Sea-bathing resort. RAILWAYS— ROUTE 57 351 ROUTE 57 Goteborg — Boras — Alfvesta, 137 miles Goteborg, Bergslagsbanans station Line runs S. up vaUey of the Molndalsa. Crosses Goteborg-Laxa-Katrineholm line, see Route 58. Almedal. Line from Halsingborg joins, see Route 45. Mblndal. Line turns E. Mblnlycke, after passing S. end of Radasjon. Landvetter, alt. 195 ft., on Lake Groen, Line ascends valley. Hdrryda, alt. 272 ft. Hindds, on Nedsjon, alt. 389 ft. Line turns S. Rdflanda, after tunnel, 128 yds. long. Line turns ENE. and ascends the Sora, vaUey. Bollebygd, alt. 236 ft., after crossing the Noli,. Hultafors, alt. 492 ft. Sandared. Line skirts Viaredsjon and crosses the Viska to Boras, alt. 466ft., lower station; manufacturing town. For line from Varberg to Herrljunga see Route 53. Branch NE. to Ulricehamn under construction, 22 miles. 51 Jm. Mdlseryd. Line running SE. 54J m. Aplared. HiUared, alt. 535 ft., after passing through a tunnel. Branch S. to Axelfors : 6 m. Sexdrega. 11 J m. Svenljunga. 16 m. Axelfors. For Falkenberg-Limmared narrow-gauge line see Route 51. Leaving HiUared, line crosses the Atra. Ldnghem, alt. 591 ft., after passing region of many smaU lakes. Limmared, alt. 525 ft. For line from Landeryd to Falkoping, see Route 50. 352 RAILWAYS— ROUTES 57, 58 mUes 71| 77i 81 84 106J 137 Brandsmo, after crossing the Dulstorpsa. Grimsas, alt. 681 ft., after desolate swampy region. Hestra. Nissafors, after crossing the Nissaa between Viksjon (N.) and Gusjon (S.). 89 m. Gnosjb, alt. 565 ft. 95| m. Hillerstorp. Line crosses swampy regions. 100 m. Hddinge, alt. 584 ft., near Horssjon. Varnamo, alt. 478 ft., after crossing the Lagaa. For line from Astorp to Jonkoping see Route 54 ; for line from Halmstad see Route 49. On leaving, line crosses the Lagaa and runs SE. 113| m. Bor, alt. 544 ft. 1171 m- Line crosses the Ara. 120J m. Horda, alt. 565 ft. 1241 m. Smdl- Rydaholm. Hjortsberga, alt. 517 ft. Line skirts Sjoatorpsjon. Alfvesta, alt. 498 ft., at head of Lake Salen. For Malmo-Stockholm line see Route 1 ; for Hne from Karlskrona and Vaxjo see Route 23. ROUTE 58 Halsingborg to Boras, see Gotebobg — Lax! — Hallsberg — Katbineholm — Jabna, 254 nules (double line to Jonsered, thence single Hne) 0 Goteborg. State station. Line ascends the Saf vea vaUey. Crosses line from Routes 45 and 57. Olskroken. Wool factory and barrack on left before arriving. For line Falun and Storvik, which branches to 1., see Route 61 ; for line from Stromstad see Route 62 ; for light railway to Lidkoping, Marie- stad, and Skofde see Routes 59 and 60. 5J Partille. RAILWAYS— ROUTE 58 353 Jonsered, on Lake Aspen. Double line ends. Line skirts lake and ascends the Safvea valley. Lerum, after crossing the Safvea. Floda. Line continues up the Safvea vaUey. Norsesund. Crosses the Safvea and skirts Lake Mjorn. Alingsas, alt. 210 ft., pop. 4,200. Weaving fac tories. On leaving, line crosses the Safvea, soon recrosses and runs up vaUey to Torp. Line continues along valley to Lagmansholm. Line crosses the Safvea and runs over moors to Vdrgdrda. Barren moors to Herrljunga, alt. 381 ft. For line from Varberg and Boras, see Route 53. miles 06| 13J- 17| 20J25J26i 28i34373840i 41J 42J45J48i 52 57 Branch NW. to Vanersborg and TJddevalla : — Herrljunga. Vedum.Vara. Light railway Goteborg to Skara crosses, see Routes 59 and 60. H&kantorp. Light railway Goteborg to Lidkoping, &c, crosses, see Route 59. Ulfstorp. Grastorp.Line crosses the Nossaa. Salsta, near Dettern, bay of Lake Vanern. Lilleskog.Rannum. Crosses the Gotaalf. Vanersborg, alt. 146 ft. On leaving, line crosses Karl Grav Canal and passes between Vassbotten (S.) and Vanern (N.). Line turns sharply SW. Oxnered. For line from Goteborg to Falun, see Route 61. Grunnebo.Ryr, at S. end of Ryrsjon. Angebacken. TJddevaUa, seaport at head of Byfjord. For Strom- stad-Goteborg line, see Route 62 ; for narrow-gauge line to Bengtsfors, see Route 63. Z 354 RAILWAYS— ROUTE 58 Fdglavik, alt. 436 ft. Kalleryd, alt. 492 ft. Crosses the Lida. Floby, alt. 531 ft. Odensberg, alt. 686 ft. Mosseberg plateau to N, 1,070 ft. Markakyrka, alt. 738 ft., summit of Hne ; no station. Falkopings-Ranten, alt. 706 ft. Station Hes N. of town. For line from Nassjo, see Route 1. For line from Landeryd and Asarp, see Route 50. Branch E. to Uddagarden (narrow gauge), 4J miles. Stenstorp, alt. 568 ft. For light raUway from Goteborg and Lidkoping to Hjo, see Route 60. Skultorp, alt. 611 ft. Skofde, alt. 459 ft. Light railway from Lidkoping and Skara, see Route 60. miles 021 51 121318J 23*271 Branch NE. to Karlsberg on Lake Vattern :- Crosses the Osa. Igelstorp, alt. 391 Crosses the Tida. Tibro, alt. 420 ft. Fagersanna, on Lake Orten. Molltorp, at south end of Kyrksjon. Karlsborg, after skirting Bottensjon, on peninsula between Vattern (E.) and Bottensjon (W.). where Gota Canal enters Vattern. Branch to fortress on E. penin sula, 1J miles. Crosses the Ora, and runs over level country. Vdring. Tidan, on the Tida. Moholm. For light railway from Mariestad, see Route 59. Tbreboda. On leaving crosses Gota Canal. RAILWAYS— ROUTE 58 355 Algards. Gardsjo. For Hght raUway from Mariestad, see Route 59. Finnerodja. Branch NW. to Skagernsholm on Lake Skagern, 3| miles, Laxa, alt. 313 ft. For line from N. from Kristiania and Karlstad, see Route 65. light railway NW. to Oxhult, 1J mile ; light railway S. to Rbfors, 3 miles. Vretstorp, alt. 242 ft. Hallsberg, alt. 174 ft. Line runs E. For Mjolby-Krylbo line, see Route 37. Palsboda. Light railway from Norrkoping to Orebro crosses, see Route 33. Kilsmo, at N. end of Lake Sottern. light railway S. to Brefven, 4 miles. Hbgsjb. Vingaker. Line passes Lake Kolsnaren to N. and Lake Viren to S. Baggetorp, after skirting Lake Viren. Katrineholm, alt. 151 ft. For branch from Malmo- Stockholm line, see Route 1. Valla. Kantorp. Flen. For line from Oxelosund and Nykoping to EskUstuna, see Route 34. Skebokvarn. Branch N. to Stalboga : — 3 m. Eneboga. 5-| m. Malmkoping. 7Jm. Rol-Smedsta. 9 m. Bunker. ll-|-m. Hogsten. 14 m. Stalboga. (For line from Sodertalge to Eskilstuna, see Route 35.) Sparreholm, on Bafvensjon, which line crosses on embankment. Stjarnhof. Bjbrnlunda. Line runs near Storsjon. z 2 356 miles 2431 2482531254 RAILWAYS— ROUTES 58, 59 Gnesta, on Frosjon. Line crosses the Sigtunaalf and rises. Mblnbo, alt. 117 ft. Joins line from Norrkoping and Malmo, see Route 1. Jama, alt.' 119 ft. ROUTE 59 Goteborg — Lidkoping — Mariestad — Gardsjo (narrow gauge : 0-891 metre), 1341 nules 0 11 2| 471 53 59| Goteborg, Vastgotabanans station. Line runs parallel to Mellerud line. Ranger. Line ascends vaUey of the Gotaalf. Line from Stromstad and UddevaUa crosses from W., see Route 62. Larje. Crosses line from Goteborg to MeUerud and Falun (see Route 61) and turns NE. 8J m. Gunnilse. Line ascending vaUey of the Largea. 12 m. Olofstorp. 17 m. Grdbo. 201 m- Bjbrboholm. 231 m- Sjbvik. Line skirting Lake Mjorn. 27f m. Mjbrnsjb, on Lake Mjorn. 30Jn>. Anten, on the channel between Lakes Anten and Mjorn. 37 m. Grdfsnds, after skirting Lake Anten. 40 m. Sollebrunn. Line ascending vaUey of the Tarpaa. 41| m. Mellby. 441 m- Gendalen. Nossebro. Leaving, crosses the Nossa,. Branch NW. to Trollhattan (narrow gauge : 0-891 metre) :• — 3J m. Frammestad. 6J m. Frarnbo. 10i m. .Yorra Bjorke. 14J m. Asaka. 15J m. Crosses the Lerumsa. 19| in. Trollhattan. Tumleborg. For narrow-gauge line to Skara, Skofde, and Tidaholm, see Route 60. 551 m- Arentorp. 57 J m. Helds. Hakantorp. Line from Herrljunga to UddevaUa crosses, see Route 58. 66 m. Jarpds. 70J m. Lovene. RAILWAYS— ROUTES 59, 60 357 Lidkoping, on Lake Vanern ; pier. For line from Skara, see Route 60. Branch SW. to Tun (narrow gauge : 0-891 metre) : — 6J m. Orslosa. 12i m. Taden".. 17A m. Tun, 1J miles from Lake Vanern. 821 m- Kdllbyhalt, on Lake Vanern which line skirts. Kinnekulle to E. 85 m. Blomberg. Rdbdck. Hdllekis. Pier on Vanern to N. Leaving station line crosses the Svarta. Line from Gossater joins. Forshem. Narrow-gauge line from Skara and Gossater joins, see Route 60. 98 m. Osterdng. 102J m. Svaneberg. 1031 m- Lugnds. 1081 m. Leksberg. Mariestad, on Vanern; pier after crossing the Tida. Branch SE. to Moholm (narrow gauge: 0-891 metre): — 5J m. Jula. Line skirts Lake Ymsen. 11 \ m. Moholm. (For Goteborg- Laxa line, see Route 58.) 115|m. Hdsslerbr. Leaving, line crosses river. 121 J m. Lyrestad. Leaving, line crosses Gota Canal. 126f m. Fagerlid. 1281 m- Hofva. Gardsjo. For Goteborg-Laxa, line, see Route 58. ROUTE 60 Tumleborg — Skara — Skoede (narrow gauge : 0-891 metre), 44 miles Tumleborg, on line from Goteborg (Route 59). Vara. Line from Herrljunga to Vanersborg and UddevaUa crosses, see Route 58. 101 m- Trdvad, after crossing the Lida. 12 m. Stora Hof. 151 m- Kvdnum. 171 m- Ottum, after crossing the Landa. 201m. Kdlltorp, alt. 295 ft., after crossing the Filia. 358 RAILWAYS— ROUTE 60 mUes 26i Skara, alt. 360 ft. Branch NW. to Lidkoping (narrow gauge : 0-891 metre) : — 8 m. Vinninga. 13i m. Lidkoping. (For line from Hakentorp to Mariestad, see Route 59.) Branch N. to Gossater and Forshem (gauge 0-891 metre) : — 6£ m. Lundsbrunn. 10J m. Gotene. Kinnekulle to W. 14 m. Crosses the Svarta. 16} m. Gossater. (Branch NW. to Hdllekis, 2 A miles. ) 18 m. Forshem. (For line from Lid koping to Mariestad, see Route 59.) Branch NE. to Timmersdala (narrow gauge : 0-891 metre) : — 1\ m. Istrum. V2\ m. Lerdala. 16J m. Timmersdala, after skirt ing Lake Langen. Axvall. miles Branch S. to Hjo (gauge 0-891 metre) : — Axvall.Bjallum halt. Line runs near Hornborgasjon. Broddetorp, alt. 489 ft. Line turns E., alt. 624 ft. 03| 31 91 10J12 Stenstorp, alt. 568 ft. Line from Goteborg to Laxa crosses, see Route 58. 15 Bala, alt. 573 ft. 17} Svensbro, alt. 450 ft. Branch S. to Tidaholm (gauge 0-891 metre) : — 2} m. Kaflas. 4-5; m. Branch NNW. to Ofvertorp. A m. 5 m. Ekedalen, alt. 534 ft. Line turns E. by S. 9} m. Tidaholm, alt. 476 ft., on the Tidi. (For standard gauge line from Vartofta, see Route 50.) 19i Vretten. Leaving crosses the 6sa. Branch NE. to Vretten village, | mile. 23£ Fridene. 24} Crosses the Tida. 27 m. Crosses the Ya. 27} Korsberga, alt. 492 ft. 28£ Crosses the Lilla. 3H Mofalla, alt. 440 ft. Line skirts Mullsjon. :,: Hjo, alt. 314 ft., on Lake Vattern. Railway runs to harbour. Vamhems Kloster, alt. 460 ft Skofde, alt. 459 ft. For line to Karlsborg and for G6teborg-Laxa line, see Route 58. RAILWAYS— ROUTE 61 359 ROUTE 61 Goteborg — Falun — Storvik, 329 mUes Goteborg, Bergslagsbanans station. Olskroken. Line ascends vaUey of the Gotaalf. Line to Stockholm branches here, see Route 58 ; line from UddevaUa and Stromstad joins, see Route 62. Light raUway, Goteborg to Lake Vanern crosses over (Route 59). 51 m. Agnesberg. 9J m. Surte. 10| m. Bohus (JordfaUet). 15J m. Nol. 19 m. Alfangen. Alfhem. Branch N. to Lilla Edet : — 1} m. Lodose. 4J m. Gam 1\ m. Gota. 9 m. Lilla Edet, on Gotaalf. 261 m- Nygdrd. 30| m. Prassebo. 341 m. Upp- hdrad. 35f m. Crosses the Lerumsa. 40 m. Ve- landa. Line runs paraUel with narrow-gauge line from Nossebro to Trollhattan (Route 59). Trollhattan, industrial town. For narrow-gauge line from Nossebro see Route 59. Branch S. along river to factories 1J miles, and N. 1} miles. Line crosses Gotaalf by iron bridge. Oxnered. For line from Herrljunga to UddevaUa, see Route 58. 60Jm. Frandefors. Leaving, line crosses the Frandeforsa and ascends r. bank. 65f m. Bralanda. 68| m. Line crosses the Kroka. 701 m. Erikstad. MeUerud. Line enters region of many lakes. For line from Kristiania and Fredrikshald, see Route 64. Branch NE. across Holmsa to Sunnana. on Lake Vanern, 2 miles. Kopmannebro on Lake Vanern, between it and Lake Sven Fjorden, after crossing Dalsland Canal. Line RAILWAYS— ROUTE 61 continues on isthmus between Lake Vanern and Lakes Svan Fjorden and Animen to 89 m. Animskog, alt. 196 ft. Lakes become fewer. 95f in. Tbsse, alt. 186 ft., near Lake Vanern. Amal, alt. 158 ft. On leaving, line crosses arm of Lake Vanern on embankment, 1 mile. Line continues near lake. Saffle, alt. 184 ft. On leaving, line crosses Saffle Canal, leaves Lake Vanern and enters a region of many lakes. Varmlandsbro, alt. 165 ft. Line crosses Ransundet after skirting Brosjoa and Ekholmsjon. Segmon.Slottsbron, after skirting Grumsfjord. Leaving station, line crosses Slottsbrosundet. Grums. Edsvalla, alt. 161 ft., on the Norsalf, which line crosses on leaving. Kil, alt. 322 ft. For line from Kristiania to Karlstad and Laxa, and branch to Fryksta, see Route 65. miles 03i 6J9£ 12J m 22\25 J- 38i4851 Branch NNW. to Torsby : — Kil.Crosses the Norsalf. Tolita. Crosses the Forsnasa. Bdckebron, alt. 295 ft. Vastra Amtervik, alt. 354 ft. Line runs near Mellan Frykensjon. Rottneros. Leaving, crosses the Rottnaalf. Sunne, alt. 266 ft. at head of Mellan Frykensjo On leaving, crosses strait and skirts E. side of Ofre Frykensjon. Lysvik, alt. 249 ft Oleby. Line curves round head of Frykensjon to Torsby. Small town : ironworks RAILWAYS— ROUTE 61 361 Deje, alt. 216 ft., on Klaralf, after winding through hUly region. Narrow-gauge line from Karlstad to Hogfors crosses, see Route 66. 155J m. Crosses the Klaralf by iron bridge and passes Lake Lusten. 1571 m- Line enters tunnel i mUe long. 158 m. Mblnbacka. 164J m. Molkom, near Molkomsjon, alt. 275 ft. Lindfors, alt. 426 ft. Branch N. to Bosjon, alt. 623 ft., 17 miles (narrow gauge). Geijersdal, alt. 544 ft. Branch N. to Brattforsbruck, alt. 328 ft., 5A miles, Brattforshyttan, alt. 426 ft. Daglosen, alt. 425 ft., at S. end of Lake Daglosen. Branch N. to Filipstad Vastra along Lake Daglosen, and Femsjon, 5 miles. Crosses the Asphyttealf and skirts Lake Daglosen, passes N. end of Ostersjon and turns N. parallel to Kristinehamn-Mora line. Herrhult, alt. 597 ft. Line turns E. For line from Kristinehamn to Mora, see Route 67. Loka, alt. 640 ft., after winding among several lakes. Line turns N. Skatviken. Crosses strait in course of skirting Lake Torrvarpen. Grythyttehed, alt. 604 ft. For line from Kortfors, see Route 38. HaUefors, on the SvartaU, alt. 607 ft., after skirting Torrvarpen and ascending vaUey of the Svartalf. Saw-mill and paper factory. Branch crosses river to Halleforsbruk, } mile, recrosses, and passes under main line twice to Lugnet on Lake Norralgen, 3 miles. Sikfors, alt. 623 ft., after skirting south end of Norralgen and crossing stream. Bredsjo, alt. 600 ft., after winding among lakes. Ironworks. For line from Gyttorp see Route 38. 362 RAILWAYS— ROUTE 61 Line crosses the Nittalf after winding past several lakes, alt. 535 ft. Line crosses north end of Lake Ljusnarn, alt. 532 ft. Line approaches Frovi-Ludvika line (see Route 39) after skirting Olof sj on. Stalldalen, alt. 570 ft., also station on Frovi-Ludvika line, which runs more or less near this Hne to Ludvika. Horken, alt. 837 ft., on Horksalf along which line has ascended. Branch W. to Annefors and Neva (narrow gauge : 0-802 metre) :— miles 0 Horken. Leaving, line crosses Horskalf and ascends. 8£ Nittkvarn, alt. 889 ft. 12} Lofsjovexeln. Trains appear to reverse. 13£ Stromsdal, on Hyttsjon. Branch to works, \ mile. 19 Gravendal, on the Safalf, alt. 919 ft. 27} Fredriksberg, alt. 984 ft., at S end of Safssjon. Line descends. 29 Annefors, alt. 919 ft. 35 Tyfers, alt. 840 ft. 39} Neva, on Kristinehamn-Mora line, see Route 67. Line crosses canalized stream after skirting Lake Norra Horken. Line crosses over Frovi-Ludvika Hne, see Route 39. 2431 m. Grdngesberg, alt. 905 ft. 2471 m- Klens- hyttan, alt. 688 ft., on Dammsjon. Ludvika, alt. 524 ft., on Lake Vasman. Line turns N. For line from Frovi, see Route 39 ; for line from TiUberga and Stockholm, to Bjorbo and Vansbro, see Route 41. Grdsberg. Line ascending. Rdmshyttan, near E. end of Lake Ramen, alt. 820 ft. Line turns E. and descends. Branch N. to Iderberget, alt. 820 ft., 6 miles. Ulfshyttan (Skracka), alt. 689 ft., on Skracksjon. Sellnds. RAILWAYS— ROUTE 61 363 Borlange, alt. 456 ft. For line from Krylbo to Insjon, see Route 73. Branch N. up the Dalalf to Falun-Bjorbo line, 3 miles, see below. Domnarfvet, on the DalaU. Blast furnaces, electric works, paper miU. Leaving, line crosses the Dalalf by high bridge of three arches. Ornas, alt. 357 ft., on Osjon, an arm of Runnsjon. Line skirts lake to Falun, alt. 371 ft., on the Falnaa at its influx into Tisken, a bay of Runnsjon. South station on lake. Copper works. Branch. W. to Bjorbo : — 0 m. Falun. 3} m. Line turns W. 7} m. Olsbacka. 9A_ m. Aspeboda. 13} m. Bomsarfvel. 14} m. Crosses the Dalalf. (Line from Borlange, 3 miles, joins.) 17 m. Kvarnsveden. 18} m. Repbacken, on the Dalalf. (For line from Krylbo to Insjon, see Route 73.) 26} m. Arfslindan. 33} m. Mockfjdrd. 40} m. Bala-fioda. 44 m. Bjorbo, alt. 679 ft. (For line from Ludvika to Vansbro, see Route 41.) miles Branch NW. to Mora : 0 Falun Sodra. Falun Norra, alt. 384 ft. Bergsgarden, alt. 433 ft,, on Lake Grychen, which line skirts. Grycksbo ; paper mill. Sagmyra, alt. 663 ft., after skirting Lake Gopen. Sldttberg, after skirting Hyltsjon. 16 2126A30} 34} 54J 55| For line from Line now skirts 44} m. Garsas. Rdttvik, after crossing the Ena. Krylbo and Borlange, see Route 73. Lake Siljan, alt. 542 ft. Vikarbyn. 37 m. 39} m. Stumsnds. 49} m. Fu. Mora Noret. For line N. to Orsa and Sveg, see Route 68. Mora, after crossing the Ostra Dalalf, on peninsula between Orsasjon (N.) and Siljan (S.). For line from Kristinehamn to Alfdalen, see Route 67. 364 RAILWAYS— ROUTES 61, 62 Korsnas, alt. 368 ft. Ironworks and saw-mills. Line runs E. along Runnsjon. Ryggen, alt. 698 ft., on Lake Ryggen, in moun tainous sparsely inhabited region. Born, alt. 600 ft., after passing many lakes to N. Branch S. to Glasa, alt. 426 ft., on Edskensjon, and branch N. to Korsa, 4 m. Korsdn, alt. 568 ft., at S. end of Hyensjon. Iron works. Hofors, alt. 552 ft., after crossing the Hoa. Iron works. Branch SE. to Hofors works 1} mile, with extension to Hosjon and the Hoa., 1 mile. Granstanda. Crosses Stockholm-Boden line. Storvik, alt. 236 ft. For Stockholm, Boden and Haparanda line, see Route 72 ; for Hne from Gafle, see Route 75. ROUTE 62 Stromstad — Goteborg, 112 miles Stromstad. Small port. Line runs E. Line turns S. more or less near the coast. 4| m. Skee, alt. 14 ft. 10J m. Ofverby. 13f m. Kragends, alt. 7 ft. 20 m. Tanum, alt. 28 ft. 23 m. Orrekldpp, alt. 33 ft. 31 m. Rabbalshede, alt. 305 ft. 341 m. Hdllevadsholm. 38| m. Dingle, alt. 135 ft. Smedberg. Branch SW. to Lysekil ; — 1} m. Habygdrd. 6} m. UaUinden. 10} m. Brodalen. 12} m. Lokebacken. 17} m. Lyse. Line runs S. on to peninsula. 22} m. Lysekil. Fishing port. Munkedal. Branch SE to Munkcdalhamn on Saltkiillefjord, 2 miles. RAILWAYS— ROUTES 62, 63 365 Passes end of Saltkallefjord. Hogstorp.UddevaUa, seaport on Byfjord, after crossing narrow-gauge line N. to Backefors and Bengtsfors, see Route 63 ; for line from Herrljunga and Vaners borg, see Route 58. Grohed, alt. Ill ft., after much winding. Ljungskille, at head of LjungskUle. Line ascends Bratteforsa, valley. Svenshbgen, at head of Stora Hallingen. Stenungsund, opposite bathing resort on Stenung- sjon. 89 m. Jbrlanda, alt. 46 ft. 99 m. Ytterby, alt. 39 ft. Crosses the Nordrealf with one fixed span of 275 ft. and a swinging span of 154 ft. Sdfve. Tingstad. Branch SW. to Lindholmen, harbour on N. of Gotaalf, 2£ miles. Line turns E. and crosses Gotaalf, and Goteborg- Lidkoping line, see Route 59. Olskroken. Joins line Goteborg to Falun, see Route 61. Crosses lines from Halsingborg and to Boras, see Routes 45 and 57. Goteborg, State station. ROUTE 63 Uddevalla — Bengtsfors (narrow gauge : 0-891 metre), 54 mUes UddevaUa. Line winds as it ascends. 61 m. Lane. 101 m- Ndttjebacka. 14£ m. Ellenb, alt. 216 ft., after crossing narrow strait between EUnesjon (W.) and Ostersjon (E.). 366 RAILWAYS— ROUTES 63, 64 mUes 37 421 47f51-| 16f m. Odeborg. Line ascends the Valboa vaUey. 181 m- Fargelanda. Line leaves river. 21 m. Hjdrtsdter. 24f m. Hbgsdter. Line ascends the Hogsatersa valley. 31 m. Skdllsdter, alt. 440 ft. Backefors, alt. 467 ft. Line from Kristiania and Fredrikshald to MeUerud crosses, see Route 64. Odskbld, alt. 418 ft., at S. end of Ivagsjon. Dingelvik, alt. 457 ft. Line skirts Laxsjon to Billingsfors, alt. 418 ft. Line skirts Dallsland Canal. Bengtsfors, alt. 340 ft. ROUTE 64 Keistiania — Feedeikskald — Melleeud, 144 miles 0 91 142 Kristiania, Hoved-banegaard. Lines leaves to E. and turns S. Backkelaget. Line skirts Bundefjord. Ljan. Line leaves fjord and ascends. Oppegaard, alt. 318 ft. Ski, alt. 420 ft. miles Branch SE. to Sarpsborg (alternative route to main line) : — 0 Ski. 3} Kraakstad, alt. 305 ft. 8 Tomter, alt. 321 ft. Leaving, line crosses the Hobolelv. 13 Spydeberg, alt. 351 ft. Line curves much. 15 \ Crosses the wide Glommen by suspension bridge. 18 Askim, alt. 394 ft.; nickel mines and electricity works. 21} Slitu, alt. 432 ft. 24} Mysen, alt. 451 ft. Leaving, line crosses the Lekum- elv and turns S. 27} Eidsberg, alt. 499 ft. 32 Crosses the Dorja. 33} m. Rakkestad. RAILWAYS ROUTE 64 367 miles 34}4044} 49* Crosses the Rakkestadelv. 37} m. Gautestad. Short tunnel, and a second one 1 mile farther. Ise. Line joins main line, see below, and crosses the Glommen. 50* Sarpsborg, alt. 125 ft. Aas, alt. 314 ft. Vestby. Leaving station, line crossesrthe Holenelv. Saaner. Kambo. Line reaches Mossesund and skirts it to Moss, seaport. Leaving, line skirts Kristiania fjord. Turns inland SE. and ascends. 40f m. Dilling, alt. 88 ft. 43J m. Rygge. Raade, alt. 59 ft. Line turns S. Skirts Skinnerflo for 1 mile and then r. bank of Kjolborgelv. Onsb. Leaving, line crosses the Kjolbergelv and foUows 1. bank. Fredrikstad, after tunnel under outskirts ; sea port. Leaving, line turns NE. along r. bank of the Glommen. Lisleby. Crosses an arm of the Glommen. Greaaker. Line turns E. Sandesund, port on the Glommen ; lines to wharves. Sarpsborg, alt. 125 ft. ; timber trade ; lines to harbour of Sandesund, For alternative line from Ski, see above Leaving, line crosses the Glommen on suspension bridge and turns SSE. Line from Ski joins. 73| m. Skjeberg, alt. 128 ft. 78 m. Dole, alt. 52 ft, 81 m. Berg. Line reaches Iddefjord, which it skirts to E. Fredrikshald, after crossing the Tistedalelv. Large timber port. 368 RAILWAYS— ROUTES 64, 65 Tistedalen, alt. 269 ft., after short tunnel ; canal port. Line soon turns S. Aspedammen, alt. 564 ft., summit of line, after several tunnels. Prestebakke, near S. end of Orsjon. Timber yards. Kornsjo, alt. 475 ft. Norwegian customs house. Crosses the frontier. Mon, alt. 534 ft. Swedish customs house. Short tunnel. Hbkedalen.Ed, alt 472 ft., at S. end of Lake Stora Le, N. end of which is Norwegian. Branch to lake, 2 miles ; train reverses on way. Tingvalla halt, alt. 567 ft. Marshy forest region. Backefors, alt 467 ft. Narrow-gauge Hne from Uddevalla to Bengtsfors crosses, see Route 63. Skirts Teakersjon after traversing tunnel. Dalskog. Rostok, after many windings. Crosses S. end of Kalungen. MeUerud. For line from Goteborg to Falun and Storvik, see Route 61. ROUTE 65 Kristiania — Karlstad — Laxa, 215 miles Kristiania, Hoved-banegaard. Line ascends quickly. Line from Bergen and Roa joins, see Route 92. Bryn, alt. 260 ft. Alnabru. Branch W. to Grefsen, 2 miles, on Roa-Kristiania line, see Route 92. 7 m Grorud. alt. 420 ft. lHm. Strbmmen, alt. 485 ft. RAILWAYS— ROUTE 65 369 mUes 13 18 54167J 621 69f 7679 82| 84f 93 Lillestrom, alt. 355 ft., after crossing the Nitelv : river port, with lines to wharves. For line from Trondhjem and Hamar, see Route 88. Leaving, line crosses delta of the Lerelv in Lake Oieren. Fetsund. Leaving, line crosses the wide Glommen . and ascends 1. bank. 23 Sorumsand (Bingsfos). Line continues to ascend vaUey of Glommen to Kongsvinger. Narrow-gauge line SE. to Skullerud, on Qrjesjon, see Route 91. 25J m. Crosses stream. 26J m. Blaker. 301 m- Haga. 36 m. Aarnes. 411m. Saeterstben, alt. 443 ft. 451 m- Disenaaen. Leaving, crosses the I Saeteraa. 48J Skarnaes, alt. 453 ft. Road bridge over the Gloni- inien. Line, foUowing river, turns ESE. Sander, alt. 466 ft. Road bridge over the Glommen. Galterud halt. Branch SE. to village, * mile. Kongsvinger, alt. 483 ft., fortress till 1905. Road bridge over the Glommen. For line from' Elverum, see Route 89. Line leaves Glommen vaUey and turns SSE. and skirts Lake Vinger. Aabogen, alt. 476 ft. Leaving station, line skirts Aaklangen. Eidskogen, alt. 443 ft. SawmUls. Line descends Vrangsaa valley. Skotterud, alt. 423 ft. SawmiUs. Magnor, alt. 430 ft., on the Vrangsaa. SawmiUs ; glass and iron works. Norwegian-Swedish frontier. Charlottenberg, alt. 44P ft. Swedish customs sta tion. Line reaches Bysjon and skirts it to s- A a 370 RAILWAYS— ROUTE 65 Amot, alt. 275 ft., between Bysjon andLake Flagan. Line skirts Lakes Flagan and Nysocken. Ottebol, alt. 245 ft. Leaving, line crosses stream from Nysjon to Glafsf jorden. Arvika, on Kyrkviken, a bay of Lake Glafsf jorden. Edane, at head of Varmelensjon. Brunsberg, after crossing Varmelensjon by a viaduct 710 yds. long and passing short tunnel 300 yds. Siding to lake, \ mile. Line ascends vaUey of SafvaK, skirts Lake Safveln, Crosses the Safvalf. Boda. Line passes through high country with many lakes. Fag eras. Line crosses Norsalf by iron bridge 198 yds. long and 63 ft. high, resting on five iron piers with granite foundations. Kil, alt. 322 ft. For line, Goteborg to Falun and Storvik and branch to Torsby, see Route 61. Branch N. to Fryksta on Nedre Frykensjo, alt. 213 ft., 2 miles, Skdre, on Klaralf. Line crosses branch of Klaralf. Karlstad, alt. 174ft., at north end of Lake Vanern. Karlstad ostra, alt. 180 ft. For narrow-gauge line to FUipstad, see Route 66. Line crosses the Klaralf by long bridge and skirts lake to Alster, alt. 148 ft., after crossing the Alsteralf. Skattkarr, on Grensviken. Line continues along lake. Crosses the Glomma. Vase, alt. 180 ft. Line some distance from lake. Crosses the Olma. Olme, alt. 158 ft., near Olmeviken. Line passes end of Varmumsviken. Kristinehamn, alt. 164 ft. For line to Mora, see Route 67. RAILWAYS— ROUTES 65, 66 371 mUes ! 185 Bjbrneborg, alt. 386 ft., at S. end of Lake Vismen : [iron foundries. Line winds much and has steep gradients. 191| Stromtorp, alt 377 ft. For line from Ervalla to Otterbacken see Route 38. 1931 ! Degerfors, alt 295 ft., after crossing the Letalf ; iron works. | Branch SW. to Ervalla-Otterbacken line, 1£ mile. Branch N. along Letalf to Lake MSckeln, 2A, miles. 201 Svarta, alt. 311 ft., on Stora Bjorkensjon ; iron foundries. Branch SE. to Svartabruk, on Lilla Bjorkensjo, \ mile. Branch E. to Orebro: — 7 A, m. Mullhyttemo. 11} m. Kvisiero, alt. 205 ft. Leaving, line crosses the Svarta. 12} m. Gropen. 14 m. Fjugesta. 17 m. Hidingebro. Leaving, line crosses the Svarta. 20 m. Vintrosa, alt. 160 ft. 21} m. Latorpsbruk. 24} m. Grafveby, alt. 141 ft. 27} m. Karlslund. 30} m. Orebro, alt. 87 ft. For Mjilby-Krylbo line see Route 37. 207| m. Hasselfors, at N end of Lake Toften. 211|m. Porta. -li Laxa, alt. 313 ft. For Goteborg-Stockholm line see Route 58. ROUTE 66 Karlstad — Filtpstad (narrow gauge : 0-891 metre), 92 mUes 0 Karlstad Ostra, alt, 180 ft. Line ascends the Klaralf vaUey. 4J m. Edsgaten, on Lake Alstern, which line skirts 7j m. Ulfsby. Ill m- Skifed. Leaving, line crosses the Klaralf. 12f m. Forshaga, alt. 195 ft. 18 Deje. Goteborg-Falun line crosses, see Route 61. 19 m. Dejeforsbruk, after recrossing the Klaralf. 24 m. Ofvre Ullerud. 27 m. Olsater, alt. 246 ft. 31 m. Ransdter, alt. 269 ft. 37 m. Munkfors. 411 m. Hbje. a a 2 372 RAILWAYS— ROUTES 66, 67 531 541 Branch SE. to Skymndsboden, on KlaraU, 11 mUes. 461m. Myra, alt. 456 ft. 49 m. Crosses outlet from Radasjon to Klaralf. 49£ m. Rada. Line skirts Radasjon. Sjogrand. Branch N. to Edebdck, on the Klaralf, alt. 450 ft , 3 miles. Line rounds N. end of Radasjon. m. Uddeholm. Line ascends the Ufa, vaUey. m. Stjdrnsfors. 54| m. Crosses the Ufa, and skirts Lake Varmullen. Hagfors, alt. 505 ft. Terminus of trains from either end of line. Geijersholm halt, alt. 620ft. Northern point of line, which now turns SE. 65| m. Deglundsbdcken halt, alt. 738 ft. 72 m. Sundsjbn, alt. 856 ft. 75 m. Motjarnshyttan, alt. 699 ft. Nordmark, alt. 534 ft. Branch E. to Taberg, on Taberg Canal, 2* miles. 84J m. Finnmossen, alt. 534 ft. Line skirts Lersjon. 85| m. Fogdhyttan. 891 m- Angrufvorna, alt. 487 ft, Finshyttan, alt. 433 ft. For line from Nyhyttan (standard gauge) see Route 67. Filipstad Vastra. For line from Daglosen see Route 61. ROUTE 67 Kristinehamn — Mora, 137 mUes Kristinehamn, on Lake Vanern. Branch NW. to Alfbro, 11 miles. Sjbdndan halt, on Bergsjon, which line skirts. Canalized river to Filipstad. Ndssundet, on UUvatternsjon. Leaving, line crosses sound and skirts UUvatternsjon. RAILWAYS— ROUTE 67 373 Storfors, alt. 380 ft. ; iron mines. Line passes end of Mogsjon and skirts Ostersjon. Branch SW. to Lake Ojevattern, 2 miles. Nykroppa, alt. 508 ft. ; iron mines. Line runs parallel to Goteborg-Falun line to Herrhult, alt. 597 ft. ; iron mines. For Goteborg-Storvik line see Route 61. Gammalkroppa, in region of many lakes. Nyhyttan, alt. 617 ft. Branch to Filipstad : — 3 m. Filipstad Oslra. 4}m. Finshytlan alt. 433 ft. For narrow-gauge line to Hagfors see Route 66. Persberg, alt. 676 ft. Branch E. to town skirting Lake Yngen, 2 -[ miles. Line skirts Storra Horrsjon and Liten Horrsjon and Lake Langban to Ldngbanshyttan, on isthmus between Hyttsjon and Langban. Ldngbansdnde, alt. 722 ft., after continuing along Langban. Lesjbfors, alt. 781 ft.- Line skirts Lesjon and Lake Nasramen to Vermlands Ramen, on Nasramen. Ofvorsen, after skirting Sladsjon. Branch to works, 1 mile. Neva.For narrow-gauge line from Horken and Annefors see Route 61. Sdgen, alt. 858 ft. Leaving, line crosses the Svart alf. Vakern. Tret jam. Branch E. to Eldforsen, 2 miles. Line crosses Vesterdalalf . Vansbro, alt. 788 ft. 374 RAILWAYS— ROUTES 67, 68 o 10*17* 21}23}37 line ascends Vester- For line from Ludvika see Route 41. Branch SE. to river, 1 mile. Line crosses Vanalf and ascends vaUey. Van halt. Brintbodarne. miles Branch W. to Malung and Limedsforsen : — Brintbodarne. Line crosses Vanalf and ascends. Oje, at south end of Ojosjon. Malung, on Vesterdalalf. dalalf. Valleras. Line turns NW. Malungsfors. 33 m. Tando. Limedsforsen. Line being continued to lima, 2 miles. Gafvunda, alt. 878 ft., on Vanalf, at south end of Gafvundasjon. Vimo, alt. 945 ft., after passing Lake Saxen and Kattbosjon. Vika. Mora, alt. 530 ft., at mouth of Osterdalalf between Orsasjon (N.) and SUjan (S.). Branch NW. to Alfdalen : — 0 m. Mora. Line ascends valley of Osterdalalf. 1} m. Morkarlby. 5* m. Eldris. 13* m. Gopshus. 16* m. Oxberg. 19m. Blyberg, after crossing Osterdalalf. 22 m. Gasvarf. 25 m. Alfdalen. Mora Noret, after crossing strait. For line to BoUnas see Route 68 ; and for Hne from Falun see Route 61. ROUTE 68 Mora — Bollnas, 82 mUes Line skirts Orsasjon. Mora Noret. Orsa. Branch N. to Svog :— 6} m. Tallhed. 17} m. Emadakn. 31 Jm. Alfho. 42* m. Lillhamra. 46} m. Tandsjo. Line skirts mUes 15 m 281 39 50 80 82 RAILWAYS— ROUTES 68, 69 375 many lakes as it ascends. 54} m. Fagelsjo. 62} m. Kropp- tjarn halt. 75} m. Sveg, on the Ljusna. Mdssbacken. Line ascends vaUey. Skattungbyn. Line skirts Skattungsjon. Furudal, after crossing strait between Skattungsjon (N.) and lake to S. Goringen. Branch SE. to Dalfors on Lake Amungen, 2 miles. Voxna. Branch NNW. up the Voxnaalf valley to Lobonds, 18 miles (narrow gauge : 0-802 metre). 591 m- Edsbyn. Line descends the Voxnaalf vaUey. 62 m. Ofvanaker. 69 m. Alfta. 711 m. Runemo. 741 m. Sbrdng. Joins line from Stockholm and Uppsala to Boden and Haparanda, see Route 72. BoUnas, alt. 187 ft. ROUTE 69 Stockholm — Saltsjobaden (electric raUway), 91 mUes Stockholm, Stadsgard station, connected with central station. Henriksdal, after passing through tunnel, 700 yds. Sickla. Nacka, after a second tunnel and traversing isthmus between Svindelsviken (E.) and Hammarbysjon (W.). Jdrla, after skirting NW. end of Jarlasjon. Storangen. Saltsjb-Dufnds, at W. end of Lannerstasund. Ostervik. Line running along S. of Lannerstasund. Fisksatra. Igelboda. Branch S. to Solsidan, port of Saltsjobaden at S. end of Neg- lingeviken 1| miles. 1 li 2 31 4| n 376 RAILWAYS— ROUTES 69, 70 mUes 81 91 NegUnge. Branch E. to Lastbryggan on sea, * mile. Crosses strait by bridge after leaving Neglinge. Saltsjobaden. Sea-bathing resort. Dalarbbryggan pier. ROUTE 70 Stockholm — Hallstavik (narrow gauge : 0-891 metre; electric raUway as far as Osby and Djursholm), 61 miles 9 3 «>4 Stockholm, Ostra station. Crosses line from Karlberg to Vartan (see Route 72) and runs N. Freskati halt. Crosses narrow strait between Brunnsviken (W.) and LiUavarten (E.). Stocksund, after crossing Stocksund. Residential suburb. Branch E. to Langangen, } mile. Mbrby halt. Osby (Djursholms Osby). miles Branch E. to Djursholm narrow (gauge: 0-891 metre): — Osby. Branch N. to Altorp, 1 mile. Loop being built to Svalnas, see below. 1} Djursholms Sveavagen halt. Residential suburb of Stockholm. 2* Djursholms Framndsvikcn. 3} Djursholms Svalnas halt. Danderyd. Nasby. RAILWAYS— ROUTES 70, 71 377 mUes 35 58|61 111m. Branch NE. to Osterskar (narrow gauge 0-891 metre) : — 0 m. Nasby. 2} m. Viggbyholm. 6 m. Rydbo. 8* m. Crosses the Akersa. Q^m.Suno. 10 m. Crosses the Akers canal. 10*m. 11} m. Osterskar, on Tralhafvet. Tdby. 14 J m. Vallentuna. 19f m. Lind- holmen, after skirting Lindholmsjon. 211 m- Frb- sunda. 23J m. Crosses the Nartunaa. 24 m. Ekskogen. Leaving, crosses the Karstaa. 26J m. Karsta, alt. 51 ft. Rb, after skirting Karstaviken and Sparren. Rimbo, alt. 44 ft. For narrow-gauge line from Norrtalge to Uppsala, see Route 71. 421 m- Sattraby. 45 m. Erken, at W. end of Lake Erken. 48 m. Edsbro, alt. 40 ft., at W. end of Lake Nardingen. 51| m. Ununge, after skirting Nar- dingen. 541 m. Skebobruk, alt. 41 ft. Line descends the Skeboa vaUey. 57 m. Edebo. Haverosund, after crossing the Skeboa. Hallstavik. ROUTE 71 Norrtalge — Uppsala (narrow gauge : 0-891 metre), 50 miles 0 Norrtalge. Line runs N. and then turns SE. 6f m. Syninge. 81 m. Finsta. Line skirts Lakes Bjorken and Kundby. 12J Rimbo, alt. 44 ft. Line turns NW. For narrow- gauge line Stockholm to Hallstavik, see Route 70. 17| m. Rands, alt. 73 ft. Leaving, skirts Langsjon. 241 m. Knutby, alt. 64 ft. 291 m- 'Faringe, after skirting Lake Karfven. Line turns SW. 33f m. Almunge, alt. 70 ft. 36| m. Ldnna, after crossing Langsjon. 401 m- Marielund. 43 m. Bdrby. 50 Uppsala ostra. For line from Stockholm to Krylbo and the north, and branch to Enkoping, see Route 72 ; for line from Gafle, see Route 74. 378 RAILWAYS— ROUTE 72 ROUTE 72 Stockholm — Upfsala- -Krylbo — Boden- 809 mUes -Haparanda, Stockholm, central station. Line runs along Klara- viken. Karlberg. Branch E. to Vartan harbour on E. of town 3* miles. Tomteboda. Branch to Vartan line, above, } mile. For line to Tillberga and Ludvika, see Route 40. Hagalund halt. Jdrfva, alt. 41 ft. Tureberg, near Edsviken. Rotebro. Vdsby. Rosersberg. Mdrsta.Knifsta.Bergsbrunna.Crosses the Saf jaa. Uppsala. Double track ends. For Hne from Gafle, see Route 74 ; for narrow-gauge line from Norrtalge, see Route 71. miles Branch SW. to Enkoping : — Uppsala.Uppsala norra. Line leaves main line after crossing the Fyrisa, and turns S. Ekelybruk. 4 m. Crosses the Hagga. Nafvestabro. Balingsta, alt. 63 ft. Leaving line crosses the Safvaa. Orsundsbro, after crossing the Orsundsa. Biskokskulla. Harkeberga. Enkoping. Station on N. of town ; branch into town. For line from Stockholm to Tillberga, see Route 40. For line from Gafle, see Route 75. 0 1} 3 1012} 10J io; 27 RAILWAYS— ROUTE 72 379 Line to Enkoping branches (see 54J m- Crosses Uppsala norra. above). 49J m. Brunna. 531 m- Aland. the Tibblea. 62 m. Vittinge. 66| m. Morgongafva. Heby. For line from Runhallen to Enkoping, see Route 75. Sala, alt. 170 ft. ; sUver mines. For line from Gafle to Tillberga, see Route 75. 85| m. Broddbo, after skirting lakes. 93J m. Ros- shyttan. Forest region. Krylbo, alt. 263 ft., on r. bank of the Dalalf. For Mjolby-HaUsberg-Krylbo line, see Route 37 ; for line from TiUberga, see Route 41 ; for line to Borrlange, Insjon, and Rattvik, see Route 73. Long bridge over the Dalalf, seven spans. Jularba. Fors. o Branch NW. to Grufgarden : — 3} m. Asgarn, alt. 262 ft., near head of Vestansjon. 6} m. Garpenbergbruk, alt. 492 ft. 9} m. Garpenberg, alt. 556 ft. 11* m. Herrgarden. 12} m. Dala- finnhyttan. 14m. Grufgarden. Morshyttan. Branch SE. to Nas (narrow gauge : 0-891 metre) : — 6} m. Bred- grind. 7*m. Nas, on the Dalalf. Horndal, iron works. ByvaUa. Branch NW. to Langshyttan (narrow gauge: 0-891 metre): — l}m. Valla. 4}m. Lerhyttan. 5* m. Asbo, on Simonsbosjon. 7} m. Villingen. 9} m. Stjdrnsund, alt. 420 ft., at S. end of Lake Grychen. 11* m. Rorshyttan. 12} m. Vdsterby. 16* m. Langshyttan, alt. 354 ft., after skirting Bysjon and Langen. Hdstbo.Torsaker, alt. 222 ft. Branch SE. to Hammarby, on Eltebosjon, 3 miles. Crosses Goteborg-Storvik line. 380 RAILWAYS— ROUTE 72 Storvik, alt. 236 ft., on E. end of Nasbyggesjon. For line from Goteborg see Route 61 ; for line from Gafle see Route 75. On leaving, line crosses the Vallbyggea. Ashammar, alt. 302 ft., after crossing the Stora. Jdrbo, alt. 328 ft. Leaving, line crosses the Jadraa on five-span bridge. Alt. 394 ft. Ockelbo, alt. 262 ft. For line from Gafle see Route 76 ; for narrow-gauge line from Norrsundet to Linghed see Route 77. Alt. 420 ft. Lingbo, alt. 322 ft., after passing through low marshy country. Holmsveden, alt. 272 ft., on Harnebosjon. Alt. 331 ft. Kilafors, alt. 164 ft., on Bergviken, after crossing the Kila. miles 0 4} U n 12}14* 20 21} Branch E. to Soderhamn : — Kilafors. Landa, after crossing the Ljusnealf. Mobodarne. Bergvik, alt. 158 ft., on the Bergviken. Kinstaby. Soderhamn, seaport. Stugsund harbour. Line runs near r. bank of the Ljusnealf. Granbo. N Line from Mora joins, see Route 68. BoUnas, alt. 187 ft. Line continues along series of linked lakes through which the Ljusnealf runs, Arbra, alt. 371 ft. Vallsta, on Kyrksjon. Line skirts Orsjon. 212f m. Simed, alt. 387 ft. 219J m. Karsjb, alt, 410 ft., on Tefsjon. RAILWAYS— ROUTE 72 381 Lbrstrand, on Tefsjon. Leaving, line crosses the Mill Jarsfso, alt. 428 ft. Skdstra, after crossing isthmus between Bodasjon (W.) and the Ljusnealf. Crosses the Ljusnealf. Junction for line from Hudiksvall, after embank ment through Hybosjon, see Route 78. Ljusdal, alt. 430 ft. Tallasen, alt. 515 ft. Line leaves vaUey and ascends long embankment between lakes to Hennan, alt. 693 ft., on Lake Hennan. Ramsjb, alt. 690 ft., at end N. of lake. Steep ascent to alt. 1,082 ft. Mellansjb, alt. 1,040 ft. Line descends Ostavall, alt. 794 ft., on Lake Aldern, which line skirts. Crosses the Ljungaa. Alby. Large electric works. Ange, alt. 551 ft. Line enters wild, wooded region. miles 12} 17} 23*27} 33* 42}47} 51*59 Branch to Sundsvall along Ljungaa : — • Ange. Crosses the Ljungaa, alt. 459 ft. Erikslund. Leaving, line crosses the Ljungaa by bridge 177 ft. long. Johannisberg.Branch to Ljungaverk, 2 miles. Fransta, on Torpsjon, alt. 259 ft, Torpshammar, alt. 260 ft. Viskan, alt. 207 ft. Stode, alt. 181 ft. River expands to form Stodensjon as far as Nedansjooy, alt. 181 ft. Valtjom. Line leaves river. Branch to Matfors on river (narrow gauge, 1-067 metre) 2 miles. Tofva, alt. 204 ft. Sundsvall, seaport. 382 RAILWAYS— ROUTE 72 Dysjbn, alt. 952 ft., on DysjoskaUen. Bracke, alt. 955 ft., on Refsunden after skirting several lakes. Marshy country. Line from Trondhjem joins, see Route 82. Grbtingen halt. Leaving, line crosses Grotingensjon. Nyhem, alt. 899 ft., on Mellsjon, after crossing stream. Dockmyr, alt. 1,144 ft. Several smaU lakes. Gastsjon halt, alt. 1,050 ft., on lake of same name. Kalarne, alt. 971 ft., after skirting Ansjon. Hasjb, alt. 865 ft., on Singsjon. Two short tunnels before Ragunda, alt. 571 ft. Line foUows the Singa vaUey and traverses tunnel, 135 yds. long, to Bridge over the Indalsalf, 232 yds. long and 92 ft. above water. Bispgdrden, alt. 571 ft. Line leaves river. 377f m. Crosses the Jara. 385 m. Crosses the Jamla. Graninge. Line skirts Ledingsjon and ascends the Ledingsa, vaUey. Helgum, alt. 404 ft., at S. end of Helgumssjon Line descends vaUey of the Faxalf. Langsele, alt. 358 ft. For Hne from Harnosand and Solleftea see Route 84. Crosses the Faxalf. Osterds. Line ascends vaUey of Angermanalf. Five-arch bridge over Angermanalf, 270 yds. long and 154 ft. above water, pUlars granite and steel, upper portion steel. Selsjbn, alt. 460 ft. Crosses the Bjorka. 418f m. Alt. 830 ft. 422J m. Alt. 866 ft. Asped halt, near Aspsjon. Line descends Flarka valley. RAILWAYS— ROUTE 72 383 Crosses the Barm! and skirts Byvattnet, Holmsjon, and Stugusjon. Crosses the Flarka. Skorped, alt. 512 ft., after crossing the Onskana. Crosses Ufsjon on embankment 275 yds. long. Alt. 623 ft. Alt. 747 ft. Short tunnel, alt. 656 ft. Anundsjb, alt. 578 ft. MeUansel, alt. 210 ft. Leaving, crosses the Faxalf. miles 0 5*7} 13* 17} Branch SE. to Ornskoldsvik : — Mellansel. Line descends the Sjalevadsa valley. Modlven, alt. 158 ft. Crosses the Sjalevadsa. Sjalevad. Ornskoldsvik, seaport on Domsjofjarden. Gottne, alt. 289 ft. Crosses the Uttera. Bjbrnsjb halt, alt. 443 ft., on Bjornsjon, which line crosses on embankment. Bjbrna, alt. 469 ft. Leaving, line crosses the Gidealf. Ldngviksman halt, alt. 672 ft. , after skirting Storsj on. 481£ m. Alt. 685 ft. 484 m. Crosses the Husa. 484f m. Trehbmingsjb, alt. 387 ft., on Lemelsjon. 486f m. Alt. 650 ft. 492f m. Crosses the Logdealf, alt. 456 ft. 496| m. Alt. 646 ft. Nydker, alt. 578 ft., after skirting several lakes and running along the Leda vaUey. Crosses the Orealf by bridge 185 yds. long, 122 ft. above the water. TaUborg tunnel, 145 yds. long, alt. 560 ft. 514 m. Hbrnsjb, alt. 469 ft. 516| m. Crosses the Horna. 5191 m. Alt. 594 ft. 5261 m. Crosses the Umealf by bridge 198 yds. long. 384 RAILWAYS— ROUTE 72 miles 5281 Vannas, alt. 290 ft. miles Branch to Umea along the Umealf : — 0 Vdnnds. 3} Spoland. "} Brdnnland, alt. 199 ft. 19} Umed, seaport. Branch to wharves, 1 mile. 24} Storsandskar harbour on island in river. 536| Alt. 550 ft. 541 f Tvdrdlund, alt. 584 ft. 544f Alt. 610 ft., after skirting several smaU lakes. 5461 Crosses the Vindelalf by iron bridge 200 yds. Runs near river. 5491 Vindeln, alt. 570 ft. 550| Branches NW. to river, \ mile, and NE. to Abbertsjb, § mUe. 557| Hdllnds, alt. 801 ft. Leaves Vindelalf and crosses high plateau. 5631 Crosses the Juksa. 565 Yttersjbn halt, alt. 794 ft. 5731 m- Ektrask, alt. 843 ft. 583 m. Crosses the Sika. 584J m- Astrdsk, alt. 853 ft. 586f m. Crosses k the Risa. 5991 Bastutrask, alt. 797 ft. miles Branch E. to Skelleftea and Kallholmen : — 0 Bastutrask. Line descends SkeUeftealf valley. 10 F innforstallet. 14} Krangfors. 19} Klutmark. 21 Crosses the SkeUeftealf. 23 Medle. 28} Skelleftea. Bergsholmen. 35} Ursviken, 38* Kallhohnen. 6111 Kusfors\hait. After crossing the SkeUeftealf, hne rises to plateau. RAILWAYS— ROUTE 72 385 miles 6201 6391640J 642|646| 649J 659 6641 6651 669f679 C»lf702f705J 707 612| m. Crosses the Pelika. 6161 m- Grosses the Sika. Jorn, alt. 856 ft. Leaving, line crosses Sik . 626 m. Alt. 987 ft. 638 m. Crosses the Alsa. Crosses the Byskalf. Myrheden. Leaving, line crosses stream. Crosses the Byskalf. Ldngtrdsk, alt. 1,076 ft. Crosses the Abyalf and soon reaches summit of line, 1,155 ft. Crosses the Pitealf and passes S. end of Bankertrask. Crosses strait between Badstutrask (W.) and Ers- trask (E.) Storsund, alt. 666 ft. Leaving, line crosses Kaltrask. Crosses N. end of Stor Tenger, alt. 227 ft. Alfsby, alt. 128 ft. miles Branch SE. to Pitea :— 0 Alfsby. Line descends valley of Pitealf. 9} Tvaran. Crosses the Pitealf before 17} Arnemark. 26 Bolebyn. 29 Ojebyn. 32} Piled, seaport. 680 m. Crosses the Pitealf. 683| m. Approaches Krotrask. Brdnnberg, alt. 292 ft. Hednoret, alt. 72 ft., on Lulealf, wharf. Crosses Lulealf. Boden, alt. 33 ft. miles Branch SE. to Lulea : — 0 Boden. 5 Safvast, alt. 49 ft. 10* Sunderby, alt. 39 ft. 16} Gammelstad, alt. 19 ft. 22 Lulea, pop. 9,000, seaport. 22* Crosses strait. 22} Harbour of Svarto. n. and s, B b 386 RAILWAYS— ROUTES 72, 73 mUes 712 7711 7781780793 809 Line from Narvik and Gallivara joins, see Route 85. 7171 m. Hundsjb. 7221 m. Line approaches Lake Degerselet. Niemisel, alt. 67 ft. 7371 m- Avafors. 745f m. Crosses the Torea. 752 m. Morjarv. 7531 m. Crosses the Kalixalf. , Hvitvattnet.Crosses the Kukkasjoki, alt. 221 ft. Lapptrdsk. Karungi (Karl Gustav). miles Branch N. to Ofver Tornea : — 0 Karungi. Line ascends r. bank of Tornealf. 5* Skogskdrr. 16 Hedendset. 28 Ofver Tornea, alt. 208 ft. Haparanda. Finnish raUway station, Tornea, across Tornealf. Bridge under construction. 2312529 401 ROUTE 73 Krylbo — Borlange — Rattvtk, 79 miles Krylbo. Line runs NW. Line from Angelsberg joins, see Route 41. Avesta, on the Dalalf, which line foUows ; iron works. Hedemora, alt. 351 ft. Line leaves the Dalalf. 17 m. Skbnsbo halt, alt. 357 ft. 19J m. Vikmans- hyttan. Kullsveden. Branch to Bispberg iron mines, 2 miles. Sdter, alt. 515 ft., near Lake Ljustern. Solfvarbo halt, alt. 440 ft. 31| m. Gustafs. 36 m. Stora Tuna. Borlange, alt. 456 ft. ; cloth factories. For Gote borg-Falun line, see Route 61. RAILWAYS— ROUTES 73, 74 ,387 Repbacken. Line continues along narrowing vaUey. Junction of line from Falun to Bjorbo, see Route 61. Dufnds, immediately after crossing the Dalalf. Alt. 528 ft. Djuras, alt. 558 ft., near confluence E. and W. Dalalf. Gagnev. Insjon, on Insjon Lake. Line N. to pier, 2 mUes. Hdradsbygden. Leksands-noret after crossing the Ostra Dalalf. 701 m. Leksboda. 73 m. Tdllberg. Tinaby. Line skirts Lake SUjan. Line from Falun joins, see Route 61. Rattvik. For line from Falun to Mora, see Route 6 1 . ROUTE 74 Gafle — Uppsala, 69| mUes Gafle, south station ; connected with central station ; Hnes to wharves. Branch NE. to Bomhus and Korsnas : — 2} m. Bomhus timber yards, lines to wharves. 4 m. Korsnas sawmills. Alt. 79 ft. Line turns E. Furuvik, alt. 39 ft. Harnds, alt. 10 ft., seaport. Skutskar, seaport. Branch lines to harbour. Line turns S. by E. Alfkarleo on the Dalalf, salmon fishery. Branch SW. up Dalalf to Alfkarleo, 1} miles. Leaving, line crosses the Dalalf by 6-arch bridge and viaduct, turns S. and ascends. Mar ma. Orrskog, alt. 139 ft. B b 2 388 RAILWAYS— ROUTES 74, 75 miles Branch NW. to Unfraverket on the Dalalf, 4 miles. Branch W. to Soderfors on the Dalalf, ironworks, 5* miles. Leaving, line turns SE. 321 m- Tierp. 33 m. Crosses the Tamnarea. 401 m- Tobo. 431 m- Orby- hus. Line turns S. miles Branch E. to Dannemora (standard gauge), 5* miles. Narrow-gauge line from Dannemora to Hargshamn (0-891 metre) :— 0 Dannemora. 1} Osierby. 5* Knaby. (Branch S. to Ramhall, 4 miles.) 13} Gimo. Leaving, line crosses the Olandsa. 14} Branch S. to Norrvdllen on Lake Vallen, h\ miles. 21 Harg. 24 Hargshamn. Knypplan (Vendel), alt. 101 ft. 54 m. Skyttorp. 57 m. Vattholma. Crosses the Fyrisa and ascends vaUey. 621 m- Storvreta. 671 m- Gamla Uppsala. Uppsala. For line from Stockholm to Krylbo and Boden and branch to Enkoping, see Route 72 ; for narrow-gauge line from Norrtalge, see Route 71. ROUTE 75 Gafle — Sala — Tillberga, 83 mUes Gafle, central station, connected with south station; lines to wharves. Line to Ockelbo branches, see Route 76. Hagastrom. miles Branch SW. to Storvik :— 0 Hagastrom. 2} Valbo. line ascends the Gaflea valley 4} H&b6 halt RAILWAYS— ROUTE 75 389 miles Branch SE. to Mackmyra across the Gaflea, 1* miles, and to Mackmyra pulp works, 1} miles. 6* Forsbacka, alt. 209 ft. Branch S. to Forsbacka on Storsjon, 1} miles. 9} Crosses the Jadraa. 10} Sandviken on Storsjon. 16 Kungsgdrden, alt. 221 ft., on Storsjon. 19* Storvik, alt. 236 ft. For line from Stockholm and Uppsala to Ockelbo and Boden, see Route 72 ; for line from Goteborg and Falun, see Route 61. Sveden. Mackmyra. No connexion with branch from Habo above. Rbrberg, alt. 230 ft., on Valsjon. Alt. 262 ft. Line descends slowly. Frdmlingshem, alt. 239 ft. 251 m- Hedesunda. 29| m. Smedsang. Gysinge. Leaving station, line crosses the wide Dalalf. 37| m. Kerstinbo. 44 m. Tarnsjb. 501 m- Rdsbo. RunhaUen. Branch SE. to Enkoping : — 6} m. Heby. (For line from Uppsala to Sala, see Route 72.) 11} m. Harsbdck. 13} m. Altuna. 18 m. Fjardhundra. 20* m. Frosthult. 24} m. Sparrsatra. 29} m. Enkoping. (For line from Stockholm to Tillberga, see Route 40.) 591 m- Jugansbo. 621 m. Saladamm. Sala, alt. 170 ft., sUver and lead mines. For line from Stockholm and Uppsala to Krylbo and Boden, see Route 72. 72 m. Tarna. 73 m. Ransta. 76 m. Crosses the Ranstaa. 80 m. Hedensberga. TiUberga. For line to Ludvika, see Route 41, and for line from Stockholm to Koping and Frovi, see Route 40. 390 RAILWAYS— ROUTES 76, 77 mUes 0 21 H 81 11 18 24 ROUTE 76 Gafle — Ockelbo, 24 miles Gafle, north station, connected with south station. Line to Sala, TiUberga, and Storvik branches off, see Route 75. Strbmsbro. Line ascends Testeboa vaUey. Abyggeby, alt. 105 ft. Brdnnsagen halt, alt. 202 ft. Leaving, line crosses the Testeboa. Osldttfors, alt. 225 ft. 14 m. Rdhdllen. 151m. Alt. 289 ft. Line descends slowly. Kolforsen. Leaving, line crosses the Testeboa. Ockelbo, alt. 262 ft., after skirting Lake Yklaren. For Stockholm-Uppsala-Boden Hne, see Route 72 ; for narrow-gauge line from Norrsundet to Linghed, see Route 77. NoRRSUNDET- 161 Hi181 20 ROUTE 77 -Linghed (narrow 53} mUes gauge : 0-891 metre), Seaport. Line skirts Hamrange- crossing the Hamrangea. Line Norrsundet fjord. Abydal, after ascends. 9|m. Vittersjb, alt. 243 ft., onVittersjon. Ostby, alt. 275 ft., on Ostersjon. Ockelbo, alt. 262 ft., after crossing main line north (see Route 72) and the Testeboa. For line from Gafle, see Route 76. Line runs S. near main line, crosses stream and turns SW. Brattfors, alt. 416 ft. Leaving, line turns W. and skirts Ofver Mangala Lake. 13| m. to RAILWAYS— ROUTES 77, 78, 79 391 Jddrads, alt. 663 ft. Line ascends the Jadraa vaUey NW. Tallds, alt. 665 ft. Leaving, line crosses the Jadraa and ascends the Lilla valley to W. 341 m. Svartbdcken. 40 m. Lilla Bjbrnmossen. Ryssjbn, on Ryssjon. Line turns SW. Vintjarn, alt. 1,148 ft. Iron mines. miles Branch S. to Hinsen : — 0 Vintjarn. 5 Ag, alt. 847 ft., after crossing end of Agsjon. 13} Hinsen, alt. 630 ft., on Lake Hinsen, thence navig able lake to Korsa, 14 miles. Linghed, alt. 459 ft., on Svardsjon. ROUTE 78 Hudiksvall — Ljusdal, 38} mUes Hudiksvall, seaport. Forsa, alt. Ill ft., on Kryksjon. Ndsviken. Line skirts Sodra DeUen ; two tunnels before. Fredriksfors, alt. 226 ft. Line runs along Lake DeUen. Delsbo, alt. 240 ft. Line skirts several lakes. Ldngbacka.Hybo, alt. 404 ft. Joins main line Stockholm to north, see Route 72. Ljusdal, alt. 430 ft., on above line. ROUTE 79 Hudiksvall — Bergsjo (narrow gauge : 0-891 metre), 24mUes Hudiksvall. 41 m. Rogsta. 7| m. Via, alt. 79 ft. 151m. Harmanger, alt. 102 ft. 181 m- Hdnick, on Storsjon, which line skirts. 21 m. Hbgen. Bergsjo, alt. 173 ft. 392 RAILWAYS— ROUTE 80 ROUTE 80 Oland Railways (narrow gauge : 0-891 metre) Borgholm — Boda, 341 miles mUes 02141 341 151 32 Borgholm. Line runs E Tingsdal, alt. 67 ft Ojkroken, alt. 67 ft. island. Kalleguta. Line turns N. along middle of 5i m. alt. 31 ft. alt. 11 ft. Kdllaberg, 7|m. Dalbyro, alt. 73 ft. Stacketorp. 141 m- Uggletorp, 161 m- Fbra, alt. 15 ft. 18 m. Persnds, 21 m. Gunnarslund, alt. 30 ft. alt. 29 ft. 271 m. Lbttorp. 231 m. 301 m. Vedborm. 321 m. Skdftekdrr. Boda, alt. 21 ft. Borgholm — Farjestaben, 261 mUes Borgholm. Line runs S. 3 m. Rapplinge. 4f m. Glands Lindby, alt. 65 ft. 9| m. Langlbt, alt. 59 ft. 16 m. Norra Mbckleby. 71 m. Gdrdslbsa, alt. 72 ft. 131 rn- Runsten, alt. 53 ft. 19 m. Gdrdby, alt. 46 ft. Line turns NW. 241 m- Skogby. 25| m. Line to S. branches, see below. Farjestaben. Ferry port for Kalmar. Farjestaben — Ottenby, 32 mUes Farjestaben. 1 m. Line from Borgholm joins and line turns S. 4 m. Vickleby. Morbylanga. Small seaport. Kastlbsa. Line crosses island to SE. 201 m- Skdrlbf. 231 m- Segerstad. 26 m. Torn- alt. 31 ft. 27f m. Grdsgdrd. Ottenby, alt. 28 ft. RAILWAYS— ROUTE 81 393 ROUTE 81 Gotland Railways (narrow gauge : 0-891 metre) Visby — Tlngstade, 14| miles Visby. Line runs NE. Branch to pier. Vdstkinde, alt. 161 ft. Martebo.Tingstade, alt. 169 ft., on Tingestadetrask. Visby — Burgsvik, 49 mUes Visby. Line runs SE. Branch to pier. Barlingbo, alt. 118 ft. Bogs to E. of line. Roma. Bogs to E. of line. Junction for Slite- Klintehamn line, see below. Line traverses boggy country from here southward. 17 m. Bjarges. Line turns S. 19f m. Buttle. 24| m. Etelhem, alt. 141 ft. 28| m. Stanga. Hemse. Branch SE. to Ronehamn : — 3* m. Autsarfve, alt. 80 ft. 5} m. Mattsarfve, alt. 46 ft. 7* m. Ronehamn. Small seaport. Hafdhem, alt. 78 ft. Fidends halt, alt. 29 ft., at head of Burgsviken. Burgsvik. SmaU seaport. Slite — Klintehamn, 34| mUes SUte. Small seaport. Line runs S. over narrow isthmus between Sjustrommar (E.) and Bogeviken (W.), and turns SW. through swampy region. 8 m. Bdl, alt. 128 ft. 91 m. Larsprfve. lOf m. Kdllunge. 121 m- Simunde. 15 m. Dune. 161 m- Hdsselby. 18 m. Tule. Roma. For line from Visby to Burgsvik, see above. 241m. Isums, alt. Ill ft. 25| m. Hogrdn. 271 m- Bander, alt. 125 ft. 28f m. Skogs. 30 m Tjuls. 31| m. Sanda, alt. 65 ft. Klintehamn. Small seaport. 394 RAILWAYS— ROUTES 81, 82 Visby — Hallvards, 5f mUes Visby. Line runs near coast. Sodervdrn.Kneippby, bathing resort. Hallvards (Bjars). ROUTE 82 Trondhjem — Bracke, 211 mUes Trondhjem, Merakerbanen station. Line leaves Trondhjem E. by a swing bridge over the mouth of the Nidelv. Leangen halt, alt. Ill ft. Line skirts Trondhjem fjord. Ranheim, alt. 33 ft., after crossing the Vikselv on bridge 33 ft. long. Malvik, alt. 26 ft. Hommelvik, alt. 26 ft. Leaving, line crosses the Holma by bridge 94 yds. long. HeU, alt. 10 ft., on Stjorsdalselv, which Hne foUows. For line N. to Sunnan, see Route 87. Hegre, alt. 59 ft. Passes mouth of the Forra flowing from NE. Crosses the Sona by two-span iron bridge 30 yds. long, 23 ft. above water level. Floren, alt. 131 ft. Crosses the Guda by a one-span iron bridge 40 ft. long and 16 ft. above water level. Gudaaen, alt. 278 ft. Leaving, Hne crosses Stjorsdalselv by a four-span iron bridge 96 yds. long and 20 ft. above water level, and continues to ascend by r. bank, traversing Volden tunnel, 100 yds. long. Crosses the Funna by a four-span iron bridge 60 yds. long and 66 ft. above water level. Meraker, alt. 722 ft. Norwegian customs house. Line ascends Tevldalen. RAILWAYS— ROUTE 82 395 Kopperaaen. Crosses the Koppera by bridge 60 ft. long and 20 ft. above river. Crosses the Skurdalsa by lattice-work girder bridge 46 ft. long and 27 ft. above river level. Crosses the Norwegian-Swedish frontier, alt. 1,824 ft. Timber snow-sheds along this part of the line. Country bare. Storlien. alt. 1,492 ft. Swedish customs house. Carriages generally changed. Line passes in view of Visjon to N. Enafors, alt. 1,818 ft., on Enaalf . Long snow-sheds. Ann, alt. 1,762 ft., on Annsjon, after swampy ground to r. Crosses the Annalf and skirts Gefsjon. Gefsjbn, alt. 1,664 ft. Reaches the Dufedsalf valley and descends through forest region. Dufed, alt. 1,263 ft., after crossing the Dufedsalf. Line skirts Aresjon to Are, alt. 1,240 ft. and Under sdker, alt. 1,237 ft. Halland halt, on Dufedsalf, which line follows to Hjdrpen, alt. 1,067 ft., after crossing wide Hjarps- strom on embankment. Mbrsil, alt. 1,080 ft., after skirting Litensjon. Line descends vaUey to Indalsalf to Ocke halt, on Ockesjon. Line leaves vaUey and ascends. Mattmar, alt. 1,014 ft. Alt. 1,158 ft. Line descends. Trdngsviken, alt. 967 ft. Ytteran, alt. 978 ft., after crossing the Yttera. Ndlden, alt. 1,001 ft., on the Faxalf. Leaving, line skirts Naldensjon. Krokum, alt. 984 ft. Leaving, line crosses the Indalsalf and skirts Assjon, a branch of Storsjon. 396 RAILWAYS— ROUTES 82, 83 Tang, alt. 1,030 ft. on Assjon. Line continues along Assjon and Ostersund to Ostersund, alt. 971 ft. Road bridge over sound. For line NE. to Dorotea, see Route 83. Brunfio, alt. 1,073 ft., Hes 100 ft. above Ostersund Lake. Branch S. to Skanderasen : — 0 m. Brunfio. 5 m. Angsta. Line rises and then descends. 16 m. Fdhren (Nas) on Nackten. 20 m. Hackds on Storsjon, which line skirts. 31 m. Skanderasen halt on Bergsvand, a gulf of Storsjon. Line under construc tion up valley to 42 m. Asarne, and farther south. Lockne halt, alt. 1,112 ft. at N. end of Locknesjon. Pilgrimstad, alt. 955 ft., at N. end of Anviksjon. Line winds along shore of Anviksjon and Refsundsjon. to Gdllb, alt. 955 ft., at N. end of Refsundsjon. Leav ing line crosses strait and skirts E. side of Refsundsjon. Stafre, alt. 948 ft. Crosses the Gima,. Bracke alt. 955 ft., on Refsundsjon. For line from Stockholm to Boden and Haparanda, see Route 72. ROUTE 83 Ostersund — -Dorotea — Vilhelmina, 151 mUes Ostersund, alt. 971 ft. Line runs N. Askott, alt. 1,115 ft. Lit, alt. 860 ft., after crossing the Indalsalf and the Langaa. Leaving, line crosses the Harkaa and ascends its vaUey. 231 m- Hdggenas. 27| m. Norderasen Munkflohbgen. Jamtlands Sikas, alt. 1,076 ft. Branch SE. to Hammerdal, 5* miles, on Hammerdalsjon. Hallviken, alt. 1,079 ft. Line skirts Hallviken and Russfjarden and crosses the Faxalf to 381 m. RAILWAYS— ROUTES 83, 84 397 Ulriksfors, alt. 938 ft. Branch W. to Stromsund, 2* miles, at head of Russfjarden. Lbvberga, alt. 886 ft., at S. end of Flasjon. Crosses the Flasjoa and the Tasjoalf after passing several lakes. Haling, after skirting Hotingsjon. Crosses Rorstromsjon. Dorotea, alt. 1,080 ft., after crossing the Berg- vallena. Line beyond Dorotea not open in October 1916, but apparently built. Crosses the Fjalla. 121|m. Saxvattnet, alt. 1,109 ft. 1261m. Crosses the Stamsjoa. Granberget. Meseleforsen, alt. 1,082 ft., after crossing the wide Angermanalf. Line skirts Raselet to Volgsjbfors, alt. 1 092 ft., on Volgsjon. Vimelmina, alt. 1,303 ft., on Volgsjon, after crossing the Vojma. ROUTE 84 Harnosand — Langsele, 72 mUes Harnosand. Line skirts Alandsfjord. 5 m. Alandsbro. Rapid ascent. 111m. Oringen. Tunnel. Two tunnels. Line descends and approaches river. Veda. Line ascends valley of the AngermanaJf . 181 m- Ramvik. 22 m. Sprdngspiken. 25f m. Franb. 281 m- Kramfors. 291 m- Branch to river, 1 mile. 31f m. Dynds. Bollstabruk. Line skirts Bollstafsjon. Nyland. Important seaport. 44 m. Prdstmon. 52 m. Lbkom. 55 m. Gdrdnds. 58| m. Multra. 611 m- Overgdrd. SoUeftea, alt. Private line ends ; state line begins; 398 RAILWAYS— ROUTES 84, 85 mUes 66168 721 Branch to river, 11 mUes. Line leaves the Angermanalf and ascends the Faxalf valley. Langsele, alt. 358 ft. For Stockholm, Uppsala, Boden, Haparanda line, see Route 72. ROUTE 85 Narvik — Boden, 271 mUes This line is single tracked but the number of crossings has lately been increased in order to facUitate the ore traffic. It is electrified from the Swedish frontier station to Kiruna. 0 Narvik station, alt. 152 ft. Lines from iron-ore wharves at N. of Victoria Haven (Narvik Bay), 1 mile, and from Fagernes on S. side of bay, 21 mUes. Line skirts Rombaksf jord, and ascends rapidly and passes through three short tunnels to Dybvik crossing place, alt. 334 ft. Totta Mts. to S. Two short tunnels. Strbmsnes halt, alt. 581 ft. Short tunnel on leaving. Sildvik crossing place, alt. 871 ft., after tunnel of 450 yds. Middag tunnel, 568 yds. long, after two short tunnels. Hundalen halt, alt. 1,240 ft., after covered snow- sheds. Line now enters most difficult part of its course. Turns S. and enters a tunnel 350 yds. long. Crosses the Hundalselv, which runs in a conduit under line. Line turns N. up E. side of Norddal. Snow-sheds. 19 Crosses Norddal after three tunnels. Viaduct 200 yds. long and 130 ft. above the Norddalselv, and turns eastward round end of Norddal, passing through four short tunnels. 61 14 151 RAILWAYS— ROUTE 85 399 Alt. 1,712 ft. Crosses the frontier after more windings. Riksgransen, alt. 1,706 ft. Swedish frontier station : water for locomotive pumped from lake. Line elec trified to Kiruna. Vassijaure, alt. 1,683 ft., after tunnel of 650 yds. Kopparasen, alt. 1,446 ft. On leaving, line passes through Tornehamn tunnel, 589 yds. long. Bjbrkliden, alt. 1,374 ft., on Tornetrask, which line skirts. Crosses the Laktajokk on high viaduct and passes through Nuolja tunnel, 963 yds. long. Abiskojokk halt, alt. 1,296 ft. Tourist station. Abisko, alt. 1,273 ft. Crossing place ; coal store. Stordalen, alt. 1,256 ft. Kaisepakte, alt. 1,286 ft. Stenbacken, alt. 1,243 ft. Tornetrask, alt. 1,290 ft. Line turns SE. away from lake. Bergfors, alt. 1,614 ft. Rensjbn, alt. 1,605 ft. Rautas, alt. 1,534 ft. Krokvik, alt. 1,521 ft. Kiruna, alt. 1,657 ft. Iron mines and works ; several branch lines to mines. Electric line ends. Kalixfors, alt. 1,520 ft. Leaving, line crosses the Kalixalf. Fjdllasen, after crossing the Kaitamaalf . Harrd halt, alt. 1,828 ft. ; summit of line. Risback. Siktrask, alt. 1,293 ft. Gallivara, alt. 1,178 ft. Road to Haparanda. Branch N. to Malmberget, alt. 1,375 ft., for iron mines, 3} miles. Branch NE. to Koskulls- Kulle mineral springs, 5* miles. Branch SW. to Porjus : — 16 m. Kuosakdbbo. 28* m. Luleluspen. 33* m. Porjus, alt. 1,188 ft. : electric works. 400 RAILWAYS— ROUTES 85, 86, 87 mUes 1771183| 1941 201| 206 207| 2151 2252321238| 245 *? Ripatsha.lt, alt. 1,368 ft. Nuortikon halt, alt, 1,214 ft. Nattavara, alt. 1,057 ft., after crossing theRanealf. Road to Haparanda. Koskivara halt. Crosses the Kaipajokki. Polcirkeln, alt. 1,020 ft. HaU mUe north of Arctic Circle. Murjek, alt. 791 ft. Road to Jokkmokk (p. 236) and Lulea. Nasberg halt. Lakatrdsk, alt. 551 ft. Gulltrask halt. Sandtrdsk, alt. 551 ft. Ljusd, alt. 92 ft. Joins line from Stockholm to Haparanda, see Route 72. Boden, alt. 33 ft. ROUTE 86 Thamshavn — Lokken (narrow-gauge electric), 151 mUes 0 Thamshavn. Large quay space. Orkedalsoren. Line ascends r. bank of the Orkla. 41 m. Fandrem. 8 m Solbusby halt. llf m. Svorkmo. Lokken, alt. 541 ft. ; copper mines. If2i G ROUTE 87 Hell — Sunnan, 65 mUes HeU, alt. 10ft. Leaving, line crosses the Stjordalselv by a five-span iron bridge, each span 38 yds. long. Stjbrdalen, alt. 23 ft. ; fishing village. Crosses the Gra by an arched bridge 52 ft. long. Skatval, alt. 218 ft. RAILWAYS— ROUTE 87 401 Alstad crossing-place, alt. 296 ft. Line descends rapidly. Langstein halt, alt. 26 ft., on Aasenfjord. Line rises and faUs again slightly. Aasen, alt. 233 ft., on Hammervand. Leaving, line crosses the Fossing by an arched bridge 52 ft. long. Ronglan, alt. 204 ft., after a tunnel 48 yds. long. Skogn, alt. 164 ft. Line continues near Hjemsfjord. Levanger, alt. 10 ft., pop. 1,600, after crossing the Levanger by a single-span bridge 28 yds. long. Small manufacturing town on Hjemsfjord. Line continues near fjord. Rinnan, alt. 52 ft. Vaerdalen, alt. 23 ft., after crossing Vaerdalselv by a six-span bridge, each span 38 yds. long. Line continues near fjord. Salberg, alt. 170 ft., after skirting fjord and tra versing tunnel 93 yds. long through slopes of Kubjor- gen. Line leaves fjord and traverses tunnel 420 yds. long. Sparbu, alt. 105 ft. Vist halt, alt. 65 ft. Line reaches Beitstadfjord. Crosses the Figga by two-span pile bridge 25 yds. long. Stenkjaer, alt. 13 ft. Harbour ; line to quay. Leaving, line crosses the Stenkjaerelv by iron two- span bridge 52 yds. long, and ascends r. bank of the Byelv, skirts Reinsvand and Fossumvand to Sunnan, alt. 98 ft., on Snaasenvand. Locomotive sheds, turn-table, and coal store. Line being continued to Sem and Namsos. c c 402 RAILWAYS— ROUTE 88 ROUTE 88 Trondhjem — Kristiania, 348 mUes This line is narrow gauge (1-067 metre) from Trondhjem to Hamar and thence standard gauge to Kristiania. miles Trondhjem. Merakerbanen station, alt. 10 ft. Line runs W. and crosses iron swing bridge, traverses smaU island, crosses second iron swing bridge to Skansen halt, alt. 13 ft. Branch W. along Trondhjemfjord to Fagervik, 1} miles. After tunnel 200 yds. long, under suburb of Hen, line ascends 1. bank of Nidelv. Selsback, alt. 170 ft., after short tunnel. Line leaves the Nidelv. 61 m. Heimdal, alt. 463 ft. 9 m. Nypan, alt. 230 ft Melhus, alt. 76 ft. Line ascends r. bank of the Gula. 141 m. Sbberg, alt. 102 ft. 161 m. Kvaal, alt. 161 ft. Ler, alt. 79 ft., after crossing arm of the Nidelv twice. Lundemo, alt. 108 ft., after crossing the Lunda- soknaelv by bridge 66 yds. long. Hovind, alt. 174 ft., after crossing the Gula by bridge 225 yds. long. Storen, alt. 210 ft. Leaving, line crosses the Gula by bridge 228 yds. long with 23 spans, and 14 ft. above the water level. Line ascends r. bank of the Gula. Rognaes, alt. 315 ft. Three tunnels before Bjbrgen, alt. 482 ft. Crosses the Sevilla by bridge 17 yds. long. Singsaas, alt. 578 ft. Road bridge over the Gula. Crosses the Holtenelv by bridge 18 yds. long. 541 m. Reitstben, alt. 673 ft. 59| m. Langletet, alt. 774 ft. Crosses the Holtenelv by bridge 34 yds. long. , RAILWAYS— ROUTE 88 403 Holtaalen, alt. 988 ft. Crosses the Droia by bridge 141 yds. long. Eidet, alt. 1,380 ft., after seven short tunnels, of which longest is 220 yds. Reitan, alt. 1,774 ft., after tunnel. Copper mine. Crosses the Gula by bridge 100 yds. long of 7 spans. Vongrav tunnel, 40 yds. long. Tyvold, alt: 2,180 ft., at head of Rugla valley: summit of line. Branch S. to Kongens Grubbe copper mine, alt. 2,808 ft., 6 miles. Jensvold, alt. 2,093 ft., after passing several small lakes. Leaving, line crosses the Glommen by bridge 69 yds. long and descends by 1. bank of Glommen in narrow vaUey. Nypladsen halt, alt. 2,057 ft. ; copper mining. Branch E. to Roros, alt. 2,060 ft., 21 k. ; copper- mining centre on the Hitterelv. Crosses the Haaelv by bridge 75 yds. long. Crosses the Noraelv. Os, alt. 1,976 ft., after crossing the Verjaa. Tolgen, alt. 1,782 ft. Telneset, alt. 1,634 ft., after crossing the Telaelv. Tonset, alt. 1,620 ft., on ' cut off ' of the Glommen. Auma, alt. 1,598 ft. Leaving, crosses the Aumaalf. Lille Elvedal, alt. 1,660 ft. Road bridge over the Glommen. 1571 m- Barkald, alt. 1,487 ft. 1740 m. Hanestad, alt. 1,254 ft. 178f m. Atna, alt. 1,170 ft. 185 m. Bjbraaneset halt. 195 m. Koppang, alt. 1,158 ft. Valley wider Glommen forms lake. 2001m. Stai, alt. 863 ft. 2091m. Rasten, alt 840 ft. 215| m. Ophus, alt. 801 ft. . c c 2 404 RAILWAYS— ROUTE 88 Stenviken, alt. 791 ft., after crossing the Glommen by bridge 144 yds. long. Line foUows r. bank of Glommen. Rena, alt. 738 ft. Aasta, alt. 741 ft. Leaving, Hne crosses the Aasta. 242 m. Oksna, alt. 666 ft. 2461 m. Grundset, alt. 643 ft. Elverum, alt. 617 ft., the last station in the Glom men valley. Road bridge. The line now turns WSW. and crosses Terningmoen drUl-ground. For line to Kongsvinger, see Route 89. Crosses the Terningaa and ascends. Recrosses the Terningaa. Crosses the Terningaa. Alt. 885 ft. 259 m. Lbiten, alt. 758 ft. 260|m. Aadalsbruk, alt. 643 ft. 262 m. Hbrsand, alt. 571 ft. 263| m. Ilseng, alt. 489 ft. 266f m. Hjellum, alt. 433 ft. ' Aaker, alt. 420 ft., on Aakersviken, a gulf of Mjosen. Leaving, crosses Aakerviken on embankment and skirts the lake to Hamar, alt. 416 ft. Here the narrow-gauge line ends and the standard- gauge begins. For line to Otta and Dombaas, see Route 90. Line leaves Hamar by embankment across Aakers viken, with 40-yd. bridge in middle. Line runs more or less S. Ottestad, alt. 610 ft. 2761 m. Stange, alt. 729 ft. 2801 m. Stensrud halt. Tangen, alt. 538 ft. Line runs near Mjosen. Espen, alt. 427 ft. Ulven (Morskogen), alt. 275 ft., on Mjosen. Minne, after crossing the Vormen on iron bridge 396 yds. long, Hne descends r. bank of Vormen. Eidsvold, alt. 413 ft. After short tunnel, line leaves RAILWAYS— ROUTES 88, 89 405 nules 3101 3281 335 336|3413431 34513461 348 Vormen and turns SSW. and ascends the Audelv vaUey, crossing the river seven times. Before a short tunnel, when line leaves river to S. Another short tunnel. 311|m. Dal. 3191 m. Jesseim. S2ilm.Klbften, alt. 545 ft. Frogner, alt. 405 ft., on Level v, which line foUows. 329| m. Crosses the Levelv and foUows r. bank. 3311m. Lersum. LiUestrom, alt. 355 ft., on Nitelv near head of Oieren ; branch lines to river. For Hne to Kongsvinger and Stockholm, see Route 65. Leaving LiUestrom, line turns W. and crosses the Nitelv. Strbmmen, alt. 485 ft. Grorud, alt. 420 ft. Line curving much. Alnabru. Branch W. to Grefsen 2 m., on Roa-Kristiania line, Route 92. Bryn, alt. 260 ft. Line from Bergen and Roa joins from N., see Route 92. Kristiania, Hoved-banegaard. ROUTE 89 27 Elverum — Kongsvinger, 57 mUes Elverum, alt. 617 ft. Line descends along r. bank of the Glommen. 3| m. Vesterhaug. 51 m. Heradsbygden. 81 m. Jbmna. 14f m. Braskerudfoss. 181 m. Vaaler. 24 m. Haslemo. FUsen, alt. 508 ft. 30f m. Arneberg, alt. 544 ft. 35 m. Navnaan, alt. 524 ft. 351 m. Crosses the Navnaa. 371 ^ 406 RAILWAYS— ROUTES 89, 90 Kirkenaer, alt. 502 ft. 39f m. Passes W. end of Gaardsjon. 41 m. Grinder, alt. 521 ft. 451 m- Nor, alt. 508 it. Leaving, line crosses stream from Nueren to the Glommen. 52 m. Roverud, alt. 486 ft. Kongsvinger, alt. 480 ft. For line from Kristiania to Stockholm, see Route 65. ROUTE 90 Hamar — Dombaas, 135 miles Hamar, alt. 416 ft. Line skirts Furnesf jord. Jesnes, alt. 430 ft. Brumunddalen, alt. 443 ft. Leaving, line crosses the Brumunda. Veldre, alt. 620 ft., near N. end of Furnesf jord. Ringsaker, alt. 613 ft. Moelven, alt. 482 ft., after a tunnel and bridge over the Moelv. Ring, alt. 456 ft., on Lake Mjosen, which line skirts. Brbttum, alt. 437 ft. Berseng, alt. 437 ft. Tunnel before and two after. LiUehammer, alt. 588 ft. (190 ft. above Mjosen), pop. 4,800. Leaving, line crosses the Mesna by lattice girder bridge ; skirts Mjosen and ascends Laagen or Gudbrandsdal by 1. bank. 411 m- Faaberg, alt. 485 ft. 45 m. Hunder, alt. 553ft. Oier, alt. 597 ft., after crossing the Laagen by 5-span bridge. Road bridge over river. Tretten, alt. 627 ft. Road bridge over river. Line following r. bank of Laagen, which widens here to Lake Losna. Losna, alt. 627 ft. High altitudes to W. Myre, alt. 617 ft. Road bridge over the Laagen at N. end of Lake Losna. mUes 73751781831 871931 99* RAILWAYS— ROUTES 90, 91 407 Ringebu, alt. 646 ft., after crossing the Laagen Crosses the Fryaa. Sides of vaUey become steeper. Hundorp, alt. 633 ft. Harpefoss, alt. 731 ft. River below in narrow gorge. Road bridge. Vinstra, alt. 791 ft. Road bridge over river. Kvam, alt. 873 ft. VaUey sides very steep. Sjoa, alt. 935 ft. Leaving, line crosses the Laagen by long bridge. Otta, alt. 944 ft., after crossing the Otta by a 3-span bridge. Sel, alt. 942 ft. Brennhaugen, alt. 1,443 ft. Dome, alt. 1,594 ft. Dombaas, alt. 2,110 ft. Line reported under construction to Storen on line from Trondhjem to Hamar and Kristiania. \ Line also under construction to Aandalsnes (Nes), seaport, about 65 miles. ROUTE 91 Sorumsand — Skullerud (gauge 1-067 metre), 36 mUes 100|1061 114122127135 0 If 18 201 36 Sorumsand. Line runs near main line. Line leaves main line to N. and turns SE. 41 m. Kvevli. 6f m. Mork. Branch line N. to Aremoen, If miles. 10 m. Killingmo. 11 J m. Finstad. 121m. Urs kog. 15 m. Lierfoss. Line turns S. Bjbrkelangen. Line descends vaUey\ Hornaaseng. Line skirts Birklangen. 241 m. Fosser. 26 m. Lbken. 28J m. Hjellebbl. 31 m. Hemnes. Skullerud, lake port. Steamers S. to Fredrikshald by long series of linked lakes, and Fredrikshald Canal, about '50 mUes. 408 RAILWAYS— ROUTE 92 ROUTE 92 411 Bergen — Kristiania, 305 miles Bergen, large seaport. New station at N. end of Store Lungegaardsvand, which Hne skirts and traverses tunnel. Kronstad. Old line from Bergen j oins, 1 £ mUes long. Minde. Fjbsanger, on Nordaasvand. Hop. Nesttun, alt. 104 ft. Line turns NE., crosses the Nesttunelv, and ascends Langedal. mile3 Branch S. to Os Nesttun. 1} m. Skjold halt. Stend. Fane, near head of Fanefjord. Kalandseid, after skirting Kalandsvand. Softeland. Line passes between lakes to Ulven. Os, small seaport on Bjornefjord. Line skirts Grimenvand and traverses two 3 m. Randal . 4} m. 9} 11 1415} Heldal. tunnels. Haukeland, alt. 269 ft., on Haukelandsvand, which line skirts to N. Espeland. Arne, alt. 65 ft., at head of Arnevaag. Games, alt. 65 ft., on Sorfjord, after line turns SE. Trengereid, alt. 50 ft., after skirting Sorfjord and traversing several tunnels. Vaxdal, alt. 50 ft., after crossing Vaxdalelv. Line continues N. along Sorfjord : several tunnels. Stanghelle. Leaving, line crosses the Dalsvaag and ascends the r. bank. Dale, after crossing the Bergensdalelv. Line skirts Bolstadfjord to ENE. and traverses nine tunnels, of which longest is 1,414 yds. long. RAILWAYS— ROUTE 92 409 Bolstad, alt. 29 ft., at head\of fjord. Line turns E. in general and ascends on 1. bank of Vosseelv and skirts Evangervand. Eight tunnels. Evanger, alt. 50 ft. Line continues on 1. bank of Vosseelv. Bulken, alt. 148 ft., on Vangsvand after crossing the Vosseelv by short tunnel. Line skirts Vangsvand. One short tunnel. Voss, alt. 187 ft. ; smaU agricultural town. Leav ing, line crosses the effluent of the Lundervand by stone bridge and ascends. Several tunnels. Ygre, alt. 551 ft. Sverreskar ravine below on r. Line ascends Rundal : numerous tunnels. Grove, alt. 997 ft. Reime, alt. 1,526 ft. Tunnels. Mjblfjell, alt. 2,057 ft. Leaving, line crosses the Rjoandaa, which is led in tunnel under line. Opset, alt. 2,789 ft. Leaving, line enters Gravehals tunnel, 31 miles long. Line above the limit of trees. Myrdal, alt. 2,845 ft., in Flaamsdal. River 1,000 ft. below. Branch N. down Flaamdal to Fretheim on Aurlandsfjord, 11 miles — rack electric railway. Line enters tunnel one mile long and turns SE. Crosses outlet of Klerevand by high bridge. Hallingskeid, alt. 3,641 ft., in Moldadal. River and small lakes far below. Alt. 4,270 ft., on Taugevand : culminating point of Hne. The snowfields of Hardanger Jokul, 6,536 ft., toS. Finse, alt. 4,010 ft., on Finsevand in Finsedal. Haugastbl, alt. 3,240 ft., on Sletfjord, an arm of Ustavand. To the N. is snow-covered HaUingskarv, 6,955 ft. Ustaoset, alt. 3,230 ft., on Ustavand. Line descends Ustadal to ENE. 410 RAILWAYS— ROUTE 92 Gjeilo, alt. 2,604 ft. HaUingskarv to W. Snow sheds cease, trees begin. Hoi, alt. 1,980 ft. Line skirts Strandefjord. Aal, alt. 1,434 ft. Line descending Hallingdal. Torpe, alt. 1,073 ft. . Gol, alt. 679 ft. Line turns SE. Nesbyen, alt. 554 ft. Naes vUlage across the river, which from here onwards is wide. Liodden. Bromma.Bergheim, after a tunnel, Austvoll, after a tunnel. Flaa, alt. 508 ft., several tunnels. Gulsvik, alt. 509 ft., at N. end of Krodrenfjord, which line skirts to Orgenviken. Leaving station.line turns E. and enters Haversting tunnel, If m. ; descends Rudelv to SE. Sokna. Line descends Sognedal Verne, after several tunnels. Honefos, alt. 315 ft. For narrow-gauge line from Drammen to Rands fjord see Route 95. Leaving station, line crosses theBaegna and ascends toNE. Crosses the Randselv and ascends vaUey. Hval. Jevnaker, alt. 459 ft., on Randsfjord, which line skirts, and then ascends. Grindvol, alt. 1,020 ft. Line ascends to 1,214 ft. and then descends to Roa, alt. 1,023 ft. Line turns SE. For' line to Gjovik and Fagernes see Route 93. Grua, alt. 1,214 ft., after three short tunnels. Line descends Hakedal. Bjbrgesaeter, alt. 1,056 ft, Harestuen, alt. 858 ft. RAILWAYS— ROUTES 92, 93 411 Crosses the Nitelv and follows r. side of valley. Hakedal, alt. 545 ft. Line gradually leaves valley and ascends Aaneby. Nittedal, alt. 770 ft. Line turns W. and then S. Several tunnels. Sandermosen. Kjelsaas, alt. 509 ft., after skirting Maridalsvand. Grefsen, alt. 355 ft. Branch E. to Alnabru, 12 miles, on Kristiania-Laxa line, see Route 45. Tbien. Line to Laxa, and Stockholm leaves to E., see Route 45. Kristiania, alt. 9 ft. Hoved-banegaard. ROUTE 93 Roa — Gjovik, 401 mUes Roa, alt. 1,023 ft. Line goes N. Lunner, alt. 918 ft. Line descends the Vigga vaUey. Gran, alt. 672 ft., at S. end of Jarenvand. Jaren, alt. 680 ft., near N. end of Jarenvand. Branch NW. to Roikenvik : — 2* m. Brandbu, alt. 584 ft. 4} m. Roikenvik. alt. 452 ft., lake port on Randsfjord. Bleiken halt, alt. 1,165 ft. Line ascends steeply. Kutjern halt, alt. 1,628 ft. Summit of line. Haagaar, alt. 1,404 ft. Line skirts Einavand to Eina, alt. 1,315 ft. miles Branch W. to Fagernes (Valdres railway) : — 0 Eina. Line ascends and skirts Skjelbreiavand. 5 Trevand, alt. 1,273 ft., at S. end of Trevand. 9} Skrukli, alt. 1,293 ft., after sharp curve. Leaving, line skirts precipice and then crosses the Faldselv by bridge 40 ft. long. 412 RAILWAYS— ROUTE 93 miles 12} Fold, alt. 980 ft. Line skirts Randsfjord. 14 Hov, alt. 764 ft. 14* m. Crosses the Loselv. 19} Fluberg, alt. 508 ft. 22} m. Crosses the Sedalselv. 23} Odnes, alt. 453 ft. Line leaves Randsfjord and ascends the valley, of the Etna. 28} Dokka, alt. 486 ft. Leaving, line crosses the Dokka by a two-span iron bridge, each span 32 yds. long. 33 Nordsinnen halt, alt. 876 ft. Line ascending r. side of Etna valley. 39} Etna halt, alt. 1,575 ft. Line leaves Etna valley. 47} Tonsaasen, alt. 2,241 ft., after a tunnel. Summit of line. 55} Bjorgo, alt. 1,673 ft. Line ascending 1. of Baegna valley. 58} Aurdal, alt. 1,499 ft. 65 Leira, alt. 1,220 ft. 67* Fagernes, alt. 1,188 ft., on Strandefjord. Reinsvold, alt. 1,167 ft. Line descending vaUey of Hannselv. miles 02*5* 10*12} Branch SE. to Skreia : — Reinsvold. Boverbru, alt. 1,183 ft. Kolbu, alt. 942 ft. Lena, alt. 751 ft. Kraby, alt. 715 ft. Bilidt, alt. 718 ft., after a tunnel. Skreia, alt. 530 ft., on the Lena near Lake Mjosen. Raufoss, alt. 1,060 ft. Cartridge factory. Breiskallen, alt. 922 ft. Nygaard, alt. 705 ft. Line turns E. and with a wide curve reaches Gjovik, alt 422 ft. Lake port on Mjosen. RAILWAYS— ROUTE 94 413 ROUTE 94 Kristiania — Drammen — Skien (gauge 1-067 metre), 123 mUes miles Kristiania, west station, connected with Hovedbane station by line E. round Akershus peninsula and fortress. Line skirts fjord. Skarpsno.Skbien (Bygdo), after crossing the Frognerelv. Leaving, line crosses the Horselv. Bestum. Lysaker, after crossing the Lysakerselv. Line turns SW. 5 m. Stabaek. 6 m. Hbvik. Sandviken, after skirting Engervand. Leaving, Hne crosses the Sandvikenselv. Slependen. Line ascending. Two tunnels before Hvalstad, alt. 219 ft. Leaving, line crosses timber viaduct 92 ft. high. Asker, alt. 340 ft. Line turns S., and skirts Bondivand and GjeUumvand and descends. Heggedal, alt. 315 ft. Line descends vaUey. High hUls to E. and W. 201 m- Roken. Line turns W. 221 m. Spikkestad. Tunnel, after which line ascends valley of the Lierelv to NNW. Lier, after crossing the Lierelv. Line turns S. Branch N. to Sjaastad, 6 miles, and to Svangstrand, 13 miles, lake port on Holsfjord. Brageroen, on Drammensfjord, suburb of Dram men. Crosses the Drammenselv via Mollerholm Island and two long bridges to Drammen, large timber port at mouth of the Dram menselv. Line to wharves. For line to Hougesund and Honefos with branches, see Route 95. Line turns SE. and then S. and ascends rapidly. 414 RAILWAYS— ROUTE 94 371 m- Oundesb halt, alt. 262 ft. 381 m. Skoger, alt. 249 ft. Crosses the Sandeelv by one-span bridge 56 ft. long. 42 m. Gdlleberg, alt. 115 ft. 441 m- Sande, alt. 52 ft. Holm halt, alt. 79 ft. Line approaches Sandesogns- fjord. Holmestrand, alt. 16 ft., after skirting fjord. For line to Vittingfos and Eidsfos, see Routes 96 and 97. Nykirke, alt. 259 ft. Line turning S. away from fjord. Skoppum, alt. 131 ft. Branch E. to Horten : — 2* m. Borre, alt. 85 ft. Line turns N. 4} m. Horten, alt. 9 ft. . government dockyard on Kristiania fjord. Adal, alt. 187 ft. Barkaaker, alt. 154 ft. Junction (Jarlsborg). Branch SE. to Tonsberg, seaport, 1* miles : train backs. New line under construction to put Tonsberg on loop of mam line. Line NW. Eidsfos line branches, see Route 97. Sem, alt. 46 ft. Line turns SSW. Stokke, alt. 192 ft., after passing end of Akersvand. Raastad, alt. 128 ft. Sandefjord, alt. 49 ft., seaport. Jaaberg, alt. 78 ft. Tjblling, alt. 85 ft. Viksfjord (Ostby), alt. 62 ft. Grbtting, alt. 23 ft. Crosses the Laag by iron bridge 179 yds. long with five spans, each of 36 yds., 29 ft. above water level. Two tunnels. Larvik, alt. 6 ft. ; seaport ; station on quay. Leaving, line crosses isthmus at head of Larviksf jord and turns NW., skirting Farrisvand and Nesfjord and passing through 7 tunnels. RAILWAYS— ROUTE 94 415 Kjose, alt. 105 ft. Ekenes halt, alt. 105 ft., on Farrisvand. Four tunnels before Aaklungen, alt. 148 ft., on lake of same name. Line soon turns SW. and descends Bjorkedal. Bjbrkedalen, alt. 236 ft. Eidanger, alt. 131 ft. Line turns NW. miles Branch S. to Brevik (gauge 1-067 metre) : — 0 Eidanger. 1} Nystrand halt, alt. 125 ft. 2* Skjelsvik halt, alt. 98 ft. 4} Heistad halt, alt. 39 ft. 6 Brevik, alt. 39 ft. : seaport. Porsgrund, alt. 20 ft. ; seaport. Line ascends 1. bank of the Skienselv. Bole halt, alt. 43 ft. Short tunnel before Skien, alt. 10 ft. ; seaport on the Skienelv. Line under construction to Notodden and Kongsberg. Route to the north is by steamer along Nordsjon, the Sauerelv and Hitterdalsvand to Notodden, alt. 50 ft. RaUway along the Tinelv. Lilleherred. Crosses the Tinelv. Grbnvoldfoss. Aarlifoss. Crosses the Tinelv. Gransherred. Tinnoset, alt. 605 ft., where Tinelv leaves Tinsjon. RaUway ends. Lake steamer runs along Tinsjo and carries railway trucks to RoUag, on Vestfjord near head of lake. RaUway SW. to Miland. Overland. Rjukan (Saaheim), alt. 997 ft. ; saltpetre works. 416 RAILWAYS— ROUTE 95 ROUTE 95 Drammen — Hougsund — Randsfjord (standard gauge), 54 mUes miles 0 Drammen. Line ascends r. bank of the Dramselv. 23|261 351 39|431 4747f 541 If 61m. m. Gulskogen, alt. -26 ft. Mjbndalen. Hougsund, after crossing stream. 21 m. Pukerud. Line turns N. Branch SW. to Kongsberg : — 3 m. Vestfossen. 6} m. Darbu (Flesaker), alt. 59 ft., on Ekersjon. 9} m. KreMing, alt. 412 ft. 13* m. Skollenborg, alt. 540 ft. Line turns NW. 17} m. Kongsberg, alt. 488 ft., on the Laagen: silver mines. Line under construction to Skien. Burud. Line ascends the Dramselv by r. bank. m. Skotselven. 20 m. Aamot, after crossing the 161 Dramselv. Gjeiihus, after recrossing the Dramselv. Vikesund, on Tyrifjord, which Hne skirts to NE. Branch NW. to Kroderen : — 0 m. Vikesund. Line ascends valley of Snarumselv. 7*m. Snarum, alt. 548 ft. 16 m. Kroderen on Kroderensjon. Skjaerdalen, on Tyrifjord. Ask. Leaving station, line crosses the Soknaelv. Honefos, alt. 315 ft., on the Baegna. For line from Bergen to Kristiania, see Route 92. Line turns N. along r. bank of Baegna. Crosses the Baegna and foUows 1. bank. Hen, river port. Leaving, Hne leaves river and turns more E. Randsfjord, alt. 446 ft., on r. bank of Randselv at its exit from Randsfjord. RAILWAYS— ROUTES 96, 97 417 ROUTE 96 Holmestrand — Vittingfos (gauge 1-067 metre), 19 mUes Holmestrand, alt. 3 ft. Line turns S. and ascends steeply with locomotive pushing for f mUe, where locomotive changes end on a level stretch and turns NE., and traverses tunnel 374 yds. long. 3 m. Bamberg, alt. 364 ft. 41 m. GuUhaug, alt. 440 ft. 6 m. Hynnaas, alt. 315 ft. HiUestad, alt. 148 ft., on HiUestadvand, which line skirts. For line from Tonsberg, see Route 97. Sundbyfoss, alt. 195 ft. Hoff, alt. 223 ft. Line turns SW. For line to Eidsfos, see Route 97 131 m- Haslestad, alt. 232 ft. 14f m. Kleppan, alt. 400 ft. Vittingfos, alt. 223 ft. on the Laag. ROUTE 97 Tonsberg — Eidsfos (gauge 1-067 metre), 29 mUes Tonsberg, alt. 46 ft. Line to harbour. Joint station for this and Drammen line being built. Line from Drammen joins for 1 mUe, see Route 94. Ouli, alt. 26 ft. Line ascends vaUey of the Auli toNW. Freste, alt. 26 ft. Leaving, line crosses the Auli but continues up vaUey. Klop, alt. 59 ft. Ramnes, alt. 82 ft. Leaving, line recrosses the Auli and leaves valley. 101m. Raevetdl, alt. 92 ft. llf m. Fossan, alt. 105 ft. 131m. Svinevold, alt. 131 ft. 15 m. Bagstvold, alt. 131 ft. 171 m- Barkost, alt. 148 ft. '• d d 418 RAILWAYS— ROUTES 97, 98 HiUestad, alt. 148 ft., on HUlestadvand which line skirts. For line from Holmestrand, see Route 96. Sundbyfoss, alt. 195 ft. Hoff, alt. 223 ft. For Hne to Vittingfoss, see Route 96. Kopstad (Usby), alt. 128 ft. Braeckke, alt. 125 ft., on Bergsvand which line skirts. Eidsfos, alt. 124 ft., between Bergsvand and Ekeren. ROUTE 98 Arendal — Tveitsund (narrow gauge), 561 mUes Arendal, seaport. Line turns W. and winds among lakes. 3 m. Braastad. 4f m. Rossedalen. Rise, on the Nid. Line turns N. Branch S. to Grimstad (gauge 1-067 metres) : — 0 m. Rise. Line descends valley of the Nid. 1} m. Loddesol. 4} m. Rygene. Leaving, line crosses the Nid. 6 m. Lien. 7} m. Spedalen. 11* m. Gjaerbronden. 13} m. Grimstad, seaport. Blakstad. Road bridge over the Nid. Froland, after crossing the Nid. 14f m. Bbilestad. 16 J m. Bbilefossbro, after re- crossing the Nid. Flaten. Nelaug. Line skirts Nelaugvand and crosses lake by bridge and natural causeway. Simonstad, on the Nid. Vallekilen, on VaUevand which line skirts. Aamli, on the Nid which line continues to foUow toN. 39 m. Seljaas. 401 m- Sandaa. 45£ m. Oi. 481 m- Cankaas. 52f m. Kjbnnefoss. Tveitsund, at S. end of Nisservand. 0 81 101 0 4167 9 12 13117 RAILWAYS— ROUTES 99, 100 419 ROUTE 99 Lillesand — Flakksvand (gauge 1-067 metre), 10 mUes mUes Lillesand, seaport ; station near wharf. 11 m. Mbglestu halt, alt. 136 ft. 3 m. Storemyr, alt. 154 ft. 41m. Eigeland halt, alt. 164 ft. 6f m. Treide, alt. 233 ft. Birkeland, alt. 151 ft. Flakksvand, alt. 88 ft., on the Topdalselv. ROUTE 100 Kristiansand — Byglandsfjord (gauge 1-067 metre), 48 mUes Kristiansand, alt. 16 ft. ; seaport. Line crosses the Grimsbaken and ascends. Krernvolden halt, alt. 69 ft. Line ascends vaUey of the Otteraa. Mosby, alt. 23 ft. Five short tunnels before next station. Crosses the Otteraa by lattice bridge 210 yds. long with 6 spans. Vennesla, alt. 141 ft. Branch across river to Hundfors paper mill and aluminium works, 1 mile. Grovene halt, alt. 141 ft., after crossing stream. Recrosses the Otteraa by one-span bridge 55 yds. long and ascends r. bank. Rbiknes halt, alt. 334 ft. Leaving, line crosses the Lanaa. 211 m. Iveland halt, alt. 410 ft. 26| m. Haegeland, alt. 558 ft. D d 2 420 RAILWAYS— ROUTES 100, 101 miles 381 41 471 31f m. Homesund, alt. 561 ft. 341 m. Moisund, alt. 574 ft. Homes, alt. 577 ft., after crossing Voiberne Lake on long wooden viaduct. Leaving, line crosses the Otteraa by iron bridge. Evje, alt. 590 ft. Byglandsfjord, alt. 676 ft., at S. end of Byglands fjord. ROUTE 101 Stavanger — Flekkefjord (gauge 1-067 metre), 921 miles Line runs S. skirting 031 91 161 181 29|32f351361 381 40|42 451 Stavanger, large seaport. Gandefjord. Hinna. Sandnes, at S. end of fjord. Line ascends vaHey. 11 m. Hbiland, alt. 69 ft. 12f m. Crosses stream. Klepp, alt. 85 ft., on FroUandsvand which Hne skirts. Time, at S. end of FroUandsvand. 20 m. Hognestad. 20f m. Crosses the Fosselv. 23 m. Naerbb. 26 m. Varhaug. Vigrestad, alt. 131 ft., 1 mUe from coast. Bru on Bruvand, 1 mile from coast. Ogne. Leaving, line crosses the Ogneelv. Store Sirevaag, on coast. Vatnemo, on isthmus between two lakes near coast. Helvik, after crossing Helviksvand. Lille Sirevaag. Line skirts channel behind Egero and crosses narrow channels. Line to Egersund (seaport), down which train backs, f mile. Line soon turns N. and ascends by r. bank of the Helleland. Several tunnels between Egersund and Flekkefjord. 47fm. Slettebb halt, alt. 59 ft. 50f m. Line turns E. miles 521 551561 7618387 90f921 RAILWAYS— ROUTE 101 421 Klungland halt, alt. 280 ft. Leaving, line crosses the Helleland by 30 m. bridge of two spans. Helleland, alt. 292 ft. Line foUows 1. bank of the HeUeland. Line leaves river after tunnel and tens E. past several lakes. 631 m- Ueland. 67J m. Heskesktd halt, alt. 617 ft. Moi, alt. 188 ft., after skirting Hofrevand. Line skirts Lundevand and turns S. Sirnes, alt. 175 ft. Flikkeid halt, alt. 288 ft. Long tunnel on leaving. Loge halt, alt. 13 ft., on Grisefjord. Flekkefjord, alt. 7 ft. ; smaU seaport. APPENDIX III WEIGHTS AND MEASURES, TIME, AND MAGNETIC VARIATIONS Weights and Measures The metric system is obligatory in both Norway and Sweden. Occasionally the older measures of distance are stUl used. 1 Norwegian mile = 7 statute miles = 6097 nautical miles 1 Swedish mile = 6-6 statute miles = 5-769 nautical miles In soundings, on Norwegian the favn (6-176 ft. or 1-029 fathom) and on Swedish charts the famn (5-84 ft. or 0-974 fathom) are used. Time In both Norway and Sweden the standard time used is that of the meridian of 15° E. of Greenwich which is one hour fast on Greenwich mean time. This is Central Europe time. Magnetic Variations The magnetic variation in 1917 was about 10° W. on the meridian of Trondhjem and Horten (Kristianiafjord). East ward it decreased to 5° W. at Stockholm and 1° W. at Hapa randa, and westward it increased to 12° W. at the Naze, about 131° W. at Bergen, and 14° W. on the extreme west of Norway. The curve of no variation cuts the north coast of Norway a few miles west of the North Cape : that of 4° E. at Vardo. In 1917 ihe magnetic variation was decreasing about 9' annuaUy, APPENDIX IV PLACE-NAMES There is no uniformity in the spelling of Scandinavian place- names. Several systems are in use on different maps. In this volume the spellings used are, as far as possible, those employed in the latest official maps, but even they show some divergence. Places with railway stations are spelt generally according to the official time tables. The terminal definite {-en, -et) article has been retained in most names of lakes but deleted in names of rivers, fjords, and mountains. In the case of some valleys it has been re tained. No uniformity is claimed, as there is none in common usage. It should be noted that v and / are interchangeable, but that / is now seldom used in Norwegian. Initial Hv is often written V, and Hj as J ; d is often written e. The letter d combined with other consonants, or at the end of words, is often omitted. The letters g and k are interchangeable. In Norwegian the letters aa or a, au, and ou are often interchanged, and the same applies to a, u, ei, and e. In Norwegian w does not occur : in Swedish v and w are equivalent. The letters a, a, and 6 come at the end of Scandinavian alphabets. The Norwegian .#• is commonly written b. The following words commonly occur in place-names : d (Swed.), river bygd (Nor.),*parish, village aa (Nor.), river dal (Nor.), valley dlf (Swed.), river eide (Nor.), isthmus bakke (Nor.), hill elv (Nor.), river brae (Nor.), glacier fjeld (Nor.), mountain bu, bb (Nor.), farm-house fjord (Nor.), arm of sea by (Nor.), town, vUlage fos (Nor.), waterfall 424 APPENDIX IV fors (Swed.), waterfall haf (Swed.), sea hav (Nor.), sea hamn (Swed.), harbour havn (Nor.), harbour holm (Nor.), island jaur (Lap.), lake jbkel (Swed.), glacier jbkul (Nor.), glacier kulle (Swed.), hill laag (Nor.), river mork (Nor.), forest nes (Nor.), cape 6 (Nor.), island os (Nor.), mouth sjb (Nor.), lake sund (Nor.), strait tind (Nor.), peak trdsk (Lap.), lake vaag (Nor.), bay vand, vatn (Nor.), water varre (Lap.), hill APPENDIX V BOOKS AND MAPS BOOKS The Governments of both Norway and Sweden have statisti cal departments which publish a number of annual volumes on all aspects of national activity. The detailed statistics are generally two or three years behind the date of publication. A summary appears annually in the Statistisk Aarbokfor Norge and the Statistisk Arsbokfor Sverige. An official publication called Norges Land og Folk describes the country by ' amter '. The descriptions comprise full details of roads and railways and are accompanied by maps. Twenty volumes of dates ranging from 1885-1914 have appeared, but the work is incomplete and publication seems to have been suspended. The Swedish Government published in 1914 Sweden : Historical and Statistical Handbook, by J. Guinchard. The book, which is in two large volumes, has also Swedish and German editions. It gives a very full account of geographical, historical, and economic aspects of the country. The Norwe gian Government published in 1900 a similar but less exhaus tive work {Norway : Official Publication for the Paris Exhibi tion), but it is now out of date. A useful and trustworthy book is Norges Geografi, by Hans Reusch (Kristiania, 1915-17). There is a Baedeker's Guide for Norway, Sweden, and Denmark, 10th edition, 1912. Among books on history are Scandinavia, by R. Nisbet Bain, 1905 ; Norway and the Union with Sweden, by F. Nansen, 1905 ; and Sweden for Peace, by Eden. 426 APPENDIX V MAPS Norway The official survey of Norway is in the hands of the Norges geografiske Opmaaling. It publishes a map of Norway on a scale of 1 : 100,000, in about 330 sheets of which only about 200 have yet appeared. Few sheets have been recently revised. The Generalkart over det sydlige Norge, in 18 sheets, on a scale of 1 : 400,000 extends as far north as lat. 66° N. Some of the sheets are fifty years old : others have been revised within the last ten years. There are also maps for each amt on various scales, generally 1 : 200,000 or 1 : 500,000. Many of these are old but they are the only maps which cover most of the north ern parts of the country. Aschehoug's Lommeatlas over Norge, 191 1 , is a useful unofficial pocket-atlas with maps on a scale of 1 : 1,000,000 except Finmark which is 1 : 2,000,000. Hahn's map is another un official publication — see Sweden, below. The sheets of the map of Europe on the scale of 1 : 1,000,000 (provisional issue), published by the Geographical Section of the General Staff, cover Norway and Sweden. Sweden The survey of Sweden since 1894 has been in charge of the Generalstabens Litografiska Anstalt (topographical section of the General Staff). The country south of lat. 61° 30' N. is mapped on a scale of 1 : 100,000. There are 106 sheets, all of which are published with the exception of 5 or 6 in the western part of Kopparbergs lan against the Norwegian frontier. Some of the sheets, however, are old and have not been revised for many years. The rest of the country is mapped on a scale of 1 : 200,000. The map comprises 84 sheets, of which about 10 in the south (in Norrlands lan, Jamtlanda lan, and Kopparbergs lan) are still unpublished. Some of these missing sheets are covered by an extension of the 1 : 100,000 map which has recently been carried north from MAPS 427 lat. 61° 30' N. along the coast region as far as about lat. 64° 30' N. The latest official map of Sweden is on a scale of 1 : 500,000 and covers the whole country in 32 sheets. It includes an index of names. These sheets date from 1912 to 1917. They are contoured and layer-coloured. Areas of Norway included in some of the sheets are filled in but not contoured or coloured. Economic maps on various scales from 1 : 20,000 to 1 : 100,000 exist for certain small areas. It is proposed to complete an economic map on a scale of 1 : 20,000 for the whole of Sweden with the exception of Lapland. Unofficial maps include Generalkarta ofver Sverige, Norge, och Danmark, by August Hahn, scale 1 : 1,000,000, 4 sheets, July 1915, and Cohrs' Atlas ofver Sverige, 1913, a pocket-atlas with maps on a scale of 1 : 1,000,000 for the south, and 1 : 2,000,000 for the north of the country. For the maps of the Geographical Section of the General Staff, see Norway. INDEX [Figures in heavy type indicate the page on which description of a town will be found. With names of lakes and rivers the letters L., R., are given, in addition to the significant terminations vand, dlf; &c. : see p. 423.] Aabo R. and valley, 216 Aabogen, 369 Aadalsalf R., 243 Aadalsbruk, 404 Aadalselv : see Baegna Aadland, 219 Aaker, 404 Aakersviken L., 404 Aaklungen, 415 Aaklungen L, 369, 415 Aakrefjord, 216 Aal, 410 Aalbu, 224 Aalesund, 56, 183, 205, 207, 267 Aamdal, 168 Aamli, 418 Aamot, 217, 416 Aandalsnes (or Nes), 223, 263, 407 Aaneby, 411 Aaraksf jord, 216, 244 Aardalsfjord, 31, 242, 244 Aarilifoss, 415 Aarnes, 215, 369 Aas, 65, 367 Aasen, 401 Aasenfjord, 401 Aaseral, 214 Aasta, 404 Aasta R., 404 AbbertsjS, 384 Abbetorp, 321 Abisko, 399 Abiskojokk, 399 Abo, 257 Aby, 301, 305 Abyalf R., 385 Abydal, 390 Abyggeby, 390 Adal, 414 Adelfors, 175, 323 Advent Bay, 165 Adventists, 62 Aerodrome, site of, 22 Afvaviken, 235 Ag, 391 Agnesberg, 359 Agricultural colleges, 65 machines, 199 products, 197-199, 204, 205 Agriculture : see under Norway and Sweden Agsjon, 391 Ahus, 17, 26, 46, 143, 208, 278, 284 communications, 278, 311, 312 trade, 278 Aiddejarre, 238 Air-compressors, manu facture of, 190 Akarp : see Bjarnum Akeholm, 316 Aker, 191, 247 Aker canal, 247, 256, 377 Akers Styckebruk, 328 Akersa R., 377 Akersberga, 377 Akershus amt, 179, 182, 205, 211, 212; popu lation, 55 Akershus : see Kristi ania Akersjon, 251 Akerstrom, 250 Akersvand, 414 Akervass, 250 Akervristen L., 325 Akeshog, 305 Akkerhaugen, 215 Aktiebolaget Sveriges Privata Centralbank, 134 Aktiebolaget Sydafri- kanska Handelskom- paniet, 203 Aland, 379 Aland Is., 8, 11,44, 108 submarine cable, 266, 281 Aland Sea, 44, 255 Alandsbro, 397 Alandsfjord, 397 Alberga, 301 Alboke, 392 Albrekt of Mecklenburg, 95 Alby, 191, 381 Alcohol, 59 Aldern L, 381 Aled, 345 Alem, 321 Alfangen, 359 Alfbro, 372 Alfdalen, 231, 374 Alfhem, 250, 359 A If ho, 374 Alfkarleo, 387 Alfsby, 385 Alfsered, 347 Alfsjo, 302 Alfstad, 218 Alfta, 375 Alfvan, 330 Alfvesta, 298, 318, 352 Algaras, 355 Alingsas, 194, 353 Alkali, 191 430 INDEX Allmiinn radstuga (Sw. urban commune), 123 Almaa R., 298, 312, 340, 343 Alminna Svenska Elek- triska Company, 191 Almare-staket, 255 Almeboda, 317 Almedal, 342, 351 Almhult, 298, 313 Almnas, 328 Almunge, 377 Almvik, 325 Alnabru, 368, 405, 411 Alnaryd, 316 Alpine region, 47, 49 Alsa R., 385 Alsang, 337 Alsen L., 325, 331 Alsheda, 323 Alshult, 316 Alstad, 308, 401 Alster, 370 Alstera R., 321 Alsteralf R., 370 Alsterbro, 321 Alstern L., 319, 371 Alten, 237-239 Alten R., 148 Altenelv (or Storelv) R. and valley, 32, 237 Altenfjord, 237 Altevand L., 27 Altmark, truce of, 101 Altorp, 376 Altuna, 389 Aluminium, 182, 197 works, 181, 191, 291, 419 Alvastra, 330 Alvdalen, 176 Alvestorp, 333 Alvros, 231 Alvsborg, 193, 194, 212 ; population, 66 Amal, 255, 360 Amaningen L., 254, 337 Ambjornarp, 345 American companies, 165 . Aminne, 349 Ammeberg, 174 Amot, 370 Amsting : see County Councils Amter (Norw. counties), units of local adminis tration, 119, 126, 209 Amtervik, Vastra, 360 Amtmand (Norw. chief officer), 119 Amungen L., 375 Anarjokka (or Inare- joki) R., 32, 33, 239, 240 Andebol, 254 Andersbenning, 337 Anderslof, 306 Anderstorp, 345 Ando I., 164 Aneby, 299 Ange, 381 Angebaeken, 353 Angelholm (or Engel- holm), 194, 279 communications, 279, 303, 341, 343 industries, 279 Angelholm Varn, 343 Angelsberg, 335, 337, 338 Angelstad, 344 Angermanalf R. and valley, 35, 150, 234, „ 382, 397, 398 Angermanland, 66, 100 Angfartygs Aktiebolaget . Norman, 203 Anghult jon, 320 Angrufvorna, 372 Angsta, 396 Animal foods, 199, 200 skins, 197 Animen L, 248, 360 Animskog, 248, 360 Anjan L., 232 Ankarsrum, 187, 324 Ankarsrumsbruk, 324 Ann, 395 Annalf R., 395 Anneberg, 342 Annefors, 362 Annelof, 308 Annsjbn, 395 Ansjon, 327, 382 Anten L., 356 Anundsjo, 383 Anviksjon, 396 Aplared, 351 Apples, 137, 143 Appuna, 330 Ara R., 352 Aralslofsjon, 312 Arboga, 188, 337 Arbogaa R., 249, 329, 337 Arbra, 380 Arctic animals, 51-53 birds, 53 fox, 162 hunting, 162-163 tundra, 47, 49-50 Arctic Coal Company, 165 Arctic Ocean, 43 Are, 395 Aremarksjon, 30, 242, 245 Aremoen, 407 Arendal, 126, 166, 168, 179, 180, 205, 207, 213-215, 217, 268 communications, 215, 246, 268, 418 industries, 268 population, 56, 268 submarine cable, 264, 268 Arendal (Eydehavn) Nitride Company, 182 Arendals Dampskibs selskab, 201 Arentorp, 356 Aresjon, 395 Areskutan, 174 Arfslindan, 363 Arila, 329 Arjepluog, 235 Arkelstorp, 313 Arkhangel, 241 Arklangen L., 245, 248 Arkona, C, 266, 291 Arkosund, 301, 326 Arlof, 189, 260, 297, 302 Armoured vessels, build ing of, 188, 190 Arne, 408 Arneberg, 405 Arneberga, 330 INDEX 431 Arnemark, 385 Arnevaag, 408 Arrie, 307 Arstaviken, 302 Arvidsjaur, 235 Arvika, 253, 370 Aryd, 318 Arydsjon, 318 Asaka, 356 Asarne, 396 Asarp, 299, 346 Asars : see Eskars Asarum, 316 Asbo, 379 Asbo-Fagerhult, 349 Asbo-Ossjo, 343 Asbro, 331 Asby, 336 Aseda, 319-321 Asen, 231, 344 Asgarn, 379 Ashammar, 380 Ash-trees, 48 Ask, 416 Aska, 330 Askeby, 326 Asker, 413 Askerod, 309 Askersund, 194, 331 Askim, 366 Askloster, 342 Askott, 396 Asljunga, 349 Asljungasjon, 349 Asmundtorp, 339 Asnen L., 316 Aspea, 382 Aspeboda, 363 Aspedammen, 368 Aspen L, 254, 332, 338, 353 Aspen trees, 48, 192, 193 Aspernsjon, 30, 245 Asperod, 309 Asphyttealf R., 361 Aspinge, 311 Asplangensjon, 252 Aspo, 306 Aspsjon, 382 Assjon, 395, 396 Astorp, 193, 303, 339, 340, 348 Astrask, 384 Asumtorp, 310 Asunden L, 252, 324. 346 Atlas Company, 190 - Atna, 403 Atra R., 342 Atra R. and valley, 346> 347, 351 Atrafors, 346 Atran, 347 Attarp, 312 Atvidaberg, 193, 324, 325 Audelv valley, 405 Auli R. and valley, 417 Auma, 403 Aumaalf R., 403 Aune, 224-226 Aurdal, 412 Aurlandsfjord, 220, 409 Aursundsvand, 231 Austbjerg (or Ulsbjerg), 225, 226 Austria, 102 Austvoll, 410 Autsarfve, 393 Avesta, 386 Axelfors, 347, 351 Axeltorp, 315 Axelvold, 303 Axhult, 349 Axvall, 358 B Back, 349 Backa, 342 Backaryd, 314 Backaskog, 315 Backebron, 360 Backefors, 366, 368 Backkelaget, 366 Backseda, 319 Bacon, 199 Badger, the, 51 Badstutrask, 385 Baegna (or Aadalselv) R. andvalley,30,221, 243, 410, 412, 416 Baeskadas Mts., 237 Bafvensjon, 355 Bagede, 232, 233 Baggetorp, 355 Bagstvold, 417 Bakeries, 185 Bill, 393 Balgviken, 328 Balingslof, 298 Balingsta, 378 Ballangen, 169 Ball-bearing factory, 188-189 Balsby, 313 Balsta, 335 Baltic Sea, 7, 8, 11, 12, 15, 18, 26, 36, 37, 43, 50, 53, 68, 88, 91, 94, 100-102, 104, 106, 107, 128, 153, 154- 157, 247, 250-253,257 fisheries, 54, 153- 157 ice, 43, 44 Bamle (Brevik), 182 Bandak (orTelemarken) canal, 215, 217, 242- 244 Bandaksvand, 27, 31, 217, 242, 244, 246 Bander, 393 Baner, Johan, 102 Bangbro, 334 Banghammar, 334 Bankeberg, 300 Bankertra.sk, 385 Bankeryd, 299 Banketorp, 324 Baptists, 62 Bara, 307 Barby, 377 Barge traffic, 256 Bar-iron, manufacture of, 185, 188, 190, 199 BarkaaEer, 414 Barkakra, 341 Barkald, 403 Barken L., 254, 338 Barkensjon, Sodra, 254 Barkost, 417 Barley, 135, 136, 140, 141, 187 Barlingbo, 393 Barma. R., 383 Barrel factories, 284 432 INDEX Barsebackhamn, 302, 308 Barsebacksby, 302 Basic-slag works, 188 Bass, 157 Bastad, 341 Bastholmen, 191 Bastutrask, 384 Batsjon, 325 Bavtajoki R., 33 Beans, 140 Bear I., 8, 165 Bears, 51, 52, 162 Beaver, the, 51 Bedinge, 305 Beech, the, 47, 49 Beer, 187, 205 Bees, 146 Beet, 142 sugar, 187 Beitstadfjord, 401 Belgian companies, 174 Belgium, trade ' with, 197, 199 Belgsjon, 333 Bengtsfors, 191, 228, 245, 248, 366 Bengtstorp, 333 Berg, 227, 252, 367 Berga, 321, 322 Bergaa R., 328 Bergasund, 329 Bergen, 22, 43, 65, 94, 124, 126, 131, 155- 157, 159, 165, 179, 180, 182, 183, 205, 207, 262, 263, 268, 405, 408, 422 communications, 14, 202, 219, 241, 243, 264, 268, 408 custom-house dis trict, 205 diocese, 61 district, 61 hospitals, 126, 128 industries, 268 local administra tion, 119 population, 56, 268 secondary sohools, 64 temperature, 39, 40 trade, 268 wirelessstation,265, 268 Bergenhus, Nordre and Sondre, amter, 179, 205, 211, 212 ; popu lation, 55 Bergensdalelv R., 408 Bergenske Dampskibs selskab, 201, 202 Bergfors, 399 Bergheim, 410 Bergkvara, 45, 318 Bergs canal, 251 Bergsbrunna, 378 Bergsgarden, 363 Bergsholmen, 384 Bergsjo, 391 Bergsjon, 249, 372 Bergsund, 221 Bergsunds Mekaniska Verkstad, 190 Bergsvand, 396, 418 Bergundasjon, 318 Befgvallena, 397 Bergvik, 380 Bergviken L„ 380 Bernadotte, Marshal : see Charles John Bernshammar, 336 Berries, 48, 49, 50, 137, 143 Berry-wine, 187 Bersbo, 174, 325 Berseng, 406 Bessemer works, 188 Besteland, 216 Bestorp, 324 Bestum, 413 Bettna, 328 Bie, 128 Bifvarodsa R., 313 Bilidt, 412 Billdal, 350 Billeberga, 339 Billesholm, 171, 303, 339 Billesholms Gruf va, 303 Billinge, 343 Billingen, 17 Billingsdal, 223 Billingsfors, 245, 248, 366 Bingsfos : see Sorum sand Biological stations, 159 Birch, the, 47, 48, 49, 152, 161 Birds, 53-54 Birger, Earl, 93 Birkaaker : see Bjerka ker Birkeland, 169, 419 Birklangen L., 407 Birkrem, 214 Birtavarre, 168 Biskokskulla, 378 Bispberg, 386 Bispgarden, 382 Bjiilbo, 330 Bjallum, 358 Bjar, 171 Bjares og, 307 Bjarges, 393 Bjarka, 325 Bjarka-Saby, 324 Bjarlbf,3120Bjarnum (Akarp), 297, 343 Bjarred, 297, 302, 308 Bjars : see Hallvards Bjarsjolagard, 304, 309 Bjellaanes, 235 Bjerkaker (Birkaaker), 225 Bjoberg, 220 Bjobeske, 238 Bjoraaneset, 403 Bjorbo, 338, 363 Bjorboholm, 356 Bjoreia R., 31 Bjbrgen, 402 Bjorgesaeter, 410 Bjorgo, 221, 412 Bjorka R., 382 Bjorke, Norra, 356 Bjorkeberg, 330 Bjorkedal, 415 Bjorkedalen, 415 Bjorkelangen, 407 Bjorken L., 331, 334, 377 Bjbrkensjon, Stora, 371 Bjorkeryd, 316 Bjorketorp, 348 Bjorkhult, 323 Bjbrkliden, 399 Bjorko, 9 Bjbrkoby, 320 Bjorkofjord, 255 INDEX 433 Bjorna, 383 Bjorneborg, 371 Bjornefjord, 408 Bjorneklev, 223 Bjornlunda,' 355 Bjomsjo, 383 Bjornsjon, 383 Bjornstorp, 304 Bjorsater, 326 Bjuf, 303, 340 Bjurfors, 337 Blaaflaten, 220 Blaaskavl Mt., 13 Blackcocks, 161 Black Death, 95 Blacken, 329 Black-granite, 176 Blaesvand, 34 Blagda, 325 Blaker, 369 Blakstad, 418 BlAningsmala, 317 Blast-furnaces, 185, 188, 190, 363 Bleaching works, 194 Bleiken, 411 Blekinge, 66, 67, 73, 100, 104, 156, 171, 187, 189, 207, 212 Blidsberg, 346 Blixterboda, 332 Blomberg, 357 Blomstermala, 321 Blotberget, 335 Blyberg, 176, 374 Boalt, 313 Boat-building, 183, 271, 277 Boats, 58, 59, 154, 155, 158, 159, 233, 234, 236, 237, 241, 242, 246, 250 Boda, 370 Boda (Oland Ry.), 392 Bodasjon, 381 Boden, 233, 236, 257, 335, 385, 400 Bodo, 38, 124, 126, 205, 207, 235, 241, 268- 269 custom-inspecto rate, 205 trade, 269 Boen, 228 Boenajarvi : see Hund- vand Bofors, 188, 333 Bogen, 167, 181 Bogeviken L, 393 Bogfjord, 167 Bohult, 322 Bohus (Jordfallet), 359 Bohuslan, 100, 104, 156. See Goteborg och Bohus Bohuslandska Kusten Aktiebolaget, 203 Bbilef ossbro, 418 Boilers, manufacture of, 188, 189 Boilestad, 168, 418 Bokebergsslatt, 308 Boketofta, 303 Bokfjord, 34 Boknfjord, 21, 24, 31. See Skudenesfjord Boko, 344 Bokskogen Ofvre, 307 Bole, 415 Bolebyn, 385 Bolet, 175 Bohnder Company, 191 Bolkesjo, 218 sanatorium, 218 Bollebygd, 351 BoUnas, 375, 380 Bollstabruk, 397 Bollstafsjon, 397 Bolma R., 344 Bolmen, 344 Bolmen L, 344 Bolstad, 408 Bolstadfjord, 408 Bomhus, 387 Bomsarfvet, 363 Bonder, the, 59 Bondivand, 413 Bondkroken, 328 Bone wares, 178 Bbnnarp, 306 Boot and shoe factories, 183, 185, 194, 285, 289 Bor, 352 Boras, 77, 193, 194, 206, 279, 346 communications, 279,348,351,352 E e industries, 279 population, 68, 279 Borasovre, 348 Boren L, 36, 251 Borensberg, 252, 261, 330 Borenshult, 251 Bbrgefjeld, Stora, 13 Borghamn, 330 Borgholm, 46, 128, 208, 279 communications, 279, 392 trade, 279 Borgstena, 348 Borgund, 220 Boris Gleb, 8, 9, 240 Borlange, 332, 337, 363, 386 Born, 364 Bornholm : see Ronne Bornholm I., 8, 104 Borrby, 310 Borre, 414 Borringe, 305, 306 Borringesjon, 306 Borsa R., 334 Borte, 217 Bossekop, 237 Bossmo, 168 Bothnia, Gulf of, 9, 11, 35, 38, 41, 42, 44, 45, 67, 68, 150, 151, 238, 239, 241, 257 Botten, 217 Bottensjon, 251, 354 Boverbru, 412 Boxholm, 300 Braa R., 297, 298, 309 Braas, 320 Braastad, 418 Bracke, 233, 236, 257, 382, 396 Bracknea R., 314 Braeckke, 418 Brageroen, 413 Bralanda, 359 Branahult, 319 Brandbu, 411 Brandenburg, 101, 103- 105 Brandsmo, 352 Brannarp, 341 Brannberg, 385 434 INDEX Branninge, 329 Brannland, 384 Brannsagen, 390 Brdnnvin, 72 Braskerudfoss, 405 Brass works, 189, 191 Bratlandsdal, 216 Bratsberg amt, 205, 211, 212 ; population, 55 Bratteborg, 350 Bratteforsa valley, 365 Brattf ors, 390 Brattforsbruck, 361 Brattf orshyttan, 361 Braunsberg, 101 Bread, 72 Bream, 157 Bredakra, 314, 316, 317 Bredaryd, 345 Bredgrind, 379 Bredheim, 222 Bredheimsvand, 222 Bredsjo, 333, 361 Bredsjon, 10 Brefven, 355 Breifond, 216, 217 Breiskallen, 412 Breistolen, 220 Breitenfeld, battle of, 102 Brekken : see Skotgaar- den Bremen, 103 Brennhaugen, 407 Bresfall, 325 Brevik, 197, 204, 213, 215, 269, 414 Brewing, 180, 185, 187, 268, 281 Brickworks, 183, 185, 194, 289 Bridges, iron and steel work for, 190, 191, 260 Brintbodarne, 374 Briquettes, 181 Brisling, 157, 158, 180 British : coal, 260 companies, 166, 167, 171, 182 consular service, 207, 208, 268- 292 shipping, 202-204 See Great Britain British Islands, Scandi navian settlements in the, 78-80, 90-91 Brittatorp, 320 Bro, 335 Broaryd, 345 Brodalen, 364 Broddbo, 379 Broddetorp, 358 Brody, 312 Broekke, 245 Brokind, 324 Bromma, 410 Bromolla, 315 Bromsebro, 318 peace of, 103 Brosarp, 310 Brosjon, 254, 360 Brosterud, 218, 219 Brotjemark, 350 Brottom, 252 Brottum, 406 Bru, 420 Brumunda R., 406 Brumunddalen, 406 Brunfio, 231, 396 Brunkeberg, battle of, 96 Brunkebergs, 215 Brunkebergs-Kirke, 217 Brunna, 379 Brunnsviken, 376 Brunsberg, 370 Brusaholm, 322 Bruvand, 420 Bruvik, 183 Bryn, 368, 405 Biigofjord, 240 Bulken, 409 Bundefjord, 366 Bunn, 350 Bunn L., 350 Burgsvik, 393 Burgsviken L., 393 Burseryd, 345 Burud, 416 Buskerud amt, 179, 205, 211 ; population, 55 Butter, 138, 139, 146, 147, 197, 199 Buttle, 393 Byalf R., 253 Byarum, 350 Bydinsjon, 27, 243 Byelv R., 401 Byfjord, 353, 365 Bygdo : see Skoien Bygget, 344 Byglandsfjord, 216, 242, 244 Byglandsfjord station, 420 Byholma, 344 Byklum, 216 Byle, 254 By-products, 192 factory, 188 Byringe, 329 Bysjon, 10, 369, 370, 379 Byskalf R., 385 Byvalla, 379 Byvattnet, 383 Calcium carbide, 191, 197 Canada, Scandinavian emigration to, 83 Canals and canalized rivers, 243-256 Capelan fishery, 155, 159, 160 Capercailzies, 161 Carbide, production of, 191, 192 Cargo boats, 241, 250, 254-256 Carl Homberg Com pany, 189 Carlshamn : see Karls- hamn Carp, 159 Carrots, 142 Casks, manufacture of, 193 Catherine II, 107 Catholic Apostolic (Ir- vingite) Church, 75 Cattle, 52, 137, 143, 144, 146, 199, 200 Cellulose, 182, 197 factories, 192 Cement works, 194, 199, 200, 285, 289 INDEX 435 Cereals, 135-136, 139- 142, 197, 198, 200, 204, 205 Char, 157 Charcoal, 151, 166 furnaces and iron works, 188 Charles VII, 93 Charles VIII, 96 Charles IX, 99-101 Charles X, 104, 105 Charles XI, 105 Charles XII, 105-106 Charles XIII, 108-109 Charles Augustus of Au gustenburg, 109 Charles Frederick, Prince, 110 Charles John (Marshal Bernadotte), 109-111 Charles the Simple, 91 Charles of Sudermania, Duke, 99 Charlottenberg, 206, 228, 229, 369 Charlottenlund, 305, 306 Cheese, 138, 139, 147 Chemico - technical in dustries, 178, 179, 181, 182, 185, 187- 192, 197, 288 Cherries, 137 China works, 194 Chloride of lime, 191 Christian- (Christiania, &c.) : see Kristian- Christian I, 96 Christian IL 96-99 Christian III, 98, 99 Christian IV, 100, 102, 103, 272 Christianity, introduc tion of, 92 Christina, Queen, 102, 104 Chrome tanning, 194 Chromium, 169 Church and Education Department (Nor way), 61, 62 Cimbrishamn : see Sizn- rishamn Clay, 177 Climate, 37-46 Clothing manufactures, 178, 179, 183, 185, 279, 281, 386 Coal, 164-165, 171, 185, 197-199, 260 Coarse fish, 157 Coasting steamers, 201, 241, 247, 267 Cobalt, 170, 175 Cod, 153-155, 157-160, 196, 267 fishing, 273, 277 Cod-liver oil 155, 267, 271 Coffee, 204, 205 Coke, 164, 190 Coniferous forests, 47- 49 Consular officers : see British Copenhagen, 46, 78, 147, 151, 202-204, 257, 266 siege of, 104 Copper, 167-169, 173, 174, 182, 192, 197 mines, 224, 225, 235, 262, 275, 384, 400, 403 works, 189, 191, 279, 363 Corn, 136 Cotton-cloth factories, 185 Cotton mills, 193, 194, 272,279,280,285,286,348 ' Count's War,' 98 County Councils, 63, 119, 120, 122, 210 Cracow, 106 Cranes, manufacture of, 188, 189 Cream, 197, 199 Custom-house services, 204-207 Cutlery, 188 Cuxhaven (Germany), 264 Cyanamide, production of, 191, 197 Cycles, manufacture of, 190,211,212 Czechstokova, 104 Ee2 D Dabs, 154 Dagarn, 332 DagamL., 332 Dagloseri, 361 Daglosen L„ 249, 361 Dagstorp, 308 Dairy implements, manufacture of, 189, 190, 199 Dairying industry, 180, 187, 197-199 Dal (Alvsborg), 66 Dal (nr. LiUestrom), 405 Dal R., 97 Dala, 358 Dalafinnhyttan, 379 Dala-floda, 363 Dala-Jarna, 338 Dalalf R., 16, 35, 139, 150,' 191, 246, 254, 363, 379, 386, 387, 389 Dalalf, Ostra, 387 Dalarne (Dalecarlia, the Dales), 15, 28, 48, 66, 73, 86, 97, 104, 108, 143, 145, 172, 174- 176, 188, 194, 207, 254 Dalarobryggan, 376 Dalby, 230, 304, 309 Dalbyro, 392 Dale, 408 Dalecarlia : see Dalarne Dalen, 215, 217, 244 Dales, the : see Dalarne Dalfors, 375 Dalkarlsberg, 172 Dalsfjord, 221 Dalskog, 368 Dalsland, 191, 207 Dalsland canal, 244, 245, 248, 256, 359, 366 Dalsvaag, 408 Dalum,»346 Dalvadassno I., 33 Damm, 103 Dammsjon, 362 Dampskibsinterresent- skapet, 202 Danderyd, 376 Danes, the, 89, 90, 97, 99,108. See Denmark Danish influence on Norwegian language, 436 INDEX 60-61 ; on Swedish language, 73 shipping, 202-204 Dannemarksfjord, 313 Dannemora, 172, 388 Dansjon, 298 Danzig, 98 Darbu (Flesaker), 416 Deer, 52 Degeberga, 310 Degerfors, 333, 371 Degerbn, 331 Degerselet L., 386 Deglundsbacken, 372 Deje, 361, 371 Dejeforsbruk, 371 Delaryd,.349 „ De Lavals Angturbin Company, 190 DeUen L., 391 DeUen, Sodra, 391 Delsbo, 391 Denmark, 7, 8, 49, 73, 91, 93, 95-101, 106, 109, 116, 130, 134, 136, 146, 147, 150 ' railway connexions, 257 trade with, 197, 199 wars with Sweden, 102-104, 106, 108 Derome, 348 Det Forende Damps kibsselskab, 202 Dettern,353Diesel engines andmotor works„191 Digersjon, 10 Dilling, 367 Dingefcrik, 366 Dingle, 364 Dingtuna, 336 Dio, 298 Disenaaen, 369 Distilleries, 185,187,278 Distilling machinery, manufacture of, 189 Djupadal, 314 Djupvashytte, 223 Djuras, 386 Djursholm, 261, 376 Djursholms Framnisjvi- ken,376 Djursholms Osby, 376 Djursholms Svalnas, 376 Djursholms Sveavagen, 376 Djurslbf, 304 Dockmyr, 382 Dofvern L., 327 Dogs, 85 Dokka, 412 Dokka R., 412 Dole, 367 Dombaas, 223, 224, 226, 263, 407 Domnarfvet, 188, 193, 363 Dbmsjof jarden, 383 Dorja R., 366 Dorotea, 233, 397 Dosjobro, 308 Dovre, 407 Dovrefjeld,. 13, 224 Drammen, 56, 124, 126,. 165, 171, 179, 180, 182, 205, 207, 262- 264,269,417 communications, 204, 213, 214, 221,269,413,416 industries, 269 population, 56, 269 trade, 269 Drammenselv R., 413 Drammensfjord, 413. Dramselv R., 30, 214,. 416 Drattinge, 350 Dredging apparatus, manufacture of, 188 Drevsjo, 230 Drink manufactures, 185-187 Driva R. and vaUey, 224, 225, 263 Drivstuen, 224 Drobak, 159, 197, 204, 269 Droia R., 403 Drontheim : see Trond hjem Dufed, 232, 395 Dufedsalf R. and valley, 395 Dufnas, 387 Dulstorpsft R., 352 ; Dundei land , 166, 235 Dnnderlandsdal, 160, 235, 262 Dune, 393 Dunker, 355 Dutch shipping, 204 Duvhult,315Dybvaag, 180 Dybvik, 398 Dye- works, 194 Dylta Bruk, 331 Dyltaa R-, 332 Dynamite works, 333 Dynas, 397 Dynekarr, 318 Dyrerudtjam, 10 Dysjbn, 382 Dysjoskallen, 382 E EartheBware, 179, 194, 199 Economic plants, 50 Ed, 248, 368 Edane,370Edeback, 230, 372 Edebo,.377Edeforsiapids, 35, 236 Edestad, 314 Edsbro, 377 Edsbyn, 375 Edsgaten, 371 Edskensjbn, 364 Edsvalla, 360 Edsviken L., 378 Educational Councils, 62 Eels, 154, 156, 157 Efverod, 310, 311 Eg, 126 Egero, 420 Egersund, 126, 166, 171. 184,205, 214, 269, 420 communications, 269, 420 industries, 26& submarine cable, 264, 269 Egge i Vaatedalen, 222 Eggs, 139, 147, 162 Eibyelv valley, 238 Eidanger, 213, 415 Eide, 214, 219, 264 Eidelv R., 31, 243, 264 Eider-down, 162 INDEX 437 Eider-ducks, 162 Eidet, 403 Eidevik, 221 Eidsberg, 366 Eidsdammen, 10 Eidsfjord, 31 Eidsfos, 418 Eidskogen, 369 Eidsvold, 109, 110, 182, 184, 243, 404 Constitution of 1814, 116 Eigeland, 419 Eina, 411 Einavand, 411 Ekanasjon, 320 Ekanasjon L., 320 Ekeberga, 318 Ekeby, 339 Ekedalen, 358 Ekefors, 345 Ekeland, 219 Ekelybruk, 378 Ekenes, 415 Eker, 124, 214 Ekeren, 418 Ekersjon, 416 Ekeryd, 350 Ekestad, 313 Ekholmsjon, 360 Ekhorfva, 319 Ekhult, 321 Eklangen, 329 Eklangen L„ 329 Ekolsund, 335 Ekolsundsvik, 335 Eksjo, 322 Ekskogen, 377 Ekstromsberg, 172 Eksund, 300 Ektrask, 384 Elbe R., 103 Elbing, 101 Eldforsen, 373 Eldris, 374 Eldsberga, 341 Electric generators, 199 machinery manu facture, 185, 291 motors, 199 power-works, 149, 178, 181, 185 ran1 ways, 260, 231, 263 smelting works, 188, 190 tramways, 261 works, 363, 366, 381, 399 Electro- chemical and electro - metallurgical industries, 179, 181, 182, 191, 218 Electro-thermic pro ducts, 181 Elevators, manufacture of, 188 Elfverod, 311 Elk, the, 52, 161 Elleno, 365 EUnesjon, 365 Elmore concentrate, 181 Elm trees, 48 Elsfjord, 166 Eltebosjon, 379 Elvebakken, 237 Elvedal, LUle, 224, 403 Elverum, 226, 229, 404, 405 Emadalen, 374 Emarp, 322 Emigration, 79-83 Emma R. and vaUey, 321-323 Emmaboda, 314, 317, 319 Emmaljunga, 343 Ena R., 363 Enafors, 395 Enamelled goods, 188 Eneboga, 355 Engabrae, 20 Engelbrekt.risingunder, 96 Engelholm: see Angel holm Engerdal, 230 Engeren L, 230 Engervand, 413 Engines, manufacture of, 188, 190, 272, 280, 331 Enkoping, 248, 335, 378, 389 Enkopinga R. canal, 248 Enontekio, 11, 24, 32, 237, 238 Enontekis (or Helta), 238 Enstaberga, 301 Ericsson works, 191 Erik IX, 93 Erik Blodoks, 89 Erik of Pomerania, 95, 96 Eriksberg shipyard, 188 Eriksdal, 304 Erikslund, 381 Erikstad, 359 Eringsboda, 317 Erken, 377 Erken L., 377 Ermine, the, 51, 162 Ersta, 75 Erstrask, 385 ErteUermine, 170 ErvaUa, 331, 332, 371 Eskars, 17, 18, 21 Eskilsbryd, 319 Eskilstuna, 77, 188, 206, 279 communications, 248, 249, 279, 301, 328, 329 industries, 279 population, 68, 279 Eskilstuna Stalpressning Company, 188 ' Eskilstunaa, R. canal, 248, 256 Eslof, 298, 304, 309,311, 339, 343 Espeland, 408 Espelandsfos, 31 Espen, 404 Esseboda, 315 Essingsa, 337 Esthonia, 101 Etelhem, 393 Etna, 412 Etna valFey, 412 Ettebro, 314 Evangelical Lutheran Church, 61, 62 Evanger, 409 Evangervand, 409 Evedal, 320 Evje, 170, 181, 420 Excavators, manufac ture of, 188 Explosives factory, 191 438 INDEX Faaberg, 406 Factory machinery, manufacture of, 282, 284 Faemund R., 36 Faemundsen : see Sy dend Faemundsjon, 27, 230 Faeo I., 170 Faerder, 25 Fagelmara, 318 Fagelsjo, 375 Fagelsjon : see Ofresjon Fagelsta, 330 Fageras, 370 Fagerhult, 321 Fagernes, 167, 220, 221, 398, 412 Fagerli, 262 Fagerlid, 357 Fagersanna, 354 Fagersjon, 322 Fagersta, 188, 338 Fagervik, 402 Faglavik, 354 Fahren (Nas), 396 Faience factory, 184 Fald, 412 Faldselv R., 411 Faleide, 222 Falerum, 325 Falkenberg, 206, 279, 342, 346 Falkenborg, 194 Falkoping, 17, 194, 320, 322 Falkoping-Ranten, 299, 346, 354 F lkdping-Stad, 299,346 Falnaa R., 363 Falsterbo, 305 Falun, 125, 174, 175. .188, 206, 260, 279 communications, 248, 249, 254, 279, 363 industries, 279 population, 68, 279 Falun Norra, 363 Falun Sodra, 363 Fandrem, 400 Fane, 408 Fanefjord, 408 Fargelanda, 366 Farhult, 324 Farhultssjon, 324 Faringe, 377 Faringen L., 10 Farjestaben, 392 Farlbf, 312 Faroen, 215 Faros Is., 159, 160, 161 Farrisvand, 414, 415 Farsund, 205 Farvolden, 215 Fassberg, 342 Fatmomakke, 234 Fats, 179, 197 Faxalf R. and vaUey, 247, 382, 383, 395, 396, 398 Fedingssjon, 349 Fegen, 347 Feio, 181 Fellingfors, 232, 234 Fellingsbro, 337 Femsjon, 10, 245, 361 Fennebufjord L., 219 Fersen, Count, 109 Fetsund, 369 Fibelstad-Haugen, 222 lidenas, 393 Figga R., 401 FiUa R., 357 FUefjeld, 30 FiUpstad, 249, 372 Filipstad Ostra, 373 Fuipstrad Vastra, 361, 372 FUipstad - Sjbandan canal, 249 FiUefjeld, 221 Filten L, 323 Finland, 7-9, 11, 12. 15, 28, 32-34, 38, 44, 45, 73, 84, 93, 107-109, 145, 149, 152, 237- 240, 266 islands, 32, 33 railways, 257 shipping, 204 trade with, 199 Finland, Gulf of, 15 Fineidet, 235 Finja, 340 Finmanskoe, 264 Finmark, 24, 41, 49, 51, 52, 57, 63, 126, 148, 154, 155, 160, 205, 211, 213, 265 ; popu lation, 55, 56 Finnboda, 190 Finnerodja, 355 FinnforstaUet, 384 Finnish-Norwegianf ren tiers, 7-9, 32, 67, 239, Finnmossen, 172, 372 Finns, 57, 69, 70, 76, 85, 145, 278 Finnskoga, Norra, 230 Finnskoga, Sodra, 229 Finse, 409 Finsedal, 409 Finsevand, 409 Finskogen, 229 Finshyttan, 372, 373 Finsjo, 321 Finspang, 327 Finsta, 377 Finstad, 407 Fir trees, 192 Fire-alarm apparatus, manufacture of, 191 Fire-clay, 177 Fire-engines, manufac ture of, 190 Fish and fishing, 53, 54, 58, 86, 139, 153-161, 268, 273, 276, 289 boats, 154, 155, 158, 159 canning, 276 culture stations, 15 guano, 155 products, 180, 196, 199 Fiskamfos, 31 Fiskeby, 300 Fiskestadsjon, 314 Fisksatra, 375 Fiskum, 232 Fjaere, 216 Fjiilie, 297 Fjalkinge, 315 . FjiiUa R., 397 Fjallasen, 399 FjiiUeren L., 254 Fjallnas, 231 Fjardhundra, 389 Fjardingslof, 308 Fjarnas, 342 INDEX 439 Fjeldheim, 221 Fjeldstuer : see Refuge- huts Fjords, 11, 21-25, 242 Fjosanger, 408 Fjotland, 171 Fjugesta, 371 Flaa, 410 Flaad, 170, 181 Flaamsdal, 409 Flaavand L, 31, 242, 244 Flackarp, 313 Fladie, 297, 302 Flaekoi, 223 Flagan L„ 370 Flakksvand, 419 Flarka R. and vaUey, 382, 383 Flasjoa R., 397 Flasjon, 397 Flatdal, 218 Flatehult, 321 Flateland, 216 FLaten, 418 Fliitensjon, 301 Flatmark, 223 Flato I., 22 Flax, 143 Flekkefjord, 21, 205, 207, 270, 420 communications, 213,214,270,421 trade, 270 Flekkero wireless sta tion, 265, 273 Flen, 328, 329, 355 Flesaker : see Darbu Flesberg, 218 Flikkeid, 421 Flisa valley, 229 Flisby, 299 Flisen, 229, 405 Fliseryd, 321 Floby, 354 Floda, 353 Flogen, 323 Flogensjon, 10 Floien, 264 Floren, 394 Floro, 205 Flotningen, 230 Flottsund, 255 Flounders, J 54 Flour, 142, 186 mills, 180, 185, 186, 281-286,289,291, 300 Fluberg, 412 Flugeby, 323 Flybo, 320 Flyinge, 309 Fodder, 137, 138, 140, 143, 144 Fogdhyttan, 372 Fogs, 41 Fogstuen, 224 Foldal R., 168 Foldenfjord, 31 Folevik, 305 Folgefond, 20 Folkabo, 346 Folkesta, 329 Folstad, 167 Folsteid, 169 Food-products, manu factured, 178, 179, 180, 185, 186 Foodstuffs, imports and exports, 197-200 Fbra, 392 Forde, 221 Fordefjord, 221 Forenede Dampskibs selskab, 204 Forest fires, 48 Forestry, 148-152, 198 Forests, 14, 16, 17, 47- 50 Forlbsa, 321 Formaend (Norw. coun cil), 119 Formofos, 227, 232 Fornas, 350 Fornasa, 330 Fornyade Angfartygs (Svenska Lloyd), 203 Forra R., 394 Fors, 379 Forsa, 391 Forsastrom, 325 Forsbacka, 389 Forserum, 299 Forshaga, 252, 371 Forshammar, 336 Forsheda, 345 Forshem, 357, 358 Forshult, 322 Fbrslof, 341 Forsnasa R., 360 Forsvik, 251 Fortifications, 10 Fosheim, 221 Fosieby, 307 Fossan, 417 Fosselv R., 420 Fosser, 407 Fossheim, 223 Fossing R., 401 Fossland, 232 Fossumvand, 401 Foxen L., 228 Foxes, 51, 52, 162 Frambo, 356 Framlingshem, 389 Frammestad, 356 France and Scandinavia, 101, 103, 105, 107- 109, 169, 173, 181, 182 trade between, 147, 197, 199 Frandefors, 359 Frandeforsa R., 359 Fra.no, 397 Fransta, 381 Fredensjon, 329 Frederick I, 97, 98 Fred Olsens Linie, 202 Fredriksberg, 362 wireless station, 266 Fredriksdal, 349 Fredriksfors, 391 Fredrikshald, 126, 176, 179, 180, 182, 183, 207, 270, 407 communications, 204, 213, 227, 228,244-245,270,367 industries, 270 population, 56, 270 trade, 270 Fredrikshald canal, 242— 245, 270, 407 Fredrikshald R., 10 Fredrikshamn, treaty of, 8 Fredrikshavn, 202, 257, 262 Fredrikstad, 126, 171, 176, 179, 180, 182, 183, 207, 270 440 INDEX communications, 204, 213, 270, 367 industries, 270 population, 56, 270 trade, 270 Fredrikssten, 113 Freskati, 376 Freste, 417 Fresviksbrae Mt., 13 Fretheim, 409 Fridafors, 316 Fridene, 358 Fridhem, 312 Fridhemsberg, 347 Frillesas, 342 Frinnaryd, 299 Fristad, 348 Fristla, 348 Frogner, 405 Frognerelv R., 413 FroUandsvand, 420 Froland, 418 Frontiers : Norwegian-Finnish, 7-9, 32, 67, 239 Norwegian-Russian, 7-9, 34 Norwegian-Swe dish, 7, 8, 15, 206, 227-233, 245, 260-261 369, 395, 399 Swedish-Finnish, 7- 9, 237, 257, 258 Frosjon, 356 Froskelas, 321 Froslida, 345 Frosthult, 389 Frostviken, 232 Frosunda, 377 Frovi, 249, 329, 332, 334, 337 Frovi vUlage, 332 Frovia R„ 332 Frovikfors, 193 Fruit cultivation, 137, 139, 143, 147 Frustuna, 175 Fryaa R., 407 Fryken, 249 Frykensjon, Nedre, 370 Frykensjon, Ofre, 360 Fryksta, 370 Fuel, 50, 150, 151 factories, 184 FuUtofta, 311 Funasdalen, 231 Funen I., 104 Funna R., 394 Fur, 53, 162 Furnesf jord, 406 Furniture, manufacture of, 193 Furudal, 375 Furulund, 235, 262, 302 Furuvik, 387 Fuse, 182 Fylke, 89 Fyllea R. and vaUey, 341, 344 Fyrisa R., 255, 378, 388 Fyrrisvand L., 27 G Gaardsjon, 406 Gaasefjord, 10 Gabbro, 176 Gaddede, 232 Gagnev, 386 Gafle (or Gefle), 45, 67, 120, 122, 125, 176, 194, 206, 208, 279, 335, 336 communications, 280, 379, 387, 388, 390 industries, 279, 280 population, 68, 279 trade, 280 Gaflea R. and valley, 388 389 Gafleborg, 66,. 186, 189, 192, 212 ; popula tion, 67 Gafvetorp, 298 Gafvunda, 374 Gafvundasjon, 374 Galdhopiggen Mt., 13 Gallared, 347 Galleberg, 414 Gallivara, 24, 70, 167, 172, 173, 399 iron-fields, 67 Gallo, 396 Galtasen Mt., 18 Galten L, 249, 252, 329 Galterud, 369 Game and game-laws, 161 Gamla Perlyttan, 333 Gamla Uppsala, 290, 388 Gamleby, 325 Gamlebyviken L., 325 Gammalkroppa, 373 Gammalstorp, 314 Gammelstad, 385 Gandefjord, 420 Gankaas, 418 Gantofta, 339 Garberg, 225 G&rdby, 392 Gardnas, 397 Gardsjo, 251, 355, 357 Girds Kopinge, 310 Gardslosa, 392 Gardstanga, 309 Gardveda, 323 Gargia, 237 Garii, 225 Gam, 359 Games, 408 Garnsviken, 247 Garpenberg, 174, 379 Garpenbergbruk, 379 Garro, 313 Garsas, 363 Garsnas, 304, 309, 310 Garz, 103 Gas, 185 engines, 191 Gastrikland, 187, 190 Gasvarf, 374 Gatsjon halt, 382 Gatsjon L., 382 Gaustad, 126 Gautestad, 367 Gavan, 323 Gefle : see Gafle Gefsjon, 395 Gefsjbn L., 395 Geijersdal, 361 Geijersholm, 372 Geirangerfjord, 31, 223 Gelsomiojarvi, 8 Gemla, 318 Genarp, 303, 307, 308 Gendalen, 356 General Mortgage Bank, 133 Genevad, 341 INDEX 441 Geology, 12, 14-16, 18, 21 Germany and Scandi navia, 94, 102, 150, 156, 157, 164, 167, 170, 173, 181, 257 trading privUeges and commercial interests, 94, 97, 98, 142, 146, 147, 167, 170, 197, 199, 203, 204 war with Sweden, 101-102 Gestrikland, 66 Getinge, 342 Gidealf R., 383 Gima R., 396 Gimo, 388 Gisebo, 350 Gislaved, 194, 345 Gislof, 305 Gisseback, 320 Gisshultsjbn, 320 Gisslarbo, 336 Gistad, 300 Gjaerbronden, 418 Gjeilo, 218, 219, 410 Gjeithus, 416 GjeUumvand, 413 Gjende L, 243 Gjersvik, 169 Gjone, 214 Gjora, 224 Gjovik, 180, 182, 226, 270, 412 Glaciers, 19-21 Glafsfjord, 253 Glafsfjorden L, 370 Glan L., 36, 327 Glasa, 364 Glass, 199, 200 Glass-works, 184, 194, 369 Glemmingebro, 310 Glimakra, 313 Glimminge, 312 Glittertind Mt., 13 Glomma R., 370 Glommen R. and vauey, 29, 30, 39, 150, 168, 169, 223, 225, 226, 242, 262, 366, 367, 369, 403-406 Gloppen, 222 Gloppenfjord, 222 Glove-making, 194 Glutton, or wolverine, 51, 162 Gnesta, 356 Gnosjo, 352 Gnotlen L., 325 Goats, 52, 137, 144 Godegard, 331 Gol, 220, 410 Gold, 170, 176 Gollnow, 103 Gonas, 335 Gopen L., 363 Gopshus, 374 Gbringen, 375 Gossater, 357, 358 Gota, 359 Gota canal, 190, 241, 247, 249-50, 252, 256, 301, 326, 330, 331, 354, 357 ; East, 251 ; West, 251 Gotaalf R. and vaUey, 36, 89, 246, 247, 250, 251,254, 353, 356, 359, 365 Gotaland, 15, 18, 26, 73 population, 66 snowfaU, 42 Gotar (Goths), 89, 93 Goteborg (or Gothen burg), 46, 100, 120, 122, 125, 127, 146, 188-190, 194, 195, 203, 204, 206, 208, 241, 248, 250, 251, 253, 254, 257, 258, 260, 262, 280, 301, 327, 331, 333-335 Chalmers' Poly technic College, 77 communications, 250, 280, 342, 350, 351, 352, 356, 359, 365 industries, 280 population, 67, 68, 280 siege of, 108 temperature, 40 trade, 280 university, 77 wireless station, 266, 280, 281 Goteborg och Bohus, 186, 187, 191, 194, 207, 212 ; popula tion, 66 Gothenburg : see Gote borg ' Gothenburg system ', 72 Goths : see Gotar Gotland I., 15, 19, 44, 45, 48, 66, 73, 94, 100, 103, 144, 145, 149, 154, 156, 176, 212, 266 population, 66 railways, 393-394 Gotska Sando I., 19 Gottne, 383 Gra R., 400 Grabo, 356 Graddis, 235 Grafsnas, 356 Grafveby, 371 Grafversfors, 301 Grain elevators, manu facture of, 272 miUs, 185, 186, 268 Gramanstorp, 343 Gran, 411 Granberget, 397 Granbergsdal, 333 Granbo, 380 Granefors, 189 Grangarde, 338 Grangen, 333 Grangesberg, 172, 335, 362 Graninge, 382 Granite, 176, 197, 199 quarries, 280 Granshewed, 218, 415 Gransholm, 193 Gransjon, 325 Granstanda, 364 Granum, 221 Granum, 314 Graphite, 176 Grasberg, 362 Grasgard, 392 Grasgarde, 318 Grastorp, 353 442 INDEX Gravehals tunnel, 262, 409 Gravendal, 362 Gravensfjord, 219 Gravenselv R., 219 Gravensvand, 219, 264 GrayUng, 157 Greaaker, 367 Great Belt, 44 Great Britain and Scan dinavia, 106, 108, 109,' 160, 167 exports and im ports, 146, 147, 150, 151, 164, 165, 171,173,181,197, 199, 263 Great Northern war, 105-106 Greenland, 91, 163 Grefsen, 368, 405, 411 Grefslivand, 10 Grefvie, 341 Grefvie, Ostra, 307 Grensviken, 370 Grenze, 264 GriUby, 335 Grims'is, 352 Grimsbaken L., 419 Grimsby (England), 257 Grimenvand, 408 Grimeton, 347 Grimslov, 316 Grimsoigel, 220 Grimstad, 180, 205, 271 communications, 213-215, 246, 271, 418 industries, 271 Grimstorp, 299 Grindaheim, 221 Grinder, 406 Grindvol, 410 Gringelstad, 310 Gripenberg, 300 Gripsholmsviken, 328 Grisefjord, 421 Grisslehamn, 45, 281 industries, 281 submarine cable, 266, 281 Grodaas, 222 Groen L„ 351 Grohed, 365 Grong, 169, 232 Grong Mining Company, 169 Gronskara, 321 Gronskog, 321 Gronvoldfoss, 415 Gropen, 371 Grorud, 368, 405 Grotevje, 244 Grotingen, 382 Grotingensjon, 382 Grothd, 222, 223 Grotting, 414 Grouse, 161 Grove, 409 Grovene, 419 Grua, 169, 410 Grufgarden, 379 Grufsjon, 325 Grams, 360 Grumsfjord, 360 Grundset, 404 Grungevand, 31 Grunnebo, 353 Grunnsjon, 10 Grychen L, 363, 379 Grycksbo, 193, 363 Gryssjon, 325 Grythyttehed, 333, 361 Gualof, 315 Guano, 161 Guda R., 394 Gudaaen, 394 Gudbrandsdal, 13, 24, 138, 226, 2?3, 406 Gudbrandsdal R., 29 Gudvangen, 220 Guillemot, the, 162 Gula R. and vaUey, 225, 402, 403 Guldal, 13, 168 Guldhaug, 417 Guldsmedshyttan, 334 Gullaskrof, 319 GuUberg, 330 GuUbema, 313, 317, 318 GuUbrandstorp, 341 Gullmarfjord, 25 Gullringen, 323 Gullspang, 333 Gulltrask, 400 Gulosen, 226 Gulskogen, 416 Gulsvik, 410 Gundeso, 414 Gun factories, 279, 328 Gungvala, 316 Gunnarslund, 392 Gunnarstorp, 340 Gunnilse, 356 Gunpowder factory, 191 Gusjon, 352 Gusselby, 334 Gustafs, 386 Gustafstorp, 314 Gustavus I (Vasa), 97- 98, 100 Gustavus II (Adolphus), 101-104 Gustavus III, 107-108 Gustavus IV, 119 Gusum, 326 Gvarv, 215 Gwyniad, 157 GyUebo, 310 GyUensterna, Christina, 96,97 Gylsboda, 315 Gymnasia, 64, 76, 77 Gysinge, 389 Gyttorp, 333 Haagaar, 411 Haakon IV, 93 Haakon V, 94 Haakon VI, 94, 95 Haakon VII, 114 Haaelv R., 403 Habo, 299 Haarstad, 225 Habo halt, 388 Habygard, 364 Hackas, 396 Haddebo, 175 Haddock, 153 Hadeland, 169 Hadinge, 352 Haegeland, 419 Haekdal, 410 Hafdhem, 393 Hafgard, 306 Hafverud canal, 245, 248 Hafvudsta, 335 Haga, 369 Hagalund, 378 Hagastrom, 388 INDEX 443 Hagbya R., 318, 319 Hagfors, 189, 372 HSgga R., 378 Hagge (Sandsta), 338 Haggenas, 396 Hague, The, 113 Hair industries, 185, 200 Hajstorp, 251 Hakanbol, 333, 356 Hakantorp, 353 Hakedal, 169, 411 Halahult, 127 HaUbut, 154 Haljarp, 308 HaUaback, 345 HaUabro, 314 HaUand, 53, 67, 73, 100, 103, 104, 146, 187, 207,212; population, 66 HaUand halt, 395 HaUberga, 329 HaUby Brunn, 329 HaUeberg, 17 Halleby, 326 HaUefors, 361 Halleforsbruk, 361 Halleforsnas, 328 Hallekis, 357, 358 HaUerum, 325 Hallesjon, 325 Hallesjon L, 324 HaUestad, 304, 327 Hallevadsholm, 364 HaUevik, 46 HaUinden, 334 HaUingdaL 410 HaUinge, 323 HaUingen, Stora, 365 Hallingsdal, 13 HaUingsdalelv R., 30 HaUingskarv, 409, 410 HaUingskeid, 409 HaUnass, 235, 384 HaUsberg, 327, 330, 331, 355 HaUsfjord, 253, 328 Hallsta, 328 Hallstahammar, 336 HaUstavik, 377 HaUtorp, 318 Hallvards (Bjars), 394 HaUviken, 396 Hallviken L., 396 Halmstad, 78, 146, 189, 194, 206, 208, 281, 316 communications, 281, 298, 341, 344, 345 industries, 281 population, 68, 281 trade, 281 Halmstad Norra, 341 Halsefjord, 225 Halsingborg (or Hel- singborg), 46, 79, 174. 175, 189, 194, 206, 208, 257, 258, 260, 281, 303, 309, 311, 312, 322, 339 communications, 281, 339, 340, 341 industries, 281 population, 68, 281 trade, 281. Halsingborg - Helsingor train-ferry, 44 Halstahammar, 189 Halvardsho, 219 Halvars Noran L., 333 Hamar, 124, 126, 180, 181, 262, 263, 271 communications, 204, 213, 223, 224, 226, 271, 404, 406 diocese, 61 Hammar, 312 Hammarby, 379 Hammarbysjon, 375 Hammenhbg, 310 Hammer, 183 Hammerdal, 396 Hammerdalsjon, 396 Hammerfest, 78, 162, 165, 205, 207, 271 communications, 241, 271 industries, 271 trade, 271 Hammer-mUls, 185 Hammerfos, 30 Hammervand, 401 Hamneda, 349 Hamrangea. R., 390 Hamrangefjord, 390 Han, 228 Hanaskog, 312 "Handen, 302 Hanestad, 403 Hanger, 349 Hanick, 391 Hannselv valley, 412 Hanseatic League, the, 93-94, 97, 98, 268, 291 Haparanda, 38, 45, 67, 141, 206, 208, 257, 266, 282, 337, 422 communications, 282, 386, 399, 400 temperature, 40. trade, 282 Hara R., 349 Haradsbygden, 387 Harald Haarfager, 89, 93 Haraldsjon, 336 Haraldsmala, 321 Hardanger, 181, 214, 215, 218 Hardanger Jokul, 409 Hardanger Vidda, 14, 30, 31, 52 Hardangerfjord, 20, 23, 31, 43, 168, 216, 219, 264 Hardeberga, 297 Hardware, 284 Hares, 51, 161 Harestuen, 410 Harg, 388 Hargshamn, 388 Harjedal, 86, 100, 103 Harjedalen, 39 Harkaa R., 396 Harkeberga, 378 Harland, 10 Harlanda, 125 Harlosa, 297, 304, 308, 309 Harmanger, 391 HarnaS, 387 Harnebosjbn, 380 Harnosand (or Herno- sand), 45, 75, 77, 79, 125, 206, 282 communications, 282, 382, 397 industries, 282 population .68, 282 temperature, 40 444 INDEX trade, 282 wireless station, 266 Harpefoss, 407 HarpUnge, 341 Harra, 399 Harrie, 308 Harryda, 351 Harsback; 389 Harsjon, 314 Harsprang, 35 Harstad, 205 Harvasstuen, 234 Hasjo, 382 Haslemo, 405 Haslestad, 417 Haslof, 305 Hasaelby, 393 Hasselfors, 371 Hasslarp, 303 Hassleby, 127 Hassleholm, 258, 298, 303, 311, 312, 315, 340, 344 Hassleror, 357 Hastbo, 379 Hastholmen, 300, 330 Hastholmenhamn, 300 Hastveda, 298, 311, 312 Hat factories, 194 Hatfjelddalen, 234 ' Hats ' and ' Caps ', 106-107 Haugastol, 409 Haugesund, 155, 156, 168, 170, 180, 184, 205, 207, 271 ; popu lation, 56, 271 Haugum, 232 Haukeland, 408 Haukelandsvand, 408 HaukeU hotel, 217 Haukelisaeter, 217 Haus, 183 Havefos, 34 Haverosund, 377 Haversting tunnel, 410 Hawk, the, 52 Hay, 137, 138, 140, 143 Health-insurance, 184 Heather, 48, 49 Hebrides, Norwegian settlement in the, 79- 80, 93 whale-fishing, 160, 161 Heby, 379, 389 Hedaslatt, 300 Hede, 231 Hedemark, 60, 205, 211, 212 ; population, 55 Hedemora, 386 Hedenlundasjon, 328 Hedensberga, 389 Hedesunda, 389 Hednoret, 236, 385 Hedstrom R. and vaUey, 336 Hedvigsdal, 310 Heggedal, 413 Heggestol, 217 Hegre, 394 Heimdal, 402 Heistad, 415 Helagsfjallet, 20 Hells, 356 Heldal, 408 Helgasjon, 320 Helgea R. and vaUey, 310-312, 318, 349 Helgeland, 86 Helgesjon, 310, 312, 315 Helgum, 382 Helgumssjon, 382 Hell, 227, 394, 400 Hellarmo, 262 Helle, 218 Helleland, 214, 420, 421 Hellesylt, 222 HelUgskoken fjeldstue, 237 Helmsjo, 316 Helsingborg : see Hal singborg Helsingland, 66 Helsingor, 257, 341 Helta : see Enontekis Helvik, 420 Hemdalsfjeld, 30 Hemfosa, 302 Hemmestveit, 217 Hemnes, 407 Hemsdalsfjeld, 30 Hemse, 393 Hen, 221, 243, 416 Hendrikstorpsjon, 340 Hennan, 381 Hennan L., 381 Henriksdal, 375 Hensjon, 314 Hensmala, 314 Heradsbygden, 405 Herjedal, 66 Hernosand : see Harno sand Herred (Norw. com munes), 119 Herrestad, 330 Herrgarden, 379 Herrhult, 361, 373 Herring and the herring- fishery, 153-158, 180, 196, 199, 268, 271, 277 Herrljunga, 348, 353 Heskestad, 421 Hestra, 352 Hetogeln L., 247 Hides, 197, 198 Hidingebro, 371 Hidingsta, 327 Hielmajarvi, 239 Highlands, 13-16 HUdal, 216 HiUared, 346, 351 HiUen, Nedre, 338 HiUen, Ofra, 338 HiUerstorp, 352 HiUestad, 417, 418 HUlestadvand, 417, 418 Himle, 342 Hindis, 351 Hindby, 306 Hinna, 420 Hinsen, 391 Hinsen L., 391 Hinsjon, 321 Hinsjon, Stora, 321 Hirshals, 262, 268 Hisingen I., 188 Hiteren, 24 Hitterdal, 182 Hitterdalsvand, 30, 181, 215, 218, 242, 246, 415 Hitterelv R., 403 Hitteren I., 52 Hjaerdal vaUey, 218' Hjalmare canal, 249, 253, 256 Hjalmaren L., 28, 249, 253, 256 Hjalmsjon, 349 INDEX 445 Hjiiltevad, 322 Hjarpen, 232, 395 Hjarpsstrom, 395 Hjartsater, 366 Hjelle, 222 HjeUebol, 407 Hjellevand R., 246 Hjellum, 404 Hjelten L, 322 Hjemsfjord, 401 Hjertasjon, 319 Hjo, 128; 358 Hjorten L, 325 Hjorthed,. 325 Hjortkvarn, 327 Hjortsberga, 352 Hjortsjon, 349 Hjuksebo, 264 Hjulsbro,, 324 Hjulso, 333 Hoa R., 364 Hoboelv R., 366 Hoby, 314 Hof, 180 Hof, Stora, 357 Hofis, 350 Hoff, 417, 418 Hofmantorp, 318 Hofors, 364 Hofrevand, 421 Hofslatt, 350 Hofva, 357 Hofvern L., 326 Hofversby, 326 Hoganas, 171 Hoganas Nedre, 303 Hoganas Ofvre, 303 Hogen, 391 Hogestad, 304 Hogfors, 335, 337 Hogga, 244 Hognestad, 420 Hogran, 393 Hogsater, 228, 366 Hogs'itersa valley, 366 Hogsby, 321 Hogsjb, 355 Hogstabosjbn, 334 Hogstad, 300 Hogsten, 355 Hogstorp, 365 Hohog, 307 Hohult, 175 Hoiland, 420 Hojang Company, 181 Hoje, 371 Hojea, R., 304 Hojor (Schleswig), 264, 268 Hojsmolla, 302 Hok, 349 Hokedalen, 368 Hokon, 315 Hokopinge, 305 Hoi, 410 Holaaker, 223 Holene, 243 Holenelv R., 367 Holje, 314 Holjea vaUey, 315 HoUand, trade with, 147, 197, 199 HoUen, 180 HoHviken, 305 Holm, 414 Holma R., 394 Holmby, 309 Holmedal, 221 Holmegaard, 228 Holmeja, 308 Holmen, 193 Holmenkollen, 263 Holmestrand, 271 communications, 204,213-215,271,414, 417 trade, 271 Holmsa, 359 Holmsjo, 317 Holmsjon, 383 Holmsveden, 380 Holmtjarn, 10 Hblo, 301 Holsby Brunn, 323 Holseno, 22 Holsfjord, 413 Holsljunga, 347 Holt, 180 Holtaalen, 403 Holtenev R., 402 Holtsjbn, 347 Hommelvik, 394 Honefos, 30, 182, 184, 271 communications, 220, 221, 271, 410, 416 industries, 271 Honevold, 214 Honshyltefjord, 316 Hbnsinge, 306 Honstad, 225 Hop, 408 Hor, 297, 311 Horby, 311 Horda, 352 Horfjeld, 166 Hbrk : see Silferhojden Horken, 362 Horken canal, 249 Horken L., 335 Horken, Norra, 362 Horken, Sodra, 249 Hbrksalf R., 362 Horle, 349 Horn, 252 Horna, 312 Horna, 383 Hornaaseng, 407 Hornafvan L., 28, 235, 247 Homdal, 379 Homes, 420 Hornesund, 420 Homindal, 222 Hornindalsvand, 26, 27, 222, 242 Homsborg, 349 Hornsjo, 383 Hornsb, 321 Horrebrekke, 216 Horred, 348 Horrsjon, Storra, 373 Hbrsand, 404. Horselv R., 413 Horses, 137, 138, 143- 146 Horssjon, 352 Horten, 126, 271, 422 communications, 204, 213, 214, 272, 414 naval arsenal, 271 naval school, 65 population, 56, 271 Horvik, 46 Hosjon, 364 Hossmo, 319 Hoting, 397 Hotingsjon, 397 Hougsund, 416 Hov, 412 446 INDEX Hovedbane, 413 Hovik, 413 Hovind, 402 Hovmansbygd, 316 Hovsta, 331 Huddinge, 302 Huddingsvand, 169 Hudiksvall, 45, 206, 208, 282 communications, 231, 282, 391 industries, 282 trade, 282 Hulingen L., 322, 325 Hult, 322 Hulta, 252 Hultaberg, 313 Hultafors, 351 Hultagard, 323 Hultaniis, 320 Hultebo, 332 Hultrum, 350 Hultsfred, 322, 323, 325, 326 Hun, 232 Hundalen, 398 Hundaselv R., 398 Hunder, 406 Hundfors, 419 Hundorp, 407 Hundsjb, 386 Hundvand (Boena- jarvi), 8 Hunneberg, 17 Hunneberga, 309 Hunting, 161-163 Hurdalen, 184 Hurfva, 309 Husa R., 383 Husby, Ofver, 326 Huskvama, 189, 350 Huskvarnaa R., 350 Husum, 220 Hval, 410 Hvalstad, 413 Hven, 8 Hvetlanda, 175, 318, 319, 323 Hviderup, 309 Hvideseid, 215, 217 Hvideseid-Kirkebo, 217 Hvidesjon L., 217, 242, 244 Hvitaby, 310 Hvittaryd, 349 Hvitvattnet, 386 Hybo, 391 Hybosjon, 381 HydrauUc-power plant, manufacture of, 188 Hyensjon, 364 Hyllandsfos, 31 Hyllinge, 171, 303 HyUstofta, 340 Hylta; 313 Hyltebruck, 345 Hyltsjbn, 363 Hyndevadsa R., 328 Hynnaas, 417 Hyttsjon, 362, 373 Ice, 13, 43-46 breakers, 25, 43-45, 273, 290 trade, 197, 269, 274, 275 Iceland, 91, 153, 159- 161 Ide, 157 Iddefjord, 367 Ideholm, 318 Iderberget, 362 Idre, 230 Ifosjon, 315 Ifosjon L., 315 Igelboda, 375 Igelstorp, 354 Iggesund, 189 Ignaberga, 312 Iijarvi, 33 Hen, 402 Ilseng, 404 Immeln, 313 Immelnsjon, 313 Immingham (England), 257 Inakari I., 9 Inarejoki : see Anar jokka Inari, 240 Inari L, 34, 240 Indalsalf R., 16, 35, 395, 396, 382 Inderoen, 184 Indre Haugen, 222 Industrial conditions, 184, 195 Indviken, 183 Indvikfjord, 222 Ingatorp, 322 Ingedal, 10 Ingelstadf Ofver Torsas), 314, 317 Ingelstrode, 303 Inglesby, 331 Ingo wireless station, 265 Ingria, 101 Innaren L., 320 Insects, 54 Insjon, 246, 387 Insjon L, 387 International North Sea Fishery Commission, 159 Ireland, 160, 161 Iron Institute, 133 Iron-mines, 235, 262, 272, 373, 386, 391, 399 Iron-ores, 102, 165-167, 171, 173, 182, 197- 199, 205 Ironworks, 180, 185- 192, 205, 268, 269, 280, 286, 287, 291, 300, 320, 324, 325, 327, 334, 337, 360, 361, 364, 369, 370, 379, 386, 388, 398, 399 Ise, 367 Isfjord, 263 Islands, 22, 24, 34 Istrum, 358 Isums, 393 Ivagsjbn, 366 Iveland, 419 Ivory wares, 178 Jaaberg, 414 Jackvik, 235 Jadersbruk, 337 Jadraa R. and valley, 380, 389, 391 Jadraas, 391 Jaederen coast, 25 Jaeggesvarre Mt., 12 Jakobsberg, 335 Jakobselv (or Voriema) R., 8, 34, 264 Jamjbslatt, 318 INDEX 447 Jamla R., 382 Jamshog, 314 Jamshbesby, 315 Jamtland, 28, 66, 86, 100, 103, 147, 149, 161, 174, 212, 247; population, 66, 67 Jamtlands Sikas, 396 Jan Mayen, 153, 162, 163 Jara R., 382 Jarbo, 380 Jaren, 411 Jarenvand, 411 Jarfva, 378 Jarla, 194, 375 Jarlasjbn, 375 Jarle, 332 Jarlea R., 332 Jarlsberg,' 171 Jarlsberg og Larvik, 205, 211, 212; popu lation, 55 Jama, 301, 356 Jarnboas, 333 Jambrott, 350 Jarnforsen, 323 Jarnlunden L., 324 Jarpas, 356 Jarrestad, 304 Jarsfso, 381 Jenny, 324, 325 Jensvold, 231, 403 Jerkin, 224, 226 Jernkontoret, 133 Jesjarve L., 238 Jesjoki R., 238 Jesnes, 406 Jesseim, 405 Jesuits, 62 Jevnaker, 184, 410 Jews, 62, 73, 75 Jockmock : see Jokk mokk Johannelund, 75 Johannisberg, 381 Johannishus, 314 Johansfors, 345 John III, 98, 99 Joinery works, 185, 193, 199 291 Jokkmokk, 74, 236, 400 Jbkulbrae, 20 Jbkulf jord, 20 Jolsterelv valley, 221 Joma, 169 Jomna, 405 Joniiker, 301 Jondal R., 218 Jonkoping, 125, 175, 189, 193, 194, 206, 282 communications, 212, 282, 299, 303, 340, 350 industries, 282 population, 66, 68, 282 temperature, 40 Jonsberg, 326 J onsered, 259, 353 Jordborga, 306 JordfaUet : see Bohus Jordholmen, 307 Jorlanda, 365 Jorn, 235, 385 Jorundfjord, 222 Jbsendal, 216 Jostedalsbrae, 13, 20, 23,24 Jotunfjeld, 13 Jojtunheim, 20 Jugansbo, 389 Juksa R., 384 Juksebo, 215 Jula, 357 Jularbo, 379 Juniper, the, 48 Junkarhallan, 236 Junkerdal, 235 Jute factories, 194, 281, 345 Jutland, 103, 104, 262, 264 K Kabusaa R., 310 Kaffatorp, 313 Kaflas, 358 Kaflinge, 297, 302, 308 Kafiingea R. and valley, 297, 309 Kagerod, 303 Kaipajokki, 400 Kaisepakte, 399 Kaitamaalf R., 399 Kalandseid, 408 Kalandsvand, 408 Kalarne, 382 Kalfvenasjon, 321 Kalhuset, 215 Kalixalf R., 35, 70, 386, 399 Kalixfors, 399 Kallaberg, 392 Kallak, 228 Kallby, 357 KaUeguta, 392 KaUered, 342 KiiUeryd, 354 KaUholmen, 384 Kallinge, 314 KaUmora, 337 KaUna, 343 Kallsjbn L, 232 Kallstorp, 303 Kalltorp, 357 Kallunge, 393 Kalmar, 78, 125, 186, 206, 208, 266, 283 communications, 283,319,321,392 industries, 283 population, 68, 283 Kalmar, Union of, 94-96 Kalmar lan, 122, 187, 212 ; population, 66 Kalmar Sound, 19, 45 Kalmarvik, 335 Kalstad, 225 Kaltriisk, 385 Kalungen L., 368 Kalvene, 346 Kambo, 367 Kanna, 349 Kanso, 128 Kantorp, 172, 355 Kapellskilr, 257 Karaja I., 9 Karasjok, 40, 238-240 Karasjoki R., 32, 33, 239, 240 Karasuando, 237, 238 Karbenning, 332 Karbble, 231 Karborg, 331 Karda, 345 Karelia, Russian, 1 1 Kiremo, 321 Karesuando, 39, 40 Karfven L., 377 Karlberg, 335, 378 Karl Grav canal, 353 448 INDEX Karl Gustav : see Ka rungi Karl-Johansvaern, 65, '271. See Horten Karlsberg, 175, 251, 252 Karlsberg canal, 256 Karlsborg, 191, 354 Karlsby, 331 Karlsdal, 333 Karlsdalsbruk, 333 Karlsgraf canal, 251 Karlshamn ( or Carls- hamn), 46, 206, 283 communications, 283, 298, 314, 316 industries, 283 Karlskoga, 188, 333 Karlskrona, 26, 46, 105, 125, 194, 206, 208, 283 communications, 283, 317, 318 industries, 283 naval dockyard, 283 population, 68, 283 trade, 283 wireless station, 266, 283 Karlslund, 371 Karlstad, 125, 187, 189, 206, 260, 283-284 communications, 255, 284, 370, 371 industries, 283 population, 68, 283 trade, 284 Karlstad, convention of (1905), 9, 113, 272 Karlstad - Forshaga canal, 252, 256 Karlstad Ostra, 370 Karmansbo, 336 Karmo I., 168 Karpalund, 311, 312 Karraboda, 315 Karreberga, 240, 348 Karrgrufvan, 337 Karsjb, 380 Karsta, 377 Karstaa R., 377 Karstaviken L., 377 Karungi (Karl Gustav), 386 Kaskasatjakko Mt., 13 Kastberga, 311 Kastlosa, 392 Katrineholm, 193, 301, 327, 328, 333, 355 Kattarp, 303, 341 Kattbosjon, 374 Kattegat, the, 7, 25, 36, 43-44, 49, 89, 100, 104, 153, 156, 257 Kattilstorp, 299 Kattinge, 326 Kautokeino, 237, 238 Kautokeinoelv R., 32, 237 Kebnekaise Mt., 12, 20 ' Keel ', the : see Kjdlen Kemi, 240 Kemi R., 239 Kerstinbo, 389 Kexholm, 101 Kiel, peace of, 109 Kieselguhr, 177 Kil, 249, 335, 360, 370 Kilaa. R., 327, 345, 380 Kilafors, 380 Killeberg, 298 Kiffingdal, 168 KiUingmo, 407 KUsmo, 355 Kimstad, 300, 327 Kinda canal, 252, 256 Kingelstad, 339 Kinna, 348 Kinnared, 345, 347 Kinnarp, 346 Kinnekulle, 16, 357, 358 Kinstaby, 380 Kirke, 215, 217 Kirkenaer, 406 Kirkenes, 205, 207, 241 Kirko, 9 Kiruna, 238, 260, 398, 399 Kirunavara, 70, 172 ; ironfields, 67 Kisa, 323 Kisaa. R. and valley, 323 Kisasjon, 323 Kistefjeld, 12 Kistrand, 239 Kittiwake, the, 162 Kjaafjord, 168 Kjeldal, 244 Kjelsaas, 411 KjelstadU, 222 Kjenlid, 166 Kjofjord, 33, 34 Kjblborgelv R., 367 Kjolen (the Keel), 11, 15, 100 Kjonaas, 219 Kjonnefoss, 418 Kjos, 222 Kjose, 415 Klacka-Lerberg, 333 Klackeberga, 321 Klacksberg, 337 Klaebu, 182, 184 Klafrestrom, 320 Klagegg, 221 Klagerup, 307,308 Klaggen, 10 Klagshamn, 305 Klagstorp, 305, 306 Klammen, 252 Klaralf R. and vaUey, 10, 36, 230, 252, 361, 370-372 Klaraviken L., 378 Klasarod, 309 Klefshult, 349 Klefva, 175 Klenshyttan, 362 Klepp, 420 Kleppan, 417 Klerevand, 409 Kleven, 274 Klinga, 328 Klintehamn, 393 Klipfisk, 155 KJippan, 193, 194, 309, 311, 312, 340, 343 Klockrike, 252, 261, 330 Klodeberg, 166 Kloften, 405 Klop, 417 Klosatjam, 10 Klosterfjord, 342 Klostersigen, 304 Klostervand (or Tsjoal- mejarvi) L., 34 Kloten, 334 Kloten L., 334 Klovsjo, 231 Klungland, 421 Klutmark, 384 Knaben, 171 Knaby, 388 Knackebrod, 72 INDEX 449 Knared, 343 Kneipbaden, 327 Kneippby, 394 Knifsta, 378 Knifvingaryd, 321 Knivskar I., 9 Knutby, 377 Knypplan (Vendel), 388 Kobbefos, 33 Kobbervolden, 217 Kockums Mekaniska Verkstad, 189 Koinge, 346 Kola peninsula, 1 1 Kolback, 328, 329, 336 Kolbacksa R. and valley, 254, 337 Kolbu, 412 Kolforsen, 390 Kolmarden, 301 Kolmarden hiUs, 17, 177 Kblsjon, 334 Kolsnaren L., 355 Kolstrandsviken, 333 Kolsva, 189, 336 Koltapahta (Kuokim- muatka), 8, 9 Kolvik, 239 Kommunalstdmma (Sw. rural commune), 123 Kommuner (Sw. com mune), 123 Konga, 314 Kongamaalf R., 9, 35 Kongas, 240 Kongens Grubbe, 403 Kongeriget Norges Hy- pothekbank, 131 Kongsberg, 126, 170, 264, 272 communications, 214-216,218,272, 415, 416 industries, 272 silver mines 130 Kongsmarken, 307 Kongsvinger, 10, 29, 113, 272 communications, 204, 226, 228, 229, 272, 369, 406 fortress, 272 Kongsvold, 224 Konnerud, 171 N. AND S. Konsterud, 333 Kopervik, 205 Koping, 252, 332, 336 Kopingea R., 310 Kopingebro, 309, 310 Kopingsa R., 336 canal, 252 Kbpmannebro, 245, 248, 359 Koppang, 226, 403 Kopparasen, 399 Kopparberg lan, 149, 186, 192, 212, 334; population, 66, 67 Kopparsberg, 334 Koppera R., 395 Kopperaaen, 395 Kopstad(Usby), 418 Kornsjb, 228, 368 Komsjbn, Sodra, 10 Korpklef, 323 Korsa, 391 Korsa, 364 Korsan, 364 Korsberga, 358 Korsnas, 364, 387 Kortfors, 333 Kosen L., 344 Koskivara, 400 Koskulls-Kulle, 399 Kosta, 318 Kraakstad, 366 Kraaktorp, 10 Krabbleboda, 313 Kraby, 412 Kragenas, 364 Kragero, 166, 171, 180, 182, 197, 204, 207, 264, 272 communications, 213, 214 industries, 272 trade, 272 Kragga, 335 Kraksmala, 321 Kramfors, 397 Krampen, 332, 336 Krangfors, 384 Krankesjon, 304 Krapperup, 303 Krappeto, 245 Kravikfjord, 218 KrekUng, 416 Krenam L., 324 Ff Krernvolden, 419 Kristiania, 24, 25, 43, 46, 67, 124, 126, 131, 165, 179, 180, 182- 184, 197, 204, 207, 257, 258, 262-264, 272-273 Akershus, 124, 272, 413 army school, 65 communications, 202, 213, 214, 219-221,223,224,226-228,241, 243, 248, 273, 366, 368,405,411,413 custom-house dis trict, 204 diocese, 61 hospitals, 126 industries, 272 local administra tion, 119 newspapers, 78 population, 56, 272 prisons, 124, 272 secondary schools, 64 temperature, 39, 40 trade, 273 training colleges, 65 university, 65, 272 Kristiania amt, 179, 205, 211 ; population, 55 Kristianiafjord, 13, 14, 16, 21, 25, 29, 30, 43, 89, 100, 213, 241, 367, 414, 422 Kristians amt, 205, 211, 212 ; population, 55 Kristiansand, 124, 126, 127, 169, 170, 179- 183, 205, 207, 262, 284,-265, 273 communications, 202, 203, 213, 214, 216, 244, 273, 419 custom-house dis trict, 205 diocese, 61 industries, 273 population, 56, 273 trade, 273 . 450 INDEX Kristianstad, 125, 187, 189, 194, 206, 260, 284 communications, 284, 298, 311- 313, 315 industries, 284 population, 68, 284 Kristianstad lan, popu lation, 66 ; roads, 212 Kristianstad plain, 18 Kristiansund, 180, 181, 183, 205, 207, 225, 273 industries, 273 population, 56, 273 trade, 273 Kristineberg, 331 Kristinehamn, 189, 249, 255, 370, 372 Kroderen L, 27, 30, 242, 416 Kroderenfjord, 410 Kroka R., 359 Krokek, 301 Kroken, 234 Krokfors, 248 Krokum, 233, 395 Krokvik, 399 Kron L., 323 Kronsberg, 66, 194, 212 Kronstad, 408 Kropptjarn, 375 Krotrask, 385 Krutaadal, 234 Krutaaen, 234 Krutmbllan, 308 Krutvattna, 234 Kryksjbn, 391 Krylbo, 327, 332, 336, 337, 379, 386 Kubjorgen, 401 Kuddby, 326 Kukkasjoki, 386 Kulladal, 305 Kullakra, 314 Kullavik, 350 Kullen ridge, 18 Kullsta, 302 Kullsveden, 386 Kumla, 331 Kummelby, 326 Kundby L, 377 Kungsangen, 335 Kungsbacka valley, 342 Kungsbackfjord, 342 Kungsgarden, 389 Kungshult, 311 Kungsor, 249 Kungstorp, 305 Kuokimmnatka : see Koltapahta Kuosakabbo, 399 Kusa, 175 Kusfors, 384 Kutjem, 411 Kvaal, 402 Kvam, 407 Kvanum, 357 Kvarnamala, 314, 316 Kvarnby, 307 Kvarngol L, 324 Kvamlychan, 318 Kvarnsveden, 363 Kvenangfjord, 20 Kvevli, 407 Kvicksund, 249, 329 Kvidinge, 340 Kvikkjokk, 236 Kvilla R., 321 Kvillsfors, 323 Kvismaren, 327 Kvistaftaa vaUey, 339 Kvistero, 371 Kviteseidvand, 31, 242 Kvittensten, 174 Kymmen L., 10 Kynne R., 10 Kyrkheddinge, 304 Kyrksjon, 354, 380 Kyrkviken, 370 Kyro, 240 Laagen R. and vaUev, 29, 30, 214, 218, 243, 406, 407, 414, 416, 417 Laaland I., 104 Labour bureaus, 184 Labrador stone, 176 Labrofos, 30 Lackalanga, 308 Liickeby, 321 Laerdalsoren, 220 Lagaa R. and vaUev, 341, 343-345, 349, 352 Lagan, 349 Lager beer, 187 Laggesta, 328 Lagmansholm, 353 Laholm, 341 , Lairodal, 236 Lakatrask, 400 Lakes, 17-19, 233 L&ktajokk, 399 Lakvik, 326 Lamhult, 299 Lamp factory, 191 Lan (Sw. county), 122, 123, 210 Lanaa R., 419 Lanaa vaUey, 315 Lanaren L., 301 Landa, 380 Landa R., 357 Landeryd, 345 Landeskogen, 126 Landsbro, 323 Landsjon, 350 Landskrona, 46, 194, 284 communications. 206, 208, 284, 303, 308, 339 industries, 284 population, 68, 284 Landsmaal, 60, 61, 64 Landsting : see County Councils Landvetter, 351 Lane, 365 Langaa R., 396 Langangen, 376 Langas, 342 Langbacka, 391 Langban L., 373 Langbansande, 373 L&ngbanshyttan, 373 Langbron, 248 Langebro, 304, 309-311 Langed, 245, 248 Langedal, 408 Langeland, 221 Langemala, 321 Langen, 230 Llngen L, 358, 379 Langesund, 204, 213 Langfjord, 240 Langflon, 230 Langhalsen L., 328 Langhem, 351 Langholmen, 125 Langletet, 402 Langlbt, 392 INDEX 451 Lango, 166 Lango, Norra, 10 Langsele, 233, 382, 398 Langshyttan, 379 Langsjon, 325, 377 Langstein, 401 Langtrask, 385 Langvand L., 242 Lang Vattnet, 334 Langviksman, 383 Lanna, 377 Lannaskede, 323 Lannerstasund, 375 Lapland, 7, 9, 15, 28, 33, 37, 39, 40, 66, 145, 161, 167, 172, 173, 177, 236-240 railway, 24, 238, 257, 259-262 rainfaU, 42 roads, 236-240 Lapps, the, 9, 34, 52, 57, 69, 76, 83-87, 100, 154, 235-240, 278 characteristics, 84 dogs, 85 education, 87 language, 85 migration, 85, 86, 113 nomadic, 84, 85, 86 reindeer, 85, 86, 138, 145 rights, regulations as to, 113 Stone- Age, relics of, 86 — Finnish, 84, 85 Fisher, 86 Forest; 86 Mountain, 86 Norwegian, 83-86 Sea, 86 Swedish, 83-87 Lapptrask, 386 Largea valley, 356 Larje, 356 Larsarfve, 393 Larslund, 328 Larvik (or Laurvik), 126, 179, 180, 182- 184, 204, 207, 262, 273-274 communications, 213-215, 218, 274, 414 custom-house dis trict, 204 industries, 274 population, 56, 274 trade, 274 Larvik lan : see Jarls berg Larviksf jord, 414 Lastbryggan, 376 Lastringe, 301 Latorpsbruk, 371 Laundry industry, 178 Laurdal, 217 Laxa, 342, 355, 371, 411 Laxefjord, 24 , Laxelv, 239 Laxelven, 239 Laxsjbn, 245, 366 Le, Stora (or Tocksfors), canal, 248, 256 Le, Stora, L, 10, 27, 228, 243, 245, 368 Lead, 171, 175, 192 mines, 334, 389 Leangen, 394 Leather industries, 178, 179, 185, 194 Leda vaUey, 383 Ledbergskulle, 330 Ledingsa valley, 382 Ledingsjon, 382 Leguminous crops, 140, 141 Leira, 412 Leith, HuU, and Ham burg Shipping Com pany, 202-203 Leksand, 246 Leksands-noret, 387 Leksberg, 357 Leksboda, 387 Lekumelv R., 366 Lekvattnet, 229 Lelangen L., 245, 248 Lemelsjon, 383 Lemming, the, 51, 52 Lena, 346, 412 Lena R., 412 Lennartsfors, 245 Ler, 402 Lerakra, 297 Leran L., 338 Ff 2 Lerback, 331 Lerdala, 358 Lerelv R., 369 Lerhyttan, 379 Lersjbn, 372 Lersum, 405 Lerum, 353 Lerumsa R., 356, 359 Lesjekogensvand, 223 Lesjeverk, 223 Lesjbfors, 373 Lesjon, 373 Lessebo, 193, 317-319 Letalf R., 371 Levanger, 182, 205, 274 communications, 227, 231, 274, 401 fairs, 274 Levanten, 194 Leveaniemi, 172 Levelv R., 405 Levojokka R., 32 Lia, 347 Liatorp, 298 Lichens, 48 Lida R., 354, 357 Lidhult, 344 Lidingo, 75 Lidkoping, 17, 206, 251, 342, 357, 358 Lidnas, 298 Lien, 418 Lier, 413 Lierelv R. and valley, 413 Lierfoss, 407 Liermosen, 10 Light railways, 247 Lighting apparatus, manufacture of, 191 Liland, 167 Liljeholmen, 302 Lilla R. and valley, 331, 336, 347, 358, 391 LUla Bjbrkensjb, 371 Lilla Bjbrnmossen, 391 Lilla Edet, 193, 250, 359 Lilla Lule R., 236 Lillavarten, 376 Lille : see under specific name LUleakerbane, 263 Lillehammer, 180, 223, 224, 226, 243, 274, 406 452 INDEX Lilleherred, 415 LiUesand, 181, 205, 274 communications, 213, 215, 274, 419 industries, 274 LiUeskog, 353 LiUestrom, 369, 405 Lillesvan L., 336 Lillhamra, 374 LUUe, 328 Lillsjodal, 322 Lima, 374 Lime, 177 works, 289 Limedsforsen, 230, 374 Limestone, 177 quarries, 308 Lime-trees, 48 Limhamn, 307 Limingen L, 27, 169 Limmared, 346, 347, 351 Limmared Landeryd, 299 Lindas, 319 Linde : see Lindesberg Lindea R., 334 Linderod, 311 Linderodasen ridge, 18 Lindesberg (or Linde), 334 Lindesjon, 334 Lindesnes, 168 Lindfors, 361 Lindholmen, 188, 190, 365, 377 Lindholmsjon, 377 Lindome, 342 Lindsater, 330 Linen mills, 194, 282 Lingbo, 380 Linghed, 391 Linghem, 300 Linkoping, 78, 79, 125, 206, 260, 284 communications, 252, 284, ' 300, 322, 324, 329 population, 68, 284 Linneryd, 317 Linsall, 231 Liodden, 410 Lisjon, 336 Lisleby, 367 Lister og Mandal, 205, 211, 212; popula tion, 55 Listerbya R., 314 Listershufvud, 315 Lit, 396 Liten Horrsjon, 373 Litensjon, 395 Liverud, 219 Live stock, 137-9, 143-7, 199, 200 Livonia, 101, 106 Ljan, 366 Ljung, 348 Ljunga, 191 Ljunga alf, 191 Ljungaa R., 381 Ljungarum, 350 Ljungas, 331 Ljungaverk, 381 Ljungby, 344, 349 Ljungby, Ostra, 343, 348 Ljungbyhed, 343 Ljungbyholm, 319 Ljunggren works, 189 Ljunghusen, 305 Ljungbya R., 319 LjungskiUe, 365 Ljusa, 400 Ljusdal, 231, 381, 391 Ljusfors, 327 Ljusna R. and vaUey, 231, 375 Ljusnarn L, 362 Ljusnarsberg, 334 Ljusnealf R., 380, 481 Ljustern L., 386 Loberod, 309 Lobonos, 375 Lobsters, 157, 158 Lockarp, 307 Lockne, 396 Locknesjbn, 396 Locomotives, 259, 260, 263 manufacture of, 188-91, 260, 263, 281, 284, 290 Loddea R., 302, 308 Lbddekopinge, 302 Lbddesbl, 418 Loderup, 310 Lbdbse, 359 Loen, 222 Loenvand L., 243 Lofbraten, 301 Lofoten Is., 12, 21, 24, 39, 42, 154, 155, 167, 169, 207 wireless stations, 265 Lofsjovexeln, 362 Lofsta, 335 Lofstafjarden gulf, 335 Loftea R., 342 Loftegaard, 220 Lofvestad, 309 Logdealf, 383 Loge, 421 Logen R., 217 Lbiten, 404 Loka, 168, 361 Lokasjon, 343 Lbkebacken, 364 Loken, 221, 407 Lokken, 168, 225, 400 Lokom, 397 Lom, 223 Lomma, 302 Lonneberga, 322 Lonsboda, 315 Lbrstrand, 481 Loselv, 412 Lbsen, 318 Loshult, 313 Losna, 406 Losna L., 406 Lotefos, 31 Lotorp, 327 Lbttorp, 392 Lougen R., 223 Lovberga, 397 Loveid, 215, 246 Lovene, 356 Lovheim, 218 Lowlands, 14-18 Lubeck, 94, 98, 203 Ludvigsberg Company, 191 Ludvigsborg, 311 Ludvika, 249, 335, 338, 362 Lugnas, 357 Lugnet, 361 Lulea, 45, 67, 70, 79, 206, 208, 284 communications, 285, 385, 400 INDEX 453 industries, 284 trade, 285 Lulealf R., 28, 35, 145, 236, 261, 385 Lulealf, Stora, 190 Luleluspen, 399 Luletrask, 28, 35 Lumbering, 150-151, 182 Lund, 18, 79, 189, 194, 206, 285 communications, 285, 297, 302, 308 industries, 285 population, 68, 285 university, 74, 77, 127, 285 Lundasoknaelv R., 402 Lundby, 336 Lundemo, 402 Lundersaeter, 229 Lundervand, 409 Lundevand, 421 Lundsbrunn, 128, 358 Lungen, Stora, L., 249 Lunkefjord, 167 Lunnarp, 304 Lunner, 411 Luossavara, 172 Luossavara-Kirunavara iron mines, 131 Lursjon, 10 Lusten L., 361 Lutheranism, 97, 99, 116, 117, 119 Lutzen, battle of, 102 Lyckasgard, 350 Lyckeby, 318 Lyckebya R., 318 Lycksele, 234 Lygenfjord, 24, 168, 237 Lyndgal, 213 Lyngby, 311 Lyngbya R., 310 Lyngenfjord, 12 Lyngsfjord, 227 Lyngsjb, 311 Lynx, the, 162 Lyrestad, 251, 357 Lysaker, 263, 413 Lysakerselv R., 413 Lyse, 364 Lysedstjarn, 10 Lysekil, 128, 206, 285 communications, 285, 364 trade, 285 Lysvik, 360 M Maane R., 30 Macijok (Matse) R., 237, 238 Machinery, 197, 199, 200, 205 works, 178, 185, 187-92, 278, 286, 288 Mackerel fishery, 153, 154, 156, 157, 158, 269 Mackmyra, 389 Madangsholm, 346 Madroken L., 320 Magdeburg, siege of, 102 Maglehem, 310 Magnetic separating works, 181 variations, 422 Magnor, 369 Magnus I, 93 Magnus VI, 93 Magnus VII, 94, 95 Magnus Ladulas, 93 Mainz, 102 Maize, 205 Majavand, 232 Majenfors, 343 Majorstuen, 263 Mala, 343 Malarbaden, 329 Malarbadenhamn, 329 Malaren L., 17, 26, 28, 36,67,73,89,90,247- 249,252-256,279,301,302, 329, 335, 336 Malaskog, 344 Maleras, 319 Maleras Sodra, 318 Manila, 299, 319, 320, 323, 332 Malmagen, 231 Malmback, 349 Malmberget, 399 Malmby, 329 Malmkoping, 355 Malmo, 46, 77-79, 120, 122, 125, 127, 146, 186, 189, 190, 194, 195, 206, 208, 257, 258, 274, 285 communications, 203, 251, 253, 285, 297, 302, 303, 305, 306, 307 industries, 285 population, 68, 285 submarine cable, 266, 285 trade, 285 Malmohus, 67, 186, 194, 212 Malmslatt, 300 Malseryd, 351 Malung, 194, 230, 374 Malungsfors, 374 Malvik, 394 Mammals, 50-53 Mandal, 126, 171, 182, 205, 207, 213, 214, 274 Mandal ami : see Lister og Mandal Mangala, Ofver, L., 390 Manganese, 175-176 Mangen, 10 Mankop, 300 Mansarp, 350 Mansbo, 191 Manstada vaUey, 346, 347 Manstadskulle, 346 Manures, 197 Maple, the, 48 Marback, 344 Marble, 177 quarries, 301 Marconi wireless system, 265 Maren L, 324 Margaret of Denmark, 95 Margarine, 180, 187 works, 185, 281 Mariannelund, 322 Maridalsvand, 411 Marieberg, 191, 308 Mariedam, 331 Mariefred, 328 Marieholm, 339 Marielund, 377 Mariestad, 125, 357 Marine engines, manu facture of, 190 454 INDEX motor factories, 181, 190, 191 Match factories, 152, 185, 186, 191, 193, 282, 284, 291, 346 trade, 197, 199 Maristuen, 220, 221 Markakyrka, 354 Markaryd, 303, 312, 343, 349 Marma, 387 Marok, 223 Marserum, 314 Marsta, 378 Marstrand, 128, 206, 264, 286 submarine cable, 264, 268, 286 Marsvinsholm, 306 Martebo, 393 Masnaren L., 328 Maspelbsa, 330 Massbacken, 375 Matfors, 381 Matse : see Macijok Mattmar, 395 Mattsarfve, 393 Measures, 422 Meat, 139, 146, 199, 200 Mechanical works, 185, 187-192, 283, 285, 291 Medelpad, 66 Medheia, 218 Medjaa, 232 Medle, 384 Medskogen, 229 Mehavn, 160 Meldal, 168 Melen, 232 Melhus, 402 Melkefos, 34 ¦ MeUan Frykensjon, 360 MeUansel, 383 MeUansjb, 381 MeUansundet, 329 MeUby, 356 MeUerud, 258, 359, 368 Mellbsa, 328 Mellsjon, 382 Mem, 45, 252 Memel, 101 Meraker, 168, 227, 394 ¦Mertainen, 172 Meseleforsen, 397 Meslin, 140, 141 ¦ Metal goods, 197, 200 industries, 178-181, 185-192, 198, Meteorological Insti tutes, 62 Methodists, 62, 75 Metric system, 422 Meyeriilf R., 246 Middag tunnel, 398 Midtgaarden, 215 Mieronjarre, 237, 238 Mila R., 381 Miland, 415 Military service, 86, 87, 93 Milk, 139, 146, 197 condensed and steri lized, 180, 197 MiUetorp, 319 Minde, 408 Mindre Sunde, 222 Mineral springs, 399 MiUs, 185-187, 194 Minerals, 197, 198, 200 Mineral-water factories, 187 Mining, 164-176, 178, 179, 185, 189 implements, 189 Minne, 404 Misa R., 314 Mjermen, 10 Mjo, 311 Mjbback, 347 Mjbhult, 303 Mjolby, 300, 326, 327, 330, 336 MjolfjeU, 409 Mjbndalen, 416 Mjorn L., 353, 356 Mjbmsjo, 356 Mjosen L., 26, 27, 29, 30, 226, 243, 404, 406, 412 Mo, 166, 168, 205, 234, 235, 262 Moalven, 383 Mobodarne, 380 Mockeln, 298 Mockelnsjon, 298, 333, 371 Mockfjard, 363 Mbckleby, Norra, 392 Modum, 182 Moen, 217 Moelv R., 406 Moelven, 406 MofaUa, 358 Mogen, 217 Mbglestu, 419 Mogsjbn, 373 Moheda, 298 Moholm, 354, 357 Moi, 421 Moisund, 420 Moladal, 409 Moland, Ostre, 180-181 Molasses, 187 Molde, 124, 205, 207, 274 Moldefjord, 263 Molkom, 361 Molkomsjbn, 361 MoUasjbn, 348 MbUe, 303 MbUerholm I., 413 MoUesjok, 238 MoUtorp, 354 Mblmen, 223 Molnbacka, 361 Mblnbo, 356 Mblndal, 351 Molndalsa R. and vaUey, 351 Mblnlycke, 351 Molybdenum, 171, 176 Mon, 206, 368 Mbnsteras, 321 Mora, 230, 231, 363, 374 Mora Noret, 363, 374 Mbrarp, 340 Mbrby, 376 Mbrbylanga, 392 Morgongafva, 379 Morjarv, 386 Morkarlby, 374 Morkedola R., 31 Mbrlunda, 322 Mormons, 62 Mormorsgruvan, 324 Mbrrum, 314 Morrumsa R. and vaUey, 314, 316 Morshyttan, 379 Mbrsil, 395 Morskogen : see Ulven Mortenslund, 232 MoBas, 331 INDEX 455 Mosby, 419 Moshult, 317 Mosjon, 205, 232, 234, 331 Mosquitoes, 237 Moss, 126, 180, 182, 183, 204, 207, 274-275 communications, 274, 367 docks, 275 industries, 274 population, 56, 274 trade, 275 Mosseberg, 17, 128 Mbsseberg plateau, 354 Mosstorp, 320 Motala, 159, 190, 251, 261, 330, 331 Motalastrom R. and vaUey, 36, 300, 327, 331 Motala Verkstad, 331 Motjarnshyttan, 372 Motor boats, 236, 243, 256 car services, 210, 211, 214, 218, 221, 223, 224, 227, 232, cycles, 211, 212 launches, 233 works, 190 Mountains, 12-16 Muddusjarvi, 240 Mule, 217 Mullhyttemo, 371 MuUsjb, 299 MuUsjon, 358 Multen L., 331 Multra, 397 Municipal Councils, 63, 119, 122-123 Munition factories, 191 Munka valley, 348 Munkaagard, 343 Munkaljungby, 343 Munkedal, 364 Munkedalhamn, 364 Munkelv (or Uutuan- joki) R., 34 ' Munkflohogen, 396 Munkfors, 371 Munksjon, 350 Munktorp, 336 Muonio : see Muonion- iska Muonio R., 238 Muonioalf (or Muonion- joki) R., 9, 35 Muonioniska (or Muo nio), 238 Murjek, 236, 400 Murman coast, 241 Murmansk wireless sta tion, 265 Mutkavaara, 8 Myra, 372 Myrdal, 409 Myre, 406 Myresjb, 323 Myrheden, 385 Mysen, 228, 366 Myssje, 380 N Naas, 194, 261 Sloyd Training Col lege, 76 Naatambjoki : see Nei denelv Nacka, 375 Nacken L, 301 Nackten L, 396 Naerbo, 420 Naerodal, 220 Naerodalselv R., 219- 220 Naerofjord, 220 Naes, 410 Naevernes, 235 Nafvestabro, 378 Nail factories, 272 Nalden, 395 Naldensjbn, 395 Namdal, 13, 52 . Namsen R. and vaUey, 31, 32, 232 Namsenfjord, 31, 148, 227 232 Namsos, 169, 182, 205, 207, 275 communications, 227, 232,233, 401 industries, 275 trade, 275 Napoleon, 108, 109 Niirdingen L., 377 Nartunaa R., 377 Narvik (Victoriahavn), 9, 24, 126, 165, 167, 205, 207, 257, 262, 263, 275 communications, 275, 398 harbour, 275 shipping trade, 275 Narvik bay, 398 Nas, 338, 379 Nasberg, 400 Nasby, 376, 377 Nasbyggesjbn, 380 Nasbyholm, 306 Nasramen L., 373 Nassea R. and valley, 345 Nassjo, 18, 299, 318, 320, 322, 349 Nassjbn, 10 Niissundet, 372 Nasum, 315 Nasviken, 391 National Association against Emigration, 83 National Evangelic Union, 75 Nattavara, 400 Nattjebacka, 365 Nattraby, 194, 313, 316 Nattrabya R and valley, 313, 316, 317 Nattrabyhamn, 313, 316 Nautesund, 215 Navigation, 23, 27, 32, 34, 44, 90, 92, 113, 200-204, 241-256 Navnaa R., 405 Navnaan, 405 Navragol, 317 Navrasjbn, 317 Naze, the, 43, 422 Nedanejoby, 381 Nedenes amt, 205, 211, 212 ; population, 55 Nederberg, 229 Nedre: see under specific name Nedrosjon L., 247 Nedsjbn, 351 Neglinge, 376 Neglingeviken, 375 Neiden, 240 456 INDEX Neidenelv (or Naatamo- joki) R., 8, 33 Nelaug, 418 Nelaugvand, 418 Nelhammar, 325 Nes, 181, 216. See Aandalsnes Nesbyen, 410 Nesfjord, 414 Nesttun, 408 Nesttunelv R., 408 Neukloster, 103 Neva, 362, 373 Newbiggin (England), 264, 266, 268 Newspaper press, 78, 79 Nickel, 169-170, 175, 181, 182, 197 mines, 366 ore refining, 273 Nidelv R. and valley, 31, 394, 402, 418 Nieiddagordsje fall, 32 Niemisel, 386 Nipor, 35 Nissaa R., 341, 352 Nissafors, 352 Nisserdal, 166 Nisserelv, 51 Nisservand, 27, 31, 215, 243, 246, 418 Nitelv R., 369, 405, 411 Nitrate of ammonia, 197 of soda, 197 Nitric acid, 191 Nitro-glycerine, 182 Nittalf R., 362 Nittedal, 411 Nittkvam, 362 Njunjes, 236 Nbbbele, 317 Nbbbelbf, 305 Nobel, Alfred, 191 Nola R., 351 Nommen L, 320 Nor, 406 Nora, 332 NoraelvR.,403 Norangdal, 222 Norangfjord, 222 Norasjbn, 332 Norberg, 172, 337 Norbotten, 69, 74, 145, 149, 172, 176, 212, 213 ; population, 66, 67 Nordaasvand, 408 Nordana, 304 Nordanaker, 233 Norddal, 398 Norddalselv R„ 398 Nordenfjeld division, population, 55 Nordenfjeldske Damp skibsselskab, 201, 202 Norderasen, 396 Nordfjord, 24, 26, 221, 222, 242 Nordiska MetaUverken, 191 Nordkoster, 10 Nordland, 58, 86, 126, 148, 154, 156, 160, 168, 170, 176, 205, 211, 213, 242 population, 55, 56 state relief, 60 Nordl i : see Storviken Nbrdlingen, battle of, 102 Nordmark, 372 Nordmbre, 166, 181 Nordqvarn, 251 Nordre: see under speci fic name Nordrealf R., 365 Nordsinnen, 412 Nordsjon, 27, 30, 31, 166, 181, 215, 243, 246, 264, 415 Norefjord, Ovre, 218 Norefjord, Ytre, 218 Norett L, 337 Norge Mexico Gulf Linie, 202 Norge, Nord, 55 Norges Bank, 130 Norges Hypothekbank, 130 Norheimsund, 219 Normandy, Norwegian settlements in, 80, 91, 92 Normlbsa, 330 Norra L., 249 Norra: see under specific name Norrahammar, 350 Norralgen L., 361 Norraryd, 314, 316 Norrasjbn, 323 Norrboa valley, 338 Norrbotten, 13, 86 Norremark, 315 Norrgarda, 320 Norrhult, 320 Norrkoping, 17, 45, 77, 120, 122, 186, 190, 193, 194, 206, 208, 252, 286 communications, 252, 286, 300, 326, 327 industries, 286 population, 68, 286 trade, 286 Norrland, 15, 16, 18, 48, 67, 73, 86, 100, 141, 143, 149, 190, 192, 206, 209, 210 lakes, 29 population, 66, 67 rainfaU, 42 Norrsjbn, 320 Norrsundet, 390 Norrtalge, 128, 377 NorrvaUen, 388 Norrvidinge, 303 Norsalf R., 360, 370 Norsesund, 353 Norsholm, 252, 300, 324 326, 327 Norske Afrika og Aus- traUe Linie, 202 Norske Amerika Linie, 202 Norske Arbeiderbruk og Behgbank, 131 Norske Sydamerika Li nie, 202 Norsk Telegrambureau, 78 Norstrom, 253 Norstrom R., 36 North Cape, 11, 24, 38, 39, 160, 422 North Sea, 7, 12, 25, 43, 52, 90, 91, 153, 154, 156 Northmen, colonization by, 90-92 INDEX 457 Norway ¦ agriculture, 14, 37, 59, 135-139, 197 animal life, 50-54 architecture, do mestic, 58 aristocracy, 94 army, 112, 117, 129 art, decorative, 58, 129 banks, 130-131 bathing-places, 127 canals and canaUzed rivers, 129, 243- 246 climate, 37-45 coasting traffic, 241 coast-Une, 21 commerce, 93-94, 196-200 constitution, 116 consular service, 112, 113 co-operative socie ties, 138 councU of state, 116-117 crime, 69-70 crops, cultivation of, 135-137 crown, the, 114, 116-117 currency, 134 custom-hduses, 204- 205, 368, 394 dairy-farming, 138- 139 economic position, 111, 112 education, 62-65, 129 emigration, 79-83 excise, 205 finance, 128-131 fisheries : sea, 152- 156; fresh-water, 157 ; statistics, 157-158 ; admi nistration, 158- 159 floods, 32, 33 forests, 42, 47-49, 130, 148-152 fortifications, 113 frontiers : Finnish, 7-9, 32, 67, 239 ; Russian, 7-9, 34 ; Swedish, 7, 8, 16, 206,227-233,245. 260-261,369,395, 399 glaciers, 19-21 government,system of, 116-118 grain resources and demands, 136 history, 88-115 hospitals, 126 hunting, 164 imports and ex ports, 139, 158, 165, 196-97, 199- 200 income-tax, 204 justice and poUce, 123-124, 129 Lagting, 118, 123 lakes, 26-27, 30-31, 242-243 land- ownership, 59, 135 language and Utera- ture, 58, 60-61, 90 Lapps in, 83-86 bve stock, 137-139 local government, 118-119 lunatic asylums, 126 manufactures, 178- 184 maps, 426 medical service, 126 mercantile marine, 91, 111 mining, 129, 164- 171, 178, 179 mortgagebanks,131 navy, 112, 117, 129 neutral zone, 9-10 national debt, 129, 130 Odelsting, 124 peasant proprietors, 59 physical features, 11-12 political parties, 118 poor reUef, 60 population, 55-57 ; characteristics of, 57-60 ports, 43, 129 position and extent, 7 post-office, 129, 130 precipitation, 37- 38, 41-42 press, the, 78 prisons, 124 protective duties, 204 quarantine stations, 127 quarrying, 176, 178, 179 raUways, 129, 130, 261-264 ; itine raries, 394-421 rainfaU, 42 rapids, 29, 31, 32, 33,34 religion, 61-62, 116, 117, 129 reservoirs, 27 revenue and ex penditure, 128- 130 revenue duties, 204 rivers, 29-34, 241- 242 roads, 129, 209-236 salmon-fishing, 31- 33 sanatoria, 127 sanitary conditions and services, 125- 127 savings banks, 131 shipbuilding, 92 shipping, 200-202 shpre-ownership, 158 silver mines, 130 snowfall, 42 state properties, 129, 130 Storting, the, 111, 113, 114, 116- 118, 124, 129, 130 submarine cables, 264, 268, 269 458 INDEX telegraphs, 129, 130, 264 telephones, 129 temperature, 37-40 terraces, 21 towns, gazetteer of, 267-278 tuberculosis sana toria, 126 union with Sweden and Denmark (1397), 93-96, 99, 130 ; union with Sweden -(1815- 1905), 109-112, 116,118; dissolu tion of the union, 113-115, 116 vegetation, 47-50 vital statistics, 56- 57 war with Sweden, 106 waterfalls, 29-34 water-power, 29, 31, 179, 181 water-supply, 27 waterways, 27, 30- 34 whaUng, 153, 159- 161 wireless stations, 265, 268, 273, 277 women's suffrage, 117 Norwegian Central Workers' Association, 184 Nosaby, 315 Nossaa R., 353, 356 Nossebro, 356 Nbssemark, 228 Notodden, 181, 215, 218, 264, 415 Novaya Zemlya, 162 Nueren, 406 Numedal valley, 218 Numedalslaagen R., 30 Nuolja tunnel, 259, 399 Nuortikon, 400 Nuremberg, 102 Nyaker, 383 Nybergsund, 229 Nyby Bruk, 329 Nybro, 319 Nybroa R., 310 Nygaard, 412 Nygard, 359 Nyhammar, 338 Nyhamnslage, 303 Nyhem, 382 Nyhyttan, 373 Nykirke, 414 Nykoping, 17, 45, 177, 194, 206, 208, 286 communications, 286, 301, 328 population, 68, 286 trade, 286 Nykroppa, 373 Nykvarn, 328 Nyland, 397 Nylroa R., 309 Nynas, 128 Nynashamn, 302 Nypan, 402 Nyplasden, 403 Nysjon, 369 Nyskoga, 229 Nysocken L, 370 Nystad, 266, 281 Nystrand, 415 Nystuen, 221. See Stuen 0 Oak, the, 48, 49 Oats, 135, 136, 140, 143, 205 Ocke, 395 Ockelbo, 332, 380, 390 Ockesjbn, 395 Odakra, 341 Odda, 181, 216, 244 Oddero, 273 Odeborg, 366 Odelsting, 118 Odemark L., 30 Odemarksjbn, 243, 245 Odensberg, 354 Oder R., 103 Odeshog, 300, 330 Odnes, 412 Odskold, 366 Ofoten, 181 Ofotenfjord, 24, 166, 169 Ofresjon (or Fagelsjon), 247 Ofvanaker, 375 Ofverby, 364 OfverUda, 347 Ofverum, 325 Ofvertorp, 358 Ofvorsen, 373 Ofvrevand L, 242 Ogderensjon, 10 Ogne, 420 Ogneelv R., 420 Ognesjbn, 10 Oi, 418 Oie, 222 Oier, 406 Oieren L., 27, 29, 243, 369, 405 Oijen L, 317 Oil-motors, manufacture of, 188, 190, 191, 199 Oilo, 221 Oils, 179, 197, 198, 200 Oje, 374 Ojebyn, 385 Ojevattern L., 249, 373 Ojkroken, 392 Ojosjon, 374 Okna, 300 Oksna, 404 Olaf II, 93 Olaf VI, 95, 96 Olaf Skbttkonung, 92 Olaf Tryggvessbn, 92 Oland I., 15, 19, 26, 44, 49, 53, 66, 100, 142, 266, 318, 319 railways, 392 Olands Lindby, 392 Olandsa R., 388 Oldenvand L, 243 Oldoren, 222 Oleby, 356 OUsjon, 311 Olma R., 370 Olme, 370 Olmeviken, 370 Olofsjon, 334, 362 Olofstorp, 356 Olofstrbm, 314, 315 Olsater, 371 Olsbacka, 363 Olserod, 310 Olskroken, 352, 359, 365 Olvingstorp, 319 Ornberg, 17, 330 Onnerup, 302 INDEX 459 Onnestad, 312 Onskana R., 383 Onslunda, 310 Onso, 367 Opdal R., 218 Ophus, 403 Opland district, 55 Oppegaard, 366 Opphem, 324 Opset, 409 Ora R., 354 Orbyhus, 388 Orealf R., 16, 383 Orebro, 77, 125, 193, 194, 206, 257, 260, 286 communications, 252, 253, 256, 286, 327, 331, 371 industries, 286 population, 68, 286 Orebro canal, 252, 256, 286 Orebro lan, 188, 192, 212 ; population, 66 Oregrund skargard, 255 Oren L, 350 Oresjon, 243-245, 348 Orgenviken, 410 Oringen, 397 Orje, 204 Orje L., 30 Orjeelv R., 245 Orjesjbn, 369 Orkedalsfjord, 226 Orkedalsoren, 226, 400 OrkeUjunga, 349 OrkeUjungaa R. and vaUey, 348 Orkla R. and valley, 225, 263, 400 Orkney and Shetland Is., 160 ; Norwegian settlements in, 80 Ormaryd, 322 Ormastorp, 171 Ormeim, 223 Omas, 363 Ornskoldsvik, 45, 206, 208, 286-287 communications, 287, 383 industries, 287 population, 286 trade, 287 Orraryd, 317 Orrefors, 319 Orreklapp, 364 Orresta, 336 Orrskog, 387 Orsa, 231, 374 Orsasjon, 247, 363, 374 Orsjo, 319 Orsjon, 319, 380 Orslbsa, 357 Orsundsbro, 378 Orten L., 354 Ortofta, 297, 308 OrvaUa R., 218 Os, 183, 403, 408 Osa R., 354, 358 Osby, 177, 298, 376 Osbyholm, 311 Osbysjbn, 298 Oscar II, 111, 113-115 Ose, 216 Osel, 103 Osen, 217 Osen, Nord, 230 Osensjon, 230 Osjobol, 319 Osjbn, 363 Oskarshamn, 45, 175, 190, 206, 287 communications, 252, 287, 321, 322 trade, 287 Oskarsstrbm, 345 Oslattfors, 390 Osmo, 302 Ostafors, 315 Ostanfors, 336 Ostarbd, 313 OstavaU, 381 Ostby, 390. See Viks- fjord Osten, 248 Osten L, 248 Ostenf jeld division, 55 Ostera. valley, 345 Osterang, 357 Osteras, 127, 382 Osterby, 388 Osterbymo, 322 Osterdal, 13 Osterdalalf R., 230, . 374 Ostergotland, 147, 172, 174, 194, 212 population, 66 railway, 261 state relief, 72. Osterkorsberga, 319 Ostersjon, 361, 365, 373, 390 Osterskar, 248, 377 Osterslatt plain, 18 Osterslof, 313 Ostersund, 206, 231-233, 396 Ostersund L, 396 Ostertibble, 329 Ostervallskog, 248 Ostervam, 303, 306, 307 Ostervik, 375 Ostkusten, 206 Ostland, 55 Ostmark, 229 Ostra : see under specific name Ostratorp, 305, 306 Otta, 223, 224, 226, 407 Otta R., 407 Ottadal, 223 Ottebol, 370 Ottej timber canal, 245 Ottenby, 392 Otteraa R. and valley, 31, 216, 419, 420' Otterbacken, 331, 333, 371 Ottestad, 404 Otto Thoresens Linie, 202 Ottum, 357 OuU, 417 Ounasjoki R., 239 Oved, 309 Overgard, 397 Overland, 415 Ovesholm, 311 Owl, the, 52 Oxberg, 374 Oxelosund, 45, 190, 301, 327 Oxenstjerna, Axel, 102, 103, 105 Oxhult, 355 Oxie, 306 Oxnered, 353, 359 460 INDEX Paarp, 340 Paatsjoki : see Pasvi kelv Paganism, 90, 92, 93 Palojoensuu, 237 Palsboda, 327, 331, 355 Paper, 197, 199,200,205 manufacture, 178, 179, 182, 183, 185, 186, 188, 189, 193, 198 mills, 185, 193, 270- 272, 276, 286, 302, 317, 345, 361, 363, 419 Partefjall Mt., 13 Partille, 352 Partridges, 161 Paryd, 319 Passenger boats, 241, 242, 247, 250 Pasvikelv (or Paatsjoki) R., 8, 34, 48, 148, 240 Patkul, Johan, 106 Paving-stones, 176, 197, 199 Pears, 137, 143 Peas, 135, 140 Peat, 50, 185, 195 fuel factories, 184 Pechenga, 240 Peenemunde, 101 Pelika R., 385 Perch, 157 Persberg, 172, 373 Persnas, 392 Perstorp, 340 Peterhead (Scotland), 264, 269 Petroleum stove-factory, 191 Pig-iron production, 192, 199 Pigs, 137, 143, 144, 146 Pike, 157 Piksborg, 344 Pilchards, 157 Pilgrimstad, 396 Pillau, 101 Pilsener, 187 Pine, the, 47, 48, 49, 148, 149 Pine-martin, the, 51 Pitea., 45, 206, 287 communications, 287, 385 trade, 287 Pitealf R. and vaUey, 385 Pit-props, 151, 276 Place-names, 423-424 Planing- mills, 185, 189 Plastic arts, 178, 185 Pneumatic tools, manu facture of, 190 Poel, 103 Poland, 100 ; war with Sweden, 104, 106 Polar bears, 162 Polcirkeln, 400 Polfossen, 223 Polmak, 8, 32, 239 Pomerania, 101-103, 109 Porjus, 190, 261, 399 Porla, 128, 187, 371 Porphyry, 177 Porpoise, the, 53 Porsangerfjord, 239 Porsgrund, 179, 182, 184, 197, 204, 207, 264, 275 communications, 213, 215, 246, 275, 415 industries, 275 trade, 275 Porter, 187 Portland cement fac tories, 194 Ports, opening and clos ing of, 37, 43, 45-46 Posting stations, 210, 211, 214 Potatoes, 137, 142, 187 Pottery, 184, 200 works, 185, 194, 279 Poultry, 146 Powder factory, 247 Power-stations, 113, 181, 182, 250, 261 Praesthus, 225 Prassebo, 359 Prastkop, 327 Prastmon, 397 Precipitation, 41-42 Pressure and winds, 40- 41 Prestebakke, 368 Printing, 178, 179, 185, 288 machinery, manu facture of, 191 Protestantism, 99, 101, 102 Prussia, 106, 108. See Germany Ptarmigans, 161 Puffin, the, 162 Pukavik, 46 Pukerud, 416 Pulp, 196, 199 mills, 275, 276, 389 Pultova, battle of, 106 Pumps and pumping apparatus, manufac ture of, 191 Punch, Swedish, 187 Puolmakjoki R., 32 Q Quakers, 62 Quarrying,176-177, 185, 270, 298, 307 implements, manu facture of, 189 R Ra, 340 Raa, 261 Raadal, 408 Raade, 367 Raastad, 414 Raback, 357 Rabbalshede, 364 Rabelofsjbn, 313 Rada, 372 Radasjon, 351, 372 Radiators, manufacture of, 188, 191 Radb, 22 Radbfjord, 22 Raevetal, 417 Raevholt, 229 Raflanda, 351 Raflundabro, 310 Ragunda, 382 RahaUen, 390 RaUways, 14, 257-264 bridges, 259, 262 coaches, 188-191, 281 INDEX 461 construction, 258- 259, 262 electrification, 260- 261, 263 gauges, 258-259, 262, 263, 264, 293-297 itineraries, 293-421 light raUways, 248, 251, 252, 263 motor-cars, 190 ownership, 258, 262 projected lines, 258, 263-264 rolling stock, 259, 263, 284 speed, 261 traffic, 261, 263 tunnels, 259, 262 work'shops,181,260, 302 Rakkestad, 183, 366 Rakkestadelv R., 367 Ralangen L, 299 RaUsa, 334 RaUsjbn, 334 Ramberg, 417 Ramdala, 318 Ramen L., 362 Ramhall, 388 Ramlbsa, 128, 261, 339, 340 Ramlbsabrunn, 340 Ramnas, 336, 337 Ramnes, 417 Ramsele, 233 Ramshyttan, 362 Ramsjo, 381 Ramvik, 397 Ranas, 377 Randselv R., 30, 410, 416 Randsfjord, 27, 30, 221, 243, 410-412, 416 Rinealf R., 400 Ranen, 168 Ranenfjord, 20, 166, 234, 262 Ranger, 356 Ranhammar, 335 Ranheim, 394 Rannum, 353 Ransater, 371 Ransta, 389 Ranstaa R., 389 Ransundet, 360 Rappe, 318 Rapplinge, 392 Rasbo, 389 Raselet L, 397 Rastalf R., 333 Rasten, 403 Rastorp, 343 Rattvik, 363, 387 Raufoss, 412 Rauma R., 223 Raus, 339 Rautas, 399 Ravarpen, 245 Ravarpen Sound, 245 Ravemala, 317 Red, 222 Red-deer, 161 Rederi Aktiebolaget Nordstjernans Linie, 203 Rederi Aktiebolaget Transatlantics Linie, 203 Reformation and the Swedish Church, 98- 99 Refrigerators, manufac ture of, 188, 191 Refsundsjon, 382, 396 Reftele, 345 Refuge-huts, 234, 235, 238 Refvinge, 297 Refvingehe, 297 Reime, 409 Reindeer, 50-52, 84-86, 138, 143, 145, 161, 162, 236, 237 ' moss ', 48, 49 skins, 162 sledges, 236, 237 Reinsvand, 401 Reinsvold, 412 Reitan, 403 Reitstoen, 402 Rekame, 329 Reknes, 126 Rena, 230, 404 Rendal, 226 Rengen, Stora, L., 324 Rensjon, 399 Repbacken, 363, 387 Reptiles, 53 Resins, 198 Reuterholm, G. A., 108 Rice, 139, 147 Riddarholmen, 302 Riddarhyttan, 172, 332, 336 Riddersvik, 335 Rifle factories, 188, 189 Rigsmaal, 60, 61, 64 Riksgransen, 206, 260, 399 Rimbo, 377 Rimforsa, 321 Rindalen, 225 Ring, 406 Ringarum, 326 Ringas, 326 Ringebu, 407 Ringerike, 170, 181 Ringsaker, 406 Ringsjbn, 297, 311 Ringstorp, 324, 326 Rinkaby, 312 Rinnan, 401 Rinneback, 308 Ripa, 311 Ripats, 400 Risa R., 384 Risbiick, 399 Rise, 418 Risoen, 127 Risbr, 126, 180, 205, 207, 213, 215, 275 industries, 275 trade, 276 Ristensjon, 326 Ritzau's Bureau, 78 Rjoandaa R., 409 Rjukan, 181, 218, 415 Rjukanbaner railway, 263 Rjukanfos, 30 Rb, 377 Roa, 405, 410, 411 Roach, 157 Road Association, 210 Roads, 209-240 taxes, 210 Rockesholm, 333 Rockhammar, 332 Rockneby, 321 Rocksjon, 350 Rod, 10 462 INDEX Rodaled, 313 Rodeby, 317 Rpdfjeld, 168 Rodhammer, 227 Rodjenas, 320 Rodsand, 166, 181 Rbdvatn, 234 Roedeer, 52 Rbfors, 355 Rogle, 341 Rognaes, 402 Rognan, 235 Rogslbsa, 330 Rogsta, 391 Roikenvik, 411 Roiknes, 419 Rbjdafors, 229 Rbk, 300 Roken, 413 Rokke, 10 Roldal, 217 Roldalsvand, 216, 217 Rolfsa. R., 342 Rolfstorp, 347 Rollag, 218, 415 Rolling-miUs, 185, 188- 190 Rollo, 91 Rol-Smedsta, 355 Roma, 393 Roman CathoUcs, 62, 73, 75,' 97-99, 101 Rombaksfjord, 398 RomelekUnt ridge, 18,19 Romsdal, 52, 155, 156, 205, 211, 212, 223, 226 ; population, 55 Romsdalfjord, 24, 29, 223 Rondanefjeld, 13 Ronehamn, 393 Ronglan, 401 Ronne (Bornholm), 46 Ronnea R., 340, 341, 343, 348 Ronneby, 128, 187, 206, 314, 316, 318 Ronneby Brunn, 314 Ronneby Redd, 314 Ronnebya R., 314 Ronneshytta, 331 Ronninge, 258, 302 Rbnvik, 126 Root crops, 137, 140, 142 Rope-works, 183, 268, 284 Rorberg, 389 Roros, 39, 40, 168, 169, 205, 226, 230, 231, 262, 403 Rbrshyttan, 379 Rbrstrand, 194 Rorstrbmsjon, 397 Rosendala, 350 Rosenfors, 322 Rosenholm, 313 Rosersberg, 378 Rosmala, 316 Rossberg, 333 Rossedalen, 418 Rosshyttan, 379 Rossvalen L., 334 Rost wireless station, 265 Rostanga, 343 Rostok, 368 Rostvanger, 168 Rosvand L., 27 Rotebro, 378 Rottnaalf R., 360 Rottne, 320 Rottnen L, 318 Rottneros, 360 Rotvold, 126 Rovaniemi, 237, 240 Roverud, 229, 406 Rowan, the, 48 Roxen L, 36, 252 Rubber industry, 178, 179, 185, 194, 197, 281, 283, 284 Ruda, 175, 321 Rugen I„ 103, 109 Rugla vaUey, 403 Rui, 217 Rundal, 409 Rundvashbgda Mt., 13 Runemo, 375 Runhiillen, 335, 389 Runnsjon, 247, 254, 363, 364 Runb, 377 Runsten, 392 Runtorp, 319 Ruoutevara, 172, 173 Rurik, 91 Rus, the, 91 Russaanes, 235 Russfjarden L., 396, 397 Russia and Scandinavia, 8, 9, 91, 92, 94, 98, 100, 101, 109, 240, 264, 265 railway connexions, 257 trade, 197, 199 war with Sweden, 104, 106, 108 Russian empire, Swedish origin of, 91, 92 Russian Norwegian frontier, 7-9, 34 Ryaberg, 344 Ryd, 316 Rydbo, 377 Rydboholm, 348 Rydbbruek, 345 Rydsgard, 305, 306 Rye, 72, 135, 136, 140, 141, 186, 187 Ryfren L, 325 Ryfylke, 181 Rygene, 418 Rygge, 367 Ryggen, 364 Ryggen L., 364 Rynge, 306 Ryningen L., 322 Ryningsnas, 322 Ryr, 353 Ryrsjon, 353 Ryssby, 344 Ryssbysjon, 344 Ryssjbn, 391 Ryssjon L., 391 Saaner, 367 Saaheim, 415 Saby, 339 Sabyholm, 339 Sabysjon, 300 Sadduggen L., 325 Saeteraa R., 369 Saetern i Roros, 230 Saetersdal, 14, 31, 170. 214, 216, 219, 242, 244 Saeterstben, 369 Safalf R., 362 Saffle, 253, 360 Saffle canal, 253, 256, 360 INDEX 463 Safjaa R., 378 Safsjo, 299, 319, 322, 323 Safsjbn, 362 Safsjostrbm, 319 Safvaa R., 37S Safvalf R. and valley, 370 Safvast, 385 Safve, 365 Safvea R. and vaUey, 352, 353 Safveln L., 370 Saga R., 336 Sagas, 58, 90 Sagen, 373 Saggatjaur L., 238 Sagmyra, 175, 363 Sago, 139, 147 St. Olof, 310 Sala, 175, 379, 389 Saladamm, 389 Salan, 338 Salangen, 167 Salberg, 401 Saleboda, 317 Salen L., 298, 352 SaUinge, 332 SaUbn, 9 Salmon and salmon- fishing, 54, 155, 157- 159, 387 Salsta, 353 Salster L, 331 Saltdalen, 235 Saltelv valley, 235 Salten, 168 Saltenfjord, 20, 166, 235 Saltholm, 8 SaltkaUefjord, 364, 365 Saltpetre, 181, 182, 197 works, 415 Saltsjobaden, 128, 261, 376 Saltsjb-Dufnas, 375 Saltskog, 301, 328 Salvation Army, 75 Samnangerfjord, 219 Samsjon, 346 Sanatoria, 218, 224, 231 Sanda, 393 Sandaa, 418 Sandared, 351 Sandback, 314, 315 Sandbackheden, 229, 230 Sandbackshult, 321 Sandby, 297 Sanddbla R., 32 Sande, 169, 213,221,414 Sandeelv R., 414 Sandefjord, 169, 180, 204, 207, 276 communications, 276, 414 industries, 276 trade, 276 Sandene, 221, 222 Sander, 369 Sandermosen, 411 Sandesognsfjord, 414 Sandesund, 242, 367 Sandhem, 299 Sandnes, 183, 184, 205, 214, 420 Sandreda, 320 Sandsjo, 299 Sandsta : see Hagge Sandstone, 176 Sandtrask, 400 Sandven, 219 Sandviken, 190, 232. 301, 389, 413 Sandvikenselv R., 413 Sardines, 157 Sarjektjakko Mt., 13, 20 Sarna, 230 Saro, 350 Sarpsborg, 165, 169, 179, 180, 182, 204, 207, 276 communications, 227, 242, 276, 367 industries, 276 population, 56, 276 Sarpsfos faU, 29 Sarvenkataja I., 9 Sassnitz, 257 SiitarSd, 311 Sater, 386 Satserup, 311 Sattraby, 377 Sauerelv R., 415 Savtso falls, 32 Saw-mUl machinery, manufacture of, 189- 191 Saw-mills, 150-151, 182, 185, 269-271, 274- 276, 278, 282-285, 287, 289, 291, 361, 364, 369, 397 Saxl R., 308, 339 Saxen L, 338, 374 Saxony, 101 Saxtorp, 308 Saxvattnet, 397 Scania-Vabis Company, 189 School Boards, 63, 74 Sea-birds, 54 Sea-cod, 154 Sea-ice, 43-46 Seals, 53, 162 Sea-weed, 50 Sebusjbn, 243 Secondary education,64, 65, 74, 76, 77 Sedalselv R., 412 Sege, 304 Segea R., 304, 307 Segerstad, 358, 392 SegUngsberg, 337 Segmon, 360 Seida, 239 Seiland, 20 Seim, 219 Sel, 407 Selbusjbn, 27 Seljaas, 418 Seljestad, 216 Seljestadjuvet, 216 Selkakari, 9 Sellnas, 362 Selsback, 402 Selsjbn, 382 Sem, 227, 401, 414 Senjen, 170 Sennan, 345 Separator Company, 190 Separators, manufac ture of, 190, 199 Serpentine, 177 Seven Sisters falls, 31 Seven Years' War, 107 Sevilla R., 402 Sewing establishments, 185 Sexdrega, 351 Sheep, 137, 143, 144, 146 Shetland Is., 159, 160, 161 464 INDEX Shipbuilding, 58, 180, 183, 185, 188-190, 268, .270-273, 276, 278-289, 291, 292 Shipping, 200-204 Ships, exported, 197 Shipyards, 188-190, 269 Sibbhult, 313 Sickla, 375 Sigismund, 99 Sigtunaalf R., 356 Sigurd I, 93 Sika R., 385 Sikfors, 361 Siktrask, 399 Sil, 248 Silarna canal, 248 Silbodal, 248 Sild, 157 Sildvik, 398 Silfakra, 304 Silferhojden (Hork), 335 SUinge, 328 Siljan L„ 28, 35, 231, 247, 248, 363, 374, 387 Siljord, 215, 218 Siljord L, 215 Siljordsvand, 243 Sillea R. and valley, 313, 317 Sillen, Ostra, 248 Sillen, Vastra, 248 Sillhbfden, 317 SUver, 170, 175, 182 mines, 272, 334, 379, 389, 416 Simea, 380 Simlaigen L., 344 Simlangsdalen, 344 SimUnge, 305 Simonsbosjbn, 379 Simonstad, 418 Simonstorp, 254, 301 Simrishamn (or Cim- brishamn), 46, 194, 206, 287 communications, 287, 304 industries, 287 Simunde, 393 Singa valley, 382 Singlefjord, 10 Singleo, 10 Singofjord, 255 Singsaas, 402 Singsjon, 382 Sirevaag, Lille, 420 Sirevaag, Stora, 420 Simes, 421 Sjaastad, 413 Sjalevad, 383 Sjalevadsa R. and vaUey, 383 Sjoa, 407 Sjbiindan, 372 Sjoatorpsjon, 352 Sjobo, 304, 308, 309 Sjobobadet, 302 SjofaU, Stora, 35 Sjogrand, 372 Sjorup, 305 Sjbsa, 301 Sjbtofta, 345 Sjbtorp, 251 Sjovik, 356 Sjuosjarre, 238 Sjustrommar, 393 Skafse, 215 Skaftekarr, 392 Skagen (Denmark), 266 Skagerak, the, 7, 25, 43, 56, 156, 181, 223 Skagern L., 355 Skagernsholm, 355 Skago Is., 34 Skakersjo, 306 Skalderhus, 343 Skaldervik, 18 Skalderviken, 341 Skallsater, 366 Skalstugan, 231 Skanderasen, 396 Skandinaviska Kredit- aktiebolaget, 134 Skandinaviske Ost- Afrika Linie, 202 Skane, 11, 42, 49, 53, 66, 73, 100, 104, 141, 146, 156, 171, 176, 177, 186, 187, 194, 207, 258, 260 Skane plains, 15, 18, 19, 26 Skanninge, 300, 330 Skanbr, 305 Skansen, 402 Skaperudstrbmmen channel, 244 Skara, 358 Skaraborg, 147, 191, 212 ; population, 66 Skaralid, 343 Skarblacka, 327 Sk&re, 370 Skdrgard, 11 Skarhult, 309 Skarkind, 326 Skarlof, 392 Skarnaes, 369 Skarpsno, 413 Skarsjbn, 336 Skarsjon L, 319 Skartofta, 304 Skasensjon, 10 Skastra, 381 Skattkarr, 370 Skattungbyn, 375 Skatval, 400 Skatviken, 361 Skeback, 331 Skeboa R. and vaUev, 377 Skebobruk, 377 Skebokvarn, 355 Skedala, 344 Skedalahed, 344 Skedsmo, 124, 182, 183 Skee, 364 Skegrie, 305 SkeUefte vaUey, 235 SkeUeftea, 67, 206, 384 SkeUeftealf R. and vaUey, 384 Skene, 348 Skepparslof, 311 Skepparslof, Nedre, 311 Skeppshult, 345 Skeppsjon, 331 Ski, 366, 367 Ski traffic, 234 Skibotten, 237. 238 Skibottendal, 24, 237 Skiebergkilen, 10 Skien, 124, 181, 179, 182, 183, 204, 207, 262, 264, 276, 416 communications, 213-215, 217, 218,242,244,246, 276, 415 population, 56, 276 trade, 276 INDEX 465. Skien canal, 242, 243, 246 Skienelv R., 30, 242, 246; 415 Skifed, 371 Skifvarp, 305, 306 Skifvarpsa R., 305, 306 Skillingaryd, 349 SkiUingmark, 228 Skimasjon, 325 Skinnarlyngen, 347 Skinnerflo, 367 Skinnskatteberg, 332 Skins, animal, 162, 198, 200 Skippigorre, 239, 240 Skjaeggedalsfos, 31 Skjaerdalen, 416 Skjaerstadfjord, 235, 262 Skjeberg, 367 Skjelsvik, 415 Skjervet ravine, 219 Skjetsamjokka R., 8, 32, 239 Skjold, 408 Skjbnne, 218 Skjbnstaa, 262 Skofde, 17, 354, 358 Skogaby, 343 Skoganvarre, 239 Skogby, 392 Skoger, 171, 414 Skoghult, 321 Skogn, 401 Skogs, 393 Skogskarr, 386 Skogstad, 221 Skogstorp, 328 Skoien (Bygdo), 263, 413 Skollenborg, 416 Skollersta, 327 Skoltefos, 33, 34 Skondal, Stora, 75 Skonnarbo, 327 Skonsbo, 386 Skoppum, 414 Skorovas, 169 Skorped, 383 Skorpetorp, 321 Skotgaarden (or Brek- ken), 231 Skotsbergelv, 245 Skotselven, 416 Skotterud, 228, 369 Skottorp, 341 Skovhetm, 218 Skraboa R., 315 Skracka : see Ulfs- hyttan Skracksjbn, 362 Skrea, 342 Skrei, 154 Skreia, 412 Skromberga, 171, 339 Skruf, 317 Skrukli, 411 Skudenes, 39, 40 Skudenesfjord (Bokn- fjord, Stavanger- fjord), 23 Skudeneshavn, 180, 205 Skudesnes, 21, 265 Skullerud, 244, 245, 407 Skultorp, 354 Skultuna, 337 Skurdal R., 219 Skurdalsa R., 395 Skurup, 306 Skutskar, 387 Skvettebot Hojde, 13 Skyllberg, 331 Skymnasboden, 372 Skyttorp, 388 Skytts-Tommarp, 305 Sladsjon, 373 Slagarp, 307 Slap, 350 Slatbacken, 252 Slatmon, 323 Slattberg, 363 Slattefors, 324 SlattfaU, 325 Sledge traffic, 234, 236- 237, 246 Slependen, 413 Sletfjord, 409 Slettebo, 420 SUper, 224 SUte, 45, 393 SUtu, 366 Slbinge, 342 Slotteberg, 333 Slottsbron, 360 Slottsbrosundet, 360 Sloyd system of in struction, 76 Slutarp, 346 Smaalenene, 179, 182, 205, 211, 212; popu lation, 55 Smaland, 66, 73, 139, 172, 175, 176 Smaland highlands, 15, 18, 28 Smalands Anneberg, 322 Smalands Rydaholm, 352 Smalandsstenur, 345 Smalands Taberg, 350 Smedberg, 364 Smedby, 319 Smedjebacken, 254, 338 Smedodden, 215, 217 Smedsang, 389 Smedstorp, 304 Smelting works, 188, 190, 272 ' Smoke frost ', 41 Snaasenvand, 27, 227, 243, 401 Snacke canal, 248, 256 Snappahem, 314 Snarestad, 305 Snarjback, 321 Snarle, 319 Snarum, 416 Snarumelv R., 30, 416 Snehaetta Mt., 13 Snetind nunatak, 13 Snba R., 338 Snogerod, 311 SnowfaU, 27 Snow-fields, 13, 14 Snow-ploughs, 263 Snow-sheds, 395, 398, 410 Snyten, 332 Snyten L, 332, 337 Soap factories, 285 Sbberg, 402 Social Democratic party, 79 Sodankyla, 240 Soderakra, 318 Sbderarm, 26 Soderasen ridge, 18 Soderbarke, 338 Soderfors, 388 466 INDEX Soderhamn, 45, 206, 208, 287-288 communications, 288, 380 industries, 287 population, 68, 287 trade, 288 Soderkoping, 128, 206, 252, 326 Sodermanland, 66, 172, 174,175,190,191,212 Soderslatt plain, 18 Sodertalje, 128, 206, 260, 288 communications, 253, 288, 301, 328 industries, 288 population, 68, 288 Sodertalje canal, 253, 256, 301 Sodertaljehamn, 328 Sodertorn, 302 Sodervarn, 294, 305, 306 Sodervidinge, 303 Sodra: see under specific name Sodrastrom R., 36, 253 Sbfdeborg, 304 Sofia (Halsingborg), 128 Softeland, 408 Sogndal, 183, 205, 214 Sbgne, 181 Sognefjeld, 13 Sognefjord, 13, 14, 20, 23, 29, 31, 42, 43, 181 219-221 Sokna, 410 Sokna valley, 225 Soknaelv R., 416 Soknedal, 225, 263 Solberga, 299 Solbusoy, 400 Soles, 154 Solfvarbo, 386 Sollebrunn, 356 Solleftea, 384, 397 Solsidan, 375 Solvesborg, 46, 194, 206, 288 communications, 288, 315 industries, 288 Sommen, 300 Sommen L, 300 Sona R., 394 Sbnderviken, 230 Sondfjord district, 221 Sonstorp, 327 Sori valley, 351 Sorang, 375 Sorfjord, 20, 31, 216, 244, 408 Sorfoldenfjord, 166 Sorland district, 55 Sorland railway, 264 Sorum, 221, 223 Sorumsand (Bingsfos), 369, 407 Sorunda, 302 Sorvaag wireless station, 265 Sorvik, 338 Sbsdala, 298 Sottem L, 327, 355 Sound, the, 8, 18, 43, 102, 153, 156, 257; ice, 43-44 South Atlantic whaUng, 160, 161 Soveien, 167 S panga, 335 Spangenas, 325 Spannarboda, 332 Spannarp, 303 Sparbu, 401 Sparreholm, 355 Sparren L., 377 Sparresuolo I., 32 Sparrsatra, 389 Spaxeryd, 175 Spedalen, 418 Spenshult, 128 Sperlingsholm, 345 Spikkestad, 413 Spillum, 227 Spinning- mills, 185 SpiriUen L., 30, 221, 243 Spirit factories, 185, 187 Spirits, duties on, 204, 205 Spitsbergen, 8, 11, 153, 159, 160, 162, 163, 165, 171, 260; wire less station, 265 Spjutsbygd, 317 Spjutstorp, 310 Spbland, 384 Sprangsviken, 397 Sprats, 157 Spruce, the, 47, 48, 148- 152, 192 Spydeberg, 366 Stabaek, 413 Stabbarp, 343 Stacketorp, 392 Stadsfullmdktige (Sw. town council), 123 Staden I., 253 Staffanstorp, 304, 308 Stafre, 396 Stafvesjb, 306 Stafvie, 302 Stai, 403 Staken L., 298 Stakeso I., 335 Staket, 335 Staket strait, 335 Stalboga, 329, 355 Stalheim hotel, 220 Stalheimsklev, 220 StaUborg, 334 StaUdalen, 334, 362 Stamsjba R., 397 Stang, Frederick, 111 Stanga R., 252, 300. 323,^ 324, 326 Stangabro, battle of, 99 Stangby, 297 Stange, 404 Stangfjord, 182 StangheUe, 408 Stingo, 393 Stangvik, 225 Starrsjon L., 254 Stathelle, 213 Stavanger, 11, 21, 24. 25, 124, 126, 155-157, 179-181, 183, 184, 205, 207, 276-277 communications, 202, 213, 214, 241, 277, 420 industries, 276, 277 population, 56, 276 trade, 276 wireless station, 265, 277 Stavanger amt, 205, 211, 212 ; population, 55 Stavanger custom-house district, 205 INDEX 467 Stavangerfjord : see Skudenesfjord Steamboat services, 215, 216, 217, 218, 221, 227, 232, 233, 234, 235, 236, 239, 241- 242, 246-247, 250, 252, 254, 256, 267 Steam-engines, manu facture of, 188-190, 281, 282 Steamship building, 188- 190 Steel. 182, 192, 199, 205 manufactures and works, 180, 185, 187-91, 279-80, 328, 333 Stehag, 297 Stenbacken, 399 Stend, 408 Stenkjaer, 182, 205, 227, 277 communications, 227, 232, 277, 401 industry, 277 Stenkjaerelv R., 401 Stensa R., 341 Stensbo, 338 Stensele, 234 Stenselv R., 245 Stenshufvud, 18 Stensjbn, 320 Stensrud, 404 Stenstorp, 354, 358 Stenungsjbn, 365 Stenungsund, 365 Stenviken, 404 Stephen Bathony, 100 Stettin, 101, 103 Stidsvig, 349 Stigtomta, 328 Stjarnhof, 355 Stjarnholm, 327 Stjarnsfors, 372 Stjarnsund, 379 Stjbrdalen, 400 Stjbrdalen, Nedre, 184 Stjorsdalselv R-, 394, 400 Stoat, the, 52 Stockaryd, 299 Stockfish, 155, 196 Stockholm, 17, 24, 26, 36, 38, 45, 67, 73, 75, 89, 93, 96, 105, 112, 120, 122, 124, 125, 127, 133, 147, 161, 186, 187, 192, 194, 206, 208, 258, 259, 261, 262, 266, 288- 289, 422 buildings, 288 communications, 203, 241, 248- 250, 253, 288, 302, 335, 375, 376, 378 industries, 190-191, 194, 288 Karolinskalnstitut, 77, 127 lock, 253 newspapers, 78-79 population, 66, 68, 288 raUway works, 260 Royal Technical High School, 77 S erafimerlasarett, the, 127 siege of (1520), 96 skargard, 255 temperature, 39, 40 trade, 289 Stockholm lan, roads, 212 Stockholms Handels- bank, 134 Stocksund, 261, 376 Stockvik, 45 Stbde, 381 Stodensjbn, 381 Stben i Kvikne, 225 Stokke, 414 Stommen, 228 Stone, 176 dressing, 185 quarries, 185 wares, 179 Stora I., 9 Stora : see under specific name Stora, 334 Stora R. and valley, 325, 334, 342, 380 Storaas, 225, 226 Storafvan L., 235, 247 Gg2 Storahamn canal, 280 Storahyttan, 334 Stora Kopparbergs Bergslag Company, 188 Storangen, 375 Storbacken, 236 Stordalen, 399 Stordo I., 168 Storebro, 323 Storelv R., 30. See Altenelv Storemyr, 419 Storen, 224-226, 263, 402, 407 Storfale, 224 Storfjord, 24, 31 Storfors, 373 Storfos, 33 Storfoshei, 262 StorUen, 206, 395 Storsandskar, 384 Storsjo, 325 Storsjon, 28, 247, 299, 325, 355, 383, 389, 391. 395, 396 Storsund, 385 Storvik, 176, 342, 364, 380, 389 Storviken (or Nordli), 232 Storvreta, 388 Straken L, 299 Stralsnas, 300 Strand, 167, 180 Strand i Vraadal, 215 Strandbaden, 303 Strandefjord, 410, 412 Strangnas, 329 Strings] 6, 301 Strassa, 172, 334 Strengen, 244 Striberg, 172, 333 Stripa, 172 Stro, 312 Strommen, 183, 368, 405 Stromnas, 193 Strbms canal, 250 Strbmsad, 250 Strbmsbro, 390 Strbmsdal, 362 Stromselv R., 245 Stromsfors, 347 Stromsfos, 245 468 INDEX Stromsholm, 254, 329 Stromsholm canal, 253- 254, 256, 329, 332, 336-338 Stromsnasbruk, 349 Stromsnes, 398 Stromstad, 10, 128, 206, 228, 289 communications, 228, 289, 364 industries, 289 trade, 289 Stromsund, 233, 397 Stromsvattudal, 232, 247 Stromtorp, 333, 371 Stryndal, 222 Strynsvand, 222, 243 Stueflaaten, 223 Stuen (or Nystuen), 225 Stugsund harbour, 380 Stugusjbn, 383 Stumsnas, 363 Sture, Sten, 96 Sturefors, 324 Stureholm, 303 Submarine cables, 264, 266, 268, 269, 281, 285, 290 Sudbury (Canada), 170, 175 Suet, 146 Sugar and sugar beet, 137, 139, 142, 147, 187, 204 factories and re fineries, 185, 280, 284, 285, 288, 289, 291, 297 Sugar-refining machin ery, manufacture of, 189 Sulitjalma, 13, 20, 168, 174, 181, 235 Sulitjalma raUway, 242, 262 Sulphite mills, 192 spirit, 192 Sulstuen, 231 Sund, 228 Sundal valley, 222 Sundalsfjord, 224 Sundalsoren, 224, 225 Sundalsvand L, 243 Sundaselv R., 224 Sundbyberg, 335 Sundbyfoss, 417, 418 Sunderby, 385 Sundholmen, 348 Sundsjon, 372 Sundsvall, 45, 206, 208, 289 communications, 289, 381 industries, 289 population, 68, 289 trade, 289 Sunelvs, 222 Sunelvsfjord, 222, 223 Sunnan, 227, 401 Sunnana, 359 Sunne, 360 Suntak, 346 Superphosphates, 191, 192, 199, 281 Surahammar, 191, 336 Surendal, 225 Surendalsoren, 225 Surte, 359 Susnadal, 234 Svalnas, 376 Svalbf, 303 Svalsjbn, 10 Svana, 337 Svani R., 336 Svaneberg, 357 Svangsta, 316 Svangstrand, 413 Svanhals, 300 Svanik, 240 Svansbo, 336 Svappavara, 172 Svardsjbn, 391 Svarta, 331, 371 Svarta R. and valley, 252, 299, 300, 327, 330, 331, 336, 337, 357, 358, 371 Svartabruk, 371 Svartalf R. and valley, 333, 361, 373 Svartan, 191 Svartbacken, 391 Svartegjel, 220 Svarthovden, 317 Svartisen, 13, 20 Svartb harbour, 385 Svartvihed, 346 Sveabolagets Angbits Unie, 203 Svealand, 15, 149, 151 population, 66 snowfaU, 42 Svear (Swedes), 89, 90, 91, 93, 96 Svedala, 306, 308 Sveden, 389 Sveen, 221 Sveg, 231, 375 Sven Fjorden L., 359, 360 Sveningdal, 170 Svenljunga, 351 Svennesund, 218 Svennevad, 327 Svennevada R., 327 Svenningdal, 232 Svenningvand, 232 Svensbro, 358 Svenshogen, 365 Svenska Amerika- Mexiko Linie, 203 Svenska Gasaccumu- lator Company, 191 Svenska KuUagerfabrik- en, 188-189 Svenska Ostasiatiska Kompaniets Linie, 203 Svenska Pressbyra, 79 Svenska Telegrambyra, 79 Svenstorp, 309 Sveriges Riksbank, 133 Sverker I, 93 Sverkestai R., 337 Sverreskar ravine, 409 Svindelsviken, 375 Svinevold, 417 Svingarnsviken, 248 Svolvaer, 205, 207, 277 Svorkmo, 400 Sweden : agriculture, 15-18, 122, 139-147, 198 animal life, 50-54 architecture, do mestic, 72 aristocracy, 95 army, 132 banks, 133-134 bathing-places, 128 canals, 28 INDEX 469 climate, 37-45, 72 coastguard service, 207 coasting traffic, 241 coasts, 25-26 commerce, 93-94, 98, 101, 102, 104, 197-200 constitution, 119 consular service, 112, 113 co-operative socie ties, 134, 146 council of state, 119-120 crime, 71-72 crown, the, 119-120 currency, 134 custom-house ser vices, 205-207, 227-232,368,369, 395 dairy-farming, 146- 147 economic position, 112 education, 75-77, 132 emigration, 80-83 finance, 131-134 fisheries : sea, 152- 156 ; fresh-water, 157 ; statistics, 158 ; administra tion, 158-159 floating ways, 150- 151 floods, 36 food, 72 forests, 16-19, 25, 42, 47-49, 149- 152 frontier-guard ser vice, 207 frontiers : Finnish, 7-9, 237, 257, 258 ; Norwegian, 7, 8, 16, 206, 227- 233, 245, 260- 261, 369, 395, 399 glaciers, 19, 20 government, sys tern of, 119-123 grain resources and demands, 141 highlands, 15-16, 18 history, 88-115 hospitals, 127-128 hunting, 161 imports and ex ports, 142, 146, 147, 158, 197-200 iron and steel in dustries, 104, 164, 171-173 iron-ore fields, 133 islands, 25, 26 justice and poUce, 124-125 labour movement, 71 lakes, 28-29, 88, 247 language, 70, 73 Lapps in, 83-87 Uquor laws, 72 Uterature, 90, 104 live stock, 143-147 local government, 122-123 lowlands, 15-18, 25 lunatic asylums, 127 manufactures, 184- 195 maps, 426-427 meadow land, 140 medical service, 127 mineral springs, 128 mining, 171-176, 185 mortgage banks, 133, 134 mud-baths, 128 national debt, 132- 133 national defence, 132, 133 national insurance scheme, 195 navy, 132 neutral zone, 9-10 parUamentary in stitutions, 71 pasture land, 143 peasant proprietors, 71 physical features 11-12 poUtical parties,12 poor relief, 72 population, 65-70 ; characteristics of, 70-72 ; urban and rural, 67-68 ; non-Swedish, 69- 70 ports, 43-46, 68 position and extent, 7 Post Office, 131, 132 ; Savings Bank, 195 precipitation, 38, 41-42 press, the, 78-79 prisons, 125 proportional repre sentation, 121, 122 protective duties^ 205 quarantine station, 128 quarrying, 176-177 raUways, 131-133, 257-261 ; itiner aries, 297-394 rainfaU, 36, 42 rapids, 35, 36 rehgion, 73-75, 93, 98-99, 119, 132 revenue and ex penditure, 131- 132 revenue duties, 205 Riksdag, the, 94, 105, 106, 119- 121, 122, 133 rivers, 35-36, 246- 247 roads,209-211,233- 236 sanatoria, 127-128 sanitary conditions and services, 125, 127-128 savings banks, 134 shipping, 200-201 203-204 shipyards, 188 470 INDEX shore ownership, 158 snowfaU, 36, 42 state properties, 131, 132 submarine cables, 266,281,285,290 telegraphs,131, 132, 265 telephones, 265 temperance move ment, 72 temperature, 37-40 towns, gazetteer of, 278-292 Trans- Baltic do- minions,100-102, 104, 106 union with Norway and Denmark (1397), _ 94-96; miion with Nor way (1815-1905), 109-112, 116, 118; dissolution of the union, 113-115, 116 vaccination, 128 vegetation, 47-50 vital statistics, 68 wars : with Bran denburg, 104, 105 ; Denmark, 102-103, 106, 108 ; Germany, 102-103 ; Nor way, 106 ; Po land, 104, 106; Russia, 104, 106, . 107 ; the Great Northern War, 105-106 waterfalls, 35 waterfall-works,131 watering places, 128 water-power, 133 water-supply, 17 waterways, 28, 100 wireless stations, 266, 280, 283, 290 Swedenborgians, 75 Swedes : see Svear Swedish driU, 76 Swedish Employers' As sociation, 195 Swedish Lutheran Church, 73-75, 93, 98-99 Swedish Missionary As sociation, 75 Swedish Tobacco Mono poly Co., 131, 132 Sya, 300 Sydend (or Faemund- send), 230 Sydvaranger, 39, 40, 167, 181 Syninge, 377 Syrup, 139, 147 Taberg, 172, 173, 372 Taberg canal, 372 Tabergsi valley, 350 Tiby, 377 Tidene, 357 Tigarp, 339 Takeren L., 330 Taljeda R-, 327 Tallang, 323 Tanas, 391 TaUisen, 381 TaDberg, 387 Tallborg tunnel, 383 Tallhed, 374 Tallow, 146, 198, 200 Tamnarea R., 388 Tana, 239 Tana R., 148, 239 Tanaelv (or Tenojoki) R.andvaUey, 8,9, 24, 33, 48, 239, 240 Tanafjord, 24 Tandsjo, 374 Tanebro, 306 Tang, 396 Ting, Norra, 318 Tangen, 404 Tannefors, 191, 324 Tanneries, 185, 194, 274, 277-279, 285 Tansjbn L., 27 Tanum, 364 TSpperbd, 309 Tar, 151, 200 Tarna, 389 Tarnaby, 234 Tamsjo, 389 Tarpai valley, 356 Tarra hut, 236 Tarsta, 327 Tasjbalf R., 397 Taugevand, 409 Taxinge-Nasby, 328 Tea, 204 Teikersjbn, 368 Technical Colleges, 62, 65,77 Teckomatorp, 303, 339 Teden L, 326 Tefsjon, 380, 381 Tegnaby, 314 Telaelv R., 403 Telefunken wireless sys tem, 265 Telegraph apparatus, manafacfcure of, 191 Telegraphic press com munications, 78-79 Telegraphs, 264-266 Telemarken, 14, 30, 86, 168, 216 Telemarken canal : see Bandak Telephone apparatus, manufacture of, 191, 199,288 Telephones, 265, 267 Telneset, 403 Temperature, 20, 38-40 Tench, 159 Tenger, Stor, 385 Tenhult, 299 Tenhultsjon, 299 Tenojoki : see Tanaelv Terningaa R., 404 Terningmoen, 404 Terraces, 21 Testeboa R. and vaUey, 390 Teutonic Knights, Order of, 100 Tevldalen, 394 Textile manufactures, 178, 179. 183, 185. 193, 194, 197-200, 205 Thamshavn, 168, 225, 220, 400 Thamshavn railway, 263 Thirty Years' War, 101- 103 INDEX 471 Thorshalla falls, 248 Threshing-miUs, manu facture of, 188 Thule Linie, 203 Thunderstorms, 41 Tibblei R., 379 Tibro, 354 Tida R., 354, 357, 358 Tidaholm, 346, 358 Tidan, 354 Tierp, 388 Tiken L, 314 TUe-works, 183, 194 TiUberga, 329, 332, 334, 336, 337, 389 Timansberg, 333 Timber and the timber- trade, 48, 68, 148- 152, 182-183, 192- 193, 196-200, 268, 269, 271, 274, 277, 367, 368, 387 buildings, 267, 268 floats, 27, 29, 242, 256 Time, 420 Time, standard, 422 Timmersdala, 358 Timsalf R., 333 Timsfors, 349 Tinaby, 387 Tinelv R. and vaHey, 181, 218, 415 Tinfos, 181 Tingestadetrask, 393 Tingsdal, 392 Tingsryd, 314 Tingstad, 365 Tingstad halt, 326 Tingstade (Gotland), 393 ; wireless station, 266 Tingvalla, 368 Tinned foods, 179, 180, 196 Tinnoset, 168, 215, 218, 415 Tinplate factories, 285 Tinsjon, 27, 30, 218, 243, 415 Tirro, 9 Tisaren L., 331 Tisken L., 254, 363 Tisken-Runnlock, 254 Tisnare canal, 254, 256 Tisnaren L., 254 Tistedalelv R., 30, 367 Tistedalen, 228, 245, 368 Titanium, 171, 175 Tjernmoen, 229 TjoUing, 414 Tjbmo wireless station, 265 Tjbrnarp, 298 Tjuls, 393 Tjurken L, 344 Tobacco, 143, 185, 198, 204, 205, 285 Tobo, 388 Tocken L., 248 Tbcksfors canal : see Le, Stora Tocksmark, 228, 229 Tofta, 348 Toften L., 371 Tofthbg, 305 Tbfva, 381 Tbien, 411 Tokagjelet, 219 Tokeelv R., 31 Tolgen, 403 ToUta, 360 ToUarp, 311 TomehUa, 304, 309, 310 Tommarp, 304 Tomtabacken Mt., 18 Tomteboda, 335, 378 Tomter, 366 Tonsaasen, 412 Tonsberg, 126, 180, 183, 204, 207, 277 communications, 213, 214, 277, 414, 417 population, 56, 277 trade, 277 whaling industry, 277 Tonset, 39, 224-226, 403 Tools, manufacture of, 188 Toppeladugird, 307 Topsadelv, 419 Torbjbrnskjaer, 25 Tbrea R.r 386 Toreboda, 251, 354 Torfisk, 155 Tom L-, 317 Tornakra, 318 Tome, 316 Tome R., 70 Tornea, 9, 45, 70, 237 238, 257, 386 Tornea R., 150, 238 Tomei, Ofver, 386 Tornealf (or Tornion- joki) R., 9, 35, 257, 386 Tornehamn tunnel, 399 Tornetrask, 399 Tornetrask L, 12, 28, 399 Tomgard, 392 Tomionjoki : see Torne alf Torp, 353 Torpaslatt, 329 Torpe, 410 Torpshammar, 381 Torpsjbn, 381 Torrvarpen L., 361 Torrvarpensjbn, 333 Torsaker, 397 Torsis, 318 Torsas, Ofver : see Ingel stad Torsby, 229, 360 Torsfjarden, 232 Torsjon, 314, 317 Torsk, 154 Torskog shipyard, 188 Torskors, 317 Torstensson, Lennart, 102-104 Tortuna, 336 Torup, 345 Torup, Vast, 340 Tbsse, 360 Totakvand, 31 Totebo, 325 Tbtta Mts., 398 Tradet, 346 Training Colleges, 65, 75, 76 Train-oil factories, 271 Tralhafvet, 247, 377 Tralleborg (or Trelle- borg), 46, 186, 194, 206, 257, 258, 289-290 communications, 289, 305, 307, 308 industries, 289 472 INDEX population, 68, 289 submarine cable, 266, 290 trade, 289 wireless station, 266, 290 Tramcars, manufacture of, 181, 188-191 Tranas, 300 Tranemo, 347 Tranemo, Ostra, 346 Tringsviken, 395 Transjon, 344 Transport appliances, manufacture of, 191 Traryd, 349 Travad, 357 Trawlers, 156 Trees, 47-50 Trehbrningsjb, 383 Treide, 419 Trekanten, 319 Trelleborg : see Tralle borg Trengereid, 219, 408 Trensum, 314 Tretjarn, 373 Tretten, 406 Trevand, 411 Triabo, 320 Trolle, Gustavus, 96, 97 Trolleholm, 343 Trollenas, 339 Trollhattan, 174-176, 191, 192, 261, 290 communications, 250, 254, 290, 356, 359 industries, 290 Trollhattan canal, 247, 250, 251, 254-256 Trollhattan falls, 36, 290 Tromso, 39, 78, 124, 126, 127, 131, 148, 154, 156, 160, 162, 165, 167, 205, 207, 277 communications, 241, 277 custom inspector- • ate, 205 diocese, 61 industries, 277 population, 56, 277 temperature, 40 trade, 277 Tromso amt, 86, 170, 205, 211, 213; popu lation, 55, 56 Trbndelag district, 55 Trondhjem (or Dront- heim), 29, 67, 78, 100, 104, 124, 126, 131, 155-157, 159, 165, 179-181, 183, 202, 205, 207, 257, 262, 277-278, 422 communications, 226, 227, 241, 263, 278, 394, 402 custom-house dis trict, 205 diocese, 61 industries, 278 population, 56,277 temperature, 39, 40 trade, 278 Trondhjem district, 13 Trondhjem, Nordre, amt, 58, 205, 211, 213; population, 55, 56 Trondhjem, Sondre, amt, 205, 211, 213; popu lation, 55 Trondhjemfjord, 21, 22, 24, 29, 47-49, 51, 56, 89, 136, 148, 168, 169, 226, 227, 231, 394, 402 Trondhjem Leden, 24 Trones, 232 Tronninge, 341 Trout, 157, 158, 159 Tryssilelv vaUey, 230 Tsjoalmejarvi: see Klos tervand Tube-mills, 189, 190 Tule, 393 TulUngesjbn, 302 Tumba, 302 Tumleborg, 356, 357 Tun, 357 Tuna, 325 Tuna, Stora, 386 Tunaberg, 174, 175 Tundra, 49-50 Tungan, 302 Tungelsta, 302 Tunnsjbn, 169 TuoUuvara, 172 Turbines, manufacture of, 188-191, 281, 282, 284, 290 Turbot, 154 Tureberg, 378 Turnips, 142 Tutaryd, 344 Tviiker, 342 Tviiker canal, 342 Tvarilund, 234, 384 Tvaran, 385 Tvarskog, 319 Tvedestrand, 180, 181, 205, 215 Tveitsund, 215, 217, 246, 418 Tveraa R., 234 Tverelv vaUey, 238 Tvetaberg, 328 Tvinde (or Tvinne), 219 Tving, 316 Tyfers, 362 Tygelsjo, 305 Tyinsjbn, 27, 243 Tyreln L, 325 Tyrifjord, 27, 30, 170, 243, 416 Tyringe, 340 Tysfjord, 176 Tyssai R., 31 Tysse, 181, 182, 219 Tyssedale Nitride Com pany, 181-182 Tystberga, 301 Tyvold, 168, 403 U Uddagarden, 354 Uddajaure L., 247 Uddebo, 347 Uddeholm, 254, 372 Uddevalla, 79, 193, 206, 208, 290 communications. 248, 290, 353, 365 industries, 290 population, 68, 290 trade, 290 Uddjaur L, 235 Udsire I., 265 Ueland, 421 Ufa R. and valley, 372 Ufsjon, 383 INDEX 473 Uggletorp, 392 Ulefos, 31, 166, 181, 215, 218, 243 Ulfsby, 371 Ulfsfjord, 12 Ulfshyttan (Skracka), 362 Ulfstorp, 353 UUared, 347 UUensaker, 183 Ullensvaug, 183 Ullersater, 337 Ullerud, Ofvre, 371 UUvatternsjon, 372 Ulricehamn, 18, 128, 346, 351 Ulriksfors, 397 Ulsbjerg : see Austbjerg Ulvaa R., 10 Ulven (Morskogen), 404, 408 Ulvik, 219 Ulvikfjord, 219 Ulvo, 316 Uman, Ofver, L., 234 Uman, Stor, L., 234 Umbugten, 234 Ume R., 234 Umea, 45, 67, 208, 290 communications, 290, 384 trade, 290 Umealf R., 35, 383 Umnas, 234 Undal, 168 Undel, Sondre, 183 Undertaker, 395 Unfraverket, 388 Unitarians, 62 United Kingdom : see Great Britain United States, Scandi navian emigration to, 80-82 ; trade with, 197, 199 Universities, 62, 64, 65, 74, 77 Unnen, 344 Ununge, 377 Uppakra, 297 Uppharad, 359 Uppland,66,73,172, 187 Uppsala (or Upsala), 75, 90, 125, 186, 206, 290 archbishopric, 74, 93, 96, 290 communications, 255, 258, 290, 377, 378, 388 population, 68, 290 university, 74, 77, 127, 290 Uppsala lan, 212 ; popu lation, 66 Uppsala, Norra, 378, 379 Upsala, Gamla, 290 Upsala : see Uppsala Urisa, 314 Urshult, 316 Urskog, 10, 407 Ursviken, 384 Usby : see Kopstad Usedom I., 103 Ustadal, 409 Ustaoset, 409 Ustavand, 409 Utsjoki, 239, 240 Utsjoki R., 32 Utteri R., 383 Uttersberg, 336 Utviken, 221, 222 Uutuanjoki : see Mun- kelv V Vaago, 169 Vaagsfjord, 167 Vaaler, 405 Vaatedal, 222 Vacherslatt, 321 Vackelsang, 314 Vad, 338 Vaddo, 255 Vaddo canal, 255, 256 Vadensjo, 339 Vaderstad, 300, 330 Vaderum, 325 Vadheim, 221 Vadheimsdal, 221 Vadheimsfjord, 221 Vadsbro, 328 Vadso, 124, 126, 205, 207, 278 custom inspector ate, 205 road communica tions, 239, 240 trade, 278 Vadstena, 206, 300, 330 Vaerdal, 227, 231 Vaerdalen, 231, 401 Vaerdalsbren, 231 Vaerdaselv R., 401 Vaerb wireless station, 265 Vafversunda, 330 Vaggeryd, 349 Vaggetemjarvi I., 34 , Vagnharad, 301 Vakern, 373 Valasen, 333 Valbo, 388 Valboi valley, 366 Valdemar IV, 95 Valdemarsvik, 194, 252, 301, 326, 327 Valdres, 13, 30 Valjokka R., 33 Valla, 355, 379 Vallakra, 339 Vallberga, 341 Vallby, 305 Vallbyggei R., 380 VaUekilen, 418 Vallen L., 388 Vallentuna, 377 Valleris, 374 Vallevand, 418 Vallinge, 305 Vallkarra, 308 Vallnas, 322 Vallsta, 380 Valsberga, 329 Valsjb, 302 Valsjbn, 389 Valskog, 329, 336 Valstad, 324 VamgblL.,325Vammo I., 317 Van, 374 Vanilf R., 338, 374 Vanas, 312 Vand, Nedre, L., 235 Vand, Ovre, 262 Vanern L, 16, 17, 28 29, 36, 73, 89, 228, 244, 245, 247-250, 253, 254, 256, 333, 353, 357; 360, 370, 372 Vanersborg, 17, 125, 194, 251, 353 Vanfifva, 343 474 INDEX Vangsmjosen L., 221 Vangsvand, 409 Vannas, 384 Vanneboda, 334, 337 Vansbro, 332, 335, 336, 338, 373 Vara, 353, 357 Varanger district, 15 Varangerfjord, 9, 21, 24, 32, 33, 43, 158, 166, 239, 240 Varangians, 91 Varberg, 17, 25, 26, 128, 206, 208, 290-291 communications, 291, 342, 347, 348 trade, 291 wharves, 290 Vardo, 78, 126, 205, 207, 240, 241, 278, 422 Vardsberg, 326 Varf, 330 Virgarda, 353 Varhaug, 420 Varing, 354 Varingen L, 332, 337 Varkea R., 310 Varkeback, 324 Varkebacksviken, 324 Varmelensjon, 370 Varmland, 15, 73, 162, 172, 174, 189, 192, 207, 212, 249, 253; population, 66 Varmlandsbro, 360 Varmlands Saby, 333 VarmuUen L, 372 Varmumsviken, 370 Varnamo, 345, 349, 352 Varnas, 230 Vamhems Kloster, 358 Varshult, 319 Varsjb, 349 Vartan harbour, 378 Varten, 335 Vartofta, 299, 346 Varvek hut, 236 Varviken, 251, 331 Vasby, 378 Vasbyviken, 329 Vasdalselv R., 217 Vase, 370 Vasenden, Nedre, 221 Vasenden, Ovre, 219 Vaskajoki R., 240 Vasman L., 335, 338, 362 Vassbotten, 251 Vassbotten L., 353 Vasselhyttan, 334 Vassijaure, 399 VaBsmolbsa, 318 Vastanfors, 332, 338 Vastanhbg, 302 Vasteras, 79, 125, 191, 206, 291 communications, 291, 336 population, 68, 291 Vasterbotten, 86, 149, 212 ; population, 66, 67 Vasterby, 379 Vasterdal, 338 Vasterdalalf R. and val ley, 230, 338 Vastergbtland, 16, 66, 139 Vasterhaninge, 302 Vasterljung, 301 Vasterlbsa, 330 Vasternorrland, 1 49, 1 92, 212 population, 66 state relief, 72 Vastervik ( or Vestervik), 45, 193, 206, 208, 291 communications, 291, 324 industries, 291 population, 68, 291 Vastgarde, 363 Vastkinde, 393 Vastkusen division, 206 Vastmanland, 172, 175, 188, 189, 191, 192, 212, 249, 254 ; popu lation, 66 Vastraby, 303 Vastrakulla, 319 Vatnemo, 420 Vattern L, 16, 17, 28, 36, 73, 89, 174, 175, 190, 247, 251, 256, 299, 300, 324, 326, 330, 331, 350, 354, 358 Vattern, Nedre, 332 Vattern, Ofvre, 332 Vattholma, 388 Vattjom, 381 Vaxdal, 408 Vaxdalelv R., 408 Vaxholm wireless sta tion, 266 Vaxholms Nyaangfar- tygs Aktiebolaget, 203 Vaxjo (or Vexib), 78, 125, 291 communications, 291, 313, 314, 318, 320 industries, 291 Veberod, 304 Veblungnas, 263 Veblungsnes, 223 Veda, 397 Vedborm, 392 Veddige, 348 Vedevag, 334 Vedevagsjon, 334 Vedum, 353 Veelbya R., 343 Vefsenfjord, 170, 232, 234 Vefsna vaUey, 232 Vegby, 346 Vegea R., 303, 340, 341 Vegeholm, 341 Vegetables, 139 Vehicles, 211 Veinge, 312, 341, 343 Vekerum, 314 Velanda, 359 Veldre, 406 Verne, 410 Vemdalen, 231 Vemmerlbf, 307 Vena, 325 Vendace, 157 Vendel : see Knypplan Vennesla, 182, 419 Vensmoen, 126 Ventilators, manufac ture of, 191 Verden, 103 Verfveln, 323 Verfveln L., 323 Verjaa R„ 403 Verlebo, 321 Vermlands Ramen, 373 Vessigebro, 346 Vestansjbn, 379 INDEX 475 Yestby, 367 Vestenfjeld, 55 Vesteraalen Is., 21, 164, 167 Vesteraalens Damps kibsselskab, 201 Vesterdaliilf R., 373, 374 Vesterhaug, 405 Vestervik : see Vaster- vik Vestfjord, 21, 24, 154, 158, 415 Vestfossen, 416 Vestland, population, 55 ; trunk road, 213 Vestmarken, 228 Vesttelemarken water- system, 31 Vetches, 140 Vettisfos, 31 Vexib : see Vaxjo Vi, Sodra, 323 Via, 391 Viaredsjon, 351 Viby, 312 Vickleby, 392 Victoria Haven, 398. See Narvik Videsaeter, 222 Vidnes, 215 Vidbstem, 349 Vidbstem L., 349 V(gga vaUey, 41 1 Vlggbyholm, 377 Vigrestad, 420 Vik i Nisserdal, 215 Vika, 374 Vlkarbyn, 363 Vikarsjbn, 231 VlkenL.,250, 251 Viken i VaUe, 216 Vikern L., 333 Vikersvik, 333 Vikesund, 416 Vikings, the, 12, 58, 90- 92 Vikmanshyttan, 386 Vikselv R., 394 Viksfjord (Ostby), 414 Viksjbn,, 352 Viksnes, 168 Vilhelmina, 234, 397 ViUingen, 379 Vilshult, 315 Vimmerby, 323, 325 Vimo, 374 Vina, 237 Vinberg, 346 Vindealf R,, 145, 384 Vindel valley, 234 Vindeln, 384 Vingaker, 254, 355 Vinger L., 369 Vinje i Vossestrand, 219 Vinjevand, 31 Vinninga, 358 Vinnb, 312 Vinbren, 170 Vinslbf, 312 Vinstra, 407 Vintjarn, 391 Vintrie, 305 Vintrosa, 371 Viri, 301 Vireda, 299, 350 Viren L., 355 Virsbo, 337 Virsbosjbn, 337 Virserum, 320 Virserumsjbn, 320 Visby, 45, 94, 128, 206, 208, 291 c ommunications, 291, 393, 394 industries, 291 population, 68, 291 temperature, 40 trade, 291 Visjbn, 318, 395 Visk L, 254 Viski R., 351 Viskafors, 194, 348 Viskan, 384 Viskea R. and vaUey, 342, 348 Vislanda, 298, 316, 344 Vismen L., 371 Visnaes, 222 Vissefjarda, 317 Vist, 401 Vistakulle, 350 Vistula delta, 101 Vitsand, 229 Vittangi, 176 Vittensten, 174 Vittersjb, 390 Vittersjbn, 390 Vittinge, 379 Vittingfos, 30, 214, 417 Vittjarn, 229 Vittsjb, 343 Vittsjon, 343 Vittskbfle, 310 Voibeme L., 420 Vojma, 397 Volden tunnel, 394 Volgsjbfors, 397 Volgsjon, 397 Vollsjo, 309 Vombsjon, 309 Vongrav tunnel, 403 Voriema R., 264. See Jakobselv Vbringfos, 31 Vormen R., 30, 243, 404, 405 Voss (or Vossevangen), 183, 219, 264, 409 Vosseelv R., 409 Voxna, 375 Voxnaalf valley, 375 Vraa canal, 243, 246 Vraavand, 31, 243, 246 Vram, Norra, 303 Vram, Ofra, 311 Vrangfos, 243, 244 Vrangsaa valley, 369 Vrena, 328 Vretakloster, 252, 330 Vretstorp, 355 Vretten, 358 Vulcan works, 190 VuoUerim, 236 Vuonatj viken, 40 Vuopionsu, 240 W Wagon factories, 189 Walrus, the, 162 Warsaw, 106 Waterfalls, 149, 241 Water-power, 151, 168, 186, 260, 261 Waterproof-clothingfac- tory, 183 Waterways, 11, 88, 90, 113, 241-256 Weasel, the, 51, 52 Weaving, 183, 353 Weights and measures, 422 476 INDEX Welding apparatus, manufacture of, 191 Weser R., 103 Westphalia, peace of, 103 Whalebone, 161 Whale-oil, 161, 196 Whales and whaling, 52- 53, 153, 159-161, 163, 277 Wheat, 135, 136, 140, 141, 186 Whiting, 153 Wild ducks, 161 WiUow-grouse, 161 Wilson Line, 202, 203 Winds, 40-41 Wine, 204, 205 Wire- drawing works, 189, 190 Wireless telegraph sta tions, 265, 266, 268, 273, 277, 280, 283, 290 Wismar, 103 Wollin L, 103 Wolverine, the, 51 Wolves, 51, 52, 162 Wood and wood wares, 178, 179, 182, 183, 185, 186, 193, 196, 200, 205 buildings, 58, 72, 267 Wood-pulp and wood- pulp factories, 151, 152, 179, 182, 185, 192, 196, 197, 199, 269, 273, 280, 282, 287 machinery, manu facture of, 188, 189 Wood-sawing and plan ing industry, 179 Wool-mills, 183, 185, 194, 282, 284-286, 352 Workmen's insurance, 184 Wrought-iron produc tion, 192 Ya R., 358 Yams, 200 Yddingen L, Ygre, 409 Yklaren L, 390 308 Ymsen L, 357 Yngen L., 373 Young Men's and Young Women's Christian Associations, 75 Ystad, 46, 206, 208, 258, 291-292 communications, 292, 304-306, 309 industries, 291 population, 68, 291 trade, 292 Ytteri R., 395 Ytteran, 395 Ytterby, 365 Ytteren, 235 Ytterb I., 168 Yttersjbn, 384 Yxeuhult, 349 Yxern, 325 Yxern L., 325 Yxhulte, 331 Yxnanas, 317 Yxningen L, 326 Zinc, 169, 174-175, 182, 191, 192, 197, 199 NAVAL STAFF 1.0. ¦"¦,